The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutWWP2703473_5� Washington State CIAO Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contrail FA Number I SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 9/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Fnr accietanru in rmmnlatinn cca Inctrnctinnc and Framnho I RAM # Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification PE Hdqt Appel Appel File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 13 PVC Perf Pipe Western Pipe—T 13 Flexible Coupling 6" x 4" Fernco 7-01.3 13 & 14 Gripper Plug 6" & 8" Cherne 7-01.3 8 13, 14 & Misc PVC Fittings 6" & 8" Plastic trends 7-01.3 n 15 13,14,15, PVC Pipe 6" , 8" & 12" JM Eagle 7-01.2 Q 21 & 22 O 13,15,21 PVC MH Adpater 6", 8" & 12" GPK 7-05.3 S & 22 13,14,15 Mitafi 140 Tencate 9-33.1 O & 26 U 17 Bird Cage Casting Olympic Foundry Sht 8 & 9, Detail Copper Tube 1" Type K Meuller Industries 7-15 Service Saddle Romac Detail B106 d Q 20 20 Proje gi Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Con di t i onaiiy A p. 3ved. Catalog Cuts fVi 'rlwp roval' p7o lv use Uf �U411a1. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other 3034 Pipe with M278 Perf Pattern - Bid Item: 13 W WS M278 Perforated PVC Linderdrain Pipe a6 Manufactured by; WESTERN WELL SCREEN �9t PIPE SUPPLY P.O. ilox 1 2ts r 25Z%O Hwy. E. MUGK4gv. WA 90321 TKI-615HCNS (253) 85;1-490 Side vlew Pe holee 3" Mpacing a.ax. g�5 max. i Croce -Sectional view Fernco Couplings - Bid Item: 13 _ _ ___ Maximum test pressure: 4.3 PSI (29.6KPA) - 7-01.3 V Maximum operating temperature: 1400 F nonconsistent Fernco Flexible Couplings The industry standard for sewer, drain, waste & vent piping. Specially formulated PVC compound positively seals any sewer and drain connection. Tested designs backed by over four decades of proven performance. • Positive seal against infiltration and exfiltration • Leakproof, rootproof and areresistant to chemicals, ultraviolet rays, fungus growth, and normal sewer gases • Conforms to ASTM #D5926, C1173 and applicable portions of ASTM #C443, C425, C564, CSA B602 and D1869 Because of their quality and ease of installation, Fernco Flexible Couplings have found wide acceptance among sewer and plumbing contractors and municipalities. Fernco couplings are used for all types of in-house and sewer applications: drain waste, repairs, vent piping, house -to -main, cut -ins, conductor and roof drains and increasers -reducers. Made of tough elastomeric polyvinyl chloride (PVC), they are strong, resilient and unaffected bysoil conditions. They are also resistant to chemicals, ultraviolet rays, fungus growth, and normal _ F sewer gases due to the inert ----=- nature and physical properties of the material. And they are leakproof, rootproof and seal against infiltration and exfiltration. The dimensional flexibility of Fernco cou- plings ensures leakproof seals on virtually any pipe material: plastic, cast iron, asbes- tos cement, clay, concrete, steel, copper and ductile iron. All couplings are clearly marked with part number, size, and pipe materials that the coupling will connect. Fernco makes fast delivery of stock items with no minimum order required. For • Connects pipes of same or different sizes and materials special applications, our custom design quickly and easily service can supply couplings to individual customer requirements. • Stainless steel clamps are corrosion -resistant and rustproof t// 26 � x. Gripper Plug - Bid Item: 6" SDCO, 8" SDCO Cherne's Gripper plugs can be used in a variety of applications including MAN (drain, waste and vent) testing and stack testing. End -of -Pipe design won't fall in, whereas the Inside -of -Pipe design allows you to locate the plug inside the pipe as far as you need. Time tested, the Gripper® remains one of the most popular mechanical plugs on the market. Original Gripper® Plug Features: • Ideal for sewer testing and long-term applications • Made with glass -reinforced ABS plastic • End -of -pipe design seals only at the end of a pipe • Inside -of -pipe design seals inside pipe as far as needed Equipped with: • Easy to install extra large zinc wing nut — won't rust • Natural rubber o-ring • Galvanized carriage bolt to prevent corrosion � I End -of -Pipe Gripper' plug Inside -of -Pipe Gripper plug r End -of -Pipe Gripper 270210 11/2' 1.48"-1.65" 17 psi 40 ft. 1.75" 0.13lbs (40 mm) (39-42 mm) (1,2 bar) (12 M) (44.5 mm) (0.05 kg) 270229 2" 1.9"-2.17" 17 psi 40 ft. 1.87" 0.19lbs (50 mm) (49-55 mm) (1,2 bar) (12 M) (47.5 mm) (0.09 kg) 270237 3" 2.8"-3.1" 17 psi 40 ft 2.5" 0375 Ibs (75 mm) (71-79 mm) (1,2 bar) (12 M) (63.5 mm) (0.16 kg) 270245 4" 3.8"-4.06" 17 psi 40 ft. 2.5" 0.5 Ibs (1EM) (96-103 mm) (1,2 bar) (12 M) (63.5 mm) (0.23 kg) 270261 5.77"-6.08" 17 psi 40 ft. 3.75" 2.5 Ibs 0) 047-154 mm) (1,2 bar) (12 M) (95.3 mm) (1.14 kg) 270270 7.7"-8.03" 17 psi 40 ft. 3.75" 3 Ibs (200 mm) 096-204 mm) (1,2 bar) (12 M) (95.3 mm) (1.37 kg) Inside -of -Pipe Gripper 270296 4" 3.8"-4.06" (100 mm) (96-103 mm) 270253 6" 5.77"-6.08" 050mm) (147-154mm) 270288 8" 7.7"-8.03" a Mechanical Plugs (200 mm) 096-204 mm) 17 psi 40 ft. 2.5" .5 Ibs (1,2 bar) (12 M) (63.5 mm) (0.23 kg) 17 psi 40 ft. 3.75" 2.5 Ibs (1,2 bar) (12 M) (95.3 mm) (1.14 kg) 17 psi 40 ft. 3.75" 3 Ibs (1,2 bar) (12 M) (95.3 mm) (1.37 kg) Always block plugs when conducting air tests. 14, 8" SDCO, 15 - 7-01.3 a..., o4 y vJO Lon Plastic Trends SDR 35 supplies the PVC STIT"" Gasketed Sewer Fittings only fittings with Injection Molded in Sizes 4" - 12" Triple Certification (Fabricated sizes 15" - 36" are available) listing NSF � S � Our branch intersections are reinforced against stress and breakage to a degree never before available in a PVC sewer fitting. This means the weakest point of competitors' fittings is just another strong point in Plastic Tierds' fittings. Features • 4" - 6" reducing branches on 8", 10" and 12" fittings have a minimum wall thickness of SDR 18. • Extended Pre -Alignment Entrance. • PVC One -Piece Injection Molded. • High Performance Gasket. • Generously Blended Branch Intersections. • Square Pipe Stop. • Specially Formed Raceway. • Heavy Duty Support at Branch Intersections. • Rounded Edges to Minimize Stress Points. Applications STITm Gasketed Sewer fittings are intended for non -pressure drainage of sewage and surface water." ThP Next Generation SHIM fittings are the next generation of strength and quality in gasketed sewer fittings. They combine the latest in research and development, optimizing the best of today's Science, Technology and Innovation. Triple Certification Listing STITM fittings are the only fittings in the -industry with triple certification listing. They are third party tested and listed by NSF,'' UPC and CSA to meet specifications defined in ASTM D 3034, ASTM F 1336 and CSA 13182.2, where applicable. New Features A one-piece integral bell and an extended pre -alignment entrance aids in proper alignment of pipe and fittings. In addition to scientifically formulated resins, square pipe stops resist pipe push -through while extra heavy support is provided under the pipe stop at branch intersections for added strength. Setting The Standard As the only manufacturer to offer a complete new line of innovative gasketed tooling, Plastic Trends sets the standard for PVC fittings produced in the industry. STITM gasketed sewer fittings represent the latest evolution in PTI's continuous effort to offer the most technologically advanced fittings available. If you specify, distribute or install gasketed sewer fittings, demand the most advanced fittings available, STITM. See available configurations on the opposite side of this sheet. Form #0280 Rev. 2/06 h PVC Fittings For SDR 35 PVC - Bid Item: 13, 6" SDCO, 14, 8" SDCO, 15 - 7-01.3 SDR 35 t-onriguratlons Hvaliaeie PVC STITM Gasketed Sewer Fittings Injection Molded in Sizes 4" - 12" Fabricated in Sizes 15" - 36" TEE TEE TEE W/DWVBRANCH SANITARYTEE GxGxG GxSxG GxGxDWV H GxGxG Short Form Specifications 4" through 12" injection molded gasketed SDR 35 sewer fittings shall SANITARY TEE WYE WYE WYE W/DWV BRANCH be manufactured in accordance with GxSxG GxGxG GxSxG GxGxDWV H ASTM D 3034, ASTM F1336, and CSA B182.2. They shall be injection molded from virgin PVC compound having a cell classification of 12454 or 13343 in accordance with, and certified by the COMBO WYE & 1/8 BEND DOUBLE WYE DOUBLE WYE 2-WAY CLEANOUT National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), GxGxG GxGxGxG GxSxGxG GxGxG to meet ASTM D 1784. Gaskets shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 477 or ASTM F 913. Gaskets shall be firmly seated in fitting in order to ensure proper installation and to prevent dislocation or misalignment 2-WAY CLEANOUT (DWV) CAP SPIGOT PLUG TEMPORARY PLUG during system assembly. Gasket joints GxGxDWV G G S S must comply with ASTM D 3212 Internal Pressure Test (exfiltration) and Vacuum Test (infiltration) at 5 degrees of gasket joint deflection. Where available, reducing branches on REPAIR COUPLING STOP COUPLING CONCENTRIC INC. COUPLING ECCENTRIC INC. COUPLING injection molded 8", 10", and 12" tees, GxG GxG GxG GxG wyes, and tee-wyes shall be minimum DR18 wall thickness in the reducing branch body and reducing branch hub below the gasket race. Gasketed SDR 35 sewer fittings shall CONCENTRIC INC. BUSHING ECCENTRIC INC. BUSHING ADAPTER DWV ADAPTER SLEEVE be certified by the National Sanitation SxG SxG SWR S x DWV G DWV S x SWR G Foundation (NSF) and, in applicable configurations, by the International Association Of Plumbing And Municipal Officials (IAPMO) to meet ASTM D 3034, aIIU Uy lilt 1..O114U1011 JIOIIU aI U� '9 - �i.4 Association (CSA) to meet CSA B182.2. RISER ADAPTER DWV ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER SxS SWR G x DWV G SINR S x SWR G SWR H x SWR G Triple Certified Listing SW ADAPTER DWV ADAPTER DWV ADAPTER ADAPTER 1/4 BEND SWRSxDNNG SWR SxDWV H SWRHxDWVG SWRSxSWRH GxG PLASTIC TRENDS Plastic Trends, Inc. 56400 Mound Road m Shelby Twp., MI 48316 1/4 BEND 1/4 BEND LONG 1/4 BEND LONG 1/8 BEND 1/8 BEND 586.781.2700 - 800.232.5690 GxS GxG GxS GxG GxS Fax: 586.781.0888 www.plastictrends.com 1/16lBEND 1/16 BEND IN -LINE BACKWATER VALVE TERMINAL BACKWATER VALVE Royal Group 7bch"ologlcs GxG GxS GxG GxG For additional configurations, list prices and dimensional drawings visit www.plastictrends.com SDR 35 PVC Pipe - Bid Item: 13, 14, 15, 21, 22, Stilling Well - 7-01.2 Cam] MO I Mi SUB7 1TTAL AMr) DATA SHEET 1 JM�Eagle Building essentials for a better tomorrow - PIPE SIZE (IN) AVERAGE O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN, T. (IN) MIN. E (IN) APPROX. D (IN) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) SDR 35 (PS46) ASTM D3034 4 4.215 3.975 0.120 3.50 4.695 1.05 --� 6 6.275 5.915 0.180 4.25 6.995 2.36 8 8.400 7.920 0.240 4.75 9.360 4.24 10 10.500 9.900 0.300 6.00 11.700 6.64 --~ 12 12.500 11.780 0.360 6.25 13.940 9.50 15 1 15.300 14.426 0.437 7.25 117.048 14.19 SDR 26 (PS115) ASTM D3034 4 4.215 3.891 0.162 3.50 4.863 1.40 6 6.275 5.793 0.241 4.25 7.239 3.11 8 8.400 7.754 0.323 4.75 9.692 5.63 10 10.500 9.692 0.404 6.00 12.116 8.84 12 12.500 11.538 0.481 0.588 6.25 14.424 12.56 15 15.300 14.124 7.25 17.652 18.90 PS46, ASTM F679 18 18.701 17.629 0.499 8.00 20.845 21.43 21 22.047 20.783 0.588 9.50 24.575 29.88 24 24.803 23.381 0.661 9.60 27.647 38.96 27 27.953 26.361 0.745 10.10 31.157 49.47 30 CIOD 32.000 30.194 0.853 16.75 35.612 64.18 36 CIOD 38.300 36.042 1.021 19.02 42.816 93.00 42 CIOD 44.500 41.948 1.187 22.43 49.604 - 48 CIOD 50.800 47.888 1.355 24.78 56.624 - PS115, ASTM F679 18 18.701 17.261 0.671 8.00 21.581 28.49 21 22.047 20.349 0.791 9.50 25.443 - 24 24.803 22.891 0.889 9.60 28.627 - 27 27.953 26.799 1.002 10.10 32.261 - 30 CIOD 32.000 29.070 1.148 16.75 36.348 - 36 CIOD 38.300 35.464 1.373 19.02 45.438 - 42 CIOD 44.500 41.072 1.596 22.43 51.356 - 48 CIOD 50.800 46.886 1.822 24.78 58.628 - SDR 35 PVC Pipe - Bid Item: 13, 14, 15, 21, 22, Stilling Well - 7-01.2 D9 T T Assembly Mark Product Standard: ASTM 3034 (4"-15") ASTM F679 (18"-48") Pipe Compound: ASTM D1784 Cells Class 12454 or 12364 Gasket: ASTM F477 Integral Bell Joint: ASTM D3212 Pipe Stiffness: ASTM D2412 F/AY = 46 PSI or 115 PSI Pipe Length: 14 or 20 feet laying length Installation: ASTM D 2321 JM Eagle- Installation Guide �O—� JMagle Building essentials for a better tomorrow- I.D.: Inside Demeter O.D.: Outside Diameter I : Wall Thickness De : Bell Outside Diameter E : Distance between Assembly Mark to the end of spigot. HD Fowler Company - MCPVC33PSM Sand Collar - Bid Item: 13, 15, 21, 22 te J;PK WWPRODUCTS, INC. PVC Manhole Adapter Adapting PVC Pipe to Concrete Manholes has been a problem! Sizes: 4"9 y6'8" 10"912 159, 18"9 21119 2419, 27" GASKET PVC SLEEVE GROUT CONCRETE 1. Heavy gasket allows for some movement. 2. PVC sleeve with abrasive exterior allows grout to hold adapter. I Eliminates problem of adapting PVC pipe to manhole without leakage. 5-84 H3 Drainage Fabric - Bid Item: 13, 14, 15, 26 TENCATE Miiraf M i raf i° 140N Mirafi® 140N is a nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers, which are formed into a a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative position. 140N is inert to biological degradation and resists naturally encountered chemicals, alkalis, and acids. Mechanical Properties Test Method Unit Minimum Average Roll Value MD CD Grab Tensile Strength ASTM D 4632 kN Ibs 0.53 120 0.53 120 Grab Tensile Elongation ASTM D 4632 % 50 50 Trapezoid Tear Strength ASTM D 4533 kN Ibs 0.22 50 0.22 50 Mullen Burst Strength ASTM D 3786 kPa(psi) 1550 225 Puncture Strength' ASTM D 4833 kN Ibs 0.30 65 CBR Puncture Strength ASTM D 6241 kN Ibs 1.33 300 Apparent Opening Size (AOS) ASTM D 4751 mm U.S. Sieve 0.212 70 Permittivity ASTM D 4491 sec' 1.8 Permeability ASTM D 4491 cm/sec 0.21 Flow Rate ASTM D 4491 I/min/M2 al/min/ft 5500 135 UV Resistance (at 500 hours) ASTM D 4355 % strength retained 70 ASTM D 4833 has been replaced with ASTM D 6241 Physical Properties Weight Test Method ASTM D 5261 Unit /m2 oz/ d2 Typical Value 163(4.8) Thickness ASTM D 5199 mm mils 1.4 55 Roll Dimensions width x length) m ft 3.8 x 110 12.5 x 360 4.5 x 110 15 x 360 Roll Area -- m2 dZ 418 500 502 600 Estimated Roll Weight -- k(lb) 74 164 89 197 Disclaimer: TenCate assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information or for the ultimate use by the purchaser. TenCate disclaims any and all express, implied, or statutory standards, warranties or guarantees, including without limitation any implied warranty as to merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or arising from a course of dealing or usage of trade as to any equipment, materials, or information furnished herewith. This document should not be construed as engineering advice. CPSS000385 ETQR13 AQ TENCATE materials that make a difference ,Birdage Fram and Grate-- Bid Item: 17 F Co L) W � U3 N Q � W O J ~ O J 0_ J O 0 0 a o F 20 x 24 �10' x 12 6 1 4" Li L-I 8" x 22' NOTES: OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. BEEHIVE GRATE FOR USE WITH SM60 20" X 24" FRAME MATL: Ductile Iron ASTM A536, CL80-55-06 RATING: H-20 I PART NO. SM60BH APPROX WT: 100 Lbs REV: A DATE: 7/3/2003 New border REV DOCUMENT APPROVED LWND:CL DATE: 7/3/2003 TOLERANCE REV: DATE: A BY: DATE: xxx.-.os : CL DATE: 7/3/2003 XXXX-- 030 DWG #: SM60 BH SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 OF 1 +-2 DEG REFERENCE INFORMATION Copper Tube - Bid Item: 20 - Section 7-15 COPPER TUBE ,-Type STANDARD* HARD 20' Lengths LENGTHS COILS 60'thru 1-1/2 100'thru 1-1/4 40' and 60' - 2' only HARD 20' Lengths COILS 60'thru 1-1/2 100'thru 1-1/4 40' - 2' only .. HARD 20' Lengths COILS Consult HARD 20' Lengths 1/4' 0.035 0.145 0.030 0.126 0.025 0.106 - - 3/8' 0.049 0.269 0.035 0.198 0.025 0.145 - - 1/2' 0.049 0.344 0.040 0.285 0.028 0.204 - - 5/8' 0.049 0.418 0.042 0.362 0.030 0.263 - - 3/4' 0.065 0.641 0.045 0.455 0.032 0.328 - - 1' 0.065 0.839 0.050 0.655 0.035 0.465 - 0.065 1.04 0.055 0.884 0.042 0.682 0.040 0.650 0.072 1.36 0.060 1.14 0.049 0.940 0.042 0.809 0.083 2.06 0.070 1.75 0.058 1.46 0.042 1.07 0.095 2.93 0.080 2.48 0.065 2.03 - - 0.109 4.00 0.090 3.33 0.072 2.68 0.045 1.69 0.120 fl 5.12 0.100 4.28 0.083 3.58 - - 0.134 6.51 0.110 5.38 0.095 4.66 0.058 2.87 0.160 9.67 0.125 7.61 0.109 6.66 0.072 4.43 0.192 13.90 0.140 10.20 0.122 8.92 0.083 6.10 0.271 1 25.90 0.200 1 19.30 0.170 16.46 FOR SPECIAL LENGTHS OR TEMPERS CONSULT FOR PRICE AND AVAILABILITY. REFRIGERATION SERVICE TUBE ..WALL THICKNESS 0.030 WEIGHT PER .. 0.0347 WEIGHT 1.74 COIL DIAMETER 14 314" COILS i WEIGHT 10 17.4 0.030 0.0575 2.88 14-3/4' 10 28.80 0.030 0.032 0.0804 4.02 5.45 14-314' 14-314" 16-1/2° 10 16 10 46.20 54.50 67.00 0.109 0.032 _ 0.134 6.70 0.032 5 8" 0.035 _ 3/4"-- 0.035 _ - - V V'iJ 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.182 0.251 0.305 ._._...0.305 0.455 0.655 0.884 1.14 9.10 12.55 15.25 -- - LG./:1 32.75 44.20 57.00 20' 22' - 25"- _ 4/'1/4 5 5 45.50 62.75 3 - J 45.75 GG./:! 32.75 44.20 57.00 34-1/2" 39-112" 42" - - 1 - STANDARD 50' COIL -100' COILS ALSO AVAILABLE AS STANDARD STOCK ITEM. TEMPERATURE CONTROL TUBE PACKED 2000' PER BOX PLASTIC COATED COPPER TUBE Polyethylene coating made from low density LDPE resin and is extruded at 0.025" minimum wall. ®Registered Trademark of Mueller Industries 8285 Tournament Drive, Memphis, TN 38125 • 800-348-8464 • www.Muellerindustries.com UW CT1208 Effective December 1, 2008 Page 2 Romac Service Saddle - Bid Item. 20 - Per c/o Renton Detail B106 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. STYLE 101 S & 202S SERVICE SADDLE SUBMITTAL INFORMATION MATERIALS Casting The saddle body is cast from ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Gasket Gasket is made from Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR) compounded for water and sewer service and a tolerance of petroleum products in accordance with ASTM D 2000 MBC 610. Other compounds available for special applications. Straps Type 304 (18-8) heavy gauge Stainless Steel per ASTM A 240. Straps are two inches wide to spread out clamping forces on the pipe. GMAW and GTAW welds. Passivated for corrosion resistance. Bolts, Nuts For sizes 1-112" through 3", 1/2" UNC roll thread Type 304 (18-8) Stainless Steel bolts with heavy hex nuts. 4" and above use 5/8" UNC roll thread Type 304 (18-8) Stainless Steel bolts with heavy hex nuts. Rod for bolts are per ASTM A 240 and nuts are per ASTM A 194. All welds fully passivated for enhanced corrosion resistance. Nuts coated to prevent galling. Washers Flat, type 304 (18-8) heavy gauge Stainless Steel. Coating Shop coat applied to casting for corrosion protection in transit. PRESSURE RATING Ductile iron, cast iron and steel pipe: rating of pipe up to 350 psi maximum, pipe sizes up through 24 inch, larger than 24 inch up to 30 inch pressure rating is 150 psi. PVC and asbestos cement pipe; rating of pipe, PVC up to 305 psi. For other applications please consult your representative. AWWA STANDARDS These service saddles meet the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. SIZES AND RANGES See catalog, sizes up through 32.10. Romac Document Number 25-8-0002 3/09 This information is based on the best data available at the date printed above, please check with Romac Engineering Department for any updates or changes. Phone (425) 951 6200 • Toll Free 1 800 426 9341 • Fax (425) 951 6201 • www.romacindustries.com 41 t J Washington State VA Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Stonegate Lift Station Section Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Fnr assistanr_P in rmmnitotinrr stop Instrurtinns anri Fyamnlp Date 9/20/2010 County RAM # 2 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification AP rl Appel File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 20 Angle Ball Meter Valve Ford Detail B106 20 Meter Box Lid Mid States Plastics Detail B106 20 Meter Box Mid States Plastics Detail B106 07 20 Quick Joint Couploing Ford Detail B106 20 Ball Corp Ford 7-15 20 Galy Fittings Matco-Norca Detail B106 r� 20 Angle Single Check Valve Ford Detail B106 21-23,25, Romac Style 501 8" & 12" Romac Industries 9-05 44 & 46 23 & 25 PVC DR 18 8" & 12 GV 8" & 12" JM Eagle 9-05 M & H 9-05.21 23,25 & 44 Project Engi er i ' Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use dy Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. Subiiiit Catalog Cuts for 'Appro iai' prior to use o niatarioi. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other Angle Meter Ball Valve - Bid Item: 20 --Per c/o Renton Detial 6106 SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Angle Ball Meter Valves - (BA43 xxxW-Q style) QUICK JOINT FOR COPPER OR PLASTIC TUBING (CTS) INLET BY METER SWIVEL NUT OUTLET Solid one piece tee -head and stem Sturdy stops allow 90" motion and are enclosed and protected \ Padlock Wing for locking valve in closed position EPDM 0-rings in the stem Fluorocarbon -coated brass ball Molded EPDM rubber seats support the ball External Nut Stop Molded Buna-N Spring Tip Gasket provides hydraulic seal Stainless Steel Gripper Quick Joint Nut Inlet � Le A restraining ring locks the stem into the body of the valve / Drilled for Seal Wire Bronze Snap Ring / Meter Coupling Thread EPDM Rubber meter gasket Meter Swivel Nut 0 utiet M r .'_� T VALVE SUE SERVICE LINE SIZE INLET METER SIZE OUTLET LENGTH HEIGHT APPRox. WT. LBS PART NUMBER ✓ SUBMITTED ITEM(S) 3/4" 3/4" 5/8" 2-1/4" 2-1/8" 2.2 V BA43-331W-Q 3/4" 3/4" 5/8"x3/4" & 3/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/8" 2.3 ♦ BA43-332W-Q 3/4" 1" 5/8" 2-1/4" 2-3/16" - V BA43-341W-Q 3/4" 1" 5/8"x3/4" & 314" 2-1/4" 2-3/16" 2.6 V BA43-342W-Q 3/4" 1" 1" 2" 2-3/16" - V BA43-3442 F` V 1" ill2-11/16" 1 2-13/16" 3.7 VV BA43-444W-Q V UL Classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. ♦ V Add "-W to end of catalog number for item to be UL classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. Note: Ford recommends using insert stiffeners with plastic pipe or tubing. FEATURES • All brass conforms to AWWA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62 and ASTM B-584, UNS NO C83600 - 85-5-5-5) • Ends are integral or secured with adhesive to prevent unintentional disassembly. • Hole for attaching handle is provided in tee -head. • 300 PSI working pressure. • Padlock Wing for locking va;ve in closed position. • Conforms to AWWA C700 for Meter threads. Note: Recommended for inlet side shut-off. Optional full 3600 tee -head rotation. Insert "R" into part number. Example: BA43-331 WR-Q rol The Ford Meter Box Company considers the information in this submittal form to be correct at the time of publication. Item and option availability, including specifications, are subject to change without notice. Please verify that your product information is current. The Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. Submitted By: ' I I P.O. Box 443, Wabash, Indiana U.S.A. 46992-0443 Phone:260-563-3171 / Fax:800-826-3487 Overseas Fax: 260-563-0167 http://www.fordmeterbox.com 08/29/05 i Meter Box Lid w/ AMR Hole -Bid Item: 20 -Per c/o Renton Detail B106 Mid -States Plastics, Inc. Molded Access Products Division, Uponor ETI 280 Midland Trail, Mt. Sterling, KY 40353 TX Office Ph: 936-760-2802 Fax 936-760-2810 KY Office Ph: 800-444-7615 Fax 859-498-7919 MSP Ductile Iron Covers For BC and BCF series Meter Boxes �—A---I Part # A B C D E Weight MSCBC-1118-R 11.125" 18" 1.75" 7.5" 4.5" 22lbs MSCBC-1118 11.125" 18" 1.75" N/A N/A 23lbs MSCBC-1324-R MSCBC-1324 13.75" 13.75" 23.175" 1 23.175" 1.75" 1.75" 7.5" N/A 4.5" N/A 33lbs 371bs MSCBC-1527-R 15.175" 26.75" 1.75" 7.5" 45" 44lbs MSCBC-1527 15.175" 26.75" 1.75" N/A N/A 431bs MSCBC-1730-R 17.5" 30.375" 2" 7.5" 4.5" 581bs MSCBC-1730 17.5" 30.375" 2" N/A N/A 681bs Ductile iron is an ideal material for castings where load -bearing ability is required. The mechanical specifications for MSP ductile iron covers is as follows: Grade 65-45-12 ASTM A536-80 Tensile strength (psi) 65,000 Yield strength (psi) 45,000 SAE J434C Minimum thickness .25 inch Meter Box - Bid Item: 20 - Per c/o Renton Detail B106 Mid -States Plastics, Inc. Customer Service: KY 800-444-7615 TX 800-521-6554 Fax: KY 859-498-7919 TX 936-760-1357 Web: www.msmeterboxes.com Email: productinfo@msmeterboxes.com 0.75 in Remov, Pipe Ear Aim MSBCF Series Meter Boxes A --� Short Side View Top View C 1.25 in E Long Side View 0.550 in (minimmn) Part Number A B C D E Weight MSBCF1015-12XL 10.5" 15.5" 12" 10" 13.5" 13lbs MSBCF1020-12 10.625" 20.75" 12" 10.25" 18.75" 17lbs MSBCF1118-12 11.25" 18.125" 12" 10.125" 17.375" 15lbs MSBCF1 1 18-18XL 11.25" 18.125" 18" 10.125" 17.375" 19.5lbs MSBCF1324-12 13.75" 23.1875" 12" 12.125" 21.5" 18lbs MSBCF1324-18XL 13.75" 23.1875" 18" 12.125" 21.5" 22.5lbs MSBCF1416-12 14.5" 16.5" 12" 13.5" 14.5" 14lbs MSBCF1527-12 15.75" 26.875" 12" 13.5" 25" 21lbs MSBCF1527-18XL 15.75" 26.875" 18" 13.5" 25" 24lbs MSBCF1730-12 17.625" 30.5" 12" 16" 28.75" 23lbs MSBCF1730-18XL 1 17.625" 1 30.5" 1 18" 1 16" 28.75" 27lbs *"For detailed information on XL boxes, please see BC'F-XI specifications. .All dimensions and weiehts are nominal and subiect to chaneewidioutnotice" Typical Specification: The Meter Box shall be high -density Polyethylene of one-piece molded construction for durability and impact strength and shall have a wall thickness of no less than .550". The Meter Box, with a ductile iron cover installed, shall be able to bear a 20,0001b load in a wheel load (H-20) style test. Meter Box shall be able to withstand a 2001b side load, applied with a 4"x4" plate 1" down for the top center of the box, without deflecting more than 1". The Meter Box shall be black on the exterior to prevent UV degradation, and bright white on the interior to reflect light and ease meter reading and service. The box shall be designed in such a way as to have a integral flange, no more that 3" from the top, to support the box in concrete, paving or soil, and a bottom flange a minimum of 1" wide, to help retard settling. The box shall have removable pre-cut pipe entry areas, 3" wide x 4" high, located on the center of each end (short side) of the box for single meter installations, and 3 pre-cut pipe entry areas (single in, dual out) for dual meter installations. The box shall be designed in such a way as to be securely stackable, and shall be available in 12" and 18" heights as installation conditions may require. The box shall weigh no more than listed weight for each meter size for safety and ease of handling, transport and installation. All dimensions shall be in accordance with the above drawing(s) for the appropriate size meter. The meter box shall be MSBCF as manufactured by Mid -States Plastics Inc. or equal. © Mid -States Plastics, Inc. • 280 Midland Trail, Mt. Sterling, KY 40353 • 101 East Ave M, Conroe, TX 77301 0203 Ford FIP x Quick Joint Coupling - Bid Item: 20 - Per c/o Renton Detail 13106 SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Quick Joint Coupling - (C14 xx-Q style) FEMALE IRON PIPE THREAD BY QUICK JOINT FOR COPPER OR PLASTIC TUBING (CTS) Iron Pipe Threads External Nut Stop Quick Joint Nut FII Length Molded Buna-N Spring Tip Gasket Provides Hydraulic Seal Steel Gripper Restraint DESCRIPTION LENGTH APPROX. WT. LBS PART NUMBER ✓ SUBMITTED ITEM(S) FEMALE IRON PIPE Q.J. FOR CTS 1/2" 1/2" 1-9/16 .4 V C14-11-Q 3/4" 3/4" 1-1/4" .6 V C14-33-Q 3/4" 1" 1-3/4" .9 V C14-34-0 1" 3/4" 1-3/4" .7 V C14-43-Q 1" 1" 2-1/8" .9 VC14-44-Q 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2-7/16" 2.3 VV C14-66-Q 2" 2" 2-5/8" 2.8 VV C14-77-Q V UL Classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. ♦♦ Add ' K` to end of catalog number for item to be UL classified to ANSUNSF Standard 61. Note: Ford recommends insert stiffeners when using plastic pipe or tubing. FEATURES • All brass conforms to AWWA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62 and B-584, UNS NO C83600 - 85-5-5-5) • Sleeve design provides hexagonal wrench flats for proper installation. UL EPH The Ford Meter Box Company considers the information in this submittal form to be correct at the time of publication. Item and option availability, including specifications, are subject to change without notice. Please verify that your product information is current. The Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. Submitted By: I I I P.O. Box 443, Wabash, Indiana U.S.A. 46992-0443 Phone:260-563-3171 / Fax:800-826-3487 Overseas Fax: 260-563-0167 http://www.fordmeterbox.com 11 /25/03 Ford Ballcorp FB1000-x - Bid Item: 20 - 7-15 SUBMITTAL INFORMATION 1 . jj i Ballcorp Corporation Stops - (FB1000 x style) AWWA/CC TAPER THREAD INLET BY PACK JOINT FOR COPPER OR PLASTIC TUBING (CTS) OUTLET Molded EPDM rubber seats support the ball. Beveled EPDM rubber gasket Anti -friction washer i\ provides hydraulic seal Solid one piece tee -head and stem I \ y Bod Outlet Threads EPDM O-ring in the stem AWWA/CC Taper Thread Intl at — Length Integral clamp contains machined grooves for axial restraint Pack Joint Nut 7 Outlet Stainless steel screw activates clamp Fluorocarbon -coated brass ball. VALVE SIZE INLET SIZE OUTLET SIZE VALVE LENGTH BODY OUTLET THREADS APPROX. WT. LBS PART NUMBER SUBMITTED ITEM(S) 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 4-7/16" 3/4" Flare Copper 1.8 V FB1000-3 3/4" 3/4" 1" 4-9/16" 1" Flare Copper 2.1 V FB1000-34 1" 1" 1" 4-9/16" 1" Flare Copper 2.6 V F61000-4 1" 1" 1-1/4" 4-9/16" 1-1/4" Flare Copper 3.4 V FB1000-45 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1 1-1/4" 5-15/16" 1-1/4" Flare Copper 4.9 VV FB1000-5 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 5-7/8" 1-1/2" Flare Copper 5.7 VV FB1000-56 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 6-9/16" 1-1/2" Flare Copper 6.9 VV FB1000-6 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 6-9/16" 2" Flare Copper 8.5 VV FB1000-67 2" 2" 2" 7-7/16" 2" Flare Copper 11.1 VV FB1000-7 2" 2" 2-1/2" 1 7-9/16" 1 2-1/2" Flare Copper 10.9 VV FB1000-78 Note: Ford recommends usino insert stiffeners with Dlastic nine or tubino ♦ UL Classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. VV Add "-K" to end of catalog number for item to be UL classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. FEATURES • All brass conforms to AWWA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62 and ASTM B-584, UNS NO C83600 - 85-5-5-5) • Ends are integral or secured with adhesive to prevent unintentional disassembly. • 300 PSI working pressure. MO The Ford Meter Box Company considers the information in this submittal form to be correct at the time of publication. Item and option availability, including specifications, are subject to change without notice. Please verify that your product information is current. The Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. Submitted By: I t I P.O. Box 443, Wabash, Indiana U.S.A. 46992-0443 Phone:260-563-3171 / Fax:800-826-3487 Overseas Fax: 260-563-0167 http://www.fordmeterbox.com 04/29/08 HD Fowler Company - GFL77 ,Galvanized Fittings - Bid Item: 20 - Per c/o Renton Detail B106 PW / Y V'V ll"1 P.O. 90X 27 - BREWSTER - NEW YORK 10509 • (800) 431-2082 • (845) 278-7570 • FAX: (845) 278-9056 Matto-Nnrza/Siam Fittings Co., LTD Standards Matto-Norca/Siam Malleable Iron Fittings are designed to conform with the following industry specifmtlons: Material; ASTM A 197 Cupola Malleable Iron ASTM A 153 Zinc Coatings . Dimensions: ANSI S 16.3 ANSI B 16.14 ANSI B 16.39 Threads: ANSI B 2.1 Pressure- Temperature Ratings Malleable Iron - ANSI B 16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Ferrous iron Threaded Fittings Malleable iro:i 7braaded Pipe Unions Pipe Tl ;reeds Temperature Class 150 Degrees C Degrze5 SI hn a_ A--J W UGA LU iU 15U .)UU 93 200 265 121 250 . 225 149 300 185 177 350" 150 204 400 232 450 260 500 333 550 Permissible for service temperature up to 366°F, reflecting the temperature of saturated steam at 160 psig. ldentWimfion.-Marking Each fitting, where size and design permits; bears the registered trade mark SA, and Class 150 Malleable Iron threaded filings are also marked with the size, HD Fowler Company - GFL77 ,Galvanized Fittings - Bid Item: 20 - Per c/o Renton Detail B106 Ihtt�ina All fOinP shall be threaded with American WIMM z.iandard Pipe Threads (ANSI 132.1) and shall have taper threads. 1) Products meet ANSI B16.3. G8143, or JIS W301 spealftwtions. � ' t=11 VI .1 � �:%91.1'v% 1 ��R� 1 Ltlt • 1 .� . 1 • fi .1.1 11 III .N�1.. ii� • L:�^�• �" Steam, Alr, Gas and oil not higher than 30e C of temperature 142 PSI Steam, Air, Gas, Oil and Pulsating water riot higher than 220° C of temperature. 'ig ;1 Non -Shock water not higher than 12ft temp. 284 PSI 3) hQaWrial In conformity to ASTM A-197 Coupola malleable iron or class 1 specified in JIG G5702 Blackheart malleable iron castings. Knimum twslle strength 40,000 psi• Minimum elongation 5%. a) ilys�`alon and TaOna as Cast Fitting I=Wllon Alt as cast fittings are submitted to a visual lnspechon and defective ones will be rejected. Heat Fittings are annealed in tunnel type contintmtw altNwji,-#g,.1'amace. After being annealed, samples are selected from each, pot to tube cornpressional crack nest. Laboratory will perform the specbWraphic analysis again to ensure the completion of graphitization. Test pieces, heat treated together With castings, will take mechanical strength test to meet the requirements of tensile strertoth and elongation. Gatyjnizln Defective galvanized fittings will be rejected by a visual Inspection. Laboratory will proceed the uniformity and layor adhesion test a000rding to requirements of ASTM A 153 or JIS H-0401. 7hID a� ouris equipped with gauges in aocordance with ANSI 132.1, BS21, and DIN 2999 specifications. Each operator is equipped with pauges r qulred for the item being machined. Quality control inspettors will check a, -I:! perform statistical controls on the entire production. Mings will be submitted to an air -under -water test at the air pressure of 7kg/cm (100ps). Einigad Fittinas InSaedion At the end of t)e manufacturing process, there will be a final visual inspection to reject any defective items which might have escaped from previous checks. HD Fowler Company - GFL77 Galvanized Fittings - Bid Item: 20 -Per C/o Renton Detail B106 Matco-Norca Pipe Nipple Information Standard Schedule 40 JA"to 1" Continuous weld or Seamless 700psi 1-114" to 3" Continuous Weld 800psi 3.112" to 4" Continuous Weld 1200psi Our Nipples are Continuous Weld ' Angle Check Valve - Bid Item: 20 - Per c/o Renton Detail B106 'F:,SUBMITTAL INFORMATION W Angle Single Check Valve - (HA34-xax style) METER SWIVEL NUT INLET BY PACK JOINT FOR COPPER OR PLASTIC TUBING (CTS) OUTLET Meter Swivel Nut Bronze Snap Ring Poppet Assembly includes Acetyl Plastic Brass Valve Body 1 Poppet, 302 Stainless Steel Spring and EPDM Rubber Poppet Seal Meter Coupling Thread� , Rubber Meter Gasket (Buna-N>,�,',1 ��'J Access Cap Height Integral clamp contains machined grooves for - axial restraint -,,Stainless steel screw activates clamp Outlet Length VALVE SIZE METER INLET SIZE OUTLET SIZE LENGTH HEIGHT APPROX. PART ✓ SUBMITTED WT. LBS NUMBER ITEM(S) 3/4" 5/8" 3/4" 1-3/4" 2-3/8" 1.6 HA34-313 3/4" 5/8"x3/4" & 3/4" 3/4" 1-3/4" 2-3/8" 1.8 HA34-323 1 I I I I I L I 2-3, I6 I L. V I I Ford recommends insert stiffeners when using plastic pipe or tubing FEATURES • All brass conforms to AWWA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62, UNS NO C83600 - 85-5-5-5). • In -Line Accessible for quick inspection and replacement of internal working parts without removing the valve from the service line. Replacement kits are available. • 175 PSI maximum working water pressure. • 180 degree fahrenheit maximum constant temperature. • Conforms to AWWA C700 for Meter Threads The Ford Meter Box Company considers the information in this submittal form to be correct at the time of publication. Item and option availability, including specifications, are subject to change without notice. Please verify that your product information is current. The Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. Submitted By: I t I P.O. Box 443, Wabash, Indiana U.S.A. 46992-0443 Phone:260-563-3171 / Fax: 800-826-3487 Overseas Fax: 260-563-0167 http://www.fordmeterbox.com 04/24/02 Rbmac 501 Coupling -Bid Item: 21, 22„ 23, 25, 44, 46 - 9-05 j January 1, 2006 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. 1-800-426-9341 0a� Style "501" Straight, Transition and Long Barrel Couplings Center Rings: Ductile iron per ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Yellow shopcoat. Epoxy and special coatings available on request. - 4End Rings: Ductile iron per ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Color coded RED for O.D. and Sid. Stl., BLACK v for cast iron and YELLOW for A/C. - j Gaskets: SBR per ASTM D 2000 MBA 710, compounded for water and sewer service. Other compounds Q available on request. Bolts and Nuts: Trackhead bolts, heavy hex nuts, UNC 5/8" rolled thread, high strength, low alloy, corrosion resistant steel per AWWA C111. Other materials or special coatings available on request. Options: For other options and specifications, see Page 2-21. cc 2 I Pressure: When properly installed on a pipe that is within the correct OD range, the Romac 501 can be used at working pressures up to 260 psi WARNING: Flexible couplings do not provide protection against possible pullout of pipe ends in unrestrained conditions. A /! See Page 7 4 for appropriate restraint system CAUTION: Couplings with a step in the center ring have the potential for migrating along the pipe, Meets AW WA C219 urnrerure surrre wrrn ut resuamt snuwu we useu.y NOM. ONE END BY OTHER END BY LIST PRICE COLOR GASKET APPROX. X COLOR GASKET APPROX.1XICR SHOPCOAT FUSION EAw/316 PIPE w/STD w/304 SS B&N w/316 SS B&N w/STD B&N w/3oB&N SS B& SIZE CODE RANGE USE CODE RANGE USE LGTH -' 2,00 - 2.14 O.D. Stl., Copper 2.00 - 2.14 O.D. Stl, Copper 2 if 2.12 - 2.38 Sid. Stl, Copper, PVC X 2.12 - 2.38 Sid. Stl, Copper, PVC X 5,1 2.35 - 2.65 Std. Stl, Copper, PVC 2.35 - 2.65 Sid. 30, Copper, PVC 2.50 - 3.00 C.I., Copper, PVC 2.50 - 3.00 C.I., Copper, PVC ^' 3.00 - 3.29 Copper, OD Steel N 3.00 - 3.29 Copper, OD Steel 5" 1 3.30 - 3.51 Std. SU & PVC X 3.30 - 3.51 Sid. Steel & PVC X 3.50 - 4.00 Sid. S11, Cl/DI & PVC 3.50 - 4.00 Sid. Stl, Cl/DI & PVC 10" 3.80 - 4.05 O.D. StL, 3" D.I. 3.80 - 4.05 O.D. Stl. 5 t 4.06 - 4.31 Riv. Stl. 4.06 - 4.31 Riv. Stl. r 4.50 - 4.70 - Sid. Stl, PVC 4.50 - 4.70 Std. Stl, PVC 7" 4 n 4.50 - 4.81 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC X a 4.50 - 4.81 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC X 10" 4.80 - 5.00 Cast Iron &PVC 4.80 - 5.00 Cast Iron &PVC 4.74 - 5.10 C.I. & A/CME 4.74 - 5.10 C.I. & A/CME 1 P" 5.11 - 5.30 A/C R.B. 5.11 - 5.30 A/C R.B. 14" YELLOW 5,11 - 5.40 A/C R.B. CL. 200 YELLOW 5.11 - 5.40 A/C R.B. CL. 200 G An C Gn 2 Q�d Oil 0 M/h C nn C In 2 had 10 0 I'll 5.60 - 5.79 P Std. Stl. & PVC 5.60 - 5.79 2 Sid. Stl. & PVC 5 1 5.80 - 5.98 P Sid. Stl. & PVC 5.80 - 5.98 2 SW. SO. & PVC 5.80 - 6.10 O.D. Stl. 5,80 - 6.10 O.D. Stl. 7" 6.05 - 6.30 Riv. Stl. 6.05 - 6.30 Riv. Stl. 6 rr 6.55 - 6.76 Sid. Stl. & PVC 6.55 - 6.76 Std. Stl. & PVC X 10" 6.60 - 6.91 Sid. Stl., D.I. & PVC X 6.60 - 6.91 Sid. Stl., D.I. & PVC 6.90 - 7.10 Cast Iron & PVC 6.90 - 7.10 Cast Iron & PVC 12 6.86 - 7.20 C.I. & A/CME 6.86 - 7.20 C.I. & A/CME 14" 7.15 - 7.35 A/C R.B. 7.15 - 7.35 A/C R.B. YELLOW 7.26 - 7.60 A/C R.B. CL. 200 LLOW 7.26 - 7.60 A/C R.B CL. 200 7.80 - 8.10 O.D. SII. 7.80 - 8.10 O.D. Stl. 51 r, 8.05 8.30 Riv. Stl. 8.05 - 8.30 Riv. Stl. 8.30 8.55 C.I Soil, PVC Sewer 8.30 8.55 C.I Soil, PVC Sewer 7, � 8.55 - 8.75 Std. Stl, PVC 8.55 - 8.75 Std. Stl. & PVC 8n y ; 8.60 - 9.06 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC X 8.60 - 9.06 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC X 10" 9.05 - 9.30 Cast Iron & PVC 9.05 - 9.30 Cast Iron & PVC 12" 8.99 - 9.40 C.I. & A/CME 8.99 - 9.40 C.I. & A/CME 9.31 -9.50 A/C R.B. 9.31 - 9.50 A/C R.B. 14" YELLOW 9.39 - 9.79 A/C R.B. CL. 200 ELLOW 9.39 - 9.79 A/C R.B. CL. 200 Standard Center Ring length. 2 Requires special 5" end ring. To Order: Determine O.D. of pipes to be coupled. Select proper gasket range for each pipe from above table. Insert high range of each gasket into catalog number as follows: 501 - one end x other end. Example: To couple 4" A/C rough barrel and 4" O.D. steel with 5" Center Ring, order 501-5.30 x 4.05 X 5 2-2 Romac 501 Coupling - Bid Item: 21, 22„ 23, 25, 44, 46 - 9-05 January 1, 2006 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. 1, Style "501" Straight, Transition u 1-800-426-9341 ;A---riNU.8.A and Long Barrel Couplings ONE END BY OTHER END BY LIST PRICE NOM. PIPE COLOR GASKET APPROX. COLOR GASKET APPROX. CR X X P A FU N EPDXY w/STD w/304 w/316 w/STD w/304 w/316 SIZE CODE RANGE USE CODE RANGE USE LGTH B&N SS B&N SS B&N B&N SMINIISSUN 9.80-10.10A O.D. Stl. " n 9.80-10.10A O.D. Stl. 6" 1,2 10.20.10.55A Cl Soil, PVC Sewer 10.20-10.55A Cl Soil PVC Sewer B&AB 10.70 - 11.00A Std. Stl. & PVC 10.70-11.00A Div. Stl. 7" 2 10 ° X Bj 2 2 10.70 -10.80E Std. Stl. & PVC X 10.70 -10.80E Std. Stl. & PVC 10.89 -11.40E Cast Iron & PVC 10.89-11.40B Cast Iron & PVC A&B, AB 14°2 11.55 -11.75E A/CME 11.55-11.75B A/CME 11.76-12.126 A/C R.B ELLOW 11.76-12.126 A/C R.B B Onty 11.81-12.10A O.D. Stl. 11.81-12.10A O.D. Stl. 2 11.95.12.25A' PVC SDR 41 11.95-12.25A' PVC SDR 41 " 12.24-12.50A CI Soil, PVC Sewer 12.24-12.50A CI Soil, PVC Sewer AHAB 12.65-12.95A Std. Stl. & PVC 12.65-12.95A Std. Stl. & PVC 7112 n 12 X B Onty X 12.70 - 12.8013 Std. Stl. & PVC 12.70-12.80B Std. Stl. & PVC 12"2 13.15 - 13.5513 Cast Iron & PVC 13.15-13.55B Cast Iron & PVC A&B,AB 14"2 B Only ELLOW 13.85-14.tOB A/CME 13.85-14.10B A/CME YELLOW 14.03 -14.40E A/C R.B. 14.03-14.406 A/C R.B. 14.00 O.D. (please refer to 12" nominal pipe size) _ 14.60 -15.00 DI, CI & Simplex AC 14.60 -15.00 DI, CI & Simplex AC T'1, 3 14 r� 15.30 -15.70 D.I, A/C R.B. & PVC X 15.30 -15.70 D.I, A/C R.B. & PVC X 14" 16.00 16.40 O.D. Stl. �1 16.00 16.40 O.D. Stl. ELLOW 16.40 -16.88 ACME & R.B. ELLOW 16.40 -16.88 ACME & R.B. 16.00 O.D. (please refer to 14" nominal pipe size) 17.05 -17.40 D.I., Cast Iron & PVC 17.05 -17.40 D.I., Cast Iron & PVC ` 3 17.40 -17.80 D.I. and A/C R.B, PVC 17.40 -17.80 D.I. and A/C R.B, PVC 71' rr 16 X % 17.80 -18.10 Cast Iron, O.D. Stl & PVC X 17.80 -18.10 Cast Iron, O.D. Stl & PVC 18.10 -18.40 Cast Iron & A/C 18.10 18.40 Cast iron & A/C 14" YELLOW 18.45 -18.97 ACME & R.B. YELLOW 18.45 -18.97 ACME & R.B. 18.00 O.D. (please refer to 16" nominal pipe size) 18.70 -19.10 18.70 19.10 13 7" ' 18rr 19.10-19.70 X 19.10-19.70 x 14" ELLOW 19.70 - 20.25 YELLOW 19.70 - 20.25 20.00 O.D. (please refer to 18" nominal pipe size) 20.80 - 21.35 20.80 - 21.35 7„1,3 n 20 X 21.35 - 21.75 X 21.35 - 21.75 14" ELLOW 21.75 - 22.25 YELLOW 21.75 - 22.25 22 11 2' 23.35 22.95 23.35 7„ 1,3 23.45 23.85 X 23.45 23.85 X 14 YELLOW 23.75 - 24.25 YELLOW 23.75 - 24.25 24.00 O.D. (please refer to 22 " nominal pipe size) n 24 24.75 - 25.301,a 24.75 - 25.30 x 10"' 25.30 - 25.80 X 25.30 - 25.80 20" ELLOW 26.10 - 26.32 IYELLOW 26.10 - 26.32 ' Standard Center Ring 2 To accommodate the wider range of pipe sizes within the 10" and length 12" categories, it is necessary that the center rings be made in three sizes: A, AB, and B (see drawing below). For longer center ring length, see the Style "400" on Page 2-15 to Page 2-17. For "501" parts list, see Page 2-4. For Steel Couplings 12" - 50", see Page 2-15 and Page 2-21. For Sewer O.D.s, see Page 5-6. Romac 501 Coupling - Bid Item: 21, 22„ 23, 25, 44, 46 9 05 January 1, 2006 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, 'C INC. 1-800-426-9341 M Style "501" Parts List NOM. APPROX. CENTER CENTER 5V BOLTS TRACKHEAD BOLT w/NUT PIPE RING WEIGHT RING CENTER END GASKET SIZE (Ibs.) LENGTH RING RING NUMBER: LENGTH CORTEN 304 S.S. 316 S.S. 2" 4 # 5" 3 n 6 # 5" 13.5 # 10" 8 # 5" 13 # 7" 4" 17 # 10" 19 # 12" 25 # 14" 12 # 5" 6 n 19 # 7" 23 # 10" 30 # 12" 31 # 14" 15 # 5" 24 # 7" 36 # 10" 39 # 12" 48 # 14" 25 # (A) 6" 28 # (B) 6" 31 # (AB) 6" 10" 37 # (B only) 7" 51 # (A) 12" 56 # (B) 12" 74 # (B only) 14" 34 # (A) 6" 36 # (B) 6" 42 # (AB) 6" ,12" 40 # (B only) 7" 68 # (A) 12" 72 # (B) 12" 80 # (B only) 14" 14" 98 # 14" 16 55 # 7" 110# 14" 1 p n 71 # 7" v 142 # 14" 20" 67 # 7" 134 # 14" 22 n 76 # 7" 152 # 14" 24" 133 # 10" 266 # 20" To accommodate the wider range of pipe sizes within the 10" and 12" categories, it is necessary that the center rings be made in three __ -- WARNING: Flexible couplings do not provide ection against possible pullout of pipe ends sizes: A, AB, and B (see n n B _ e _ ' prot drawing right). _ in unrestrained conditions. See Page 6-4 for __ ■ appropriate restraint system. 2-4 F�omac 501 Coupling - Bid Item: 21, 22„ 23, 25, 44, 46 - 9-05 January 1, 2006 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC GG » • Fusion Epoxy Style 501 Parts List 1-800-426-9341 MADE M U S.A NOM. APPROX. CENTER CENTER CENTER END 5/8" BOLTS TRACKHEAD BOLT w/NUT PIPE RING WEIGHT RING GASKET NUMBER: LENGTH CORTEN 304 SS 316 SS SIZE (lbs.) LENGTH RING RING 2" 4 # 5" 3" 13.5 # 10" 8 # 5" 13 # 7" 4" 17# 10" 19 # 12" 25 # 14" 12 # 5" 6If 19 # 7" 23 # 10" 30 # 12" 31 # 14" 15 # 5" 24# 7" 36 # 10" 39 # 12" 48 # 14" 25 # (A) 6" 28 # (B) 6" 10 31 # (AB) 6" 37 # (B only) 7" 51 # (A) 12" 56 # (B) 12" 74 # (B only) 14" 34 # (A) 6" 36 # (B) 6" 42 # (AB) 6" 12 If 40 # (B only) 7" 68 # (A) 12" 72 # (B) 12" 80 # (B only) 14" n „ 49 # 7" 1 `* 98 # 14" 1 6" 55 # 7" 110 # 14" 18" 71 # 7" 142 # 14" 20" 67 # 7" 134# 14" 22n 76 # 7" 152 # 14" 24" 133 # 10" 266 # 20" To accommodate the wider range of pipe sizes within the 10" and 12" categories, it is necessary that the center rings be made in three -- sizes: A, AB, and B (see drawing right). _ WARNING: Flexible couplings do not provide protection against possible pullout of pipe ends in unrestrained conditions. See Page 6-4 for ■ appropriate restraint system. 2-5 DR18 PVC Pipe - Bid Item: 23, 25 - 9-05 JM4agle BLUE BRUTE TM SUBMITTAL AND DATA SHEET Building essentials for a better tomorrow - PIPE SIZE (IN) AVERAGE O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. (IN) MIN. E (IN) APPROX. D9 (IN) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) PRESSURE CLASS 165 psi (DR 25) 4 4.80 4.39 0.192 5.25 5.57 1.9 6 6.90 6.31 0.276 6.40 8.00 3.9 8 9.05 8.28 0.362 7.05 10.50 6.7 10 11.10 10.16 0.444 8.20 12.88 10.1 12 13.20 12.08 0.528 8.80 15.31 14.4 PRESSURE CLASS 235 psi (DR 18)* 4 4.80 4.23 0.267 5.25 5.87 2.6 6 6.90 6.09 0.383 6.40 8.43 5.3 ®' 8 9.05 7.98 0.503 7.05 11.06 9.2 10 11.10 9.79 0.617 8.20 13.57 1 13.9 12 13.20 11.65 0.733 1 8.80 16.13 1 19.7 PRESSURE CLASS 305 psi (DR 14)* 4 4.80 4.07 0.343 5.25 6.17 3.2 6 6.90 5.86 0.493 6.40 8.87 6.7 8 9.05 7.68 0.646 7.05 11.63 11.6 10 11.10 9.42 0.793 8.20 14.27 17.6 12 1 13.20 1 11.20 1 0.943 1 8.80 16.97 25.1 Consult JM Eagle- for CSA and other listing availability prior to shipment. Note: *FM Approvals Pressure Class 150 psi for DR 18 and 200 psi for DR 14. D9 T T Assembly Mark I O.D. E Product Standard: ANSI/AWWA C900 Pipe Compound: ASTM D1784 Cells Class 12454 Gasket: ASTM F477 Integral Bell Joint: ASTM D3139 Certifications: ANSI/NSF Standard 61 UL Standard 1285 Pipe Length: 20 feet laying length Installation: AWWA C605 JM Eagle' Installation Guide I.D.: Inside Dameter O.D.: Outside Diameter T.: Wall Thickness I.D. D' : Bell Outside Diameter E: Distance between Assembly Mark to the end of spigot. C515 Gate Valves - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44 - 9-05.21 SPECIFICATIONS / AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS & STYLE NUMBERS M&H AWWA C515 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (2000) Size Range Water Working Pressure psi Bubble Tight Seat Test psi Hydrostatic Shell Test psi AWWA 4" —12" 250 Water Works 250 & 400 500 ULFM 4" —12" 200 Fire Protection 250 & 400 500 Size Available End Connections Ran a Style No. With 2" Nut Style No. With Hand wheel Style No. With Post Plate Mechanical Joint (NRS) 2"-12"(no 2 Yz") 7571 7571-HW (3"-12") 7571-P Flanged Ends (NRS) 2"-12" 7561 7561-HW (3"-12") 7561-P Note: 7561 A is Tapped & Plugged in "A" Position 2" — 4" = %2 " Tap 6" — 12" = %" Tap Flanged End X Mechanical Joint (NRS) 3"-12" 7572 7572-HW 7572-P Push -on (For PVC / SDR) 2"-8" 7597 7597-HW (3"-8") 7597-P Threaded (NRS) 2"-3" 7057 7057-HW (3" only) 7057-P Push -on (For D.I. / C900) (NRS) 4"-12" 7901 7901-HW 7901-P Push -on X Flange (For D.I. / C900)(NRS) 4"-12" 7902 7902-HW 7902-P Flanged Ends (OS&Y) 2'/Z"-12" 7068 N/A N/A Note: 7068A is Tapped & Plugged in "A" Position 2" — 4" = %2 " Tap 6" — 12" = 3/" Tap Tapping Valve (NRS) 4"-12" 7950 7950-HW 7950-P Note: Each size accommodates a full size diameter tapping cutter. M.J. Cutting -in Valve (NRS) 4"-12" 7576 7576-HW 7576-P Note: 3" and below manufactured to c509 sRec but made of ductile iron VALVE ACCESSORIES Mechanical operational accessories are used for valves having special operational needs such as; 1. Location with limited access 2. Hazardous locations ..� • .�.�.� v• uii%iuti�u"i yuaiiiuu 4. High Torque Operation 5. Indication of Valve Position Accessory selection must be evaluated for its capability to transmit the required torque requirements to the valve. To assure long-term trouble free operation, its materials of construction should take into account factors relating to corrosion and maintenance. Accessories used on M&H valves can include the following: Electric Motor Operators Stem Guides Indicator Posts Hand wheels "T" Handles Extension Stems Floor Boxes Chain Wheels Floor stands (Non -rising stem) Position Indicators Miter Box Gearing Electronic Switches July 2005 / C515 Gate Valves C515 Gate Valves - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44 - 9-05.21 SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS (4"-12") (Styles 7000 NRS: 7068 OS&Y)(1 of 2) M&H AWWA C515 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (2000) General: Gate valves shall be of the resilient seated wedge type, fusion bonded epoxy coated to ANSI / AWWA C550, ductile iron body design. They shall comply with the American Water Works Association Gate Valve Standard C-515-99 as latest revised. Approvals: Gate Valve to Meet or Exceed the Requirements of AWWA C515 Gate Valve to Meet or Exceed the Requirements of UL-262 Gate Valve to Meet or Exceed FM —1120 / 1130 Gate Valve to Meet NSF 61 Gate Valve Wedge to Meet of Exceed The Requirements of ASTM D429 Testing: Each valve shall be hydrostatically tested to the requirements of both AWWA and UL/FM and be rated for 250 psi AWWA service. Valves shall be rated for zero leakage at 250psi water working pressure and have a 500psi hydrostatic test for structural soundness for 4" through 12". All testing shall be conducted in accordance with AWWA C-515 Pressure Ratings: Size Range Water Working Pressure psi Bubble -tight Test psi Hydrostatic Shell Test psi 4"-12" AWWA 250psi 250psi 500psi 4"-12" ULFM 200psi 200psi 400psi Materials: All cast iron shall conform to ASTM-A126 Class B. Castings shall be clean and sound without defects that will impair their service. No plugging or welding of such defects will be allowed. All ductile iron shall conform to ASTM-536 70-50-05 Stem and wedge nut shall be a copper alloy in accordance with section 4.4.5 of AWWA C515 Bolts for above ground valves shall be electro-zinc plated steel with hex heads and hex nuts in accordance with ASTM A-307, and A-563 respectively. Bolts for below ground valves shall be 304 stainless steel with hex heads and hex nuts. Powder Coating: A high performance. one -part. heat -curable. thermosetting coating which nrovides sunerior corrosion resistance protection for metal parts. M&H Powder Coating material is a stable, non -toxic resin consisting of 100% solids. It is impervious to and imparts no taste to potable water. M&H Powder Coating is formulated from materials deemed acceptable in the Food and Drug Administration Document Title 21 of the Federal Regulations on food additives; Section 175.3000 entitled "Resinous and Polymeric Coatings". M&H Powder Coating is applied using a heat application, fusion -bonding process which secures the coating material to the metal valve components. This process provides a visibly void -free coating 5-8 mils thick with excellent adhesion qualities. The durable M&H Powder Coating has a hard finish and exhibits excellent corrosion resistance in most aqueous solutions. It will not sag or cold flow or become soft during long-term storage. In addition to excellent corrosion resistance to aqueous solutions, the coating has excellent stability and resistance to acidic soil conditions. M&H Powder Coating meets both the application and performance requirements of the American Water Works Association standard ANSI / AWWA C550 entitled "Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants". July 2005 / C515 Gate Valves C515 Gate Valves - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44 - 9-05.21 SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS (4"-12") (Styles 7000 NRS: 7068 OS&Y)(2 of 2) Design: Resilient Seated valves shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA Standard C-515-99. 4"-] 2" shall be UL listed and FM approved. The valve shall have a ductile iron body and bonnet. All internal parts shall be accessible for repair or maintenance without removing the body from the line. NRS and OS&Y stems shall be of cast bronze. NRS stems shall have integral thrust collar with Delrin thrust bearing above and below the collar. NRS stems shall have two machined grooves above the thrust collar and one groove below for O-ring seals. The upper two 0-rings shall be field removable with the valve under pressure. Valves shall be supplied with O-ring seals at all joints. No flat gaskets allowed. Blind bolts threaded into tapped holes in bonnet or body shall not be acceptable. The stem nut shall be of cast bronze and independent of the stem and wedge for NRS valves. Stem nuts for OS&Y valves shall be securely fastened to the stem. Tapping valve shall pass a full size cutter 4"-12" The waterway in the seat area shall be smooth, unobstructed, free of cavities and for valves 4" and larger at least 0.19" greater in diameter than the nominal valve size. Coating 5-8 mill inside and out. Thickness Wedge / Gate: The wedge shall be of cast iron and completely encapsulated with a resilient elastomer material permanently bonded to the wedge and have a rubber tearing bond that meets ASTM D429. Marking: Markings in accordance with AWWA C-515 standard. Includes name of manufacturer, the year of manufacture, maximum working pressure and size of valve. In addition, country of origin to be clearly cast into body & cover castings. Warranty: Resilient seated gate valves shall be covered by a ten-year limited warranty against defective materials or workmanship. End Mechanical joint end valves to match ANSI / AWWA C1 I I/A21.11. Connections: Flanged end valves to match ANSI / AWWA C110/A21.10 (ASME B16.1. Class 125) Tapping valves through 12" shall mate all sleeves through 12" outlet regardless of manufacturer. Valves shall be furnished with tapping sleeve side to ASME B16.1 Class 125 flanged end with centering ring. Outlet side of valve shall be mechanical joint with (without) accessories to ANSI / AWWA C111/A21.11. Push -on ends suitable for stab joints with ductile or cast iron. Laying Lengths Valves not listed in ANSI, AWWA, UL, or FM have dimensions per M&H design as noted in catalog. / Configurations July 2005 / C515 Gate Valves C515 Gate Valves - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44 - 9-05.21 ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL ASTM SPEC. R1 HOLD DOWN HEX BOLT 304 STAINLESS STEEL --------- R2 HOLD DOWN BOLT WASHER 304 STAINLESS STEEL --------- R3 OPERATING NUT OR HAND WHEEL CAST IRON ASTM A126 CLASS B R4 BOLTS NUTS STUFFING BOX 304 STAINLESS STEEL --------- R5 I STUFFING BOX SEAL PLATE DUCTILE IRON ASTM A536 70-50-05 R6 0-RING STEM QTY=3 NBR - - - - - - - - - R7 0-RING STUFFING BOX NBR --------- R8 THRUST WASHER DELRIN --------- R9 STEM AWWA GRADE C BRONZE ASTM B584 CDA 867 R10 HEX HEAD BOLTS & NUTS 304 STAINLESS STEEL --------- R11 COVER BONNET DUCTILE IRON ASTM A536 70-50-05 R12 STEM NUT AWWA GRADE A BRONZE ASTM A584 CDA 844 R13 WEDGE/DISC/GATE CAST IRON & SBR COATED ASTM Al R14 0-RING COVER NBR --------- Rlb BODY - ALL TYPES DUCTILE IRON STIVI A536 70-50-0 R16 POST PLATE CAST IRON JASTM A126 CLASS B R17 I PIPE PLUG OPTIONAL GALVANIZED I - - - - - - - - - DWN: TRIJ 4" THRU 12" M&H VALVE COMPANY DATE: 7/1/05 RESILIENT SEAT GATE VALVE ANNISTON,ALABAMA DWG. NO. C515-NRS-STYLE 7000 A DIVISION OF MCWANE INC. 7000 VALVE ASSEMBLY / MATERIAL LIST THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORNAT*N IS OUR PROPERTY AND SIMLL NOT BE USED. COPIED. OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT. DESIGN AND IWVENTION R04TS RESERVED. MPWashingtonState Department of Transportation Contract Stonegate Lift Station Section Contractor Shoreline Construction Co. Request for Approval of Material FA Number SR Subcontractor County King Date 9/20/2010 Fnr accicfanra in rmmnlatinn caa Incfnirfinnc and Framnlc I RAM # 3 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification APppr'I Appal File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Valve Box 940 Olympic Foundry 9-05.21 Code Code No. 22 & 23 22 & 23 Valve Extension HD Fowler 9-05.21 22, 23 & PVC Romagrip Romac Industries 9-05 Q 25 26 Silt Fence Laymor 9-14 26 CB Insert Ultra -Guard 9-14 43 PVC Fittings Sch 80 Spears 7-01.2 43 PVC Pipe Sch 80 Spears 7-01.2 Q Z2J 43,44 & Link Seal PSI 7-05 46 44 & 46 Pipe Restraint Series 600 Romac 9-05 FCA 501 Romac 8" 9-05 44 & 46 Proj Date State Materials Engineer tff Date e Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory �,,dit/ioally 1. Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. J. i..unuiiiU1 idiiy nPpi wou. -U-IL � OiQJUV iui51U1 'nNNiwaiNi-1 iu ubc vi il�6ici�oi. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other Yalve Box Assembly - Bid Item: 22, 23 - Section 9-05.21 6 3/4- DIA. 5 DEGREE �7/16- DRAFT a o OD SEWER AVAILABLE DRILLED k TAPPED FOR LOCKDOVM BOLTS TOP VIEW B, 7/8„ 1+ 15/15" / S BOTTOM VIEW NOTES: OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. 940 SEWER LID MAIL: Cast Iron ASTM A48, Class 30 RATING: H-20 PART NO. 940 S APPROX WT: 10 Lbs REV: A DATE: 4/22/2003 Inserted new border REV DOCUMENT APPROVED CL DATE:4/22/2003 TOLERANCE KK.-.1 REV: DATE: '4 BY: DATE: �,. �KD: xxxx 030 LWN,. CL DATE: 4/22/2003 DWG #: 940 SEWER LID SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 OF 1 -- 2 DEG calve Box Assembly - Bid Item: 22, 23 - Section 9-05.21 e 1/B' oiA B 7/8 DIA MATING SURFACES T— 11/+6" TO BE MACHINED 0 TOP vRx 6 S/S pA 1- NOTES: OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. 18" VALVE BOX TOP MATL: Cast Iron ASTM A48, CL30 RATING: H-20 PART NO. 940 APPROX WT: 33 Lbs REV: A DATE: 7/16/2003 New border REV A DOCUMENT APPROVED DWN: CL DATE: 7/16/2003 TOLERANCE REV: DATE: BY: DATE: xx .- 1 XXx.- ob CHKD: CL DATE: 7/16/2003 XXXX , o30 DWG #: 940 18 TOP SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 OF 1 - 2 DEG . . . . ....... Stem Extension - Bid Item: 22, 23 - Section 9-05.21 L LST r r- m 11:0 - X 0 4 x4z. OZ> I Ed (PrO AS 4 40 4 fcppE�` 'Hot C Do,* $Lot WOTe: COtj"rpAc-Top, To vc-rz�rmy . C� 1 M - Ap was FC)V\JLF-R Co. DwGr. ^t2,A_L,UL WMPM', Restraint Glands for PVC - Bid Item: 22, 23, 25 - 9-05 December 11. 2009 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, 1� INC. ' TnI V 1-800-426-9341 RomaGrip for PVC Pipe MADE M U.S.A Gland: Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Gasket: SBR, compounded for water and sewer service in accordance with ASTM D 2000 MBA710.Other compounds available for petroleum, chemical, or high temperature service. Restraining Bolts: 7/8 -9 roll thread, Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536. Restraining Lugs: Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A536. Heat treated using a proprietary process. T-bolts and Nuts: HSLA steel T-head bolt. National coarse rolled thread and heavy hex nut. Steel meets AWWA C111 composition specifications. Coatings: Shop coat applied to cast parts for corrosion protection in transit. Use: C900 4"-12", C905 14"-24" and, IPS 3"-12" Class 160 and greater, scd 40 & 80. Contact Romac representative for thin wall pipe such as IPS PVC (less than Class 160, etc.) C909 and Class 100 C900 (see instal- lation instructions). Not for use on polyethylene or ductile iron pipe. To Order: Specify catalog number. FM 8" RomaGrip gfor PVC p,aoIE" - Torque Off Bolts Assure the proper ;3 torque is applied ROMAGRIP for PVC Accessory Pack (RomaGrip, Gasket, Bolts and Nuts) NOM. PIPE SIZE RANGE CATALOG NUMBER T BOLTS QUANTITY: SIZE WEIGHT (ea.) LIST PRICE (ea.) CRATE QUANTITY 3" 3.50-3.96 3" RG-PVCAP-D 4: Va' x 3" 11# $61.00 54 4" 4.50-4.80 4" RG-PVCAP-D 4: 3/4" x 31/2" 15# 62.50 80 6" 6.63-6.90 6" RG-PVCAP-D 6: 3/4" x 4" 20# 79.00 48 8" 8.63-9.05 8" RG-PVCAP-D 6: 3/4" x 4" 24# 107.00 30 10" 10.75-11.10 10" RG-PVCAP-D 8: 3/4" x 4" 30# 185.00 32 12" 12.75-13.20 12" RG-PVCAP-D 8: 3/4" x 4" 37# 195.00 32 14" 15.30 14" RG-PVCAP-D 10: 3/4" x 41/2" 58# 345.00 - 16" 17.40 16" RG-PVCAP-D 12: 3/4" x 41/2" 68# 415.00 18„ 19.50 18" RG-PVCAP-D 12: 3/4" x 41/2" 80# 520.00 „ 20 1 24 21.60 20" RG-PVCAP-D 24" RG-PVCAP-D 14: 3/4" x 4V2' 16: 3/.4" x 5" 87# 635.00 1 25.80 112# 1 705.00 1 ROMAGRIP for PVC (PVC-RomaGrip Only) NOM. PIPE SIZE RANGE CATALOG NUMBER WEIGHT (ea.) LIST PRICE (ea.) BANDED QUANTITY 3" 3.50-3.96 3" RG-PVC-D 9# 11# 14# 18# $42.00 5 5 5 6„ 4.50-4.80 4" RG-PVC-D 44.00 6.63-6.90 6" RG-PVC-D 53.00 8" 10„ 8.63-9.05 8" RG-PVC-D 78.00 149.00 5 3 10.75-11.10 10" RG-PVC-D 22# 12" 12.75-13.20 12" RG-PVC-D 28# 156.00 3 14" 15.30 14" RG-PVC-D 47# 265.00 - 16" 17.40 16" RG-PVC-D 53# 350.00 18" 19.50 18" RG-PVC-D 68# 450.00 550.00 20" 21.60 20" RG-PVC-D 72# 95# 24" 1 25.80 24" RG-PVC-D 620.00 NOTE: 3" - 12" special Romac gasket works on both IPS and C-900 ODs. 7-7 Silt Fence - Bid Item 26 Silt Fence Silt Fence is a temporary silt control device that helps to prevent the loss of silts from a site during rain, or other run-off events. Material Properties 22Nov 2006 Silt Fence Properties (typical) Fatutic 9ty1e tlASTMµ SF 100 V SF 124 Grab Tensile 116/1Z0 Ibs 135/148 Ibs (Warp/Fill)�� D4632 516/534 N �� 600/658`N Elongation �� D4632 23%/24% 26°k/28%�� (Warp/Fill} Trapezoidal Tear H 58 Ibs 76 Ibs 258 N.. 338 NE:1 Puncture Strength D4833 88 lbs ..r... � ,_._.....m . N ........... __ . 391 N AOS D4751 N/A 50 US Sieve 425 microns Permittivity D4491 N/A (0.23 s-1 Roll Sizes 3 x 100 ft 3 x 100 ft . -�0.91x30m 0.91x30m� �RaU Wei ht 27 Ibs (10' stakes) 27 Ibs (10' stakes) g F-771"111111111-45 Ibs (6.5' stakes) 45 Ibs (6.5' stakes) Stake Spacingl I 10 or 6.5 feet typical —I 10 or 6.5 feet typical Custom spacing available Custom spacing available Stake Properties 1.5" x 1 5" Nominal 1,5" x 1.5" Nominal 4 feet long 4 feet long .�.� Note. 1: Other arrangements include; Alternate stake spacing, Sewn pockets, Wire mesh backing, Different styles of posts Various fabric widths and reinforcements. Please Note If you have any further questions please call your Layfield representative. Layfield product information is provided free of charge for your consideration. The comments offered are for discussion purposes only. While this information is based on Layfield's experience, this information may not be relied upon for any specific application as the nature of applications and site conditions are beyond Layfield's control. It is the user's responsibility to statisfy themselves as to the suitability of this information and to determine the suitability of this information for their specific application. Layfield shall not be liable for any loss or damages whatsoever that may occur from the use of this information. No warranty against patent infringement is offered or implied. Layfield Group Web » www.layfieldgroup.com LAYFIELD E-mail a corporate@layfieldgroup.com Phone (United States) » 1-800-796-6868 Phone (Canada)» 1-800-840-2884 San Diego Seattle 1 Vancouver j Edmonton ) Calgary 1 Toronto AUG-04-2006 16:28 LAYFIELD PLASTIC 4252641575 P.03 IT -Post - Bid Item: 26 14.6 LAYFIELD Specification 0eos t6eec & tndustnal Fabrics ss) gouser Way N. $emton WA 98055 ohone 1 800 796.6868 fax 425 254 1575 Metal T-Post Length 5' Weight 1 5 Ibs nominal Color Green Spade on Bottom Posts are manufactured in a number of locations both international and domestic. ii you nave any questions wttn regard to the above you may contact Rob Emmons, Distribution Account Manager, at 425-503-6979 TOTAL P.03 AUG-04-2006 16:27 LAYFIELD PLASTIC 97% P.003 HD Fowler Company - HIDIRTRAP CB Sock - Bid Item: 26 TM CATCH BASIN INSERTS Sediment Model p/n 9226 Trash & Debris Model p/n 9227 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS — /n 9225 9226 9227: Fabric Property Test Method Unit Value r adnc weigm AJ 1 M 1)-J101 oz/ d` 8.0 Thickness ASTM D-5199 mils 145 Water Flow Rate ASTM D-4491 m/ft 120* Total Surface Area by measurement square feet 18 Permeability ASTM D-4491 cm/sec .5 U.V. Resistance ASTM D-4355 % 70 * The total water flow rate through the insert in new condition is in excess of 500 gpm. The overflow rate is approximately 250 gpm. U.S. Patent Nos. 5,372,714 and 5,575,925 *Optional "Pop-up Capacity Indicator" now available — Provides visual notification that the Ultra-DrainGuard has reached near maximum collection capacity and should be replaced. (For use with p/n 9225 and p/n 9226) SCH80 PVC Fittings - Bid Item: 43 0 I SPrI PVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS 0 Performance Engineered & Tested W lP 010i Iw 80.2-1000 SPEARS'' Schedule 80 PVC fitting designs combine years of proven experience with computer generated stress analysis to yield the optimum physical structure and performance for each fitting. Material reinforcement is uniformly placed in stress concentration areas for substantially improved pressure handling capability. Resulting products are subjected to numerous verification tests to assure obtaining the very best PVC fittings available. Full 1/4" Through 12" Availability Spears® comprehensive line of injection molded PVC fittings offers a variety of configurations in molded Schedule 80 sizes 1/4" through 12" conforming to ASTM D 2467 and Spears® exclusive CL150 Flanges in sizes 1/2" through 16". Exceptional Chemical & Corrosion Resistance Unlike metal, PVC fittings never rust, scale, or pit, and will provide many years of maintenance -free service and extended system life. High Temperature Ratings PVC thermoplastic can handle fluids at service temperatures up to 140°F (60°C), allowing a wide range of process applications, including corrosive fluids. Lower Installation Costs Substantially lower material costs than steel alloys or lined steel, combined with lighter weight and ease of installation, can reduce installation costs by as much as 60% over conventional metal systems. O� CERT ♦p m � o w )ZI a UKAS OUAUi ad°o MANAGEMENT 007 Q9-Illy SyS tRms C-rtitlC-t- No. 293 Go rpa ra to P-cll.f , Sylmar, G3 Assessed to I50 9007: 2000 Higher Flow Capacity Smooth interior walls result in lower pressure loss and higher volume than conventional metal fittings. Additional Fabricated Configurations through 36" Extra large, hard -to -find, and custom configurations are fabricated from NSF Certified pipe. Fittings are engineered and tested to provide full pressure handling capabilities according to Spears® specifications. Advanced Design Specialty Fittings Spears' wide range of innovative, improved products include numerous metal -to -plastic transition fittings and unions with Spears' patented special reinforced (SR) rinctir tli—ndc PVC Valves SPEARS' PVC Valve products are available for total system compatibility and uniformity; see SPEARS® THERMOPLASTIC VALVES PRODUCT GUIDE & ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS (V-4). Sample Engineering Specifications All PVC Schedule 80 fittings shall be produced by Spears® Manufacturing Company from PVC Type I, cell classification 12454, conforming to ASTM Standard D 1784. All injection molded PVC Schedule 80 fittings shall be Certified for potable water service by NSF International and manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM D 2467. All fabricated fittings shall be produced in accordance with Spears® General Specifications for Fabricated Fittings. All PVC flanges shall be designed and manufactured to meet CL150 bolt pattern per ANSI Standard B16.5 and rated for a maximum internal pressure of 150 psi, non -shock at73°F. PROCRESSIVEPRODUCTSFROMSPEARS®INNOVATION& TECHNOLOGY Visit our web site: www.spearsmfg.com SCH80 PVC Fittings - Bid Item: 43 PVC Thermoplastic Pipe Temperature Pressure De -Rating To determine the maximum internal pressure rating at an elevated temperature, simply multiply the pipe pressure rating at 737 by the percentage specified for the desired temperature. System Operating Temperature °F (°C) 73 (23) 80 (27) 90 (32) 100 (38) 110 (43) 120 (49) 130 (54) 140 (60) PVC 100% 90% 75% 62% 50% 1 40% 30% 22% NOTE: Valves, Unions and Specialty Products have different elevated temperature ratings than pipe. Typical Material Properties Properties ASTM Test Method PVC Mechanical Properties, 73°F Specific Gravity, g/cm3 D 792 1.41 Tensile Strength, psi D 638 7,200 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D 638 440,000 Compressive Strength, psi D 695 9,000 Flexural Strength, psi D 790 13,200 Izod Impact, notched, ft-lb / in D 256 .65 Thermal Properties Heat Deflection Temperature, °F at 66 psi D 648 165 Thermal Conductivity, BTU / hr / sq ft / °F / in C 177 1.2 Coefficient of Linear Expansion, in / in / °F D 696 3.1 x 10-5 Flammability Limited Oxygen Index, % D 2863 43 UL 94 Rating 94V-0 Other Properties Water Absorption, % 24 hr. D 570 1 .05 Industry Standard Color White / Dark Gray ASTM Cell Classification D 1784 12454 NISF Pntnhlp Wnt— Annrn—ri VFQ PACIFIC SOUTHWEST 15860 Olden St Sylmar (Los Angeles), CA 91342 (818) 364-1611 • (800) 862-1499 Fax (818) 367-3014 NORTHWEST 4103 C St NE Suite 200 Auburn (Seattle), WA 98002 (253) 939-4433 • (800) 347-7327 Fax (253) 939-7557 PVC Chemical Resistance PVC is generally inert to most mineral acids, bases, salts and paraffinic hydrocarbon solutions. For more information on PVC chemical resistance refer to the Chemical Resistance of Rigid Vinyls Based on Immersion Test, published by the GEON' company. NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES Spears® Manufacturing Company DOES NOT RECOMMEND the use of thermoplastic piping products for systems to transport or store compressed air or gases, or the testing of thermoplastic piping systems with compressed air or gases in above and below ground locations. The use of our product in compressed air or gas systems automatically voids any warranty for such products, and its use against our recommendation is entirely the responsibility and liability of the installer. WARNING: DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO TEST ANY PVC OR CPVC THERMOPLASTIC PIPING PRODUCT OR SYSTEM, AND DO NOT USE DEVICES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO CLEAR SYSTEMS. THESE PRACTICES MAY RESULT IN EXPLOSIVE FRAGMENTATION OF SYSTEM PIPING COMPONENTS CAUSING JLkiiJUJ UIC I -ALAI- 6V1J1L1 1riJ U1V 1. SPEARS® MANUFACTURING COMPANY • CORPORATE OFFICE 15853 Olden St., Sylmar, CA 91342 • PO Box 9203, Sylmar, CA 91392 (818) 364-1611 - www.spearsmfg.com ROCKY MOUNTAIN 4880 Florence St Denver, CO 80238 (303) 371-9430 • (8W) 7774154 Fax (303) 375-9546 SOUTH CENTRAL 4250 Patriot Dr., Suite 300 Grapevine (Dallas), TX 76051-2317 (972) 691-4003 • (800) 441-1437 Fax (972) 691-W4 UTAH 5395 West 1520 South Salt Lake City, LIT 84104 (303)371-9430 •(800) 7774154 Fax (303) 375-9546 NORTHEAST 590 Industrial Dr., Suite 100 Lewisberry (Harrisburg), PA 17339.9532 (717) 938.8844 - (800) 233-0275 Fax (717) 938-6547 SOUTHEAST 4205 Newpoint PI., Suite 100 Lawrenceville (Atlanta), GA 30043 (678) 985-1263 - (800) 662-6326 Fax (678) 985-5642 FLORIDA 9563 Parksouth Court Orlando, FL 32837 (407) 8431960 - (800) 327-6390 Fax (407) 425-3563 MIDWEST 1 Gateway Ct., Suite A Bolingbrook (Chicago), IL 60440 (630) 759-7529 • (800) 662-6330 Fax (630) 759-7515 INTERNATIONAL SALES 15853 Olden St. Sylmar (Los Angeles), CA 91342 (818) 364-1611 • Fax (818) 898-3774 0 Copyright 2008 Spears® Manufacturing Company. All Rights Reserved. Printed in the United States of America 04108. 80-2-1000 SCH80 PVC Pipe - Bid Item: 43 1 SOLVENT WELD�agle SUBMITTAL AND DATA SHEET JM- Vwamo- PVC SOLVENT WELD - (SCHEDULE SERIES) Dual marking for both Pressure and Drain, Waste, Vent (DWV) Applications JM EAGLE'" PVC SCHEDULE 40/DWV PIPE Specifications: ASTM D1785 & ASTM D2665 Building essentials for a better tomorrow - Listed: ANSI/NSF-PW NSF-DWV Standard 61, Standard 14 NOM. PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. (IN) WATER PRESSURE RATING AT 23°C (73°F) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) 1 /2 0.840 0.609 0.109 600 0.164 3/4 1.050 0.810 0.113 480 0.218 1 1.315 1.033 0.133 450 0.324 1-1/4 1.660 1.363 0.140 370 0.439 1-1/2 1.900 1.593 0.145 330 0.525 2 2.375 2.049 0.154 280 0.705 2-1/2 2.875 2.445 0.203 300 1.118 3 3.500 3.042 0.216 260 1.463 4 4.500 3.998 0.237 220 2.083 6 6.625 6.031 0.280 180 3.663 8 8.625 7.942 0.322 160 5.512 10 10.750 9.976 0.365 140 7.815 12 12.750 11.889 0.406 130 10.333 14 14.000 13.073 0.437 130 12.220 16 16.000 14.940 0.500 130 15.980 :: Standard Color: White, Standard Length 10' & 20', Plain End and Belled End JM EAGLE- PVC SCHEDULE 80 PIPE Specifications: ASTM D1785 : : Listed : ANSI/NSF-PW Standard 61, Standard 14 NOM. PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. (IN) WATER PRESSURE RATING AT 23°C (73°F) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) n.,^ te r.,,, 4 3/4 1.050 0.724 0.154 690 0.285 1 1.315 0.936 0.179 630 0.419 1-1/4 1.660 1.255 0.191 520 0.579 1-1/2 1.900 1.476 0.200 470 0.701 2 2.375 1.913 0.218 400 0.969 2-1/2 2.875 2.290 0.276 420 1.479 3 3.500 2.864 0.300 370 1.979 4 4.500 3.786 0.337 320 2.892 6 6.625 5.709 0.432 280 5.516 8 8.625 7.565 0.500 250 8.336 10 10.750 9.493 0.593 1 230 12.375 12 112.750 1 11.294 1 0.687 1230 17.027 Standard Color: Dark Gray, Standard Length: 20' overall, Plain End Only t Available in Western Region Only. I.D.: Inside Diameter O.D.: Outside Diameter T.: Wall Thickness Product Standard: ASTM D1785 Pressure Pipe Pipe Compound: ASTM D1784 Cell Class 12454 Installation: JM Eagle- Installation Guide 3 Average Length Link -Seal Bolt Circle ,j After Tghtening (D) (pipe dia. + opening dia./2) eve age length aver A " tightertjng for referer- enm on - do not use for installation. T Pressure Plate Average Length After Tightening (D) Length (A) Average length after tightening for relerer- ante Dory do on Sleeve, Casing or ese for installation Wall Hole I.D. Actual Rubber Sealing Element Thickness (B) For LS-315 and Under Bolt Pressure Compression Plate Assist Boss ".......�_" T Rubberl I V11. Sealing a� L Element J LL a T For LS-325 and Above »gyre Bolt Plate Washer H u a t pr t` Rubber L ^+?+ Sealing d` a q Element zl ti Flanged Hex Nut Dimensional Data fnr Mnr1eIS C n S-11 R and nS-'11 R inimancinnc in inncac cvrcnt ne nni-41 LINK RUBBER SEALING ELEMENT PRESSURE PLATE BOLT WEIGHT FOR MIN. REQUIRED -SEAL MODEL NO. ACTUAL THICKNESS (B) 0.48 FREE LENGTH (c) 1.75 AVG. LENGTH AFTER TIGHTENING (D) 1.38 (A) 1.06 0.09 (T) 0.31 0.31 HEX ACROSS FLATS M5 (slotted hex) (H) 0.18 THREAD SIZE M5 (L) 2.50L2.1 10 LINK SECTION (LBS) SEATING WIDTH 2.25 LS-200- LS-275• 0.61 1.75 1.38 M5 (slotted hex) 0.18 M5 2.50 2.25 LS-300- 0.69 2.37 1.87 1.50 0.44 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 3.50 3.00 LS-315- 0.81 2.37 1.87 1.44 0.44 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 3.50 3.00 LS-325- 0.88 2.63 2.00 3.13 1.00 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 4.50 5.50 4.00 LS-340- 1.00 2.70 2.25 1.52 0.67 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 4.50 3.40 4.00 LS-360- 1.24 2.70 2.25 2.05 0.77 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 4.50 5.00 4.00 LS-400- 1.38 3.50 2.75 3.50 1.06 0.56 0.25 3/8-16 5.00 12.00 5.00 LS-410- 1.43 3.37 2.87 2.52 0.88 0.56 0.25 3/8-16 5.00 8.20 5.00 LS-425- 1.06 3.00 2.25 3.50 1.19 0.56 0.25 3/8-16 5.00 10.00 5.00 LS-475- 1.56 3.38 2.63 2.63 0.88 0.56 0.25 3/8-16 5.00 10.00 5.00 LS-500- 2.25 3.75 2.75 3.63 1.06 0.75 0.34 1/2-13 5.50 22.50 5.00 LS-525- 2.06 3.75 2.87 3.63 1.06 0.75 0.34 1/2-13 5.50 21.00 5.00 LS-575- LS-600- _ 1.81 3.75 3.00 3.00 1.00 0.75 0.34 1/2-13 5.50 15.50 58.00 5.00 6.00 3.09 4.00 3.00 6.00 1.90 1 29.6mm 12.8mm M20X2.5 180mm MSS This Technical Data Submittal Sheet is available on-line at www.linkseal.com Link Seals - Bid Item: 43, 44, 46 - 7-05 Link -Seal EPDM Seal Elements EPDM (Black) Model "C" Link -Seal Modular Seal Suitable for use in water, direct ground burial and atmospheric conditions. Provides electrical isolation where cathodic protection is required. Type: Standard Seal Element: EPDM (Black) Pressure Plates: Composite Bolts & Nuts: Carbon steel, zinc dichromated with proprietary corrosion inhibiting coating. Temp. Range: -40 to +250°F (40 to +1210C)* Link -Seal Nitrile Seal Elements Nitrile (Green) Model "O" Link -Seal Modular Seal Nitrile rubber is resistant to oils, fuel and many solvents (gasoline, motor oil, kerosene, methane, jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, water, etc.). Type: Oil Resistant Seal Element: Nitrile (Green) Pressure Plates: Composite Bolts & Nuts: Carbon steel, zinc dichromated with proprietary corrosion inhibiting coating. Temp. Range: -40 to +210°F (40 to +990C)* Link -Seal Silicone Seal Elements Silicone (Grey) Model "S-316" Link -Seal Modular Seal For chemical processing & waste water treat- ment. EPDM rubber is resistant to most inor- ganic acids and alkalis, some organic chemi- cals (acetone, alcohol, ketones). Type: Stainless Seal Element: EPDM (Black) Pressure Plates: Composite Bolts & Nuts: 316 Stainless Steel Temp. Range: -40 to +250°F (40 to +121°C)* Model "OS-316" Link -Seal Modular Seal Combination of oil resistant rubber and stain- less steel hardware. Type: Oil Resistant Seal Element: Nitrile (Green) Pressure Plates: Composite Bolts & Nuts: 316 Stainless Steel Temp. Range: -40 to +210 OF (40 to +990C)* Model "FD/FS" Link -Seal Modular Seal Double seal for added protection. Type: Fire Seals Seal Element: Silicone (Grey) Pressure Plates: Steel zinc dichromate Bolts: Steel with 2-part zinc dichromate & organic coating. Temp. Range: -67 to +400°F (-55 to +204°C)* = Sustained operation near temperature limits may affect life expectancy. LInlk-zoeal moaular Beal - speclncatlons Material Properties of Link -Seal Seal Elements PROPERTY ASTM necTunn EPDM NITRILE SILICONE Hardness (shore A) Tensile Elongation Compression Set Specific Gravity D-2240 D-412 D-412 S-395 Model "T" Link -Seal Modular Seal Silicone rubber is ideal for temperature extremes. "T" model is one hour Factory Mutual approved. Type: High/Low Temperature Seal Element: Silicone (Grey) Pressure Plates: Steel zinc dichromate Bolts: Carbon steel, zinc dichromated with proprietary corrosion inhibiting coating. Temp. Range: -67 to +400°F (-55 to +20411C)* 47 ±3 1450 psi 400% 50 ±5 1300 psi 300% 15% 45% 22 hrs. @ 158°F (70°C) 22 hrs. @ 212°F (100°C) D-297 1.10 Material Properties of Composite Pressure Plates ASTM PROPERTY METHOD VALUE Izod Impact - Notched D-256 2.05 ft-lb/in Tensile Strength @ Yield D-638 20,000 psi Tensile Strength - Break Flexural Strength @ Yield Flexural Modulus Elongation, Break Specific Gravity Moisture Content D-638 20,250 psi D-790 30,750 psi D-790 1,124,000 psi D-638 D-792 11.07% 1.42 Bolt & Nut Specifications 50 ±5 860 psi 250% 40% 22 hrs. @ 350OF (177°C) 1.40 Standard: Carbon Steel Carbon steel, zinc dichromated per ASTM B633, with an additional corrosion inhibiting proprietary organic coating. (passes 1000 hour salt spray test) Tensile Strength = 60,000 psi, minimum Option: Stainless Steel ANSI Type = 316, Per ASTM F593-95 Tensile Strength = 85,000 psi, average. 1.38 Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. MI 6525 Goforth Street, Houston TX 77021 U.S.A. 0.18% Tel: 713-747-6948, Fax: 713-747-6029, Toll Free: 800-423-2410 www.linkseal.com, e-mail: pipelineseal@att.net 6 1 Pipe Restraint -Bid Item: 44, 46 -Section 9-05� August 27. 2007 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. "600" Series Pipe Restraining System 1-800-426-9341 CO Castings: Ductile iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, = Grade 65-45-12. O Clamping Bolts: High Strength Low Alloy Steel per AWWA C111 U Clamping Nuts: ANSI B 18.2.2. .� Restraining Rods, T-Bolts and Nuts: High strength, low alloy C steel per AWWA C111. Coating: Color coded shop coat. Black on ductile iron sizes, Red on IPS (steel) size PVC. O Not for use on polyethelene pipe or plain end mechanical joint fittings. STYLE 611� for bell & spigot joints, Romac couplings and transitions NOM. PIPE PIPE PIPE CATALOG CLAMPING BOLTS' RESTRAINING RODS APPROX. WEIGHT LIST PRICE SIZE DIA. NUMBER QTY: SIZE QTY: SIZE (Ibs.) 4„ IPS size PVC 4.50 611 -4.50 4: 5/8" x 4" 2; 3/4" x 18" 18 V, # $61.18 DI, C-900 4.80 611 -4.80 6Ir IPS size PVC 6.63 611 -6.63 4: 5/81' x 4" 2: 3/4' x 20" 22 # 81.12 DI, C-900 6.90 611 -6.90 8n IPS size PVC 8.63 611 -8.63 3/4" 3/4" DI C-900 9.05 611 -9.05 4: x 5" 2: x 20" 40 # 131.45 1 OIr IPS size PVC 10.75 611 - 10.75 4: 7/8" x 5" 4: 3/4" x 22" 50 # 229.15 DI, C-900 11.10 611 -11.10 12„ IPS size PVC DI, C-900 12.75 13.20 611 -12.75 611 - 13.20 4: 7/a" x 5" 4: 3/4" x 22" 60 # 250.70 ' Per pair of castings To Order: Specify catalog number. Fxamnle- Fnr a fi" nl nr r.-Rnn RPII R Sninot Joint order Sfvlp 6�11 - q 1� z ST I I E 612 for Mechanica! loints NOM. PIPE PIPE PIPE '-ATALOG CLAMPING BOLTS RESTRAINING RODS APPROX. WEIGHT LIST PRICE SIZE DIA. NUiv,2FR QTY: SIZE QTY: SIZE (lbs.) 4n IPS size PVC 4.50 612-4.50 9 =/5" x 4" 2: 3/4" x 7" 10 # $43.42 DI, C-900 4.80 612-4.80 6„ IPS size PVC 6.63 612-6.63 2: /a" x 4" 2: 3/4" x 7" 11'/z # 52.61 DI, C-900 6.90 612-6.90 „ $ IPS size PVC 8.63 612-8.63 2: 3/4" x 5" 2: 3/.:" x ?" 20'/2 # 78.24 DI C-900 9.05 612 - 9.05 ?8 # 146.78 if 10 IPS size PVC 10.75 612- 10.75 2: " x 5" 4: 3/4" x 7" DI, C-900 11.10 612 - 11.10 121, IPS size PVC 12.75 612-12.75 2: 1/8" x 5" 4: 3/4" x 7" 32 # 15-,96 DI, C-900 13.20 612 - 13.20 ' Per pair of castings To Order: Specify catalog number. Example: For a 6" DI or C-900 MJ fitting, order Style 612 - 6.90 7-4 [Romac FICA with Ancho Pins, Epoxy Coated - Bid Item: 44, 46 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, 'C INC. 1-800-426-9341 mAR 54 5at September 13, 2006 Style "FCA501" Flanged Coupling Adapter Flanged Body: Ductile iron per ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Flange meets the dimensional U) requirements of ANSI Class 125 and 150 bolt circles. Yellow shopcoat. Other flange coatings avail- 0 able on request. End Ring: Ductile iron per ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Color coded RED for O.D. and Std. Stl., BLACK for cast iron and YELLOW for A/C. aa> Gaskets: SBR per ASTM D 2000 MBA 710, compounded for water and sewer service. Flange 0- = ring gasket is NBR rubber. Other compounds available on request. N Bolts and Nuts: Trackhead bolts, heavy hex nuts, UNC high strength, low alloy, corrosion- resis- tant steel per AWWA C111. The 10" and 12" flange bolts and nuts are mild steel, electro-galvanized iQ with a hex head. Other materials or special coatings available on request. volts w/Nuts 6" FCA501 without 'lange Bolts Options: For other options and specifications, see page 2-27. Meets AWWA C219 J For 14" and above, see FC400 on Page 2-19. NOM. I LIST PRICE ADD ONS APPROX. PIPE COLOR GASKET APPROXIMATE CATALOG Complete For.y pe31& ForType316 For WEIGHT SIZE CODE RANGE USE NUMBER Complete w/Anchor S.S. Bolts & S.S. BOlts & Ep (LBS.) Pins 3 Nuts Nuts L & C 3" 3.00 - 3.29 Copper, OD Steel FCA501 - 3.29 3.30 - 3.51 Std. Stl & PVC FCA501 - 3.51 3.50 - 4.00 Std. Stl, Cl/DI & PVC FCA501 - 4.00 411 3.80 - 4.05 O.D. Stl. C.I. & O.D. Stl. FCA501 - 4.05-3 -_. _ 4.06 - 4.31 Riv. Stl. FCA501 - 4.31-3 X 4.50 - 4.70 Std. Stl. & PVC FCA501 - 4.70-3 n 4.50 - 4.81 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC FCA501 - 4.81-3 3 4.80 - 5.00 Cast Iron & PVC FCA501 - 5.00-3 Flange 4.74 - 5.10 C.I. & A/C M.E. FCA501 - 5.10-3 5.11 - 5.30 A/C R.B. FCA5 11 - 5.30-3 3.80 - 4.05 O.D. FCA501 - 4.05 4.06 - 4.31 Riv. Stl. FCA501 - 4.31 4.50 - 4.70 Std. Stl. & PVC FCA501 - 4.70 4.50 - 4.81 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC FCA501 - 4.81 4 rr 4.80 - 5.00 Cast Iron & PVC FCA501 - 5.00 4.74 - 5.10 C.I. & A/C M.E. FCA501 - 5.10 5.11 - 5.30 A/C R.B. FCA501 - 5.30 YELLOW 5.11 - 5.40 A/C R.B. CL. 200 FCA501 - 5.40 5.80 - 6.10 O.D. FCA501 - 6.10 6.05 - 6.30 Riv. Stl. FCA501 - 6.30 6.55 - 6.76 Std. Stl. & PVC FCA501 - 6.76 6.60 - 6.91 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC FCA501 - 6.91 6 If 6.90 - 7.10 Cast Iron & PVC FCA501 - 7.10 6.86 - 7.20 C.I. & A/C M.E. FCA501 - 7.20 7.15 - 7.35 A/C R.B. FCA501 - 7.35 YELLOW 7.15 - 7.4s A/C R.B. CL. 200 FCA501 - 7.45 7.80 - 8.10 O.D. FCA501 - 8.10 8.10 8.30 Riv. Stl. FCA501 - 8.30 k 8.30 8.55 C.I.Soil, PVC Sewer FCA501 - 8.55 n08.60 - 9.06 Std. Stl., D.I. & PVC FCA501 - 9.06 9.05 - 9.30 Cast Iron & PVC FCA501 - 9.30 8.99 - 9.40 C.I. & A/C M.E. FCA501 - 9.40 9.31 - 9.50 A/C R.B. FCA501 - 9.50 YELLOW 9.51 - 9.70 A/C R.B. CL. 200 FCA501 - 9.70 9.80 - 10.10 A O.D. FCA501 - 10.10 10.20 - 10.55 A C.I. Soil, PVC Sewer FCA501 - 10.55 10.70 - 11.00 A Slid. Stl. & PVC FCA501 - 11.00 10 �r 10.70 - 10.80 B(D Std. Stl. & PVC FCA501 - 10.80 10.89 - 11.40 B(D Cast Iron & PVC FCA501 - 11.40 YELLOW 11.55 - 11.75 B O A/C M.E. FCA501 - 11.75 11.76 - 12.12 B O A/C R.B. FCA501 - 12.12 11.81 - 12.10 A O.D. Stl. FCA501 - 12.10 12.65 - 12.95 A Std. Stl. & PVC FCA501 - 12.95 12 rr 12.70 - 12.80 B Std. Stl. & PVC FCA501 - 12.80 13.15 - 13.55 B Cast Iron & PVC FCA501 - 13.55 YELLOW 13.85 - 14.10 B A/C M.E. FCA501 - 14.10 14.05 - 14.40 B A/C R.B. FCA501 - 14.40 1 sn F 16.00 O.D. Stl. FCA501 - 16.00 17.40 Ductile Iron & PVC I FCA501 - 17.40 To Order: Add the letter "P" to end of For "FCA501" parts list, OCANNOT be used with mating flanges O Submit pressure data when catalog number for FCA501 with anchor see next page. that have threaded bolt holes. specifying pins. Cannot be pins and "X" for less flange bolts. For larger sizes, see used on O.D. steel pipe or Example: FCA501- 5.00 P or "FC400" on Page 2-19. O Less flange bolts/nuts. non-metallic pipe. FCA501- 5.00 X ! Flexible couplings do not provide protection against possible pullout of pipe ends in unrestrained conditions 3-2 [Romac FCA with Ancho Pins, Epoxy Coated - Bid Item: 44, 46 ROMAC MIN IKIIr% RIES, September 13, 2006 1-$oo-a2s-9341 �AaE,p-- Fusion Epoxy Style "FCA501"Parts List V.5 NOM. PIPE SIZE FLANGED BODY (w/0-Ring) END RING COUPLING GASKET 0 RING GASKET FLANGE BOLTS WTH NUTS THROUGH BOLTS WITH NUTS NUMBER: SIZE PRICE EACH NUMBER: SIZE PRICE EACH STD. 304 SS 316 SS STD. 304 SS 316 SS 3" 104.95 15.14' N 19.60 N 7.07 N/A N/A N/A N/A 4:5/8" x 71/2" 17.26 22.21 29.89 E 19.92 E 7.40 4" x 3" 179.52 20.13' N 19.91 N 7.07 4: 5/a" x 3" 2 3.41 10.23 24.15 4: 5/a" x 3" 2 3.41 10.23 12.67 E 20.42 E 7.40 4" 135.52 20.13' N 19.91 N 7.63 4:5/8" x 3" 2 3.41 10.23 24.15 4:5/e" x 71/2" 17.26 22.21 29.89 E 20.42 E 7.99 6" 143.95 40.38 N 23.46 N 8.09 4:3/4" x 31/2" 2 4.47 16.59 44.74 4:3/4" x 8" 25.76 32.10 43.19 E 24.54 E 8.45 8" 234.18 55.97 N 28.25 N 9.14 4:3/4" x 31/2" 2 4.47 16.59 44.74 4:3/4" x 8" 25.76 32.10 43.19 E 31.75 E 9.56 10"A 450.20 100.09 N 39.36 N 10.24 6: 7/e" x 4" 8.04 36.08 85.19 6: 5/3" x '/a x 9'/2" 27.31 35.55 55.53 4 E 45.93 E 10.71 10"13 450.70 100.09 N 39.36 N 10.24 6: 7/8" x 4" 8.04 36.08 85.19 6: 5/a" x 7/8 x 91/2" 27.31 35.55 55.53 4 E 45.93 E 10.71 12"A 491.30 120.00 N 49.29 N 11.49 6:1/8" x 4" 8.04 36.08 85.19 6:1/8" x 9" 32.23 88.76 104.30 E 57.20 E 11.49 12"B 491.30 120.00 N 19.29 N 11.49 6:'/a" x 4" 8.04 36.08 85.19 6:7/8" x 9" 32.23 88.76 104.30 E 57.20 E 11.49 16" 881.95 231.99 N 114.99 N 13.35 N/A N/A N/A N/A 12:5/a'"x10'/z" 3 8.48 18.33 36.26 E 138.25 E 13.95 ' Parts are interchangeable with 501 couplings. 2 T-head bolts. a Trackhead bolt for end ring only NOM. PIPE SIZE DIMENSIONS A B Dia. C 3" 4" x 3" 41/2" 4 5/8" 71/2" 91, 33/8" 41/4" 4" 4" 9" 3'/2" 6" 4 '/a" 11.1 3 5/e" 8" 4 1/4" 13 1/2" 3 1/2" In"A 51/2' 16" 41/2" 10"B 51/2" 16" 41/2" 12"A 51/4" 19" 41/2" 12"B 51/2" 19" 41/2" 16" 8" 23 ,/," 7" Refer to page 2-3 for information on 10" and 12" center rings. Stainless steel anchor pins available upon request. S -End Ring / II Through Bolt 1 e O-Ring Anchor Pin Gasket Pipe (optional) Body WARNING: Flexible couplings do not provide ' protectionagainst possible pullout ofpipe ends in unrestrained conditions. Stainless steel anchor pins available. Contact factory for price and number required. 3-4 It t MA,111110111111, WashingtonState Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1 9/21/2010 Section County Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Fnr acsistanrP in rmmnlPtina cpp Inctnrrtinnc anrl Fyamnla RAM # 4 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator,FIE Specification A rl pp Appr'l File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 44 & 46 Romagrip DIP Romac Industries 7-01 44 Pipe Stand S92 Material Resources Sht 15 O 13 & 14 Cleanout Casting M1007 Omlympic Foudry 7-04 42,43 & Sch 40 Fittings Spears Sht 15 44 42,43 & Sch 40 Pipe JM Eagle Sht 15 44 Project n r Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other —I lRomagrip for DIP - Bid Item: 44, 46 - 7-01 January 22, 2010 U) C O y— N Q C0 -i N c ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. TM RomaGrip Pipe Restraint 1-800-426-9341 MADE IN U.S.A Gland: Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45- 12. Gaskets: 3-24" sizes: A standard MJ gasket is used with this fitting. See ANSI/ AWWA C111/A21.11 for gasket specs. For 30-48" sizes, SBR in accordance with ASTM D2000. Other compounds available for petroleum, chemical or high temperature service. j Restraining Bolt: Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536-84. (3-24" sizes: 7/8 —9 roll thread), (30-48" sizes: 1 114 - 7 roll thread) Restraining Lugs: Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536- 84. Heat treated using a proprietary process. Coatings: Shop coat applied to the casting for corrosion protection in transit. Use: Ductile iron pipe 3" - 48", cast iron pipe 3" - 48" (same OD's as ductile iron), IPS size and STD steel 3" - 12" with transition gasket and a minimum thickness of schedule 40. Not for use on polyethylene pipe, PVC pipe or plain end mechanical joint fittings. To Order: Specify catalog number. F M APPROVED - Torque Off Bolts Assure the proper torque is applied Radial Pads Contact the pipe and apply force evenly ROMAGRIP for Ductile Iron Pipe Accessory Pack (RomaGrip, Gasket, Bolts and Nuts) NOM. PIPE SIZE CATALOG NUMBER T BOLTS QUANTITY: SIZE WEIGHT (ea.) LIST PRICE (ea.) CRATE QUANTITY 3" 3" RGAP-D 4: 5/8" x 3" 8# $50.50 54 4" RGAP-D 4: 3/4" x 31/2" 11# 54.50 96 6" 6" RGAP-D 6: 3/4" x 4" 17# 67.50 72 $" 8" RGAP-D 6: 3/4" x 4" 22# 91.75 48 10" 10" RGAP-D 8: 3/4" x 4" 31# 130.00 30 12" 12" RGAP-D 8: 3/4" x 4" 37# 175.00 32 14" 14" RGAP-D 10: 3/4" x 41/2' 53# 270.00 - 16" 16" RGAP-D 12: 3/4" x 41/2" 62# 320.00 18" 18" RGAP-D 12: 3/4" x 41/2' 68# 450.00 - 20 20" RGAP-D 14: 3/4" x 41/2" 78# 550.00 24" 24" RGAP-D 16: 3/4" x 5" 98# 680.00 30' 30" RGAP-IMPORT 20: 1" x 6" 295# SEE PAGE 7-$ - 36" 36" RGAP-IMPORT 24: 1" x 6" 380# 42" 42" RGAP-IMPORT 28: 1'/4" x 8'/z" 595# 48" 48" RGAP-IMPORT 32: 1'/4" x 81/2" 730# ROMAGRIP for Ductile Iron Pipe (RomaGrip ONLY) NOM. PIPE SIZE CATALOG NUMBER WEIGHT (ea.) LIST PRICE ea. BANDED QUANTITY 3" 3" RG-D 6# $33.50 5 4" 4" RG-D 7# 34.50 5 6" 6" RG-D it# 41.00 5 $" 8" RG-D 16# 62.25 5 10" 10" RG-D 21 # 92.00 3 12" 12" RG-D 28# 134.00 3 14" 14" RG-D 41# 215.00 16" 16" RG-D 49# 265.00 - 18" 18" RG-D 56# 390.00 - 20" 20" RG-D 64# 485.00 - 24" 24" RG-D 81 # 601.00 30 30" RG-IMPORT 250# SEE PAGE 7-8 36" 36" RG-IMPORT 325# 42" 42" RG-IMPORT 479# 48" 48" RG-IMPORT 594# ASome initial axial movement may occur in lug style restraints as the lugs seat. Movement is directly related to the size of the piping system and the system pressure. In general terms movement of approximately 0.25" can be expected in restraints under 16". For larger sizes, movement of approximately 0.4"may be seen. If this is critical to your application please contact Romac Engineering for additional information. 7-6 IS92 Pipe Support - Bid Item: 44 1 Material Resources., Inc. STANDON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORTS Standon Model S82 Saddle Support The Standon Model S92 Saddle Support was specifically designed to fit your pipe! A nearly 507o' circumferential cradle (1700), and a pipe -to -saddle gap clearance of less than .125" guarantees excellent performance. The Standon Saddle Support comes with an oversized base and an adjustable collar allowing up to 3" of fine adjustment. I I The Standon Saddle Support is offered in a variety of metals and sizes. Because corrosion is a concern, we offer a galvanized finish. Better yet - try our 100% 304 stainless steel version. "Quality you can Stand On" "A11 Mo, :dls Tested to 10, 000 lbs. Compressive Strength " Forpnxluctavailabilityand orderinginformation on these and other products offered by Material Resources Inc. please call. (503) 533-5256 or FAX (503) 533-5501 or visit our website at www.standon.net Packaged in an easily inventoried box, the Standon Saddle Support is always ready to do the job. An installation guide is included with each Support. The customer supplies the course extension pipe (size is determined by the size of the support being used). The extension pipe should be field cut to the length required. No threading is needed. The collar and base cups are sized to accept standard sizes of iron pipe. Schedule 40 is the minimum thickness recommended. The Standon model C92 is a two piece, full circle saddle clamp. It comes supplied with two bolts and nuts to retain the matching top saddle. MATERIAL RESOURCES, INC. PO Box 247 Forest Grove, Oregon 07116 S92 Pipe Support - Bid Item: 44 Material Resources, Inc. STANDON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORTS Standon Model S02 Saddle Support Product Specification Sheet .ALL MODELS TESTED TO OVER 10,000 POUNDS -COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH MATERIAL - Saddle strap: ASTM A36 Collar / base cups: ASTM A53 D.O.M. tubing Thread stud: ASTM A36, rolled thread, grade ASTM A307 Base plate: ASTM A36 sheet steel Optional Material -100% 304L or 316L Stainless steel FABRICATION - AII welds: 100% MIG welding, electrode E70XX Saddle: Formed to ductile iron pipe radius Optional neoprene liner available for IPS pipe FINISH - All supports have corrosion resistant, electro-galvanized finish. Hot dip galvanizing available - specify at time of order OPTION- A neoprene liner is available to isolate pipe from saddle. DIMENSIONS - (Note: call manufacturer for 30" throuah 48" su000rt info.) SUPPORT STRAP THIRD BASE EXTENSION MNWUM SIZE SIZE STUD PLATE PIPE REQ. DIST TO FLOOR 2" .375" x 2" 1" x 6" 4" x 6" x .25" 2" Sch. 40 7" 2.5" .375" x 2" 1" x 6" 4" x 6" x .25" 2" Sch. 40 7" 3" .375" x 2" 1" x 6" 4" x 6" x .25" 2" Sch. 40 7" 4" .50" x 2" 1" x 6" 8" x 8" x .25" 2" Sch. 40 7" 6" .50" x 2" 1" x 6" 8" x 8" x .25" 2" Sch. 40 7" 8" .50" x 2" 1" x 6" 8" x 8" x .25" 2" Sch. 40 7" 10" .50" x 2" 1" x 6" 8" x 8" x .25" 2" Sch. 40 7" 14" .625" x 3" 1.5" x 6" 8" x 8" x .5" 3" Sch. 40 9.5" 16" .625" x 3" 1.5" x 6" 8" x 8" x .5" 3" Sch. 40 9.5" 18" .75" x 4" 2" x 6" 8" x 8" x .5" 4" Sch. 40 10" 20" .75" x 4" 2" x 6" 8" x 8" x .5" 4" Sch. 40 10" 24" .75" x 4" 2" x 6" 8" x 8" x .5" 4" Sch. 40 1 10" MW i11 INSTALLATION - To insure proper Support performance and stability; After final height adjustment is attained, apply tack welds to both support cups and extension pipe. Use E70XX electrode for welds. The base plate should be anchored to the floor with removable anchor bolts. If re -adjustment is required at a later date, remove anchor bolts and rotate entire lower unit using collar nut. Re -anchor base plate. Forproductavailabilityand orderinginformafion on these and other products offered by Material Resources Inc please call: (503) 533-5256 or (877)693-0727 FAX (503) 533-5501 WWW.STANDONNET MATERIAL RESOURCES, INC. 2800 Taylor Way Bldg. 2 C PO Box 247 forest Grove, OR 07116 Cleanout Casting - Bid Item: 6" SDCO, 8" SDCO - 7-04 1/8" RAISE — 1,_ ...__ BORDER OTES. TL: Cat Iron, ASTM A48, CL 30 X WT: Ring 47 Lbs, Cover 14 Lbs IENT APPROVED DWN: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 TOLERANCE XX -- 1 DATE: XXX,_ D6 CHKD: CL DATE: 6/23/2003 XXXX-030 .- 2 DEG , "SEWER —CO") 10" g^ t i8» OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. 8" X 4" CLEAN -OUT RING & COVER RATING: H-20 PART NO. M1007 REV: A DATE: 6/23/2003 New border REV: DATE: DWG #: M1007 REV A SCALE: N/A I SHEET: 1 OF 1 SCH40 PVC Fittings - Bid Item: Access Hatch Drain PVC SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS Performance Engineered & Tested w =4 L] 5 40-2-0604 SPEARS® Schedule 40 PVC fitting designs combine years of proven experience with computer generated stress analysis to yield the optimum physical structure and performance for each fitting. Material reinforcement is uniformly placed in stress concentration areas for substantially improved pressure handling capability. Resulting products are subjected to numerous verification tests to assure the very best PVC fittings available. Full 1/4" Through 12" Availability Spears® comprehensive line of PVC fittings offers a variety of injection molded configurations in Schedule 40 sizes 1/4" through 12" conforming to ASTM D 2466. Exceptional Chemical & Corrosion Resistance Unlike metal, PVC fittings never rust, scale, or pit, and will provide many years of maintenance -free service and extended system life. High Temperature Ratings PVC thermoplastic can handle fluids at service temperatures up to 140°F (60°C), allowing a wide range of process applications, including corrosive fluids. i,ower Tnctallation Co%tc Substantially lower material costs than steel alloys or lined steel, combined with lighter weight and ease of installation, can reduce installation costs by as much as 60% over conventional metal systems. Sample Engineering Specifications All PVC Schedule 40 fittings shall be produced by Spears® Manufacturing Company from PVC Type I cell classification 12454, conforming to ASTM D 1784. All injection molded PVC Schedule 40 fittings shall be Certified for potable water service by NSF International and manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM D 2466. Al fabricated fittings shall be produced in accordance with Spears® General Specifications for Fabricated Fittings. Higher Flow Capacity Smooth interior walls result in lower pressure loss and higher volume than conventional metal fittings. Additional Fabricated Configurations through 36" Extra large, hard -to -find, and custom configurations are fabricated from NSF Certified pipe. Fittings are engineered and tested to provide full pressure handling capabilities according to Spears" specifications. PVC Valves SPEARS" PVC Valve products are available for total system compatibility and uniformity; see SPEARS® THERMOPLASTIC VALVES PRODUCT GUIDE & ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS (V-4). Advanced Design Specialty Fittings Spear0 wide range of innovative, improved products include numerous metal -to -plastic transition fittings and unions with Spears® patented special reinforced (SR) plastic threads. � `0P CERT�p'' s m UKAS o� oa M��o07 I�r At..... to I50 9001: 2000 PROGRESSIVE PRODUCTS FROM SPEARS`' INNOVATION & TECHNOLOGY Visit our web site: www.spearsmfg.com SCH40 PVC Fittings - Bid Item: Access Hatch Drain PVC Thermoplastic Pipe Temperature Pressure De -Rating To determine the maximum internal pressure rating at an elevated temperature, simply multiply the pipe pressure rating at 73°F by the percentage specified for the desired temperature. System Operating Temperature of (°C) 73 (23) 80 (27) 90 (32) 100 (38) 110 (43) 120 (49) 130 (54) 140 (60) PVC 100% 90% 75% 62% 50% 40% 30% 22% NOTE: Valves, Unions and Specialty Products have different elevated temperature ratings than pipe. PVC Basic Physical Properties Properties ASTM Test Method PVC Mechanical Properties, 73°F Specific Gravity, g/cm3 D 792 1.41 Tensile Strength, psi D 638 7,200 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D 638 440,000 Compressive Strength, psi D 695 9,000 Flexural Strength, psi D 790 13,200 Izod Impact, notched, ft-lb/in D 256 j .65 Thermal Properties Heat Deflection Temperature, °F at 66 psi D 648 1 165 Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr/sq ft/°F/in C 177 1.2 Coefficient of Linear Expansion, in/in/°F D 696 3.1 X 105 Flammability Limiting Oxygen Index, % D 2863 43 UL 94 rating 94V-0 Other Properties Water Absorption, % 24 hr. D 570 .05 Industry Standard Color White / Dark Gray HJ I Iw �.CII �.IdJJIIIGd 11011 U I ! 0'+ I L'+J'+ NSF Potable Water Approved Yes PACIFIC SOUTHWEST 15860 Olden St. Sylmar (Los Angeles), CA 91342 (818) 364-1611 - (800) 862-1499 Fax (818) 367-3014 NORTHWEST 4103 C SL NE Suite 200 Auburn (Seattle), WA 98002 (253) 9394433 • (800) 347-7327 Fax (253) 939-7557 PVC Chemical Resistance PVC is generally inert to most mineral acids, bases, salts and paraffinic hydrocarbon solutions. For more information on PVC chemical resistance refer to the Chemical Resistance of Rigid Vinyls Based on Immersion Test, published by the GEON" Company. NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS Spears Manufacturing Company DOES NOT RECOMMEND the use of thermoplastic piping products for systems to transport or store compressed air or gases, or the testing of thermoplastic piping systems with compressed air or gases in above and below ground locations. The use of our product in compressed air or gas systems automatically voids any warranty for such products, and its use against our recommendation is entirely the responsibility and liability of the installer. WARNING: DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO TEST ANY PVC OR CPVC THERMOPLASTIC PIPING PRODUCT OR SYSTEM, AND DO NOT USE DEVICES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO ('T PAP QVCTFT4C TTTFQP PP A('TTf FQ 1\4AV RESULT IN EXPLOSIVE FRAGMENTATION OF SYSTEM PIPING COMPONENTS CAUSING SERIOUS OR FATAL BODILY INJURY. SPEARS® MANUFACTURING COMPANY • CORPORATE OFFICE 15853 Olden St., Sylmar, CA 91342 • PO Box 9203, Sylmar, CA 91392 (818) 364-1611 - www.spearsmfg.com ROCKY MOUNTAIN 4880 Florence St. Denver, CO 80238 (303) 371-9430 • (800) T77A154 Fax (303) 375-9546 SOUTH CENTRAL 4250 Patriot Dr. Suite 300 Grapevine (Dallas), TX 76051-2317 (972) 691-4003 - (800) 441-1437 Fax (972) 691-4404 UTAH 5395 West 1520 South Salt Lake City, UT 84104 (303)371-9430 -(800) MA154 Fax (303) 375-9546 NORTHEAST 590Industrial Dr. Suite 100 Lewisberry (Harrisburg), PA 17339-9532 (717) 938-8844 - (800) 233-0275 Fax (717) 938-6547 SOUTHEAST 4205 Newpoint PI. Suite 100 Lawrenceville (Atlanta), GA 30043 (678) 985-1263 - (800) 662.6326 Fax (678) 985-5642 FLORIDA 9563 Parksouth Court Odando,FL 32837 (407) 843-1960 - (800) 327-6390 Fax (407) 425-3563 I. MIDWEST i Gateway Ct . Suite A Bolingbrook (Chicago), IL 60440 (630) 759.7529 - (800) 662-6330 Fax (630) 759-7515 INTERNATIONAL SALES 15853 Olden St. Sylmar (Los Angeles), CA 91342 (818) 364-1611 - Fax (818) 898-3774 © Copyright 2W7 Spears' Manufacturing Company. All Rights Reserved. Nnted in the United States of America 01107. 40-2-0604 jSCH40 PVC Pipe - Bid Item: Access Hatch Drain SOLVENT WELD �O-� Jii agle SUBMITTAL AND DATA SHEET `/ PVC SOLVENT WELD - (SCHEDULE SERIES) Dual marking for both Pressure and Drain, Waste, Vent (DWV) Applications JM EAGLE" PVC SCHEDULE 40/DWV PIPE Specifications: ASTM D1785 & ASTM D2665 Building essentials for a better tomorrow - Listed: ANSI/NSF-PW NSF-DWV Standard 61, Standard 14 NOM. PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. (IN) WATER PRESSURE RATING AT 23°C (73°F) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) 1/2 0.840 0.609 0.109 600 0.164 3/4 1.050 0.810 0.113 480 0.218 1 1.315 1.033 0.133 450 0.324 1-1/4 1.660 1.363 0.140 370 0.439 1-1/2 1.900 1.593 0.145 330 0.525 P 2 2.375 2.049 0.154 280 0.705 2-1/2 2.875 2.445 0.203 300 1.118 3 3.500 3.042 0.216 260 1.463 4 4.500 3.998 0.237 220 2.083 6 6.625 6.031 0.280 180 3.663 8 8.625 7.942 0.322 160 5.512 10 10.750 9.976 0.365 140 7.815 12 12.750 11.889 0.406 130 10.333 14 14.000 13.073 0.437 130 12.220 16 16.000 14.940 0.500 130 15.980 :: Standard Color: White, Standard Length 10' & 20', Plain End and Belled End JM EAGLE- PVC SCHEDULE 80 PIPE Specifications: ASTM D1785 : : Listed : ANSI/NSF-PW Standard 61, Standard 14 NOM. PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. (IN) WATER PRESSURE RATING AT 23°C (73°F) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) 3/4 1.050 0.724 0.154 690 0.285 1 1.315 0.936 0.179 630 0.419 1-1/4 1.660 1.255 0.191 520 0.579 1-1/2 1.900 1.476 0.200 470 0.701 2 2.375 1.913 0.218 400 0.969 2-1/2 2.875 2.290 0.276 420 1.479 3 3.500 2.864 0.300 370 1.979 4 4.500 3.786 0.337 320 2.892 6 6.625 5.709 0.432 280 5.516 8 8.625 7.565 0.500 250 8.336 10 10.750 9.493 0.593 230 12.375 12 12.750 11.294 0.687 230 17.027 Standard Color: Dark Gray, Standard Length: 20' overall, Plain End Only t Available in Western Region Only. I.D.: Inside Diameter O.D.: Outside Diameter T.: Wall Thickness Product Standard: ASTM D1785 Pressure Pipe Pipe Compound: ASTM D1784 Cell Class 12454 Installation: JM Eagle' Installation Guide � Washington State A Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR 'Date Stonegate Lift Station 9/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 6 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference PE App'I Code Adq�rl Code File No. 44 Check Valve M & H Sht 15 Project-Qgine Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or `WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. - Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Spring & Lever Check Valve - Bid Item: 44 SIZE A B C D E F G H WEIGHT 2 8 0.66 6 6 6 6 4.72 0.50 40 1/2 8,5 0.72 7 6.63 7 6 4.94 0.50 54 3 9.5 0.78 7.5 7.06 T5 6 5,35 OSO 92 4 11.5 1,00 9 8,31 9 8.25 8.19 0.63 157 6 14 1.06 11 10,06 11 10.25 9 0,75 226 8 19.5 1 1.25 1 13.5 112.38 13.5 14.50 10-19 0.88 402 10 24.5 1 1.31 1 16 113.93 16.75 18 11.63 1.00 625 12 27.5 1 1.38 1 19 116.18 19 18 13.75 1.00 876 USE VALVE FOR VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FLOW NOTE: VERTICAL FLOW MAY REQUIRE FACTORY REPOSTIONING OF LEVER ARM STYLE-259-02A 2'-12' WITH RUBBER FACED CLAPPER STYLE-259-02 2'-12' WITH BRONZE FACED CLAPPER STYLE-259-02ALS 2'-12' WITH RUBBER FACED CLAPPER & LIMIT SWITCH STYLE-259-02LS 2'-12' WITH BRONZE FACED CLAPPER & LIMIT SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH OPTION PART QTY DESCRIPTION MATERIAL & ASTM SPEC. IA 1 SIDE PLUG BRONZE 2A x BOLTS&NUTS RUSTPROOF STEEL 3A 1 CAP GASKET NON -ASBESTOS 4A 1 CAP CI A-126 CLASS B 5A I 1 IBODY CI A-126 CLASS B 16A 1 SPRING STEEL 17A 1 EXTENDED HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) 18A 2 KEY FOR LEVER ARM STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) 20AA 1 ILEVER ARM STEEL 21A 1 BRACKET STEEL 22A 2 HEX HEAD BRACKET BOLTS STEEL 23A 1 EYE BOLT W/ 2 HEX NUTS STEEL 24A 1 SIDE PLUG STUFFING BOX BRONZE 25A x PACKING GRAPHITE FILLED 26A 1 GLAND BRONZE 28A 1 ISET SCREW STEEL I TMTT CWTTrp nPTTnw 30A 1 IMIT SWITCH PER ENGINEER SPEC 31A I 1 ORACKET ISTEEL 32A I x IM01INTING SCREWS ZINC PLATED STEEL x VARIES ACCORDING TO SIZE DWN: TRIJ 2" TH R U 1211 M&H VALVE COMPANY DATE: 7/1/05 LEVER & SPRING SWING CHECK ANNISTON,ALABAMA STYLE 259-02 A DIVISION OF MCWANE INC. DWG. N0. CV -Al -LS (PAGE 1 OF 2) ■ THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION IS OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL NOT BE USED, COPIED. OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT. DESIGN AND INVENTION RIGHTS RESERVED. 0 & Lever Check Valve - Bid Item: 44 4'-12' LEVER & WEIGHT BRONZE SEATED DISC ASSEMBLY 7AB 1 HINGE W/KEYWAY DUCTILE IRON A-536 8AB 1 DISC BOLT (4'-8') STEEL --- (10'-12') BRONZE 9AB 2 DISC BOLT WASHER (4'-8') 12AB 1 DISC CAST IRON A-i26 CLASS B 13A 1 DISC NUT RUST PROOF STEEL 14A 1 DISC RING BRONZE 15A 1 SEAT RING BRONZE 1 EXTENDED HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL A- 76 (04) 117A 8A 2 KEY STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) 2'-3' LEVER & WEIGHT BRONZESEATED DISC ASSEMBLY 7AB 1 HINGE W/KEYWAY BRONZE 12AB I ➢ISC (WITH INTEGRAL DISC BOLT) BRONZE 13A i DISC NUT RUSTPROOF STEEL 15A 1 SEAT RING BRONZE 17A 1 EXTENDED HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) 18A 2 KEY STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) 4'-12' LEVER & WEIGHT RESILIENT SEATED DISC ASSEMBLY 7AB I 1 I HINGE W/KEYWAY DUCTILE IRON A-536 8AA 1 I DISC BOLT (4'-8') STEEL --- (10'-12') BRONZE 9AA 1 IDISC MLT 0-RING ao a2') SYNTHETIC RUBBER 10A 1 I DISC HOLDER CAST IRON A-126 CLASS B 11A 1 I DISC PLATE BRONZE 12AA 1 DISC SYNTHETIC RUBBER 13A 1 DISC NUT RUST PROOF STEEL 15A 1 SEAT RING IBRONZE 17A 1 EXTENDED HINGE PIN I STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) KEY I STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) 2'-3' LEVER & WEIGHT RESILIENT SEATED DISC ASSEMBLY 7AB 1 HINGE W/KEYWAY BRONZE 10A 1 DISC HOLDER (WITH INTEGRAL DISC BOLT) BRONZE 11A I DISC PLATE BRONZE 12AA I DISC SYNTHETIC RUBBER 13A 2 DISC NUT BRONZE 15A 1 SEAT RING BRONZE 17A 1 EXTENDED HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL A-276 (304) 18A 2 IKEY ISTAINLLSS STEEL A-276 (304) DWN: TRIJ 2" THRU 12" M&H VALVE COMPANY DATE: 7/1/05 LEVER & SPRING SWING CHECK ANNISTON,ALABAMA STYLE 259-02 A DIVISION OF MCWANE INC. DWG. N0. CV-A2-PC (PAGE 2 OF 2) THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION IS OUR PROPERTY AND SHALL NOT BE USED, COPIED, OR REPRODUCED WRH(X f WRITTEN CONSENT. DESIGN AND INVENTION RIGHITS RESERVED. ti ANk � Washington State CIAO Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 9/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 7 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code r. Adq�'l Code File No. 13 Tide Flex - TF I Red Valve Sht 9 Project-l=n r Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. & Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Tide Flex TF-1 Check Valve - Bid Item: 13 Series TF=1 ► Ideal for installations when invert is close to the floor ► Minimal bottom clearance required ► Engineered with a curved bill ► Custom designed for various backpressure ratings ► Strong spine designed for long term water weight Materials of Construction: Neoprene, Hypalon6, Buna-N, EPDM, Won' Mounting Bands: 304 or 316 Stainless Steel The TF-1 was engineered through extensive research and field experience. Engineered designed features of the TF-1 include: • A strong engineered spine provides long-term per- formance while handling long-term water weight. 10 • The bill is formed into a curve that returns to a closed position, allowing for a tighter seal in backflow applications. An increased bill area also allows for a tighter seal, particularly at low flow rates. • The flat bottom and offset design of the TF-1 allows it to be installed without modifications to structures such as interceptors, manholes and vaults where the invert of the pipe is close to the floor. • The TF-1 is custom engineered in various construc- tions so that the valve can handle various backpressure with minimal headloss. • The TF-1 is ideal for sewer systems and stormwater because it will seal around small debris. The TF-1 design is available with a slip-on or flanged pipe con- nection. Tideflee TF-1 valves are constructed with a curved bill as standard in sizes 18" and larger. Pine O_C 4 10 8 1 1/2 10 s 1 1/2 16 12 2 8 is 16 2 10 - 23 19 3 12 28 23 4 14 30 27 4 16 35 30 5 18 37 34 6 20 45 37 8 22 45 37 8 24 49 44 8 26 49 44 8 28 49 44 8 30 58 55 9 32 62 59 10 36 68 70 10 38 68 70 10 40 68 70 10 42 68 73 10 44 68 73 10 48 74 81 10 50 74 81 10 54 79 90 12 58 79 90 12 60 82 94 14 68 82 94 14 72 104 120 16 84 104 120 16 90 112 145 16 96 112 145 16 Dimensions are subject to change due to customized construction Ar ANIL � Washington State A Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 9/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # $ Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code HAdgtr. Code pprl File No. 44 Mag Meter 5100 Siemens Sht 15 I Proje r L, Date le -or Ile State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cent. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W - Automation Technology - Siemens Page 1 of 2 SIEMENS http://)v«'Ao .automation.siemens.com/w1/index.aspx?n r=18632 SITRANS F M NIAG 5100 W - Automation Technology - Siemens I Printed: 08/28/2010 SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W Overview • Description • Detail • Benefits Description 1 � -M' The SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W with its patented liners of hard rubber NBR or ebonite and EPDM is a sensor for all water applications such as ground water, drinking water, waste water, sewage or sludge applications. In order to have a complete flowmeter, please combine it with one of the following MAG transmitters: SITRANS F M MAG 5000: Cost efficient transmitter, accuracy of + 0.4 % of flow rate SITRANS F M MAG 6000: Bus communication, batch function and accuracy of + 0.2 % of flow rate SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I: Alu enclosure, Ex approvals, bus communication, batch function and accuracy of + 0.2 % of flow rate The sensor can be combined with the energy calculator SITRANS FUE950 Application examples: Water abstraction, Water distribution network, Custody transfer water meters and Waste water top of page Detail Meassuring range Nominal Sizes Accuracy Operating Pressure Ambient temperature Medium Tempreature Liners 0 to 10 m/s From DN 25 to DN 2000 (1" to 78") 0.2 % ±2.5 mm/s Max. 16 bar (Max. 150 psi) From -40 to 70 °C (-40 to 158 °F) From -10to70°C(14to158°F) EPDM NBR hard rubber Ebonite hard rubber http:/%www.automation.siemens.com/w 1 /automation-technology-sitrans-f-m-mag-5100-w-... 8/27/2010 SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W - Automation Technology - Siemens Page 2 of 2 Electrodes Hastelloy C-276 Built-in grounding electrodes Material Carbon steel, with corrosion resistant two -component epoxy coating EPDM: WRAS, NSF/ANSI Standard 61, DVGW 270, Drinking Water Approvals ACS and BelgAqua NBR: NSF/ANSI Standard 61, WRAS Ebonite: WRAS Custody Transfer Approvals OILM R 49 M I-001 General approval MCERTS Sira Certificate No. MC080136/00 top of page Benefits • Short lead time • Rugged NBR hard rubber liner for all water and wastewater applications • EPDM liner specifically for drinking water applications requiring special approvals • Ebonite liner for all drinking water, water and wastewater applications • Increased low flow accuracy for water leakage detection (NBR or EPDM liner) • Suitable for direct burial and constant flooding (IP68) • Designed to allow patented MAG in -situ verification using the SENSORPROM fingerprint top of page http://www.automation.siemens.conilwl/automation-technology-sitrans-f-m-mag-5100-w-.,, 8/27/2010 Washington State AMk �/ Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 10/19/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 9 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Appel Code File No. No. 42 Precast Wet Well 144" Diameter Granite Precast 10.02605.2.1 42 Double Leaf Hatch, HDSBS-3E LW Products 10.02605.2.8 43 & 44 Double Leaf Hatch, HD-3C LW Products 10.02605.2.8 44 Double Leaf Side x Side, LW Products 10.02605.2.8 HDSBS-3C 42,43 & Hatch Net Safe Approach LW Products Q 44 G) I Project En o Date State Materials Engineer Date /D L Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Cp'nditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Item: 42 16" DIX CORED Meets or Exceeds WSDOT Std Plan B-23c 4 HOLE FOR 12" DI PIPE Manholes Constructed in Accordance With ASTM C-478 8 Ton Lifting In erts 2' (BOOTED CONNECTION) Rubber Gasket Conforms to ASTM C-443 . Polypropylene MH Steps COnform to ASTM C-178 (4) Pics. Typ. Base Slab 1 Hinge Side WEIGHTS: Hinge Side 4" DIA. CORED TOP SLAB: 30,000 Ibs HOLE FOR 1.5" PVC PIPE 4' RISER: 24,800 lbs (BOOTED CONNECTION) 8.5 RISER: 52,700 Ibs 6' RISER: 37,200 Ibs 5' 6" 2 BASE SLAB: 32,700 Ibs VERIFY / — Heavy Pick: 52,700 Ibs* 8' 2' 3" 2' 3" VERIFY *Approximate weights to be determined 3 V-3" on scale before shipping. 1'-5" CONCRETE: 4 2'-6" \ Fc= 4,500 psi @ 28 Days — REINFORCING STEEL: S 12" DIA. CORED Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 014' HOLE FOR 8" DI PIPE Rebar: ASTM A615 Grade 60 (2) PLCS• TYP. Top Slab: TBD by Engineer 6 ` i (BOOTED CONNECTION) Riser: 0.36 Sq In./lin ft. min. Sd12' Base Slab: TBD by Engineer 8 Tor, Lifting Inserts 5 csbTYP• 48" x 96" DD H�2045' To) 16" DIA. CORED p JQAS D. ALUMINUM HATCH ! HOLE FOR 12" DI PIPE OF A As/yj ' HINGED ON THE LONG SIDE W/ SAFETY CHAIN (BOOTED CONNECTION) Sri CA PLAN Rubber Gasket AND NET. ,r r 6tv _319.5 1'-4 1/2El 317,75' " i EL=318.5y� 2'-4 1/2" I � EL=31EL= 5.5' 1 1 5 I 2'-3 7/8" l . ft . hw 1 1 I 31_3,I e a5663 FGISTE��`� , S/ONAL 4' —1 1/2 / 1/2" Gap 3 4 r T j JOINT DETAIL A } ( SCALE 1/24 8' 6" 20' f 1 21' 1' I I 12' I 6'- i/2" 1' 1 NOTE:FRP LADDER & SAFETY POST PROVIDED BY OTHERS WETWELL REQUIRES COATING (CONTRACTOR TO TOUCH UP 30INTS IN FIELD) FLR,ELEV 302.5 _ _ — A x 14'x14' Square Base Siab ELEVATION PA.OJ_C7: Stone ate Lift 5ta. Rep. S7RJC TLAE: 14W'MH VVET WELL CUSTOMc R: SHDRLINE C1101INSMUcyar1 co. O..AVIN: JP : 9 01 10 =H, " 1 TH-77LILTMO A c. 9/01/lo STALL: C716 ,WA.9B!!B 1360)6712l511�OD806!l57 FA7L•rS60)871-07Bq 0 09/01/101 JP I ISSUE FOR APPROVAL f,S 00.-'i": L0":A:V5 1,IM 'CAA"' 7-A7 of CGP'.G Oa D'_C^t95_0 TO O-"E.5 k.T,0'..i T.vi _`FP4_55 '13 TIE" PE-.530!, 01 0-JE Sheet 1 of )o DESIGN COMPUTATIONS PREPARED FOR: Shoreline Construction Company PROJECT: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement PRODUCT: 144" Diameter Wet Well PREPARED BY: 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251 Fax: (360) 671-0780 45%3 FUNAL'� 14 (2)-#6 BARS PLAN VIEW TYP, 4-SIDES (BOTTOM MAT S404tiN. PROVIDE #4@12'o.c.,e.w. TOP MAT) (BELOW ALL HATCH FRAMES) _L� #6 BARS J i 1" COV. (TYP.) I ASSUMPTIONS: SEE ABOVE 2 (TO BE VERIFIED BY E.O.R_) #4 BARS 1. DESIGN PER ASTM C478 & AC131& (SEE ABOVE) 2 HS-20 LIVE LOAD. 3.EARTHFILL: NONE (AT GRADE) SECTION VIEW DESIGN NOTES: 1. CONCRETE STRENGTH, fc--4,000 PSI 2. REINFORCING: BAR: ASTM A615, GRADE 60. WWR: ASTM A,851A497, GRADE 65. 3. PROVIDE ADD'L REINFORCING AT OPENINGS EQUAL TO THE BAR INTERRUPTED, HALF EACH SIDE. ADDL BAR TO BE IN THE SAME PLANE, 4. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR AOD7 DETAILS. (TOP SLAB ONLY) STONEGATE LIFT STAL REP. 144" WET WELL PREEASTING G1 MITE & CURETS INC. 4116 aMMtw*V SPUR BELLIMM W, WA. 96226 (360) 671-27b1 1-WO-WB-2251 FAX: (3W) 671-0760 SHEET Z OF 10 ARS (TYP.) #4@ 12"o.c.,e.w. 8" 1 '-4" y�J�oF D. WAS co Z 45113 �Q =�� NAL SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION • SDCPATE; 10/15/10 SHEET: CKLD:JDA E ISCALL. N.T.S. v SHEET 3 OF i0 14'-0"0 12-0"0 I-- i'-4" ` 8 jr SEE PREVIOUS SHEET FOR 3 SLAB DETAILS 3 1f 14 t WWR: 0.36 SQ.IN./FT, HORIZONTALLY LOCATE IN MIDDLE 113 OF WALL (TYP.) 18'-8" 5'-114" 12" COV. (C 1'-73., #4@12"o.c.,e.w, NOTE: 14'-0"x14'-0" JPR� D. Go SQUARE BASE SLAB ��oF WASy�yc� tir F SECTION VIEW e w "rQNAL ')'rE' /0 f8/o iOJECT: STRUCTURE: CUSTOMER: STONEGATE LIFO STA. REP. 144" WET WELL SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION snc '10/15/10 SHEET: PREC 'N6CHECKED°A scuE H.Ts. & CONCRETE INC. 1 4sia eu�a�w sxm. ea�+c+wr. w.i saua (tea) an-�� i-eoo-eoe-jai Fix: (aso) erg-oreo — Original Design Date: 10/15/10 "Revision Date: Sheet: J of] a - Customer: Shoreline Construction GRAMITIE Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement aCM00zMV=aa 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 144" Wet Well Diameter Inside Hi. J j structure Size: 12.00' 18.67' Top Slab Thickness: 16" Bottom Slab Thickness:. 12" Wall Thickness: 12" ! Manhole Design: *Base Extension: 10.8" L. `Equivalent Round Extension for Design Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): 196sf area. Actual base 14'x14'. Design Load: HS-20 ( 16-kips wheels spaced 6' apart) Min. Earth Fill : Max. Earth Fill: Unit Wt. of Soil: Unit Wt. of Concrete: Watertable Depth: Lateral Earth Pressure: LL Surcharge: Depth to Apply Surcharge: Unit Wt. of Water: Req'd, Buoyancy Safety Factor: Concrete Strength, f'c: - Reinforcing Yield Strength, fy: Load Factors: Capacity Reduction: 0.00, 0.00, 120 PCF 150 PCF 2,0' (Below Grade) 81.4 PCF (Conservative) 85.0 PSF 12.0' 62.4 PCF 1.0 4,000 PSI 60,000 PSI 1.6 1.2 0.9 0.75 (If Unknown, set to 1.0: See following analysis for actual S.F.) (Live Load) (Dead Load) (Flexure) (Shear) (Note, If no Live Load, set DL Factor to 1.4) References: 1.)AC1318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete", latest edition. 2.)ASTM C478 "Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections", latest edition. 3.) Loading per ASTM C890 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures", latest edition. 4.) HS-20 or HS-25 wheel loads per AASHTO "Standard Specificationfor Highway Bridges", 17th Edition. MR&NITE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: Sheet: --�:of % 0 Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 144" Wet Well Top Slab Design: (Concentrated Wheel Load) 1-Way Slab Design (Span 1-way or 2-way depending on top opening size and orientation.) Average Design Span: Bar Cover: Dead Load: Top Slab: Soil: Other: Total: Live Load: Live Load: Distribution Width, e: Calculate Flexural Moments: 11.53' 1.50" 0.200 KSF (Slab Thickness: 16.0") 0.000 KSF (Earth Fill: 0.00' ) 0.200 KSF HS-20 16.0 KIPS 4'+.06*Span=4.69' (Ref. AASHTO 17 Ed., Section 3.24) Impact: 1.3 Distributed LL: 4.43 K/FT (Per ft. slab width) Dead Load Moment: 3.33 K-FT (wl"2/8 , w=dead load, 1=design span) Live Load Moment: 12.78 K-FT (PI/4 , P=live load,l=design span) Total Service Moment,Ms: 16.11 K-FT Factored Moment, Mu: 24.44 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: Trial Bar Size/Spacing: #6 @ 10" o.c. (As Provided =0.53 sq.in./ft.) 4)Mn=(Okfy(d-a/2): 32.77 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*ol*b= 0.92" Where, a1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*p1= 0.78" Check Min A, Provided: (Ref. AC1318, 10.5.1) d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Diia.= 14.13" As, min=3-Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.54 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d 0.57 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: NG 4/3 As Provided, OK Check Shear: VOL: 0.92 KIPS (wdl*(Span-2*d)/2) VILL: 4.43 KIPS (Distributed LL) Vu: 8.19 KIPS [LF*Vdi + LF*VII] Shear Capacity, coVn: 16.08 KIPS OK HKANITE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Top Slab Min Fill (Cont.): Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: Sheet: 4.000 Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 144" Wet Well Check Max Bar SaacinR & Serviceability: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4 p=As/ b*d= 0.00313 pmax=(•75pb)= Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p*n= 0.02516 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2006 J=1-(k/3)= 0.933 fs=Ms/(As*J*d)= 27,660 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI 0.02138 OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 17.9" OR 12(40000/fs)= Actual Spacing=10" OK OK 17.4" (Contro!s) NAM 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: Sheet: � of )� Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 144" Wet Well Riser Design: - Design for compressive forces in concrete riser due to soil pressure, at bottom of wall. Structure Inside Height: 18.67' Diameter (C/C Wails): 13.00' Soil Pressure @ Invert: 1,628 PSF [Soil Pressure*(Ht + Fill Depth + Top Slab)) Allowable Compressive Stress: 1,800 PSI (0.45*f'c) Actual Compressive Force, P: 10,584 LB (Avg. Pressure*C/C Diameter* 172) Actual Compressive Stress, P/A: 73 PSI OK Minimum reinforcing required= 0.36 in.Z/ft. I i P (REF. ASTM C478, Art. 14.4.1.1) �P I COMPRESSIVE FORCE i li PRESSURE DIAGRAM Original Design Date:10115/10 Revision Date: - Sheet: ?Of Customer: Shoreline Construction �NE Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement OEM 4116 eakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 144" Wet Well Base Slab Design: (Design for Uniform Upward Bearing Pressure) Design Span: Bar Cover: Dead Load: Top Slab: Soil (Max. Fill -Conservative): Wails: Other: Total: Live Load: Wheel Load: Uniform Load: 11.53' 1.50" 0.200 KSF 0.000 KSF 0.743 KSF 0.943 KSF 64 KIPS 0.42KSF Calculate Flexural Moments: Dead or Hydro Load Moment: 9.86 K-FT Live Load Moment: 3.46 K-FT Total Service Moment,Ms: 13.31 K-FT Factored Moment, Mu: 17.36 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: (Each Way) OR Hydrostatic Load: Watertable Depth: Depth (WT. to Base) Water Pressure: 2.00' 19.00' 1.186 KSF (Controls) (Note: Design based on higher value of Dead Load and Hydrostatic Load.) 4-HS-20 Wheels (Wheel Loads/OD of Vault) (wi2/8/(2 ways), w=dead or hydrostatic load, 1=design span) (wi2/8/(2 ways), w=live load, 1=design span) Bar Size/Spacing: #5 @ 7" o.c. (As Provided =0.53 sq.in./ft.) ,�Mn=( ANfy(d-a/2): 22.46 k-ft OK c=As*Fy/.8S*f'c*(i1*b= 0.91" Where, e31=[0,85-.05*(f'c-4ksi))= 0.85 a=c*(i1= 0.77" da g Slab -cover -Bar Dia.= 9.88" Check Min A Provided: (Ref. AC1318, 10.5.1) As, min=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.37 sq.in./ft As Provided>As,min: OK Check Shear: OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.40 sq.in./ft. (Controls) VDLor Vhyd: 2.93 KIPS [wdl*(Span-2*d)/2/2ways] VLL: 1.03 KIPS [wll*(Span-2*d)/2/2ways] Vu: 5.16 KIPS [LF*Vdl + LF*VII] Shear Capacity, �Vn: 11.24 KIPS OK �i T� 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671.0780 Base Slab (Cont.): Original Design Date:10/15/10 Revision Date: Sheet: lof /D Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 144" Wet Well Check Max Bar Spacing & Serviceability: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00444 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.0357 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2339 j = 1- (k/3) = 0.922 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 33,361 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 14.2" OR 12(40000/fs)= (Controls) Actual Spacing=7" OK 14.4" P " r<-'5-4-7 >u� ,.A - `;Si (RERAMETE a a831CORM am_ 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Buoyancy Analysis: Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: Sheet: IO of-! Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 144" Wet Well Design Methodology: Uplift computed based on volume of water displaced from outside diameter of structure, including base extension (if provided), from bottom of base slab to water table height. Resisting force based on dry unit weights of concrete and soil above the bottom of base slab. Analysis neglects skin friction of soil against structure - conservative. Analvsis Assumotions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Min. Earth Fill : 0.00, Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertabie Depth: 2.0' (Below Grade) Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Minimum Safety Factor: 1.0 Compute Upward Forces: Volume of Water Displaced= Water Depth*Outside Dia.^2*n/4 = 3724.35 CIF (Water Depth = Fill+Top+Inside Nt+Bottom-W.T. Depth=19.00') (Outside Diameter = Str I.D.+2*Walls+2*Extensions=15.80') Upward Force = Vol. of Water Displaced * Water Unit Weight= 232,399 LBS Compute Downward Forces: Earth Fili(w/opng deduct)= 0 LBS Top Slab(w/opng deduct)= 24,388 LBS Walls= 114,374 LBS Base Slab= 29,398 LBS Soil Over Extension= 100,927 LBS Soil Wedge= 0 LBS Other= 0 LBS Total Downward Force= 269,087 LBS Net Buoyancy Reaction= 36,687 LBS Buoyancy Safety Factor= 1.2 X Opening Size: 0.0" Dia. (Round) OR 96.0"Lx 48.0"W (Rectangular) Items: 42, 43 & 44 To: Granite Precast For: Renton Stonegate Shoreline SUBMITTAL L W PRODUCTS CO, INC. 8333-219th Street SE Bldg. A Woodinville, WA 98072 425-483-0300 Fax:485-2058 DATE: 10/14/2010 PART NO. DESCRIPTION BRAND/TYPE OF MODEL REMARKS HD-3C 48"x72" Double leaf alum access door with safety chain H-20 load rating L W Hatch/ Type HD Model All LW Hatch Covers are provided with spring lifts, self locking support arms, lifting handle, recesed padlock hasp, 1 1/2" drain coupling, 3/8" round EPDM to achieve a weather tight seal, slam lock with removable handle, all s.s hardware, reinforcing channel fram work, and 1/4" alluminum diamond plate door leafs. HDSBS-3C 48"x72" Double leaf side -by -side alum access door with safety chain H-20 load rating LW Flatch/.Type HDSBS Model HDSBS-3E 48"x96" Double leaf side -by -side alum access door, safety chain, ladder rung 1-1-20 load rating LW Hatch/ Type HDSBS Model 48" x 72" Double Door Frame all aluminum const using 6061 T6 Hinges Padlock recess coupling 425 483-0300 L.T.Pr®ducts Co Inc Hines Padlock recess 48"x 60" SBS DD Drain coupling 425 483-0300 L.W.Products Co Inc 11 516 Hinges Padlock recess 104 Drain coupling 48"x96" double leaf Side -by -Side 425 483-0300 1LA.W .Products Co Inc /1L TN.-n A 1-1/2" x 3" Angle Bolt On Ladder Detail all Aluminum const. LW Products Co. lum Tread Plate Length Dimension Access Hatch Model "HS" and "HD" (H-20 Rating) Aluminum Access Doors Both type "HS" and type "HD" features reinforcing channel framework that transfers the the load from the'/4" aluminum diamond plate door leaf to the door frame, and our stainless steel spring lift makes the opening of our hatch doors easy. The locking support arm holds the doors open automatically. We use 3/8" EPDM to achieve a weather -tight seal. All hardware used on our hatches is stainless steel, 300 series, except the 1 '/Z" aluminum drain coupling and the removable handle used for access into the hatch. All LW HATCHES are provided with a self - latching stainless steel slam lock and with a recessed padlock hasp so they can be locked with a padlock. All type "HS" and type '`HD" doors are designed for use in off street locations where not subjected to high density traffic. However, special provisions may be made to the hatch to allow use in higher density traffic location when requested. May be cast in an 8" slab. Type "HS" (Single -leaf door) STANDARD SIZE Type }ro„ (Double -leaf door) STANDARD SIZE LW PRODUCTS COMPANY, INC. "ACCESS DOORS BUILT TO LAST" 8333 —2194' Street SE, Building A Woodinville, Washington 98072 Phone (425) 483-0300 Fax (425)485-2058 51®Luk Type "HS" �Alsa IInd PLq (Single -Leaf Door) ?V2%usin lYlt�dc Dn4�Cst B, v.%fi"Y Type "HD" (Double -Leaf Door) Part # A B C D E F G HS-1 24"x24" 24"x30" 24"x36" 24"x42" 24N48" 24N60" 24N72" HS-2 WNW" 30"06" 30N42" 30"x48" 30N60" 30N72" 30"x84" HS-3 36"06" 36_N42" 36"x48" 36"x60" 36N72" 36"x84" 36N96" HS-4 42"x42" 42"x48" 42"x60" 42"x72" 42"x84" I 42"x96" 42"x108" HS-5 I 48N48" I 48"x60" I 48"x84" I 48"x96" 48N108" Part # A B C D E F HD-1 36"x48" 36"x60" 36"x72" 36"x84" 36"x96" HD-2 42"x42" 42"x48" 42"x60" 42"x72" 42"x84" 42"x96" HD-3 48"x48" 48"x60" 48"x72" 48"x84" 48"x96" HD4 60N60" 60"x72" 60N84" 60N96" 60"x108" 60"x120" HD-5 I 72"x72" r 72N84" 72"x96" J 72"x108" 72"x120" 72N132" Access Hatch Model HD-SBS (Side by side) (H-20 Rating) Aluminum Access Doors Type "HD-SBS'' features reinforcing channel framework that transfers the the load from the Y" aluminum diamond plate door leaf to the door frame, and our stainless steel spring lift makes the opening of our hatch doors easy. The locking support arm holds the doors open automatically. We use 3/8" EPDM to achieve a weather -tight seal. All hardware used on our hatches is stainless steel, 300 series, except the I %" aluminum drain coupling and the removable handle used for access into the hatch. All LW HATCHES are provided with a self - latching stainless steel slam lock and with a recessed padlock hasp so they can be locked with a padlock. All type "HD-SBS" doors are designed for use in off street locations where not subjected to high density traffic. However, special provisions may be made to the hatch to allow use in higher density traffic location when requested. May be cast in an 8" slab. Type "HD-SBS" (Double -leaf door) STANDARD SIZES Type "HD- SBS" (Double -Leaf 41rortiaa cyr de �amec�.Y Part # A B C D E F HDSBS-1 36"x42" 36"x48" 36"x60" 36"x72" 36"x84" 36"x96" HDSBS-2 42"x42" 42"x48" 42"x60" 42"x72" 42"x84" 42"x96" HDSBS-3 48"x48" 48"x60" 48"x72" 48"x84" 48"x96" HDSBS-4 60"x60" 60"x72" 60"x84" 60"x96" 60"x108" 60"x120" HDSBS-5 72"x72" I 72"x84" 72"x96" 72"x108" 72"x120" I 72"x132" L W PRODUCTS COMPANY,-INC. 8333 219`h Street S.E., Building A Woodinville, WA 98072 SPECIFICATIONS For: Type "HS","HD", "HD-SBS" and "HTD" LW ACCESS HATCH Fabricated aluminum access hatches to support live load of H-20 wheel load with a maximum deflection of 1 /150`h of the span. H-20 doors are designed for off street locations where not subjected to high density traffic. Door leaf shall be 11/4" aluminum diamond plate with support beams on the underneath side that will transfer the load bearing to the %4" extruded aluminum channel frame that has a 1" anchor flange around the perimeter, and is equipped to receive a 3/8" round EPDM gasket for a weather tight seal and has the capability to achieve an air tight or odor tight seal. A 1 '/2" aluminum drain coupling is integrated into the frame work for an appropriate water drainage. Compression springs are enclosed in telescopic stainless steel tubes which makes the opening of the hatch cover easy, smooth and controlled through both opening and closing. When the door leaf is opened in a vertical position it will automatically lock into place Aith a hold open arm that has a release handle. The hold open arm has a stainless steel pin attached so that it maybe inserted through the hold open arm to act as a secondary safety insurance. The door is equipped with heavy stainless steel hinges. The door latches shut with a stainless steel snap lock. A removable turn handle is provided for access into the hatch cover and a threaded cover plug for when it is not in use. Hardware used on all hatch covers is stainless steel, 300 series. Factory finish is a mill finish. Manufacturer shall guarantee against defects in material or workmanship for a period of five years. ifl item: 42,43 & 44 �. r �. REDUCE RISK LOWER COST INCREASE PR, ODUC'i'MTV ne Hatch Net i21' QYst,.m which ineets or exceed, all ' current OSHk (s a Neill grcat]), redu. _ tie risk of injurm or d'2.h .�ont a halt � u �i7 f-oor \,s i n{ e,�'••1.5 i �1� ":C is LS �:l:i from costiv i.dts. ',-i'Me ;c7st citations and .r)et.1; can also low cr`wo kr:rs cc:r: pensaticn, c`ine ai)L t-y C:) itti lJei i" ,:ie 8 i:`, cf n( n71f 0Ce S` ' C 3cc0j," t in place; .?ne pc. , n ca, perform most i*ispections -withmif the need for an addi- tional �,vorker cr cumbe-rsome an protection equipment 4t�( The Hatch Net ; 21* is a unique, lightweight net system that will great!y reduce the risk cf a fall; through. The system is designed to be inst ailed in any type of floor or roof access opening; of both new and existing units. The Hatch Net system does not restrict lig t or vislUlity needed for inspections, and the net easily slides open to facilitate access. 'Patented J: Ec)'x 1-173 .'Auburn, Mauie 04211-1473 }0-471-1157 Fad'. 207-784-2195 e tiat�n Ne7 �Com any iit r V �;ckc ,u; anotrrfi[e trays to Ire111 even'nuc rtirotk safer � s ® Manufactured of aluminum and stainless steel with a highly visible synthetic netting. 0 Sewn with Teflon thread, not affected by IN radiation, acid rain, industrial pollutants or cleaning agents. ® All systems are shipped completely assembled including attaching hardware. = Easily installed in virtually any floor or roof opening, new or existing application in minutes. ■ Retracts easily for access to confined space or to pull pumps and equipment N Greatly improves employee safety while allowing freedom of movement and full visibility of area below net. ® Meets or exceeds all current OSHA and ANSI standards. 0 Many sizes in stock, custom sizes are manufactured in days at no additional cost. ® Full five (5) year warranty on materials and workmanship. All units are shipped completely assembled and ready for installation by an independent contractor, or can be easily installed per manufacturers instructions. All usual and customary hatch sizes are available, special sizes upon request. Please call with opening dimensions and quantities. All access openings shall be fitted with a permanently installed, rail mounted, retractable fag prevention system that facilitates access to the confined space. This system shall be a Hatch Net 121 as manufactured by Safe Approach Inc., Auburn ME (800) 471-1157 or equal. The system must conform to the following specification: ANSI A-10.11 OSHA 1926.502 OSHA 1926.105 OSHA 1910.144 OSHA 1910.145 ASTM B 117 ASTM D 3786 AB hardware components of the provided fall prevention system must be stainless steel and/or aluminum. ASTM G 53 ASTM D 714 ASTM D 4541 ASTM D 1654 ASTM E 74 ASTM D 2794 ASTM E 96 Proudly made in the U.S.A. 'Patented Manufactured Exclusively by Distributed Locally by m HatCr) Net Company x Auburn, Maine 04211-1473 800-471-1157 HATCH NET 121 SAFE APPROACH INC. P.O. Box 1473 Auburn, ME 04211-1473 (800) 471-1157 (207) 795-6332 Fax: (207) 784-2195 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Basic Use: A rail mounted safety net system designed to be installed in all types of floor and roof hatch openings to reduce risks associated with fall-throughs. The safety net system provides protection during the initial opening of the hatch and maintains protection aftear access has been gained. The safety net easily slides on guide rails to facili- tate entry and then repositioned to prevent fall through. This system also provides excellent fall through protection while a hatch or outer opening is left uncovered, and while a worker is below. HATCH NET 121 can be manufactured to in 150#<, 300#, H-20 '1:ve load, roof hatches and all other floor or roof openings. Limitations: The safety net system after installation should be main- tained in the closed position after each use. The Hatch Net is a fall protection system. At no time is the net to be used as a work platform, lifting mechanism, tool holder, tie off point, or lo attach any other equipment to it. "Patented TECHNICAL DATA Applicab:e Standards • ASTM B 117-97 Standard Test Method • OSHA ' 3'•0. ;45 L= gel Specitcation of Salt SpraY°g (F ) lastir)q - • ASTM D 2454-95 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of overbake resistance. • ASTM D 2794-93 Slandard Ti!st Method for Resistance ct Organic Coati; cgs to the Effects of Rapid Deformation impact. • ASTM D 3359-97 Adhesion Measuring. • ASTM E 74 Practice for Calibration of Force Measuring instruments :or Verifying the Load Indication of Testing Machines. • ASTM G 53-88 Practice for Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent). IN - condensation Type for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. • OSHA 1910.23 Conformance Specification • ANSI A 10.11 Netting Specification • OSHA 1910.144 Color Specification • OSHA 1926.105 Netting Test Specific-ncn • OSHA 1925.502 Drop Test Specification • NFPA Small Scale Test-Federai Test No. 131 Physical ?roperties Hawh Net 12l: Extrusions a:u-ninum alloy 6061T6, ultimate tens"le sirength 18 KSi, yield 8 KSI, sh-,ar 12 KSI. Rings are aluminum alloy 7i3.0, uft%'rate strength 26-29 KSI, yield 12-16 KSI, elongation 6-10 KSI. NETTING. Polyester, minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds, Upon request the polyester webbing can be treated with chemicals to provide U-V. radiation resistance and fire retardance. The Hatch Net 121 wilt have a permanently attached label with the following information: name of manufacturer, identification of net material, ca!e of manufacture, date of prototype test, and serial number. THREAD: Teflon@. INSTALLATION The Hatch Net 121 safety system can be installed on any standard aluminum or steel floor access, roof hatch or custom sized framed opening. The Hatch Net 121 safety system is factory assembled and ready for installation. HATCH NET 121 - To a hatch: Install slide rails to drainage channel with the provided stainess steel bolts and nuts. Place and clamp safety net system in opening. Measure 3" in from both ends of the rail and 7/8" down from the top and make a mark. Drill a 9/16" hole at the marks through the rail and drainage channel. Place remaining bolts evenly spaced. 18"- 24" openings require two (2) 1/2" stainless steel bolts; 25"- 41" openings require three (3) 1/2" stainless steel bolts; 42"- 59" require four (4)1 /2" stainless steel bolts. (The aforementioned measurements refer to the side of the opening that will be the side the rails are installed on.) Install "Caution Label" to the underside of the door and attach all quick latches. To concrete: Pre -drill 9/16" holes in the rails using the instructions above as a guide. Clamp rails in place. Using the already drilled holes as a guide, drill 1/2" diameter holes to a minimum depth of 2 1/4" in the concrete. Clean out holes. Insert stainless steel wedge anchor into hole. Tighten the nuts to 50 fblbs of torque. Repeat process on remaining holes. Install "Caution Label" on underside of the door and attach all quick latches. AVAILABILITY Availability: The Hatch Net 121 system is manufactured to each customer order and shipped within 2-4 weeks. WARRANTY The Hatch Net 121 is warranted for a period of froe (5) years against defects in material and workmanship. Any modification to the system voids the manufacturer's warranty. MAINTENANCE The net system should be inspected semi-annually by Owner. The netting should be inspected for visible decay, fraying, tears or ripped stitches. The hardware should be inspected for damage, broken or bent pieces, corrosion or missing pieces. TECHNICAL SERVICES Further technical information may be obtained from Safe Approach Inc., call (800) 471-1157 or (207) 795-6332. Fax: (207) 784-2195. Visit our Website at vavay.safeapproach.00m Hatch Net 121 New Application or Trough Frame Hatch Net 121 Retrofit Application or Angle Frame or Concrete Opening I Jam- E: .N V burn, Maine NM-1473 ,_ 207-78�-2195> 'Patented AdW MWashington State Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 11/4/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in comnletina_ see Instructions and Fxamnle RAM # 9A-Resubmit Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference AP rl Code Adq r.r'l Code File No. 43 & 44 Double Leaf Hatch, 1-fDSBS-3E LW Products 10.02605.2.8 I l Project i r Date State Materials Engineer Date �� Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. S. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other 4811x 96" Double leaf door,hinged on 96" sides l llll5%."3 425 483-0300 u;rRAo L.W.Products Co Inc IF t 0 MAAML WashingtonState Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 10/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 10 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification ApprPE I Adq r. rl File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 16 & 17 Catch Basin Type 1 or Type 1 P Granite Precast 7-05 17 Birdcage Casting I-4432 D & L Foundry Detail 1. Sht 93 C9 18 2x5 Coalescing Seperator Granite Precast 7-05.2 g 19 Manhole 48", Type 1 Granite Precast 7-05 44 8x14 Meter Vault Granite Precast 10.02605-2.3 ProjectE gi er Date State Materials Engineer Date i Approval Action Codes for use by iroject Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks:�Cg A-r- WET 6?rb of 5"1'CRI--r A —tYPC-- AT`1-AC-H et> Ye12-It' IGA-,-7o ' &1' PI PO r*Tpp� Ck Li r4 xL,6 G'T10JJ S Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Bid Item: 16 & 17 t t •a _ . - t it PLAN i 6" TYPE 1 CB RISER V-1, ui ;es Typ. SIDE 44" Meets or Exceeds WSOOT Standard Plan B-5.20-00 II Constructed in Accordance with ASTM C-478 ISO VIEW WEIGHTS: RISER: 1" 50lbs 2" 100 lbs 4" 180 1bs 6" 260lbs 12" 5601bs 24" 1,120lbs BASE: 1,800 Ibs CONCRETE: Fc= 4,000 psi @ 28 Days REINFORCING STEEL; Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497 0.12 Sci inilin ft min. No Wire Fabric in Knockout PIPE PENETRATIONS: Standard Knockouts (4) 4116 BAKERNEW SPUR • BELUNGNAM, WA 98226 • (360) 671-2251 • 1-800-808-2251 • FAX: (360) 671-0780 GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE Job: 4617 Customer: SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION CO. Job Name: STONEGATE LIFT STATION REPLACEME Structure Product Detail Item _ Product y Product Descriptioq _ _._ _,.. .__..,_........ __, ,. Yards... -_-YVpight Rim C.2024F 1 20 X 24 Cl FRAME & DI SOLID COVER 0.00 295 LOCKING Too 4 CBR-12 1 12" CS RISER 0.00 560 Too 3 CBR-02 1 2' CB RISER 0.00 100 Base CB-1 1 TYPE 1 CATCH BASIN 0.43 1.731 Structure Totals 0.43 2,686 Structure Code: TYPE I Station: Rim to Invert 3.48' Less Casting 3.15 , Invert to Floor 1.50' Adjustment (Brick/Mort.) 0.14 Top 3 Top 4 Up To Center! Up Calculatio Type: Storm Description: Type I Catch Basins Inside Area View Precast Height 4.51 ' Wall 4.00 " Floor 4.00" Sump 1.50, Plus Floor 4,84' i- i i i 1 Base . 270 180 90 0 Elevations Elev Angle Pipe Hole Hale" Hole" Up" Item Rim 321 Type Height Width :0 „..L W 52 1 0 I12 PVC . _._ .,,.., KNOCKOUT 16I .__ 27.95 ..Base . _ (2) 0 ..................... ........... _ .........._ 0 ..... 0..... 0 {3) i 0. i. ................ , I ..__...............p.. .... �;....... _ _ l51 0 ... ......_..... I i..... _...... 0 0 0 o I. ............... .._ ... I...... ... o _ _ ..01 , 0 1 Description: TYPE I CATCH BASIN Product ID: CB-1 W�6 Y G (ij < TO r4 i"i I Q FIL.—[ fit C, Item: Base Step Location: AS A TI&C- 1-P oN sH T C?, , A I KSFr J j CL t, z, iiAL t— i��.V /.\ T '...--7 k v� 16R, o: d N 0� A O I (1)KNOCKOUT Up: 27.95" / Ang 0 — Side 20.0" -- 2" CB RISER .00 12" CB RISER .34 TYPE I CATCH BASIN SYS -GL. ► S C.A. l""LCQ> ou-r oA-, swT c� GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE Job: 4617 Customer. SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION CO. Job Name: STONEGATE LIFT STATION REPLACEME Structure Product Detail Item Product Oty. ProductDescrlption _ _Yards______Weight Rim C.2024B 1 20 X 24 BEEHIVE Cl FRAME & GRATE 0.00 265 LOCKING Too 4 CBRA 2 1 12" CB RISER 0.00 560 Too 3 CBR-06 1 6" CB RISER 0.00 260 Too 2 CBR-02 1 2" CB RISER 0.00 100 Base CB-1 1 TYPE I CATCH BASIN 0.43 1.731 Structure Totals 0.43 2,915 Elevations Elev Angle Pipe Hole Hole" Hole" Up" Item :Rim 3215 I Type Height Width (1) 1 317.52 0 12 CPEP KNOCKOUT 16 16 28.10i Base, I (2) o ....... Q ° of .. 31 ;....... i _ o _� ......... .........( _ . ........0 . a.._ ... ....__9 a41....:................i o......_....,_.....-............ ......;........ .... o . --_- a; ......._o, _ ts1 o D 4 o ......:................. I.. _..............._.....;.._ _.... ... hi - 0J - ._. ._.____-------- _ D 9l.. Description: TYPE I CATCH BASIN Product ID: CB-1 Item: Base Step Location: t m8Q I m V D� P (1)KNOCKOUT Up: 28.10" / Ang 0 — Side 20.0" -- Structure Code: TYPE 1(2) Station: Rim to Invert 3.98' Less Casting 3.65' Invert to Floor 1.50' Adjustment (Brick/Mort.) 0.14 Top 2 Top 3 Top 4 Base Up To Center / Up Calculatio Type: Storm Description: Type i Catch Basins Inside Area View Precast Height 5.01 ' Wall 4.00" Floor 4.00'. Sump 1.50' Plus Floor 5,34' 270 180 90 0 Type 1 P Catch Basin I Meets or Exceeds WSDOT Standard Plan &5.60-00 I Constructed in Accordance with ASTM C-478 34" 26' 30" - 34" / i 22" 30" i ---------------------- 56" PLAN 6" 1 TYPE 1 CB RISER Knockout 20" Dia. (4) Places Typ. ISO VIEW ` t f i WEIGHTS: ii RISER: 1" 50lbs 2" 100lbs 4" - 180lbs 6" 260lbs — 12" 560lbs 56" 24" 1,120 ibs 3 BASE: 2,440 Ibs `` CONCRETE: 33" f Fc= 4,000 psi @ 28 Days REINFORCING STEEL: Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497 -- ----------- 4„ 0.12 Sci in./fin ft min. — 1 No Wire Fabric in Knockout SIDE I PIPE PENETRATIONS: Standard Knockouts (4) � - =ns=a:_...=:� MEN TM PRECASTINGGRANITE 4TM CONCRETE INC. 16 BAKERVIEW SPUR • BELUNGHAM, WA 98226 • (360) 671-2251 • 1-800-808-2251 • FAX: (360) 671-0780 =M' GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE Job: 4617 Customer: SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION CO. Job Name: STONEGATE LIFT STATION REPLACEME Structure Product Detail Item ....Product . City Product Descrippon, Yards Weight Rim C.2024F 1 20 X 24 Cl FRAME & DI GRATE 0.00 275 LOCKING Base CRAP 1 TYPE I P CATCH BASIN 059 2.371 Structure Totals 0.59 2,646 Elevations Elev Angle Pipe Hole Hole" Hole" Up" Item .R. im ......_........31.21 ......65 ; Type Height ' Width _ a1) 318 5 .. .. .; _.... ,.0 112 CPEP .... KNOCKOUT ... 16 _. 16' , 22 05 .. Bage 42) o o 0 ..._.. (3).. .... . P o. ... ..... . o aa) ,� ...... ...... o Q�....._...._ _9�... o ... o '(5) 0 P o .. 0 0) 0 i a7) 0 o� .. ..... _............ o I ...... ............ .. _....... ..._....... _.... ..01__..., Pqo Description: TYPE I P CATCH BASIN Product ID: CB-1P Item: Base Step Location: (08R' m V 0� A O 1 (1)KNOCKOUT Up: 22.05" / Ang 0 — Side 20.0" -- Structure Code: TYPE IP Station: Rim to Invert 3.15' Less Casting 2.82' Invert to Floor 1.00 , Adjustment (Brick/Mort.) -0.10 Base Up To Center / Up Calculatio Type: Storm Description: Type IP Catch Basin Inside Area View Precast Height 3.92' Wall Floor 4.00" Sump Pius Floor 4.25' 270 180 90 0 TYPE I P CATCH BASIN 4.00 " 1.00 , Bid Item: 17 29' 2 211, 4 CAST 1 RO Pal TO CONFORM TO ASTM A-48, CLASS 30B J 1LLEN HEAD) is 9 Q 1 20' 1 24- 1-4432 I rk I Foundry & Supply D&L Modol No. ADAM KROUPA Califomia Saaes: (800)-422-0848 DAL Foundry (Not to Scale) Washington Sales: (800}764-0054 5-7-07 Utah Sales: (800).453-9802 Bid Item: 18 2 x!5 E n a g 2 m r—I L7 t1 g mil e p a Ir9'Eatn' I I Projected Plate Area: 120 Sq/ft Max. Process Flow Rate: 113 GPM 2'-8" © LID (200 Ibs) © BASE (1,532 ibs) L-1. 2 x 5 GALV. DOUBLE DOOR HATCH B-1, 5" DIX KNOCKOUT B-2. OUTLET PIPE AND TEE (BY OTHERS) ® RISER (2,630 Ibs) B-3. O!L RETAINING BAFFLE B-4. COALESING MEDIA B-5. SEDIMENT BAFFLE PRO.LCT: STRUCTURE: CUSTOMER: 5T0NmATE Lin sTA. REPLACEl69Ew SHOREUIUE r. STJ 'JAI, 1131110 s"E 1 012 " '` KAE -A 8131 i10 ISCALL: NTS j at �6 eAxs�vEEiv5rim, 6F1LiNEiHAM, wA.9Ei226 j36o3 fi77-zZ51 t-006808-2251 FAX: t360) 671-0760 0 8813 11101 ST) I ISSUE FOR APPROVAL rNs CCLC'uCl:f CC.•1".J'ri PRCP.R ET- -CnuA ?l --7 5r %GT RE COP.E.O O4 OSCtCSEO TO OI ERS v.'!v T !"E PTRu:SSCR - CRAI:TE PRECIslly. Av cO•:CRE10 2 x 5 Coalescing Separator 1 Projected Plate Area: 120 Sq/ft Max. Process Flow Rate: 113 GPM 5-7 1/2" BASIC DESIGN INFORMATION 5' 2 112" Design Flow = 30 GPM Influent Oil Concentration = 100 ppm 4'-9 1/2" Operating Temperature = 50 deg, F Sized to Remove 60 micron and larger Oil Specific Gravity = 0.88 Oil Rise Rate = 0.033 ft/min Effluent Quality = 10 PPM Designed per WA State Dept, of Ecology "Volume V Runoff Treatment BMW, Chapter 11, August 2001 r ,11 A II 11'-8 314" I (I I I I I A 1 -i0 I I I I I I 2'-3„ 2'-8" �;.., I �► �� I III 1' 2' X 5' GaIv. Double Door 2" Dia. Lift Hole Access Hatch PLAN (2) Places Typ. H-20 Rinn=321.75 Knockou W Dia. (1) per End }'` T-3 1/2" Outlet rnlet B 1 —Water Level T'-; 1 1'-9 1/2" 1'-71/2" Oil Retaining Baffle 2' L Coalescing Media SECTION A -A T IE = 318.4 1'-8r1/2" 8" SPECIFICATIONS 1. Concrete: Fc=5,000 psi @ 28 days 2. Rebar: ASTM A-615 Grade 60 3. Design: ASTM C-857 "Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures" 4. Loads: AASHTO HS-20 Sediment t Battle T- 2'-7" s" 2'-3 1 /2"T V-9 1 /2" 2 112" 1'-9 1 /2" VIEW B-B S. Backfili with granular free draining material (sand or pea gravel) free of stones or cobbles greater than 4" dia. 6. All pipe to be supplied and Installed by contractor. 7. Contractor to field install baffle. 8. Fill with dean water prior to start up. PROJECT: STRUCTURE: CUSTOMER: STONEGATE LIR STA. RF33LACENMElff2X5 CPS SHOREL NE UHLCKLU: KAE 8/31/10 SCALE; NTS ar r e sw�w �. enin�.ur, ww. eeaza r3eo) �» xxst t saoar�exPst Fwxe pso) s» a�eo 0 88/31/10 STJ ISSUE FOR APPROVAL rw9 COGUUEtR CONFNYS FaC'i£1�F' RUA i^v`I :N S-S-,L '0T 9E COP© Bid Item: 19 Meets or Exceeds WSDOT Std Plan B-15.20-00 ManholesConstructed in Accordance with ASTM C 478 RubberrGasket Conforms to ASTM C-443 Rub Polypropylene MH Steps Conform to ASTM C-478 - �34" ' I — Rubber \ Gasket I--S 18" \4 A 3. 48" A 24CONCENTRIC CONE / } L8. JOINT DETAIL TOP SLAB �-53 �� PLAN VIEW 4 a 2", 4", 6", or 12" i— 58" Grade Ring BASE SLAB I WEIGHTS: CONE: 2' - 1,740 ibs CONE: 3' - 2,5401bs — — _ TOP SLAB: 8" - 1,580 ibs o j RISER: 1' - 1,020 Ibs I 2' - 1,900 Ibs 0'a ° 2' or 3' 3' - 2,660 ibs Eccentric 4' - 3,540 lbs Cone 5' - 4,500 ibs a 6' - 5,400 ibs ° e BASE: 2' - 3,200 Ibs — _------ 3'•4,800lbs i .a 4' - 5,300 Ibs 5' - 6,420 ibs 12" a ' to 6 ° i 6' - 7.540 !bs BASE SLAB: B" - 1,900 Ibs ° Riser a CONCRETE: Fc= 4,000 psi @ 28 Days REINFORCING STEEL: See Joint Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A497 Detail 2% 3% 4', 5', 6' Reber: ASTM A615 Grade 60 Base Top Slab: 0.40 Sq inift e.w. min. o Base w/integral Riser: 0.15 Sq in.11in ft min. a Base Slab: 0.23 Sq in./ft em. min. 6" PIPE PENETRATIONS: Maximum Hole Size: 36" 5"r---48" 5" Minimum Distance Hole to Hole: 8" Holes Cored to Plan Specifications 58" Kor-N-Seal Connectors Available SECTION AA Standard Knockouts Available 4116 BAKERAEW SPUR 8ELUNGHAM WA 98226 360 671 2251 1 800 808-2251 FAX (360) 671 0780 TM iT GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE Job: 4617 Customer. SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION CO. Job Name: STONEGATE LIFT STATION REPLACEME Structure Product Detail Item ,...Product ..Qty Product De;cription . . ..... ... ............... ....... Yards _Weight COAT 1 COATING DOES NOT INCLUDE 0.00 0 FIELD TOUCH UPS Tor) 3 CR-06X2 1 6" X 24" GRADE RING 0.00 240 Too 4 048XO3C 1 48" X X CONE 0.64 2.540 Item 1 04BX04R 1 48" X 4' RISER 0.90 3.600 Base 048XO56 1 48" X 5' BASE W/ HOLE 1,51 6.042 Acres S106-16 3 16" MH BOOT/ 12" DI PIPE & C-900 0.00 0 PIPE Acres L04P 1 4 STEP POLY MH LADDER 0.00 0 Acres 04BRG 2 48" GASKET 0.00 0 Structure Totals 3.05 12,422 Structure Code: TYPE 1 SSMH Station: Rim to Invert 12.67' Less Casting 12.17' Invert to Floor 0.33' Adjustment (Brick/Mort.) 0.00 Top 3 -top 4 Item 1 tL , 10 Elevations 3 ' Elev Angle Pipe Hole Hole" Hole" Up" Item Base Rim r"" T 324.2 Type Height g Width (1) 31153 ,..,„0 112DUCTILElC S106-16WP 1 16I 16!.. 15.90I., Base 2 V) 311.63 ' 204. , 2 DUCTILE / C S106-16WP 16 16 17.10, _ Base 360 270 180 '(3) ..313.5 320 .12 DUCTILE / C S106-16WP ! 16 16 39 60 Base (4) ......... 0 0 0 0 n .. _... ! .. o Or 0 Description: 48" X 5' BASE W/ HOLE Product ID: 048XOSBWC O v�-L t F'-! TY N U- or, P t PC - Item: Base Step Location: DO// V (.I ��( -T„l PG o f P l PIT ` (2)S 106-16WP Up: 17,10" / Ang 204 1 0 � V t 0 L �2 (1)S106-16WP (3)S106-16WP Up: 15.90" / Ang Up: 39.60" / Ang 0 320 Up To Center / Up Calculatio Type: Sanitary Description: 48" General Sanitary Inside Area View Precast Height 12.50' Wall Floor 6.00" Sump Plus Floor 13.00' 48" X 5' BASE W/ HOLE 90 0 5.001, 0.33 ' i MA Q l}cv L-J�- 9(z N to i a-& i LC.xu S . ��f-�►.9 tc GT tc�j.1 d V1� }`- 1..1- `�c� t_ Bid item: 44 Sheet 1 of DESIGN COMPUTATIONS PREPARED FOR: Shoreline Construction Company PROJECT: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement PRODUCT: 8x 14 Meter Vault 81-0"x14'-0"x8'-0" I.D. PREPARED BY: 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251 Fax: (360) 671-0780 SHEET Z OF/t 15'-0" 6" 14'-0" #4 TRIM BARS SEE NOTE BELOW. (TYP,) (2)-ADD'L #6 BARS BELOW HATCH FRAME (fYP) 6„ 6" ------------- ------------------ — - — — ---- — --- ------------ p„ 8,-p„ I I j 1 1 I i l I II I i j i i ! 48"x72" I CAST IN I HATCHril I! I I I 1 l I -------------------- I 48"x72" CAST -IN i HATCH #5@12"o.c. 1 ti II __�II ---------------- I l 1 l 1 t � 1 I I I� 6" ------------- -- — — — — -- — — — --------------- #6@6"O,C. PLAN VIEW (L-BARS FROM WALLS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARI- DESIGN NOTES: 1. CONCRETE STRENGTH=6,000 PSI 2. REINFORCING: BAR: ASTM A615, GRADE 60. ASTM A706. GRADE 60 (WELDABLE) 3. DESIGN PER ASTM C857 & A01318, 4. HS-20 LIVE LOAD 5. EARTH FILL: NONE 6. WATERTABLE AT LEAST 2'-T BELOW GRADE. 7. 1� BAR COVER U.N.O. 8. PROVIDE ADD'L REINFORCING AT OPENINGS EOUAL TO THE BARS INTERRUPTED, HALF EACH SIDE. ADD'L BARS TO BE IN THE SAME PLANE. TOP SLAB EXCLUDED. 9. PROVIDE 44 DIAGONAL TRIM BARS AT OPENINGS. EXTEND AT LEAST 1'-O' BEYOND OPENING. BEND BARS IF REO'D TO MAINTAIN BAR COVER. STONERATE LIFT STA. REP, lBxl 4 METER VAULT PRECASTING GRANITE & CONCRETE INC. 4116 BIifEB1 W SP . BEWWAW, WA O 226 (360) 671-2.251 1-M10-606-2251 FAX: (360) 671-0760 / �// fff a SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION - soo 'to/1s/10 SHEET: DATE: SCALE: 3/W-1'-0' 8'-0" rA 4'-0" 4'-0" 7" 9'-0"xi 5'-0"(SHOWN) #4x8'-0" #4x 1'-6"@8"o,c, ANCHOR BAR (TYP.) BELOW HATCH WELD TO #4@8" BARS FRAMES, (ASTM A706) (ASTM A706) z_zl #4@ 12"o.c. L-BARS. EXTEND INTO TOP SLAB 2'-0" CUT AT HATCHES AS REQ'D, _ #5@8'b.c. LAP 2'-2" AS REQ'D 6" #5@10"o.c.,e.w. -LAP HORIZ. 2'-2" AS REQ'D. _#4 PERIMETER BAR (TYP. 4-SIDES) /--(2)-#5 BARS 1 " COV. —i SEE REINFORCING PREVIOUS SHEET. NOTE: #6 BARS ON BOTTOM. 8'-0"xi 4'-0"(SHOWN) #5@6"o.c, (2)-#6 BARS #4@ 10"o.c. 12" COV. `(TYP. U.N.O. SHEET JOF / y 2'-0" I (TYP.)'' #4@10'o.c. BARS #4x9"@18"o.c. DOWELS SECONDARY POUR DRILL & EPDXY USING BASE EXTENSION 12 0„ POWERFAST + ADHESIVE TYP. 4-SIDES. ANCHOR SYSTEM EMBED 3" MIN. (TYP. 4-SIDES) 10'- 4"x 16' -4"(SHOWN ) SECTION VIEW /) e�o STONE6ATE LIFT STA. REP. j8xl4METERVAULT e rmwmlT= & CONCRETE INC. 4118 SV UWV SPUR 8E1iWKW W,l 96226 (360) 671-2251 1-600-606-2241 FAX: (366) 671-07. m 32, 2" COV, CUSTOMER: FsHORELINE CGNSTRUCTI©N SOG IDAFLI10/15/10 ISHEET. V-0, I GRANITE mrac�m a 0=XMW= oar- 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671.2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Vault Design: _Design Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Design Load: HS-20 Original Design Date:10/1S/10 Revision Date: Sheet: y of I Customer: Shorline Construction Project: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault Structure Sized Length Width j Inside Ht. 14.00' 8.00' ! 8.00' Top Slab Thickness: 7.0" Bottom Slab Thickness: 7.0" Wall Thickness (Min): - 6:00" _ ......... . Base Extension: 8" ( 16-kips wheels ) Min. Earth Fill: 0.00, Max. Earth Fill: 0,00, Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertable Depth: 2.0' (Below Grade -Min.) Lateral Earth Pressure: 71.7 PCF (See Following Sheets) LL Surcharge: 85.0 PSF Depth to Apply Surcharge: 8.0' (Ref. ASTM C857/C890) Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Min. Buoyancy Safety Factor Req'd: 1.0 (See Buoyancy Analysis for Actual Safety Factor) Concrete Strength, f'c: 6,000 PSI Reinforcing Yield Strength, fy: 60,000 PSI Load Factors: 1.6 (Live Load) 1.2 (Dead Load) (Note, If no Live Load, set DL Factor to 1.4) 1.6 (Earth Pressure) Capacity Reduction: 0.9 (Flexure) 0.75 (Shear) References: 1.)AC1318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete", latest edition. 2.)ASTM C478 "Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections", latest edition. 3.) ASTM C890 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures", latest edition. 4.) ASTM C857 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures", latest edition. 5.) HS-20 or HS-25 wheel loads per AASHTO "Standard Specificationfor Highway Bridges", 17th Edition. 6.) PCA "Rectangular Concrete Tanks", 5th Edition. Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A `_-...� Sheet: 5 of �y Customer: Shorline Construction S ANITE Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 4116 Bakervlew Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault Top Slab Design: Analvsis Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Live Load: HS-20 Earth Fill : 0.00, Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Concrete Strength,fc: 6000 psi Reinforcing Strength,fy: 60000 psi Design Span: 8.50' (c/c walls, short direction) Bar Cover: 1.00" Dead Load: Top Slab: 0.088 ksf Soil: 0.000 ksf Other: Total: 0.089 ksf Live Load: Wheel Load: 16 kips wheel, 6'-0" c/c wheel spacing LL Distribution Width, e: 4.51' (e=4+.06*Span, 7' rnax-Ref. AASHTO 17th Ed., Sect. 3.24.3.2) Impact: 1.3 (Per ASTM C890) Calculate Flexural Moments: Dead Load Moment: 0.79 k-ft (W12/8, w=dead load, 1=design span) Live Load Moment: 9.80 k-ft (13I/4, P=Wheel Load*Impact/e) Total Service Moment,Ms: 10.59 k-ft Factored Moment, Mu: 16.63 k-ft Calculate Flexural Capacity: Trial Bar Size/Spacing: #6 @ 6" o.c. (As Provided =0.88 sq.1n./ft,) (�Mn=(�ASfy(d-a/2): 20.07 k-ft OK c=As*Fy/.85*fc*(31*b= 1,15" Where, Q1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0,75 d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 5.63" Check Min k Provided: (Ref. AC1318, 10.5.1) As, min=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.26 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.23 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK 7<1 SITE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Check Max Bar Spacing & Serviceability: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.01309 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4415201,015 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 p * n = 0.085977764 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3375 j = 1- (k/3) = 0.887 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02830 OK fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 28812 psi < 2/3fy=40000psi OK Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: b Of/Y Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 18.3" OR 12(40000/fs)= 16.7" (Controls) Actual Spacing=6" OK Check Shear: Von: 0.33 kips [wdl*(Span-2*d)/2] V«: 4.61 kips [Wheel load*Impact/e] Vu: 7.78 kips [LF*Vdl + LF*Vll] Shear Capacity, epVn: 7.84 kips OK Original Design Date:10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A "► Sheet: of Customer: Shorline Construction RI TE Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault Soil Pressure On Walls: (Not all components may be used for all vault designs - configurations may vary) 8' LL Surcharge: 85 PSF — Unit Weight of Soil: Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ka: Unit Weight of Water: Max. Earth Fill: Water Table Depth: Dry Scii Pressure: Saturated Soil Pressure: Design Earth Pressure: (Weighted Avg.) W4 120 PCF 0.33 62.4 PCF 0.00, 2.00' 39.6 PCF 81.4 PCF 71.7 PCF [Ka*Ws] [(Ws-Ww)*Ka+Ww) Pressures Used for Wall Component Design: (Note: LL Surcharge Applied On Actual Component Design Sheet When Required) Design Depth: Design Pressure: W1: 0.58, 42 PSF W2: 0.58' 42 PSF W3: 4.58' 329 PSF W4:1 8.58' 1 615 PSF F.G. 0.00, 7- 0.00, 4.00' 8.00' 4.00' 7„ 1 iTat 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671.2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Monolithic or Integral Wali Design: Outside Face of Wall (Negative Moment) Wall Length, b: 14,00' Wall Height, a: 4.00' b/a: 3.5 Thickness: 6,00" Bar Cover: 1.50" Lateral Earth Pressure: Top of Wall, W3: 0.328 KSF Bottom of Wall, W4: 0.615 KSF Live Load Surcharge: 0.085 KSF Customer: 5horline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault (Bottom Unit) (Ref. PCA Tables, Chapter 2, Cases 3 & 8) Original Design Date:10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: of r y Calculate Flexural Moments: (Negative Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) ._u_. ,.r..11 pars to Outside: Yes Case 8 Case 3 MS Mu Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu 0.392 0.095 3.03 K-FT 4.84 K-FT 0.392 0.138 3.23 K-FT 1 5.16 K-FT Try: #t5 @ 10" O.C. (As Prov.=u.37 sq.m./tt.) (0Mn=4)A,fy(d-a/2): 5.60 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*01*b= 0.48" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)J= 0.75 a=c*pl- 0.36" d= 3.56" 1 Fy; 11J lr av w- %- r . v..-v... ay....., ., i�Mn=(OA,fy(d-a/2): 6.64 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.48" Where, [i1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.75 a=c*01= 0.36" d= 4,19" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. AC1318, 10.5.1) As",i,= 3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.17 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.14 sq.fn./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Asmi =3Vfc/fy*b*d: 0.19 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.17 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK (Controls) Check Serviceability: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00861 p = As / b * d = 0.00733 p... = (•75 pb) = 0.02830 OK Pmu = (•75 pb) = 0.02830 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vic= 4415201 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4415201 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 p * n = 0.05656 p*n= 0.04812 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2845 k = V(2pn +(pn}2) - pn = 0.2659 j=1-(k/3)= 0.905 j=1-(k/3)= 0.911 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 30,584 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 27,554 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(4000D/fs)-2.5Cc= 14.3" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2,5Cc= 18.0" OR 12(40000/fs)= 15.7" OR 12(40000/fs)= 17.4" OR 3*Tw= 18.0" OR 3*Tw= 18.0" Actual Spacing=10" < 14.3" OK n- ..i re r__[t*_' Actual Spacing=10" < 17.4" OK l.neCK JneaG Case 8 Case 3 Iv=rt.n �.vcn r.coau.c Vs ai Vu 11 Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu 1.05 0.31---7 2,08 KIPS 1 3.33 KIPS 1.02 0.50 2.26 KIPS 3.62 KIPS Horiz. Shear Capacity, 4PVn: 4.97 KIPS ij.".r, IF..,.. + ".. 4)Vn>Vu: OK (�Vn>Vu: OK NI ff 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Customer: 5horline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 844 Meter Vault Monolithic or Integral Wall Design (Cont.): Inside Face of Wall (Positive Moment) Bar Cover: 3.25" Original Design Date:10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: 9 of & Calculate Flexural Moments: (Positive Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) Horizontal Design- Bars to inside: Yes I Vertical Design: Bars to Inside: No Ease! Case 3 Ms Mu Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu 0.077 1 0.60 K-FT 0.95 K-FT 0.014 1 C.009 0.13 K-FT 1 0.21 K-FT Try: #5 @ 10" o.c. (As Prov.=0.37 sq.in./ft.) Try: #5 @ 10" o.c. (As Prov.=0.37 sq.in./ft.) (0Mn=(�A,fy(d-a/2): 3.74 K-FT OK 4�Mn=4pA,fy(d-a/2): 2.70 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.48" c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.48" Where, 01=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.75 Where, P1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.75 a=c*p1= 0.36" a=c*01= 0.36" d= 2.44" d= 1.81" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.11 (-)M: As,";,=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.11 sq.ln./ft. (Controls) (+)M: As,,,;,,=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.08 sq.ln./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.10 5q.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.07 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK As Provided>As,min: OK Check Serviceability: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.01259 p=As/ b*d= 0.01693 (.75 pb) = 0.02830 OK p..x = (.75 pb) = 0.02830 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4415201 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4415201 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 p*n= 0.08267 p*n= 0.11118 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3323 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3733 j =1- (k/3) = 0.889 J = 1- (k/3) = 0.876 fs=Ms/(As*J*d)= 8,955 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 2,682 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, 5=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 58.9" Max Spacing, s=1S(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 214.0" OR 12(40000/fs)= 53.6" OR 12(40000/fs)= 179.0" OR 3*Tw= 18.0" OR 3*Tw= 18.0" Actual Spacing=10" < 18.0" OK Actual Spacing=10" < 18.0" OK Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A -. s Sheet /0 of %q Customer: Shorline Construction EProject Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault Riser Design (�vEc��fcTS�/�P�Tzr@ 7OP PM6 % 9{i,✓/A/6J) -Design using moment distribution to carry forces around corners of wall. -Note:Negative Moment(-) occurs in outside face of walls, Positive Moment(+) occurs in inside face of walls Wall Length, b: Wall Width, c: Wall Height, a: Wall Thickness, Tw: Lateral Earth Pressure: Top of Wall, W2: Bottom of Wall, W3: Live Load Surcharge: Average Loading, Wa g: Calculate Flexural Moments: Distribution Factor (Long): Distribution Factor (Short): Fixed End Moment (Long): Fixed End Moment (Short): Simple Span Moment (Long): Simple Span Moment (Short): Balanced (-) Corner Moment: (+) Midspan Moment: Calculate Flexural Capacity: (-)Moment Bar Size/Spacing: (+)Moment Bar Size/Spacing: 14.00' 8.00, 4.00' 6,00" 0.042 KSF 0.328 KSF 0.085 KSF 0.270 KSF (Including Surcharge) Inflection Point(From Corner): 2.07' 0.364 Idh: 1.25' 0.636 Total Min. Bar Extension: 3.32' 4.41 K-FT 1.44 K-FT 6.62 K-FT 2.16 K-FT Mu 3.33 K-FT ].26 .33 K-FT (Balanced (-} Moment * Earth Pressure LF) 3.29 K-FT K-FT (Balanced (+) Moment * Earth Pressure LF) #5 @ 8" o.c. (As Provided =0.46 sq.in./ft.) #5 @ 8" o.c. (As Provided =0.46 sq.in./ft.) (-) 4)Mn=4)Asfy(d-a/2): 6.13 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*p1*b= 0.60" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.75 a=c* j31= 0.45" (-) Bar Cover: 2.50" d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 3.19" Check Min k Provided: (Ref. AC1318,10.5.11 (-)M: As,,i, 3df c/fy*b*d: 0.15 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.13 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK (+) 4)Mn=4)A:fy(d-a/2): 5.35 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*(31*b= 0.60" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ks1))= 0.75 a=c*01= 0.45" (+)Bar Cover: 2.88" d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 2.81" (+)M: Asm;"=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.13 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.11 sq.1n./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK GRANI a� 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Check Serviceability H Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: Lof �� Customer: Shorline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault p=As/ b*d= 0.01203 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02830 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4415201 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 p * n = 0,07902 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3263 j=1-(k/3)= 0.891 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 30,582 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.SCc= 13.4" OR 12(40000/fs)= 15.7" Actual Spacing=8" < 13.4" OK Check Shear; Check Serviceability (+)Moment: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0,01366 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02830 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*dfc= 4415201 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 p * n = 0,08972 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3433 j=1-(k/3)= 0.886 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 34,471 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 10.2" OR 12(40000/fs)= 13.9" Actual Spacing=8" < 10.2" OK Design Shear, Vu: 2.91 KIPS (Wa,g*(Length-2*d)/2*Earth Pressure LF) Shear Capacity, c�Vn: 4.44 KIPS OK Original Design Date:10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A c Sheet: i7 of� Customer: Shorline Construction %&ANITE Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number. N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault Base Slab Design: (Design for Uniform Upward Bearing Pressure) (Ref. PCA Rectangular Tanks, Chapter 2, Case 10: Pinned 4-Sides) Design Length, b: 14.50' Design Width, a: 8.50' b/a: 1.70 Base Slab Thickness: 7.0" Dead Load: OR Hydrostatic Load: Top Slab: 0.088 KSF Watertable Depth: 2.00' Soil (Max. Fill -Conservative): 0.000 KSF Depth (WT. to Base): 7,17' Walls: 0.204 KSF Water Pressure: 0.447 KSF (Controls) Other: Total: 0.292 KSF (Note: Design based on higher value of Dead Load and Hydrostatic Load.) Live Load: Wheel Load: 64 KIPS 4-HS-20 Wheels Uniform Load: 0.474KSF (Wheel Loads/OD of Vault) Check Shear: Max PCA Shear Coeff: 0.5 Design Shear, Vu: 5.50 KIPS (V=PCA Coeff* Bearing* a) Shear Capacity, (�Vn: 7.23 KIPS OK Calculate Flexural Moments: PCA Case 10 Ms Mu Transverse: 0.125 1 8.32 K-FT 11.70 K-FT Longitudinal:1 0.041 1 2.70 K-FT 3,80 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: (M=PCA Coeff*Bearing*az) (Transverse Simply Supported Due to Trench Sump) Transverse Bar Size/Spacing: #5 @ 6" o.c. (As Provided =0.61 sq.in./ft.) Longitudinal Bar Size/Spacing: #4 @ 10" o.c. (As Provided =0.24 sq.in./ft.) Transverse Design: c0Mn=c�A,fy(d-a/2): 13.49 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*fc*Q1*b= 0.80" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.75 a=c*01= 0,60" Bar Cover: 1.50" d=Slab-cover-1/213ar Dia.= 5.19" Longitudinal Design: 4)Mn=(�A,fy(cI-a/2): 4.78 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*fc*(31*b= 0.31" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(f c-4ksi)]= 0.75 a=c*p1= 0.23" Bar Cover: 2.13" d=Slab-cover-Trans Bar-1/2Bar DIa.= 4.63" Check Min A Provided: (Ref. AC1318,10.5.1) (-)M: As,,,;n=3Vfc/fy*b*d: 0.24 sq.1n./ft. (Controls) (+)M: As,,i„=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.21 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.21 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.19 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK As Provided>As,min: OK GRANITE MMMMAcrmn n arm mm 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 571-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: 1yof j q Customer: Shorline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault Transverse Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (-) Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00986 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02930 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf`c= 4415201 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 p * n = 0.06474 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3009 j =1- (k/3) = 0.900 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 34,864 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=1S(40000/fs)-2.SCc= 13.5" OR 12(40000/fs)= 13.8" Longitudinal Design (Cont.)-. Check Serviceability (+)Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00425 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02830 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vfc= 4415201 n=Es/Ec= 6.57 p * n = 0,02788 k = V(2pn +(pn)Z) - pn = 0.2099 j =1 - (k/3) = 0.930 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 31,997 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 13.4" OR 12(40000/fs)= 15.0" Actual Spacing=6" < 13.5" OK 11 Actual Spacing=10" < 13.4" OK GRANITE FaN=A=-"Z a ammffm ass 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Buoyancy Analysis: Original Design Date: 10/15/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: Yof l y Customer: Shorline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 8x14 Meter Vault Design Methodology: Uplift computed based on volume of water displaced from outside dimensions of structure, including base extension (if provided), from bottom of base slab to water table height. Resisting force based on dry unit weights of concrete and soil above the bottom of base slab. Analysis neglects skin friction of soil against structure - conservative. Analvsis Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Min. Earth Fill : 0.00' Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertable Depth: 2.0' (Below Grade) Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Minimum Safety Factor: 1.0 Compute Upward Forces: Volume of Water Displaced= Water Depth*O.D. Length & Width = 1209.57 CIF (Water Depth = Fill+Top+Inside Ht+Bottom-W.T. Depth=7.17') O.D. Width=9.00'; O.D. Length=15.00' Upward Force = Vol. of Water Displaced * Water Unit Weight= 75,477 LBS Compute Downward Forces: Earth Fill(w/opng deduct)= 0 LBS Opening Size: 0.0" Dia. (Round) Top Slab(w/opng deduct)= 8,138 LBS OR 72.0"L x 84.0"W (Rectangular) Walls= 27,600 LBS (Equivalent area removed) Base Slab= 14,768 LBS Soil Over Extension= 34,791 LBS Base Extension= 8.0" Soil Wedge= 0 LBS Other-- 0 LBS Total Downward Force= 85,297 LBS Net Buoyancy Reaction= 9,819 LBS Buoyancy Safety Factor= 1.1 OK L-1 L-2 B-1 B-2 B-3 9' 15' - -211 © LID (26,120 Ibs) L-1, LIFTING INSERT L-2, 48" x 72" GALV. DBL. DOOR HATCHES © BASE (27,140 ibs) B-1. LIFTING INSERT B-2. SUMP W/ GALV. GRATE B-3. BASE EXTENSION PROJECT: STRUCTUP— CUSTOMER: STONMATIE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT Bx14 METER VAULT SHORELINE 471E 1iAKFRV(ElV fiiJii. A. 9Ht26 (38� 671�7 1-6Ot}809Zz51 FAX: [37i1]) 671-07t;0 9/19/10IST1JISSUEFORAPPROVALFORAPPROVAL H:S CSC'I'E.:' CC::"A't5 PaQln L4- ♦ �3YR1-CI: IMS :T C: L-5 D CT'-'" V 7n. T i+.E E-Pi53 of 3 Bid item: 44 S x 14 Meter Vault. 15' D. 00,9 14' Lifting Insert OF WASy7� �'� (4) Places Typ. G' Alum. Ladder z ' ,9 45663 0 �l/� �GISTER� ➢ ➢ Fs 3/ANAL E� A A j' - - $' 9' l0 /B to i 1" Mastic ]oint Sealant (Contractor to Apply, Typ.) 48"x72" DD H-20 Alum. Hatch A: PLAN With Safety Chain and Net. Excludes Man Removal Equipment (2)-12"0 Formed Holes For Hinge on Short Sides 8"0 DI Pipe This Side JOINT DETAIL D Note: 48"x72" DD H-20 Alum. Hatch 1: All Hatches to Drain to With Safety Chain and Net. SCALE 1 % 32 the Inside of the Vault. Excludes Man Removal Equipment 2: All Knockout are Removed Hinge on Long Sides 7'0 Cared Hole For TV PVC Pipe This Side W/ Kor-N-Seal Boots 7" 1' 4' S' 4' 6' Alum. Ladder 6 EL.322.25' 1'-4' +— � V-7 1/8". T-9" 3' 2H 1111 I 4'-8" il 4' IIII 2' 2" 18.50' hi I I 6'-41 I Ldr. Ht, I'-81, 8 — — II 9' _ 3/g 1'-10.1 1 9 2" II 6„ 7 I (1)-12"0 , Formed Holes For 2' S 1/2" ZI 81I (2)-12"0 Formed Holes For 8"0 DI Pipe This Side W/ 1\P0,r 8"0 DI Pipe This Side W/ Kor-N-Seal Boots Kor-N-Seal Boots 12"Wide Sump w/ Galy. Grating Secondary SPECIFICATIONS W-18-4 1" x 1/8" Base Extension 1. Concrete: Fc=6,000 psl @28 days Typ. 4-Sides 2. Rebar: ASTM A-615 Grade 60 Place Dowel Bar 3. Design: ASTM C-857 "Minimum Structural Design Loading Per Eng. Drawings for Underground Precast Concrete Utilllty Structures" 4. Loads: AASHTO HS-20 5. Backfill with granular free draining material (sand or pea gravel) free of stones or cobbles greater than 4" in dia. 6. Holes cored to plan specifications. 7. Install lid prior to backfill. PROJECT: STONEfiATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT STRUCTURE: I Bx 14 METER VAULT CUSTOV�R: SHORELINE oRkmw STl "'=' 8/31/10 1 `-SHEET' 2 of 3 GRfIVITE r x ' KA 1-- 8/31110 5CA' L; 3 16"=V-0" „ 6PUR, BE11DY6HM,, W 6a66 C3601671-ee51 t-eoo-aae-aas, FAX, (36M671.07e0 0 9/1/10 1 STJ JISSUE FOR APPROVAL THIS DCCUVERT CONILIHS PROPR ETaFY T=0RUAl'oR -`7 SHALL Tlor 3E COP:ED OR 05CEOSE0 TO OTHERS WITHOUT W E."'. SS wR.rE', PERW155'o,, o, G_Mc PREraST.yG A.,o Co+CRETE 8 x 14 Meter Vault 15' D. Go 1'-6„ �¢i— � —i V-6" JPPT �� pF WASy/ I �I 91 6' I I 6 O� 9 45G83 FS FG1sTe G�2 NAL V-6" LID —� HOLE LAYOUT 1' PLAN VIE 4' S' 4' �+-1. 4' 8" 11" I I 3'-2 I ` II I II I SIDE 1' 8 7"0 Cored Hole For 2"0 PVC E N D 2'-2" Pipe This Side W/ Kor-N-Seal Boots 15' V-7 15/1 ' 9' BASE AS CAST II s i i tL----- — �� HOLE LAYOUT PLAN VIEW L (1)-12"0 Formed Holes For 3'- 3/8" 1' 7 15/16" 8"0 DI Pipe This Side W/ Kor N Seal Boots 2' 8" 2' S 1/2" 1' 1" -10" " � ► 2`-111 � � I 4'-6" ll II I 11 II 1'-10" SIDE (2)-12"0 Formed Holes For END 8"0 DI Pipe This Side W/ Kor-N-Seal Boots P40JEC-: - FMNEGATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT SiRUC i.:RE 9x 14 METER VAULT CUSTQV R: - SHORELINE `YN: ST) R -: 8/31/10 SHER : 3 of 3 CHECKED: KAE - 4t /5 . HELLOYHHAM. WA. 9H22b 13fi0� 671-2i57 7-eQOet]H-8l57 F/tX: (36O) 677-07HO 0 9/1/10 1 STJ JISSUE FOR APPROVAL O ""' C ""' PdO�a£1+Rr i`6O9WfiJ:t 2 , " E COP: u] O? CV-05E0 TO M"'- W.Ti '�T Tl 5/Pa ESS Nq 7TE., P-,-55 O" OT GW; TE E- Washington State Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 10/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in comnletina_ see Instructinns and Framnle I RAM # 11 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification APE I Adq r.r`I File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 16-19,42 Certification Letter Granite C & 44 19 MH Gasket Trelleborg 7-05 e2 O 19 MH Step Lane Corp 7-05 19 MH Hand Hold Lane Corp 7-05 19 MH Hanging Ladder Lane Corp 7-05 19,42-44 Kor-N-Seal Boot NPC 7-05 S 42 O-Ring Gasket Best Fit 10.02605-2. 1 C 18,42-44 Matsic Joint Sealer Best Fit 10.02605-2.1 C 18 Aluminum Ladder Access Products 7-05 Project EnE i r Date State Materials Engineer Date ,2� / z 1 C i Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Co itionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other 7 1 Bid item: 16,17,18,19,42 & 44 tandard Manhole, Vault, and Cate Basin Certification I i { I i As a NPCA certified plant, we certify that all materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. comply with the following and are of domestic origin. 1) Manholes and catch basins are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-478 , ASTM C-990. 2) Vaults are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 and :. ASTM C-890 3) All concrete minimum 4000 P.S.I. 4) Precast Trenches are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 5) Aggregate and sand supplied from Washington State Pit #F-197. 61 Welded wire fabric conforms to ASTM A-497. 7) All rebar conforms to ASTM A-615. All materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. conform to WSDOT specifications. Additionally, Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. is an approved WSDOT supplier of manholes, catch basins, vaults, 3-sided bridges, and traffic curbs. Sincerely, Mark Salisbury President _'.03•::"=r'.+; y.+"7 4115 BAKERVIEW SPUR • BELLINGHAM, WA 98226 • (360) 671-2251 • 1-ann-AnA-99s, . FAY, (IrM All -Alan Bid item: 19 1W TRELLEBORG ENGINEERED SYSTEMS NPR Self -Lubricating Gaskets t P .`_1 �i.1.7 i :r t, i .`'} .sr.` i i 14.r� d V i. i l.J [, i No lubrication required! 1. Inspect spigot surface for defects to ensure that the joint is suitable for a good gasket installation. Inspect Bell section, remove any lose material that might interfere with installation. 2. Stretch gasket onto the pipe spigot surface taking care to place the back (hinged) part of the gasket against the concrete offset as shown, with the tube facing forward. 3. Align pipe spigot with bell section so that the gasket is evenly in contact with the bell section, ready to push home. 4. To complete the installation, push pipe home to fully compress the gasket as shown. /%-Trelleborg Pipe Seals \Glford, Inc. !�`� 250 Elm Street, P.O. Box 301, \Milford, New Hampshire 03055 U.S.A. �`�� Tel: 800-626-2180 603-673-8680 Fax: 603-673-7271 -,vww.trelleborg.com/npc Re: NPC Self Lube Gaskets for Concrete Pipe To: Granite Precast Attention: Mark 4116 Baker -view Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Please see the attached Lab Test Report as evidence to support our certification to meeting the requirements of ASTM C 443 and 1619 Class C and/or E. Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, � z Z� � T�_ Weldon Mitchell Cell: (443) 340-0311 Direct Tel: (410) 635-3360 Trellebora Pipe Seals Milford, Inc. P.O. Box 301, 250 Elm Street Milford, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Phone: 603-673-8680 300-626-2180 Fax: 603-673-7271 www.trelleborcY.com.Inpc TRELLEBORG Re: NPC Self Lube Gaskets for Concrete Pipe To: Granite Precast Attention: Mark 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Please see the attached Lab Test Report as evidence to support our certification to meeting the requirements of ASTM C 1619 Class C and E. Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Weldon Mitchell Cell: (443) 340-0311 Direct Tel: (410) 635-3360 Trellebor; Pipe Seals Milford, Inc. P.O. Box 301, 250 Elm Street Milford, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Phone: 603-673-8680 800-626-2180 Fax: 603-673-7271 www.trelleborg.com/npc S D �.l cienlinc Services March 9, 2010 CUSTOMER: Trelleborg Pipe Seals Milford, Inc. 2638 Leslie Road Mount Alry, MD 21771 ATTENTION: Weldon Mitchell Ph: 410-635-3360 P.O.# Fx:866-591-8211 Smithers Job # 102-19814 weldon.mitchell@trelleborg.com SUBJECT: TEST REPORT The above -mentioned firm submitted (1) sample for testing identified as a Trellebcrg 21023093 48inchsi 175 astm c443 cl c 19mm c/1 146.5 TESTING: Shore A Hardness per ASTM D2240 Properties in Tension for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers per ASTM D412 Heat Resistance per ASTM 0573 Compression Set per ASTM D395 Effects of Fluids per ASTM D471 Resistance to Ozone per ASTM D1149 Splice Strength per ASTM D2527 APP1.49C(ED BY: Jeffrey J. Wible Test Engineer Smithers Scientific Services Akron Laboratories JW/eec XVIEWED BY: uce D. Lambillotte General Manager Smithers Scientific Services Akron Laboratories The information herein is privileged and Intended only for the use of addressee. If you have received this communication In error, please notify us immediately and you are hereby notified that copying or distribution of this communication is prohibited. The results reported herein relate solely to the materials tested and the methods described herein. This test report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without approval of Smithers Scientific Services, Inc. If there are to be any corrections to this report, they will be made in a supplemental report indicated by a revision date. Uncertainty budgets are available upon request, where applicable. Phone: 330-762-7441 425 West Market Street, Akron, OH 44303-2099 Far. 330-762-7447 www SmithersSciantific.com Every precaution was taken to ensure the accuracy of this report. However, the Wcrmation is provided subject to the condition That Smithers Scientific Seriices, Inc., witl not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from the use of these data. 102-19814 Page 2 of 3 Summary of Results ASTM C1619 Class C Sample 1D: Trellehorg 21023093 48inchsi 175 astm c443 cl c 19mm ell 146.5 Spec. Ref. Test Units Result Requirement Comment ASTM D2240 Shore Hardness points 52A 40-60 Pass ASTM D412 Tensile St psi 2070 1200 min. Pass Elongation % 580 350 min. Pass ASTM D573 Heat Resistance 96h/70°C Change in Tensile St % -3 -15 max. Pass Change in Elongation % -12 -20 max. Pass ASTM D395B Compression Set 22h/70°C % 15 25 max. Pass ASTM D471 Fluid Resistance 48h/700C/distilled H2O Change in Weight % 2 10 max. Pass ASTM D1149 Ozone Resistance 72h/50pphm/40°C/20% strain no cracks no cracks Pass ASTM D2527 Splice Test destructive test % 290 100 min. Pass non-destructive gasket stretched to 100% strain and rotated 1806+ in each direction no visual evidence no visual evidence Pass of damage to splice of damage to splice on gasket on gasket 102-19814 SUMMARY OF TEST CONDITIONS PHYSICAL TESTING: Shore A Hardness ASTM, D2240-05 Date of testing: 313110 Laboratory conditions: 23' ± 2'C, 50% ± 5% RH Durometer manufacturer, Type, and Serial Number: Shore Instruments, SIN 79851 Date of Last calibration: 9/09 Calibration due date: 9110 Means of testing: Type 2 Description of test specimen: pliedl0.250" nom. Indention hardness time interval: 1 sec Properties in Tension for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers ASTM D412-06a Test method: A Test specimen: Die C Date of testing: 313/10 Rate of extension: 20"/min Laboratory conditions: 23' ± 2'C, 50% ± 5% RH Sample preparation per ASTM D3183 Heat Resistance ASTM D573-04 Date of testing: 314/10 - 3/8/10 Laboratory conditions: 23' ± 2' C, 50 ± 5% RH Aging conditions: 96 hours @ 70'C Compression Set ASTh1 D395-03 Test method: B Specimen type: Plied Test period: 22 hours Test temperature: 70'C Surface lubrication: Dry PTFE Start date: 3/3/10 Finish date: 3/4I10 Effects of Fluids ASTM D471-06 Test description:' Change in weight Exposure temperature: 70'C Date samples in: 313110 Date samples out: 3/5110 Resistance to Ozone ASTM D1149-07 72 hrs @ 40'C @ 50 pphm Preconditioned 24 hrs @ 40'C Type of specimen used: 20% Strain Exposure Time and Rating under 7x Magnification Date in: 3/4/10 Date out: 3/7110 Splice Strength per ASTM D2527 Date of Testing: 3/3110 Page 3 of 3 Bid item: 19 SPECIFICATIONS: All Lane Poly Steps meet the requirements of ASTM C-478, AASHTO M-199, WISHA and all OSHA specifications. The polypropylene conforms to ASTM D-4101. The 1/2" Grade 60 deformed reinforcing bar meets ASTM-A-615. LONGEVITY: Copolymer polypropylene is`known for its high impact strength and superior resistance to the corrosive environments found in sewers, SAFETY: Lane poly steps have sure footed self-cleaning tread design, Poly steps will not spark so there is no danger of igniting sewer gases. INSTALLATION: 1) The step can be cast in place. 2) Driven into preformed holes with concrete cured to 3,000 PSI minimum. 3) Driven into two parallel 1" diameter holes drilled 13" or 10" on center, 3-1/2" deep. 4) Drill two 1-1/8" or 1-1/4" holes, 3-1/2"deep. Apply epoxy in the hole and around the barbs of the step. Push the step into the holes allowing the epoxy to flow out to the square shoulder of the step. Any of the above methods will resist a pullout force of over 1,500 Ibs, Associate Member Of �`QrAL ARkC ?4 91a o Z z P �4�rE ASSQG` ....olm AM PNCPA —%m �---� CALIFORNIA PRECAST CONCRETE ASSOCIATION 9.3181, 14 13" o=ry mom c 0 om cm 0 O° 00 O 0 O.0 0 o° o° o 0 °06„ 00 00 o° 0° o° o° 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3/4" k 1/4" OVAL REFLECTOR ..... 60 Steel Reinforcing Bar /MEf7NrdT/GW.9L A L-9 It 906v CONPOHATi(0/V P.O. Box 925 Phone (503) 684-0077 18067 S.W. Lower Boonea Ferry Rd. FAX (503) 684-0M Tualatin, Oregon 97062 Bid item: 19 13' a90 7' v7.s — Bright Red Reflectors 31/2' WA mm �I 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SPECIFICATIONS All Lane Poly Steps meet the requirements of ASTM C-478 and AASHTO M-199. The polypropylene conforms to ASTM D-4101. The %" Grade 60 deformed reinforcing bar meets ASTM A-615. /NTE.9iV,4T/ONAL COHPOAAT/ON A CA ffMAM Hand Hold Step RUNG 1/2" Grade 60 Rebar P.O. Box 925 • 18067 S.W. Lower Boones Ferry Rd. • Tualatin, OR 97062 • 503-684-0077 • 800-666-0076 Fax 503-684-0078 • wwwv.laneinternational.com Bid item: 19 vyk 12. Weight Each: 17 ll)s. RAIL RUNG WALL FASTENING RADIUS WALL APPLICATION CD M -== FLAT WALL APPLICATION Ladders to be fastened to wall with 1/2' X 21/4* stud anchors Polypropylene conforms N ASTMU~4l0l.Ladders meet all A8TMC'4S7load requirements. PO8 Y U ADDER pxunennmnn**o7r P.O. Box 925 pa^uoumo4'Voro 1oos7swLower 000nes Ferry Rd. Tva/aon om000nronc �-��O-��-OO7� ' Sep 11 08 12:01p p.1 All of the LANE PLASTIC MANHOLE STEPS made of pi ilypropylene conform to ASTM D4101-82. CPhe previous standard of ASTM 2146-t2 was replaced by D4101-82,) The 1 /2" reinforcing rod conforms to ASTM A -615 requirements. They meet and/or exceed ASTM C478-88 paragraph 13.4 and AE .SHTO M-199, requirements. The LANE PLASTIC MANHOLE STEPS n teet and/or exceed the 400 lbs. pullout force and the vertical deflection of 800 lbs. when properly installed. All of the components are of domestic origin and ail manuf .cturing is done in our plant in Tualatin, Oregon. These manhole steps are of U.S. origin. Lane Internatit nal Corp. c elly ertsc n, Vice -President November 21, 2007 Acknowledgment in an Individual t;apacity State of OREGON j, County of 41� n v' 1( t� t This instrument was acknowl.ed ed before me on e7� 21 , 20 by i-P—t W --RQ.� KCHE'RYL AL SEAL ., DORMAN;3uc-oRF(a0NV No. 387� iES ROVEMBER 21. 2005 Notary Pub a State of Oregon ,� OFF1CIAt c�n� �. �RizRYL L. DORM�iiV Ni?TrY PUBUC.p REQOry ter''2;2L tON NO 387004 EA 21, 2008 P. Box 925 • 10758 SWManhasset Dr„ Tualatin, Oregon 97062 NOYfNB Phone: 503-692-9860.800- 666 -007o Fax: 503-692-9863 www.laneintemational.com Sep 11 08 12:01p p.2 SPECIFICATIONS, All Lane Poly Steps meet the requirements of ASTM C-478, AASHTO M-199, WISHA and all OSHA specifications. The polypropylene conforms to ASTM D•4101, The 1/2" Grade 60 deformed reinforcing bar meets ASTM-A-615. LONGEVITY: Copolymer polypropylene is known for its high impact strengV and superior resistance to the corrosive environments found in sewers. SAFETY: Lane poly steps have sure looted self-cleaning tread design. Poly steps will not spark so there is no danger of igniting sewe r gases. INSTALLATION; 1) The step can be cast in place. 2) Driven into preformed holes, with concrete cured to 13,000 FSl minimum. 3) Driven into two parallel 1" diameter holes drilled 13" or 10" on center, 3-1/2" deep. Any of the above methods will resist a pullout force of over 1,500 Ibs, Associate Member Of NPL Py IgFT�' 50 Ilw P H � PA 1t1t1C, I10�1'T *_ `t_ t -.5 AttES��' • Sep 11 08 12:01p - �vVV p.3 IN/ G''f NA71-0N.4Z C0R)0,0R.47XW FAX: 03)84-0078 P.O. Sox 925 18067 S.W. Lower Boones Ferry Roan' • Tualatin, O,agon 97062 Phone o036684 0077 C E R T I F:ICATE OF C 0 M I L I A N C E All of the.LANE POLYPROPYLENE LADDERS are made of polypropylene that conforms to ASTb1 D4101-82. (The previous standard of ASTM 2146-82 was replaced by D4101-82.) The 1/2" reinforcing rod conforms to ASTM A-615 requirements. The 9/16" smooth round bar conforms to ASTM A-36 requirements, The ladder meets all ASTM C-497 load requirements. All of the componasnts are of domestic origin and all manufacturing is done in our plant in Tualatin, Oregon. These ladders are of U.S. origin. Lane Interns tionat Corp. elly: 'er:son, Vice -President November 21, 2007 Acknowledgment in an Individua) Capacity State of OREGON County of This insstr_u'ment was acknowledged before me on by t' O acwL seAt CHERti L L. DORMAN NOTARY PUSUO-OREGON COMMIS SION N0. 387004 MY COMMISSION XPIRES HOYEMSER 21, 2008 Notary PuboState of Oregon 'vrjER: NOTARY L po. �atjc-oReaarNi NYC �N N0. 387�4 + sHavnft. ,.X38 P.O. Box 925. 10758 S W Manhasset Dr T al r O u a 1, re9on 97062 Phone: 503-692-9860 •800-666-0(76 Fax: 503-692-9863 www,laneinternational.com Bid item: 19,42,43 & 44 I Setting the Standard The Kor-N-Seal° pipe -to -manhole j connector was introduced over thirty years ago and is the most widely used flexible connector in sanitary sewer applications thoroughout the world. NPC continues to set the 1 standard for quality and reliability combined with world -class customer service. wwni.npc.com I For 106 and 406 Connectors i oggie Jryre Wedge Style (available in plastic or steel) ORDERING INFORMATION IN THE MODEL NUMBERS... The Kor-N-Seal® Expansion Band provides a highly reliable and easy -to - install method of creating a watertight sea] to ASTM standards. "T" designates Toggle ",V" Style (installation requires P/N 9191d Hydraulic Jack Assy). "WP" _designates Plastic Wedge Style (installation requires 2" socket wrench and preset torque limiter), "WS" designates Steel Wedge Style (installation requires X" socket wrench and preset torque limiter). For hole sizes 8" and smaller (wedge style) use torque wrench P/N 91819 for tightening wedge (5 ft. lbs.) The last two numbers of the Model Number indicates the hole size (S406--12'AT] 106 vs. 406 series: The 106 Connector is 8" long. The 406 Connector is 6" long. Cross-section of a Kor-N-Seal" Connector showing rubber connector, expansion band and pipe clamp. PHYSICAL PROPERTIF-S AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE •r:nmrvnmel Cafemim and Swvirn r ,,idP I-cv— I ca 6 Base Potymer-Common Name 1 Natural Rubber 2 Synthetic Rubber 3 GRS 4 Bulyl 5 Butadlene 6 E P Rubber 7 Neoprene CR 8 Nitrite NBR Chemical Name Poi so rene S nthetic Polyisoprene Styrene Butadiene Isobul lene Isoprene Polybutadiene Elh ene Pro ene PolychlorODrene Butadiene Acr lonlirile SAE 1790 - ASTM D-20D4 Classification A4 AA At. BA AA BA AA CA BC, BE BF. BG, BK ASTM 0.725, SAE J-14:MIL-R-2065 MIL-STD417 R N R S R S R S R S R S SC SB, SA NR IR SBR 11R SR CR NOR Weight LBICUIN. 0.033 0,033 0.034 0.033 0.034 0.031 0.044 0.036 Base Elastomer SPEC. GR D,93 0.93 0.94 - 0.92 0.94 0.87 1.23 1.00 Durometer Range 40.80 •100 30-100 45-8 4 -9 20.90 W Resilience OUTSTANDING T NDI OUTSTANDING GOOD FAIR (XITSTANDING GOOD EXCFI.I.FNT GOOD a a d z Tensile Strength. PSI Reinforced 4000+ 200.3000 2000+ 2000+ 2500 3000+ 1000.3500 N Elongation. % Reinforced Sao 00.700 50 300-800 450 650.850 400-600 w Drift, Roo mTemp. FxrFl I FNT GOOD FXrELLFNT FAIR C,000 FAIR FAIRTOGOOD GOOD us o o) Compression Set GOOD FAIR GOOD FAIR FAIR FAIR FNRTOGODD GOOD 12 Electrical ResistivityN FXCFEI T CF I FNT F CFr..FNT EXCELLENT FAIR POOR Impermeabilily, Gas GOOD GOOD FAIR OUTSTANDING GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD ;41 Resistance To: Impact EXCELLENT EXCELLENT EXCELLENT GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD FAIR Abrasion T Goon FXCE1 I ENT GOOD GOOQTOFXCF1 FXCFLLFNT Tear F CF11FNT GOOD FAIR COD _ GOOD POOR GOOD GOOD Z Cut Growth EXCEI. FNi EXCELLENT GOO EXCEII E'NT FAIRGOOD GOCX1 GOOD Tensile Strength: 250 F 1 on 1800 1200 1000 1200 200D 1500 700 PSI. AT 400 F 125 125 170 350 170 400 180 130 u� Elongation, 254 F 500 Soo 250 250 250 300-500 350 120 %.AT 1 400 F 80 80 60 80 60 0.1 0-100 20 IDrio at 212F GOOD GOOD GOOD FAIR GOOD FAIR FAIRTOGOOD I EXCELLENT Heat Acting at 212 F GOOD FAIR GOOD EXCELLENT FAIR FXCFI I ENT GOOD GOOD w FlameResisanc POOR POOR POOR POOR PQQR POW G OM POOR TO 1 w Low Temperalure Stitfenin . F -20 TO -80 -20 TO -50 0 TO -50 -10 TO 40 -30 TO.60 -20 TO -50 +10 TO -20 +30 TO -20 Brittle Point F -80 -80 -80 -80 -100 .45 -65 ui Weather FAIR FAIR FAIR FXrFII ENT FAIR FYrFl I FNT FXrFt1 FNT GOOD a Oxidation GOOD EXCELLENT GOOD EXCELLENT FXCFLLENT G GOOD FAIR TO GOOD Ozone POOR POOR POOR EXCE41_ENT POOR FXrFI ENT EXCELLENT POOR Radiation FAIRTOGOOD FAIRTOGOOD GOOD POOR POOR POOR FAIR TO GOOD FAIRTOGOOD Water EXCELLENT EXCELLENT EXCELLENT EXCELLENT EXCELLENT GOODTOEXCEL GOOD EXCELLENT Acid FAIR TO GOOD FAIRTOGOOD FARTOGOOD EXCELLENT FAIR TO GOOD GOODTO XCE. GOOD GOOD Alkali FAIR TO GOO() FAIRTOGOOO FAIR TOGOO XC. FNT FAIR TO QQQQ GQMTOFXr.Fl GOOD FAIR TO GOOD Gasolene. Kerosene, etc. (Aliphatic Hydrocarbons) POOR POOR POOR POM GOOD EXCELLENT Benzoil. Toluol, etc. Aromatic Hydrocarbons) POOR POOR POOR FAIR7000OD POOR FAIR POOR GOOD w Degreaser Solvents Haol nated H rocarbons l-XTR POOR P POOR POOR Aleeha roan GOOD' FAIR EXCELLENT FAIR TO GOOD POOR FAIR EXCELLENT symhaflclubriconr(Dies re POOR TO FAIR POOR TO FAIR POOR FAIR POORTOFAIR I POOR TO FAIR POOR FAIR TO GOOD Hydraulic licales POOR POOR FAIRTOPOORFAIR GOOD FAIR Fluids Phosphates POORTOFAIR POOR TO FAIR POOR GOOD POORTOFAIR GMDTOFXrFl.POOR POOR Subjective Taste FAIR 0 FAIRTOGOOD FAIR TO GOOD FAIRTOGOOD FAIRTOGOOD FAIRTOGOOD FAIRTOGOOD Properties Odor FAIR T GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD Gm FIARTOGOOD GOOD Nonstaining POOR TO G OOD EXCELLENT POOR TO GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD TO EXCEL POORTOGOOD Bonding to Rigid Materials EXCELLENT EXCELLENT EXCELLENT FAIRTOEXCELLENT EXCELLENT POOR GOOOTOEXCEL GOODTOEXCELLENT KOR-N-SEAL®1: CONNECTORS FOR SMALL DIAMETER PIPE 1" -18" NOMINAL MODEL PIPE HOLE HOLE SIZE NUMBER O.Q. RANGE SIZE RANGE 7" S106-7SWP 1.80 - 4.80 6.995 - 7.055 7" S106-7WP 3.50 - 4.50 6.995 - 7.055 8" S106-8S 4.20 - 6.40 7.995 - 6.055 8" S106-8T 5.10 - 5.90 7.995 - &055 8" S106-BM 1.70 - 4.80 7.995 - 8.055 10" S406-10AWP' 6.00 - 6.75 10.000 - 10.200 10" S406-10WP' 7.50 - 8.20 10.000 - 10.200 10%" S406-10.5AWP' 6.00 - 6.75 10.600 - 10.700 10'/2" S406-10.5WP' 7.50 - 8.70 10.500 - 10.700 10" S406-1OAT 6.00 - 6.75 10.055 - 10.145 10" S406-10T 7.50 - 8,40 10.055 - 10.145 10'/2" S406-10.5AT 6.00 - 6.75 10.525 - 10.615 10%z" 3406-10.5T 7.50 - 8.90 10.525 - 10.615 11" S406-1 i BWP' 6.00 - 7.00 11.000 - 11.200 ll" S406-11AWP' 7.50 - 9.00 11.000 - 11.200 11" S406-11BT 6.00 - 7.00 11.040 - 11.125 11" S406-11AT 7.50 - MO 11.040 - 11.125 12" S406-12CWP' 6.00 - 7.00 12.000 - 12.200 12" S406-128WP' 6.25 - 7.50 12.000 - 12.200 12" S406-12AWP' 7.50 - 9.00 12.b00 - 12.200 12" S406-12WP' 9.00 - 10.20 12.000 - 12.200 12" S406-12CT 6.00 - 7.00 12.040 - 12.130 12" S406-12ST 6.25 - 7.50 12.040 - 12.130 12" S406-12AT 7.50 - 9.00 12.040 - 12.130 12" S406-12T .9.00 - 10.50 .12.040 - 12.130 12" S106-128WP' 5.75 - 7.00 12.000 - 12,200 12" S106-12AWP" 7,00 - 8.50 12.000 - 12.200 12" S106-12WP' 8.25 - 9.75 12.000 - 12.200 i 12" S106.12ST 5.75 - 7.00 12.040 - 12.130 12" S106-12AT 7,00 - 8.50 12.040 -- - 12.130 12" S106-12T 8.25 - 9.75 12.040 - 12.130 I 14" S106.14AWP' 9.50 11.25 14.000 - 14.200 14" S106-14AT 9.50 - 11,25 14,025 - 14.115 16" S106-16BWP' 9.50 - 11.25 15.950 - 16.150 ! 16" S106.16AWP' 11.25 - 13.00 15.950 - 16.150 16" S106.16WP' 13.00 - 14.20 15.950 - 16.150 II 16" S106.16BT 9.50 - 11.25 15.975 - 16.070 16" S106-16AT 11.25 - 13.00 15.975 - 16.070 16" S106-16T 13.00 - 14.50 15,975 - 16.070 20" S106.208WS 14.00 - 15.50 19.950 - 20.100 20" S106-20AWS 15.50 - 17.00 19.950 - 20.100 20" S106.20WS 17.00 18.15 19.950 20.100 f 22" S106-22WS 17.75 - 19.25 21.950 - 22.100 i j 24" S106-24WS 19.60 21.10 23.950 24.100 } I also available in Steel Wedge (WS) I KOR-N-SEAL° I1: CONNECTORS FOR PIPE 15" OR GREATER NOMINAL HOLE SIZE 18" 22" 22" 24" 24" 24" 26" 26" 28" 28" 30" 30" 32" 32" 34" 34" 36" 36, 38 38" 40" 40" 42" 42" 44" 44" 46" 46" 48" 48" 50" 50" 52" 52" 54" 54" MODEL NUMBER S206-18L S206-22 S206-22L S206-24A S206-24 S206-24L S206-26 S206-26L S2C6-28 S206-28L S206-30 S206-30L E206-32 S206-32L S2C6-34 S206-34L S206-36 S206-36L S206-38 S206-38L S206-40 S206-40L S206-42 S206-42L S206-44 S206-44L S206-46 S206-46L S206-48 S206-48L S206-50 S206-SOL S206-52 S206-52L S206-54 S206-54L PIPE O.D. RANGE HOLE SIZE RANGE 15.000 - 15.625 17.98 - 18.13 17.625 - 19.000 21.98 - 22.13 19.000 - 19.625 21.98 - 22.13 18.000 - 19.500 23.98 - 24.13 19.625 - 21.000 23.98 - 24,13 21.000 - 21.625 23.98 - 24.13 21.625 - 23.000 26.00 - 26.20 23.000 - 23.625 26.00 - 26.20 23.625 - 25.000 28.00 - 28.20 25.000 - 25.625 28.00 - 28.20 25.625 - 27.000 30.00 - 30.20 27.000 - 27.625 30.00 - 30.20 27.625 - 29.000 32.00 - 32.20 29.000 - 29.625 32.00 - 32,20 29.625 - 31.000 34.00 - 34.20 31.000 - 31.625 34.00 - 34.20 31.625 - 33.000 36.00 - 36.20 33.000 - 33.625 36.00 - 36.20 33.625 - 36.000 38.00 - 38.20 35.000 - 35.625 38.00 -. 38.20 35.625 - 37,000 40.00 - 4020 37.000 - 37.625 40.00 - 40.20 37.625 - 39.000 42.00 - 42.20 39.000 - 39,625 42.00 - 42.20 39.625 - 41.000 44.00 - 44.20 41.000 - 41.625 44.00 - 44.20 41.625 - 43.000 46.00 - 46.20 43.000 - 43.625 46.00 - 46.20 43.625 - 45.000 48.00 - 48.20 45.000 - 45.625 48.00 - 48.20 45.000 - 45.625 50.00 - 50.25 45.625 - 47,000 50.00 - 50,25 47.000 . - 47.625 52.00 - 52.25 47,625 - 49.000 52.00 - 5225 49.000 - 49.625 54.00 - 54.25 49.625 - 51.000 54.00 - 54.25 LARGER SIZES AVAILABLE Top View Manhole Manhole Wall p I l Thickness 1 FOR KOR-N-SEAL I & 11 SERIES CONNECTORS r(M,,aanhole Maximum Size meter Connector llf (Hole Diameter) Korband RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SIZE PER MANHOLE MANHOLE DIAMETER/ MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE WALL THICKNESS KOR-N-SEALo CONNECTOR DIAMETER INCHES MILLIMETERS INCHES MILLIMETERS 42/4 1067/102 S106-24WS 24 610 42/4 1067/102 S206-20L 20 508 4813 1219176 S 106-16W P 16 I 406 48/4 1219/102 I S106-24WS 24 610 4814 1219/102 S206.22L 22 559 48/5 1219/127 S206-28L 28 711 4816 1219/152 S206-30L 30 762 54/5,5 1372/140 S206-30L 30 � 762 5416,25 1372/159 S206-34L I 34 864 60/5 1524/127 S206-30L 30 762 60/6 1524/152 S206-34L 34 864 60/7 1524/178 S206-38L 38 965 60/8 1524/203 S206-42L 42 1067 --72/3.5 1829/89 S206-24L 24 610 72/6 1829/152 S206-38L 38 965 72/7 1829/178 S206-42L 42 1067 7218 1829/203 S206-44L 44 1118 8417 2134/178 S206-44L 44 1118 84/8 2134/203 S206-48L 48 1219 8419 I 2134/229 I S206-52L 52 1321 96/8 2438/203 S206-52L 52 1321 — 96/8.5 2438/216 S206-54L 54 1372 96/9 2438/229 S206-56L 56 1422 96/10 2438/254 S206-60L 60 1524 108/9 2743/229 S206-58L 58 1473 108/10 120110 2743/254 3048/254 , S206-62L S206-66L 62 66 1575 1676 120/12 3048/305 S206.74L 74 1880 132/11 3353/279 S206-74L 74 1880 132/12 3353/305 S206-78L 78 1981 144/12 3658/305 S206-80L _ 80 2032 144/13 3658/330 S206-84L I 84 2134 To fit a larger pipe into the smallest possible manhole, see the 306 Series on the next page. Nominal Connector! 4 Pipe O.D. Min. Manhole i Nominal Connector Pipe O.D. I Min. Manhole Hole Size I Model Number ( Range Diameter! Wall Thickness, Note Size Model Number Range i Diameter/ Wall Thickness S306-22 17.625 - 19.000 3SJ4 42" S306-42 37.625 - 39.00d 22 S306-22L 19.000 - 19.625 S306.42L 39.000 - 39.62E72/7 24" S306-24 19.625 - 21.000 36l4 44" S306-44 39.625 - 41.00 72n S306-24L 21.000 - 21.625 S306-44L 41.000 - 41.62 26" S306-26 21.625 - 23.000 36/4 46" S306-46 41,625 - 43.00 7217 S306.26L 23.000 - 23.625 S306.46L 43.000 - 43.62 1 S306-28 123.625 - 250001 S306.48 43.625 - 45.00 28" S306.26L 25.000 - 25.6251 48/5 48" I S306.48L 45.000 - 45.62 72/7 30" S30630 25.625 - 27.000 48l5 50" ` S306-50 45.000 - 45.62 84/8 I S306-30L 27.000 - 27.625 I S306-50L 45.625 - 47.00 q S306-32 27.625 - 29.000 ! S306.52 47,000 - 47.62 32„ S306-32L 29.000 - 29.625 48/5 52" S306-52L 47.625 - 49.00 84/8 34" S306-34 29.625 - 31.0001 48/5 54" S306-54 4.9.000 - 49.62 84i8 S306-34L 31.000 - 31.625 1 S306-54L 49.625 - 51.00 36" S306-36 31.625 - 33.000 60l6 I 56" S306.56 51.000 -' 51.62 84;8 S306.36L 33.000 - 33.625' S306-56L 51.625 - 53.0 38" S306-38 33.625-,35.000 E0 6 58,• S306.58 53.000 - 53M 9679 S306-38L 35.000 - 35.6251 S306.58L 53.625 - 55.00 40" S306.40 135.625 - 37.000 60,6 i 60" I S306.60 55.000 - 55.62I- S306 Series Connecter This illustration shows why the NPC Kor-N-Seal°306 Series works where a regular boat won't. When you put a hole into a manhole, the sides of the hole are further back than the top and bottom because of the curvature of the manhole. The patented NPC 4 inch wide stainless steel Korband is able to overcome the curvature of the manhole and provide a watertight seal. If110� Wrap: US -:. A nl..Y�IW.ff YnU.•.: 5 d.Tl,t.Sa, f;.,na.Y, �:nenf 2.tM+. 7�3 EU/Gr.�....f Fy 74SPf i R The Kor-N-Seal° 306 Series pipe -to -manhole connector lets you fit larger pipe Into the smallest possible manhole. As an example, where a regular boot would require a 60 inch manhole for pipe with a 30 inch O.D., the 306 Series Kor-N-Seal° allows you to use a standard 48 inch manhole with a 5 inch wall. This is possible because of our patented 4 inch wide stainless steel Korband. If you need a size not shown in the table above, please contact your sales representative. !! www.npc.com 250 Elm Street • PO Box 301 Milford, New Hampshire 03055 Tel: 800-626-2180 - 603-673-8680 - Fax: 603-673.7271 SPECIFICATION FLEXIBLE PIPE -TO -MANHOLE CONNECTOR A flexible Pipe- to -Man hole connector shall be employed in the connection of the sanitary and drain sewer pipe to precast manholes. The connector shall be ICor-N-Seal" as manufactured by NPC, Inc., Milford, New E lanipshire, or equal. The connector shall be the sole element relied on to assure a flexible, watertight seal of the pipe to the manhole. No adhesives or lubricants shall be employed in the instal- lation of the connector into the manhole. The rubber for the connector shall comply with ASTM C923 and consist of EPDM or Polyisoprene elastomers designed to be resistant. to ozone, weather elements, chemicals, including acids, alkalis, animal and vegetable fats and oils. All stainless steel elements of the connector shall be totally -non-magnetic Series 304 Stainless, excluding the wortn screw for tightening the steel band around the pipe which shall be Series 305 Stainless. The worm screw for tightening the outside steel band shall be torqued by a break -away torque wrench available from the precast manhole supplier, and set for 60-70 inch/lbs. The connector shall be. installed in the manhole wall by activating the expanding mecha- nism in strict accordance with the recommendation of the connector manufacturer. The connector shall be a size specifically designed for the pipe material and size being utilized on the project. Rubber seals used in concrete sewer pipe and culvert joints must meet the requirements given in AST'IM Specification C923. «-%Nnv.npc.co,n . 250 F;hn Street - P.t). I30x 301 ;ICOR"SEAL \fi.lfcn:d, hi: w H.iml)sitirt 03055 U...i. TO: 603-6 ;-ShSri . 600..626-2 1 Stl • fax• 603-673--' 1 Bid item: 42 BmTitt GASKET CO., INC. August 11, 2010 Granite Precast & Concrete 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Attn: Mel CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE This letter is to certify that the Isoprene used to manufacture 144" gaskets by our firm meets and exceeds the physical properties requirements of the following ASTM specifications. ASTM C-443, ASTM C-361. 1ASKET SPECIFICATION: 144" Pipe Gasket, 7/8" O Ring diameter, 400" cut length, 5198 cc. In addition, our rubber compound meets or exceeds these following ASTM specifications. ASTM D412 - Tensile, Elong, Tension % ASTM D2240 - Durometer ASTM D395B - Compression Set % ASTM D573 - Rubber detention ASTM D471 - Water Absorp, oil resistance ASTM D 1171 - Ozone Resist Rating ASTM D624 - Tear PPI ASTM D297 - Specific Gravity All raw rubber compound and gaskets manufactured in the U.S.A. S' erely, Tari Davis President BestFitt Gasket Co., Inc 3107 142nd Ave, E. Suite 101 • Sumner, WA 98390 • (253) 863-9521 • FAX (253) 863-4339 Bid item: 18,42,43 & 44 Jul 16 09 10:39a 11�Fixtt 0;�Q GASKET CO.,. INC. Received: Jul 16 2009 10:36am p.2 BestSeal Mastic Joint Sealer DIata Information Sheet Scaring Concrete Pipe and Culverts Single Coil �f Gloo'.c � Tongue VDtn JOn1l Graova t'onqut Cle+i,d Jolrt . Doub;e Coil G'oOVO GIOOYerr�-� Y j �� UJ ,onguc � t 7onGur- a l/( Opan Joint ClotedJolN Singie troll used with 0-ring joint G/rini Sealant CIOnV+ Tonqu+ Tongue open Joi"It C!oaed Jolnt Coil Dimension: 14.5' Sealing Manholes, Septic Tanks and Vaults Tongue To tyu• Open Joint Gtooye Closed Joint Glvovc Open Joint Cloned JOir j Tongue Tongu+ Open Joint Clotad Joint Gppoye Groot+ 'fop View ..........Side View Cross Section Dimension; Roll 1-1/4" sq (actual dimension .975" x 1.375) BestSeal Mastic is a preformed flexible butyl rubber masric sealant, It bonds instantly to joint surfaces and to itself. This sealant remains permanently flexible and forms a permanent bond to a wide variety of substrates including concrete, metals and plastics. BestSeal Mastic is designed not to shrink or oxidize and has an excellent resistance to environmental temperature extremes, acid and alkaline condirions. Adhesion and cohesion actually improves after joint has been formed and placed in service. BestSeal is a non -toxic sealant and meets or exceeds all basic requirements of Federal Specification SS-S210-A , AASHT4 M-198B, and ASTM C-990, Received: Jul 16 2009 10:36am Jul 16 09 10:39a p•3 BR1$t l�= �10 GASKET CO_ INC. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION BestFitt Gasket Co., Inc. DATA. SHEET Content of Hydrocarbon--% by weight Inert Mineral Filler--% by weight Volatile ljlatter-% by weight SPECIFICATION' ASTM D4-S6 AASHTO T III ASTM D-6 Contains no asbestos fibers CIHENTICAL RESISTANCE (TOTAL aLNSERSION - 30 DAYS 5°/0 Sulfuric Acid 5% Rydrochloric Acid 5°/0 Potassium Hydroxide Saturated Hydrogen Sulfide Solution PHYSICAL PROPERTIES REQUIRENIENTS C-56 50 - 70 56.0 30 - 50 44.0 2.0 max below 1 No visible deterioration No visible deterioration No visible deterioration No visible deterioration Specific Gravity -- 770F ASTI4>" D-71 1.2 - 1.35 1.27 Ductility - 770F ASTM D-113 5.0 min 10.0 Softening Point - OF ASTM D-36 320 min 380 Penetration - 77°F ASTM D-217 50 - 120 85 Accelerated Aging (Mechanical Oven 4 hours L 212°F) Maintained 99 + % Solids (Flexibility not effected) Elongation initial - 77°F 300% min Two Weeks - Total Water immersion 300% min Flow Resistance (1" wide overhead joint exposed to 135°F for 7 days) No Flow Storage Life indefinite 19 [0 I0.7 r Service Temperature Range -20 to 200OF Received: Jul 16 2009 10:37am Jul 16 09 10:39a rrmmrff GASKET CO., INC. BestFitt Gasket Co., Inc. BestSeaI Mastic Technical Data Information Sheet p.4 BestSeA joint sealer meets or exceeds the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210, AS'I I C990 and AASHTO M-198. Procedures Requirements Results BestSeal Rubber (Bitumen) ASTM D4 50/70 54% Inert Filler ASTM D6-64 AASHTO T47 30/50 45% "necific Gravity ASTM D71 AASHTO T229 1.2/1,35 1.22 Penetration ASTM D217(cone) 50/120 65 Softening Point ASTM D36 320 Ivfn 384 Ductility ASTM D113 AASHTO T51 5.0 Min 5.2 Volatile Matter ASTM D6-64 3.0% Max .09% AASHTO T47 Flashpoint ASTM D92 350 F 420 F Firepoint ASTM D92 375 F 525 F Solvents .00% Solids 100% Temperature Range -20 F to 200 F Water Absorption Passes Moisture Diffusion Passes -Chemical Resistant* Passes Vapors No Fumes Redolence No Odors Color BIack BestSeal Mastic is resistant to most chemicals that are common to the drain waste and vent (DWV) market. For a specific list of chemicals that . could be hazardous, contact the manufacturer before application. 3107 142nd Ave, E. Suite 101 - Sumner, WA 98390 - (253) 863-9521 FAX (253) 863-4339 Received: Jul 16 09 10:40a rin MZUBM6.= ft GASKET CO., INC. BestFitt Gasket Co. Inc. 3701 142nd Avenue East Suite 101 Sumner WA 98390 Jul 16 2009 10:37am 1eJLq,eni 1:�LSP�L1C�o�?L' Section I ...... Materiat Identification and Information Chemical Name: Fornn laced Product Trade Name: Proprietary Formula Components: Chemical Name & Common Names: N/A Non -Hazardous Ingredients: l40°/a Total 100% SeeiE�on RE .......... Physical/Chemical Characteristics - Ong Point 600- F(+) Specific Grw ty (H i) 1-3 Vapor Pressare (mar Hg and Terre) NIA WAting Paint NIA Vapor Density (air-1) WA Evaporation Rate NIA Solubility in Water li _ Wafer Reach-m NOW Ace and Odor - Black Semi -Solid, Oil Odor Sei,Aoiv Fire and Explosion Hazard Data and Metbod Used Aafo-Ig ition Te=pamtme Flammability Limits in Aix %by Volmne LEL UEL, Special Fire Fi&ting Pros Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards 590°F(+) COC ND RID ND ND C& dater Spray, fo& Foam, Dry Chemical Avoid breathing fumes None p.5 3107 142nd Ave. E. Suite 101 - Sumner, WA 98390 - (253) 863-.9521 • FAX (253) 8634339 Received: Jul 16 2009 10:37am Jul 16 09 10:40a E;estFitt GASKET CO., INC. IV ... . .. .. ... . . . Reactivity Hazard Data Stability: ® Stable O Unstable Conditions to Avoid: Avoid Open Flames Incompatibility (Materials to avoid:) Keep away from strong oxidizers Hazardous Decomposition Products: CO, CO', and other hydrocarbon products Hazardous Polymerization: O May Occur ! Will Not Occur Conditions to Avoid: N/A .A_1-...� vt ;— .�.,:...L Section V ....... ............... Health Hazard Data Primary Routes of Entry: C1 Inhalation O Ingestion O Skin Absorption N Not Hazardous Carcinogen Listed In: O NSTP 0 OSHA C1 LARC Monograph ® Not Listed Health Hazards: Acute: None expected Nvhen good industrial hygiene practices are used. Chronic: None expected Signs & Symptoms of Exposure: Prolonged or repeated contact with the skin may dry out sensitive skin. Medical Conditions Generally Aggravated by Exposure: See Above - ��.^3DJ--HS qZr - r: �n r?, c!"Ti Eye Contact Flush with water -- seek medical advise Skin Contact Wash with waterless hand cleaner and soap and water Inhalation. N/A Ingestion: Do Not irc icc Vond'ting--Get Medical Advice -Section VI ............. Control and Protective measures -;'A i , Respiratory Protection (Specify Type): Normally not required Protective Gloves None Eye Protection None VENTILATION TO BE USED: Local Exhaust Other Protective clothing and Equipment None Hygienic Work Practices Good industrial hygiene recommended ,r Section 'M _ . _ ..Precautions for safe handling and uselleak procedures -.- A .r; 31UV1 1U M LWU if MIAMI% 19 9P111 d 8f 1'MM Remove ignition sources; recover product. Vaster T511sposal metW.s: Insure confornciry ivith local disposal regulations. Precautions lobe taken in handling and storage: Keep container closed when not in use. Other precautions and/or special hazards: Wash. with -waterless hand cleaner and soap and water after handling. Bid item: 18 1 c 0 c U) v' I I �_1 /2 x 4 0 Flat bar -0 ° Side Rails 0 /-3/8x2 _0 I ° Flat Bar Legs 0 J M pa 1110 3'-74„ r� Non -Slip Rungs 4-1 — 00 V �„ L -0 0 J c Side Elevation Front Elevation 1' 0 Note: Ladder Constructed of L 6063 T-6 Aluminum Alloy c N I- n„ �C� 3" 1° �---10" 5/8" 0 Hole Mountina Bracket Detail Aluminum Bolt —on Ladder 8'-3 1/2" x 1'-4" 6" Stand—off (Round Rod Non —Slip Rungs) Access Products, Inc. 413 Lee Rood Walters S.Industrial Park Mineral Wells, Texas 76067 METRO: 940-325-5300 FAX: 940-325-5305 murlg Note: 1. Aluminum Ladder 2. Heavy Duty 1/2 x 4 Rails j Adak 7Washington State Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stone -ate Lift Station 10/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completin_q, see Instructions and Example RAM # 12 Bid No. Material or Manufacturer's ProductfType Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adgt�l pprItem Code File No. 12 Coating Tnemec 6-07 I i Project E gi a Date State Materials Engineer Date Alai Approval Action Codes for use b Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Condlaonally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11, Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 THW' INC. 197E PIN I87 CEPi Iii WIV" of I%I2tC CCT.PA f 1%(01.pu,7f9 7929 2ND AVENUE SOUIN MITI[, WA 98108 ]EE: 206.762-5755 FAR: 206.767.IM W97YI.I11FIAEU0A1 �w September 7, 2010 1` Pacific Concrete Services Kris Willard 26220 79t" Ave South Kent, WA 98032 Project: Stonegate Lift Station Subject: T nemec Material Submittal Scott McConnell Tnemec Regional Representative TNW, HIC l4f.iftlr.xl :;si-(Sf§'.,.,. Qi iSi:6(C tiQ6tPb :'r V.', _iU.. 7927 2ND A'tINUE SOUTH SEA1111, WA 98108 TEL 206•70.5755 FAX: 205.70-158a 59iYW.THEA?E(-(OA0 Z September 7, 2010 Pacific Concrete Services Kris Willard 26220 79th Ave South Kent, WA 98032 Project: Stonegate Lift Station Subject: Tnemec Material Submittal Mr, Willard, Thank you for selecting Tnemec protective coatings. Please review the following information regarding the above mentioned project. 6-07 Painting Precast 144 inch Diameter Wet Well and new 48 inch Manhole: Interior Concrete Surfaces: Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days or until passing the ASTM D4263 Plastic Mat test. Prepare all surfaces to be coated SSPC SP 13 to meet ICRI CSP5 surface profile. Surface shall be clean, dry and free of contaminants. Surfacer/Filler: Tnemec Series 218 Mortar Clad applied at 1/32" minimum, fill surface voids flush to plain, to ensure finish is monolithic and pinhole free. Primer: Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze applied at 20.0 to 25.0 mils dry film thickness. Finish: Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze applied at 20.0 to 25.0 mils dry film thickness. Note: Upon full cure, the installed lining system shall be checked by high voltage spark detection in accordance with NACE RP0188-90 to verify a pinhole -free surface. Exterior Concrete Surfaces: Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days or until passing the ASTM D4263 Plastic Mat test. SSPC SP 13 to meet ICRI CSP5 surface profile all surfaces to be coated. Surface shall be clean, dry and free of contaminants. Finish: Tnemec Series 141 PotaPox applied at 16.0 mils dry film thickness. Overflow Storage Vault: Surface Preparation: SSPC SP13 Abrasive Blast or High Pressure wash to meet a ICRI CSP5 profile all surfaces to be coated. Surface shall be clean, dry and free of contaminants. Note: For repair, mechanically abrade 100% of the surface area to be coated. Surfacer/Filler: Tnemec Series 218 Mortar Clad applied at 1132" minimum, fill surface voids flush to plain, to ensure finish is monolithic and pinhole free. Primer: Tnemec Series 446 PermaShield MCU applied at 7.0 to 9.0 mils dry film thickness. Finish: Tnemec Series 446 PermaShieid MCU applied at 7.0 to 9.0 mils dry film thickness Exterior Concrete Surfaces: Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days or until passing the ASTM D4263 Plastic Mat test. SSPC SP 13 to meet ICRI CSP5 surface profile all surfaces to be coated. Surface shall be clean, dry and free of contaminants. Finish: Tnemec Series 141 PotaPox applied at 16.0 mils dry film thickness. Valve Vault: Interior Concrete Surfaces: Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days or until passing the ASTM D4263 Plastic Mat test. Surface shall be clean, dry and free of contaminants. Primer: Tnemec Series N69F Hi -Build Epoxoline applied at 4.0 to 6.0 mils dry film thickness. Finish: Tnemec Series N69F Hi -Build Epoxoline applied at 4.0 to 6.0 mils dry film thickness Exterior Concrete Surfaces: Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 28 days or until passing the ASTM D4263 Plastic Mat test. SSPC SP 13 to meet ICRI CSP5 surface profile all surfaces to be coated. Surface shall be clean, dry and free of contaminants. Finish: Tnemec Series 141 PotaPox applied at 16.0 mils dry film thickness. If you have any questions, or require additional information, please feel free to give me a call. Cordially, Scott McConnell Tnemec Regional Representative GENERIC DES(RIPTION Modified Polyamine Epoxy COMMON USAGE High solids coating which offers high-buikl edge- protection and excellent corrosion resistance. For use on the interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes, valves, pumps and equipment in potable waterservice as well as other steel and concrete substrates. COLORS ANSVM St& 61 colots 1211 Red, 1255 Beige, 33GR Gray, 35GR Black and XXW3 Off -White. Note; Otter colors may be available for non -potable water applications. Contact your Tnemec representative. Minimum order requirements may apply. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur. SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS Certified by NSF intemstlnnal in accordance with NSF/ANSI Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series 141 is qualified for use on tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons (3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater and valves two (2) inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater. Conforms to AW WA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2. Conforms to AWWA C 210. Contact your Tnemec representative for systems and additional information. Reference the "Search Listings" section of the NSF website at www.nsf.org for details on the maximum allowable Dl'1'. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results. PRIMERS Seed Self -priming, 1, 20, FC20, 27, 37H, L69, L69F, N6<), N69r, V69, V69F, 90-E92, 90-97, 91-HZO, 94-H2O, 135, L140, L140F, N140, N140F, V140, V140F, 394, 530 Concrete: Self -priming, 20, FC20, 27, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, L140, 1-140F, N140, 1\1740F, V140, V140F, 215, 218 CMU; Self -priming or Series 130, 215, 218 TOPCOATS Edmiar Series 73.180, 1074, 1074U, 1075, 1075U, 1080, 1081. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information. Note: The following maximum recoat time applies when using Series 73, 180, 1074, 1074U, 1075, 1075U, 1080 or 1081: thirty (30) days. If this time limit is exceeded, Series 141 must be uniformly scarified prior to topcoating. PRIMED STEEL STEEL (OH(RETE ALL SURFACES VOLUME SOLIDS RECOMMENDED DFT CURING TIMEAT 5 MILS OFT VOLATILE ORGANIC (OMPOUNDS HAPS THEORETICAL (OVERAGE immersion Service: Scarify the Series 20, FC20, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, v69, v69F, L140, L14oF, N140, N140F, V140 or V140F prime coat surface by brush -blasting with fine abrasive before topcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 30 days or longer and 141 is the specified topcoat. Immersion Setvlec: SSPC-SPIO/NACE 2 Near -White Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 2.0 mils Non-lmmetelem Selvioe: SSPC-SP6NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 2.0 nails Allow to cure for 28 clays. Abrasive blast referencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6, 1CRI CSP 3-5 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec's Surface Preparation and Application Guide. Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, chalk and otter contaminants 82% t 2.0% (mixed) t 4.0 to 18.0 mils (100 to 455 microns) in one coat. Note Thickness requirements will vary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative. Maximum dry film thickness for NSF exposure is 18.0 mils. T To iianle To Recoat rmmerslon 90'F (32'C) 3 hours 4 hours 7 days 75'F (24'C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days 651F (18'C) 7 hours 9 hours 8 days 55'F (11'C) 13 hours 18 hours 9 days 45'F (7'C) 20 hours 30 hour, 13 clays 40'F (41C) 22 hours 42 hours 18 days Curing little varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness. Note For pipe and valve applications, allow 14 days cure at 751F (24'0 prior to immersion. EPA method 24 Unthinned: 0.52 Ibs/gallon (63 granisAitre) Thinned 4%: 0.75 lbs/gallon (90 grams/litre) Thinned 5%: 0.84 Ibs/gallon (101 grans/litre) 'thinned 10%: 1.27 lbs/gallon (153 grarnOitre) t Unthinned 1.3 lbs/gal solids Thtmed 5%: 1.6 lbs/gal solids Thfoned 10% 1.9 lbs/gal solids 1,315 mil sq h/gal (32.2 mr/L at 25 microns). See APPLIC:YI'lON for coverage rates. t NUMBER OF COMPONENTS 'rwa Part A (amine) and Pan B (epoxy) MIXING RATIO By volume. 1%wo (Part A) to one (Part B) © 5/26/2009 b Tnemet Co., Inc. t'ubfished technical data and instructions are sul icct to change without notice. the online catalog at wa-a-anemec.com PRgC I Of 2 y should be refereed for the most current technical dam and instructions or you may contact )rout Tnentec representati. c for current technical data and ins"cuons. Adw MWashington State AP Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 10/20/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 13 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE pp 'I Code r. Adgr'l Code File No. 16 & 17 Frame & Grate D & L Foundry 7-05 16 & 17 Frame & Solid Cover D & L Foundry 7-05 19,56 & 57 MH Ring & Cover D & L Foundry 7-05 56 & 57 Flattop 96" Granite Precast 7-05 Project Engi Date State Materials Engineer Date t V� /c r Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: %'(At-► M 0 LZ R niC� �' mVC'R -:t> LtA a- .ZEE:- � �- `Z �uti' � q- C � (ATrA 0-Heb)i, ( sA►�� As `TNms� Use j�a�z Ttcic ¢c.� MAJ" t` z' ,.—j -►—� Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Bid Item: 16 & 17 FI—Z3 f 29 114^ 24114^[—Ttr IH' 314", 4 !2" 1 glgo�JE=j 114" r314" 1 51r Li 112" cu of I �o Y Y � O ti 0 W a o r J _1 2 A DUMP NO POLUTANTS CUTFALL TO STREAM FAME: CAST IRON, ASTM A48, CL35 ,ATE: DUCTILE IRON, ASTM A-536' CL 8055-06 H-20 WHEEL LOADING 1-4432 1 0* 3-11-03 i S18^ J "1M_ L Estimated Weight 270 lbs. N*er Adam Kroupa D&L Foundry (Not to Scale) D&LFoundry & Supply Califomia Sales: (800)-422-0848 Washington Sales: (866)-262-6377 Utah Sales: (600)-453-4802 1=4432 2.5 1 W16' �?4114" 22 3/4' I I 25 1114" 20114" O 18 4" 0 I - 2s 24114"� IS' 41t2, { Wig" _� 1 114' MIZA�314' 15 24" 00F 0 2 N _N ao 8 LEWLING PADS 2" x 1-1t8' x 118" 3" %ME: CAST IRON, A8TM A-48, CL35 tATE: DUCTILE IRON, A5TM A536' CL 6055-06 H-20 WHEEL LOADING 1-4432 1 Ik 3.11-03 W4' iD&L Model No. Estimated Weight 270 lbs. fttn4 Adam Kroupa b8L Foundry (Not to Scale) D&LFoundry & Supply Califomia Sales: (800)-422-0848 Washington Sales: (866)-262-6377 Utah Sales: (800)-453-9802 `ZZ F 29 914' - I ra~ ara--- 4 ia- 11V O d d O p O O p O p d 0pp04•�dd0pp � pppOC�4 G7_QddC? pp•C?OOdpdp,QG� p G7 O O• O Q �. p p d G p p G7- 4 O• O O � pp•GdpOQpO�p i, p OdpppdQO p �0p4�00Q• ' O pQd�,C?•pd0 G OdpC-Q•�Jp'�J ppdOpppC"}OpCY ppC70pp4p4rQ0 O p O O O d p 4 C'Y 4 4 p O d p d G? O fl p O O 4 p d a d p O O !✓ O L^rpOodCyp�jd-rip ME- CAST IRON, ASTM A-48, CL35 VEM DUCTILE IRON, AST M- A-536' L 84-53U6 M-20 VINEEL LOADING 1- 3 l" 3=11-03 AM- XTUTUMIMMUE11YRN Estimated Weight 270.1bs. R"IdIf Adam Kroupa DAL Foundry (Not to Seale) LIFT HANDLE DETAIL IMEFA LP & L Foundry & Supply California Sales: (800)-422-08s18 Washington Sales: (866)-262-6377 Utah Sales: (800)-453-9802 25 114" 24 114"r7m, 18" 4 12' 1 51S'-t 1 114" F314" 1 /2' t"�04dd4d�d�d O 4 4 4 4 4dddd�,G-dO�� Q.OdU•Pd©dG04 40dOC7040Q,�,4 4p.�-G-�400004d�J OdQ,40ddd-C�• G� �yOdddOdCJ 4 Ud4ddd•Cyd d ddU4ddd•P 4 d O O d Q p d c7 Q O GdO�OdQ 00�yC} p d •O G a .�ydOdddQdO�d -C. O 4 •C7 a LME: CAST IRON, ASTIM A-48, CL35 JVEI2: DUCTILE IRON, ASTM AS36- CL 80-55-06 H-20 VWHEEL LOADING k 1-4432 1 ": 3.11-03 D&L Model No. 1-4432 Estimated Weight 270. ➢bs. > Adam Kroupa D&L Foundry (Not to Scale) LIFT HANDLE DETAIL D&LFoundry & Supply California Sales: (800)-422-0848 Washington Sales: (866)-262-6377 Utah Sales: (800)-453-9802 Bid Item: 19,56 & 57 eu� LETTERING TO READ DRAIN, SEWER, OR WATER PER CUSTOMER SPECIFICATI❑NS 25" I casket 25-I/4• I 1 - ' o- i ! 24- i 33 3/4' WATER TIGHT COVER: DUCTILE IRON T A— 2 �� &Supply LO�� C❑N� ORM TO ASTM A-536 CLASS 80-55-06 Model No. California Sales: (800)-422-0848 - Mason Utter Mason RING: GRAY IRON T ❑ CONFORMI D&L Foundry (Not to Scale) Washington Sales: (888)-765-0054 TO ASTM A-48 CLASS 35B i 05-03-10 Utah Sales: (800)-453-9802 I Ael- � r'p(ar \j LETTERING TO READ DRAIN, STORM, SEWER OR PER CUSTOMER SPECIFIC, 27 5/8' 26 3/8' 24' i 7/8'J 34 1/8' BLIND PICK DETAIL ---3 1/8'--- - --kl 3/8' 1 1I �_ 4' -� —�i 3/8'r 1f TOP VIEW OF BLIND PICK DETAIL 3° S.S. SCREWS 6 3/16' D&L FOUNDRY 12970 RD, 3 NE MOSES LAKE, WA 98837 EQUIVALENT TO: WSDOT STANDARD B-30,70-01 Meets or Exceeds WSDOT Std Plan B-23c Manholes Constructed in Accordance With ASTM C-478 1'-8" 3' Rubber Gasket Conforms to ASTM C-443 Polypropylene MH Steps COnform to ASTM C-478 WEIGHTS: — 96" MH TOPSLAB 10,060 Ibs �\ Heavy Pick: 10,060 Ibs.* / *Approximate weights to be determined on scale prior to shipping. Starcon Lifting Inserts 1 3 Plcs (Typ.) 0 0 � f i TU I e 02' Access Opening to Be Positioned Over Exist. Ladder (To be Verifieid \ by Contractor) CONCRETE: Fc=4,500 psi @ 28 days REINFORCING STEEL: Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM 185 Rebar: ASTM A615 Grade 60 Top Slab: 0.20 Sq in./ ft e.w. min top 0.66 Sq in./ ft e.w. min bat 1) COATING BY OTHER IF NECESSARY 2) CONTRACTOR TO SPECIFY QTY OF PLAN GRADE RING REQ'D TO MEET RIM. 3) FABRICATE QTY OF (2) TOPSLABS 24" Dia. x 6" CI Ring & DI Cover Watertight Locking (Provided by GPC) 6 (1) 6" Grade Ring Min. �- A -� 1' t -5" i I +-- — — — — —— `--+ JOINT DETAIL A 09'-4" SCALE 1 / 16 ELEVATION 11111L r. I CUSTOMER: Stone ate Lift Sta. Re 1. 96" MH REPLACEMENT TOPSLA® SHORELINE CON5T. CO, DRAWN: lP .DATE: 9/01/10 SHEET: 1 CHECKED: MO :DATE: 9�01/10 SCALE: 3I8"=V-0" a PRETING rzITE & CONCRETE NC. 41 111 BARERITEW SPUR, RELLINSH", WA. BEIRMS �3'0167141251 1.00G-80 R-aa5/ FAX.-(aP;O)r,71-oleo EOL;1P ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Aft � Washington State �I/ Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 11/4/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example TRAM # 13A-Resub Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adg f�. Code File No. 19,56 & 57 MH Ring & Cover EJIW 7-05 Project n r Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 (3) BOLTS (SEE DETAIL) BOLTHOLES - 3 PLCS EQUALLY SPACED 120' APART ON 23 1/16" DIA B.C. (SEE DETAIL) O � RENTON AHEAD OF THE CURVE 0 SEWER ^1 0 WADE IN USA PLAN VIEW 25" DIA. r 1„ 3/4" 1IL1L 8 3/4 2 1 /2" Typ SECTION VIEW 26 1 /2" DIA 25 1 /4" DIA 1 1/16" 1 /4" DIA NEOPRENE GASKET s" 5/8"1 23 3/8" DIA CL OPEN 27 5/16" DIA 34 1 /8" DIA BOTTOM VIEW (3) BLT SOC. (ALLEN HEAD) 5/8"-11 X 1.5 SS W/ SS RUBBER WASH[ EON BOLTING DETAIL 1/A-- 1 1/16" GASKET GROOVE DETAIL A521- 2" STACK Atr STACKING DETAIL CONFIDENTIAL: This drawing is the property of East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. and embodies confidential information, trade secret information, and/or know how that is the property of East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. © Copyright 2007 East Jordon Iron Works, Inc. W EASTJOIR IRON WORKS E 800-626-4653 www.ejiw.com MADE IN USA PRODUCT NUMBER 00371572 CATALOG NUMBER 3715ZPT 3717C1 PT ASSEMBLY LOAD RATING HEAVY DUTY COATING UNDIPPED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION COVER — GRAY IRON ASTM A48 CL35B FRAME — GRAY IRON ASTM A48 CL35B OPEN AREA N/A J DESIGNATES MACHINE SURFACE DRAWN I DATE SMH 05/15/07 LAST REVISED I DATE REFERENCE INFORMATION 00371780 00371512 Washington State MPAIMIlk Washington of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 11'4i2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in emmnlptina_ see Instrti&inns and Framnlp RAM # 14 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference PE Appr'I Code Hdqtr' Appr'I Code File No. 43 Precast Panel Vault Granite Precast 10.02605-2.3 %a I Project a Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cent. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: QHC Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other ROTFIHILL SUBMITTAL REVIEW RESPONSE Submittal #: To: City of Renton Attn: John Hobson Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement RH Project No.: 0015.00018.002 Subject: Pre -Cast Overflow Vault & Design Computations —Submittal Review #2 Date Returned: 12/01/10 Date Received: 11 /24/10 RR = Revise & Resubmit MCN = Make Corrections Noted NET = No Exceptions Taken ROTH HILL, LLC 11130 NE 33rd Place, Suite 200 Bellevue, Washington 98004 Tel. 425.869.9448 800.835.0292 Fax 425.869.1190 Checking is only for conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor is responsible for Dimensions which shall be confirmed and completed at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordination of the work with that of all other trades and the satisfactory performance of the work. NR = Not Reviewed R = Rejected SSI = Submit Specified Item ITEM ACTION MFR/SUPPLIER DESCRIPTION COMMENT # 1. NET Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. Pre -Cast Overflow Vault 1 2. NET Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. Pre -Cast Overflow Panel Vault Design Computations 1 SHEET # COMMENT(S) 1. ALL Note that submittal review of dimensions and structural calculations was cursory in nature only, and not intended to be a thorough review of details and computations. The structural integrity of the overflow vault and constructability are the responsibility of the contractor. COPIES: Lance Stevens, File SIGNED: Erik Brodahl F:\0015\00018.002\Const -Lift Station\Submt1s1Pre-Cas1 OverBow Vault2.dou in ROTF'riILL SUBMITTAL REVIEW RESPONSE Submittal #: To: City of Renton Attn: John Hobson Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement RH Project No.: 0015.00018.002 Subject: Pre -Cast Overflow Vault & Design Computations — Submittal Review Date Returned: 11/17/10 Date Received: 11 /05/10 RR = Revise & Resubmit MCN = Make Corrections Noted NET = No Exceptions Taken ROTH HILL, LLC 11130 NE 33`d Place, Suite 200 Bellevue, Washington 98004 Tel. 425.869.9448 800.835.0292 Fax 425.869.1190 Checking is only for conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor is responsible for Dimensions which shall be confirmed and completed at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordination of the work with that of all other trades and the satisfactory performance of the work. NR = Not Reviewed R = Rejected SSI = Submit Specified Item ITEM ACTION MFR/SUPPLIER DESCRIPTION I COMMENT # 1. RR Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. Pre -Cast Overflow Vault 1-7 2. RR Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. Pre -Cast Overflow Panel Vault Design Computations 8-12 SHEET # COMMENT(S) 1. 1 Check for water tightness and seal all penetrations, holes, and other sources of identified leakage in accordance with Specification Section 10.02605, Paragraph 2.2A. 2. 1 Apply heat shrinkable wrap to vault joints in accordance with Specification Section 10.02605, Paragraph 2.2A 3. 1 Address how interior joints/seams shall be made watertight 4. 2 Penetrations not shown in correct locations — adjust (gravity penetrations — plan view) 5. 6 Outside elevation: gravity penetration offsets should match plan, adjust as needed, for example, 7' offset should be approximately 5' per plans 6, 6 Outside elevation: Link seals required per drawings (C13, Note 4) 7. 11 Outside elevation: Link seals required per drawings (C13, Note 4) 8. 2 Vault also needs to be designed for both front and back vehicle axle loads being parked on the structure, per Specifications, Sub -Section 10.02605, Page 2 Item 2.3A 9. 2 Demonstrate that the top slab can resist H2O loads, including a full axle load where necessary 10. 5 Dead Load/Live Live: Load of parked truck required — see comment on Page 2 of 15. 11. 8 Bottom Table: Update W2 and W3 design depths and pressures. 12. 14 Additional concrete collar shown around vault may not be needed, due to factor of safety. COPIES: Lance Stevens, File SIGNE Erik Brodahl Momainl\dfs\Projects\0015\00018.002\Consl -Lift Station\Submtls\Pre-Cast Overflow Vault.docx John D. Hobson From: Brodahl, Erik [EBrodahl@rothhill.com] Sent: Wednesday, December 01, 2010 2:55 PM To: John D. Hobson Cc: Stevens, Lance; Waligorski, Erik Subject: RE: Stonegate Wetwell Calcs John, We took a look at the submitted buoyancy calculations, and they were generally in line with our original calculations, but have an improved factor -of -safety, so it is our opinion that the additional concrete collar outside of the wet well for uplift resistance will no longer be necessary. Please let me or Lance know if you have any questions. Thanks! Erik Brodahl, P.E. • ROTHHILL, LLC 11130 N.E. 33rd Place, Suite 200 1 Bellevue, WA 98004 Tel. 425.869.9448 Ext. 1291206.682.7426 Ext. 129 1 Fax 425.869.1190 Direct 425.289.7329 www.rothhill.com This e-mail message is a privileged and confidential communication and is transmitted for the exclusive use of the addressee. This communication may not be copied or disseminated except as directed by the sender or addressee. If you think that you have received this email message in error, please notify the sender via email or telephone at (800) 835-0292, Please consider the environment before printing this email From: John D. Hobson Imailto:JhobsonCd)Rentonwaag Sent: Wednesday, December 01, 2010 9:58 AM To: Brodahl, Erik Subject: Stonegate Wetwell Calcs Erik, See attachment. CUSTOMER: Shoreline Construction PROJECT: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement STRUCTURE: 20'W X 38'L X 10'H PRE -CAST OVERFLOW VAULT END WALL # 1 SIDE WALL #1 BASE SLAB SHEET LIST: 1. COVER SHEET WITH WEIGHTS & NOTES 945E suB B 2. ASSEMBLY: ASSEMBLED VIEWS 3. DETAIL: LID A WITH ACCESS 4. DETAIL: LID B S. DETAIL: LID C WITH ACCESS 6. DETAIL: SIDE WALL PANEL #1 7. DETAIL: SIDE WALL PANEL #2 8. DETAIL: SIDE WALL PANEL #3 9. DETAIL: SIDE WALL PANEL #4 10. DETAIL: END WALL PANEL #1 11. DETAIL: END WALL PANEL #2 12. DETAIL: BASE SLAB A 13. DETAIL: BASE SLAB B 14. DETAIL: BASE SLAB C 15. DETAIL: ANCHOR AND ANGLE CONNECTIONS 16. DETAIL: ANGLE CONNECTIONS 17. DETAIL: WELD PLATE CONNECTIONS BASE SLAB B SIDE WALL #2 LID A SIDE WALL #3 B PART LIST: 1. LID A WITH ACCESS 49,650 Ibs 2. LID B 54,707 Ibs 3. LID C WITH ACCESS 49,650 Ibs 4. SIDE WALL PANEL 1 20,884 Ibs 5. SIDE WALL PANEL 2 21,270 Ibs 6. SIDE WALL PANEL 3 21,270 Ibs 7. SIDE WALL PANEL 4 21,270 Ibs 8. END WALL PANEL 1 23,450 Ibs 9. END WALL PANEL 2 23,450 Ibs 10. BASE SLAB A 44,530 Ibs 11. BASE SLAB B 45,700 Ibs 12. BASE SLAB C 44,521 Ibs HEAVY PICK: 54,707 Ibs* SIDE WALL #4 *Note Approximate weights to be verified on scale -LID C prior to shipping. STRUCTURAL NOTES: 1. CONCRETE STENGTH-Fc'=6,500 psi @28 Days Fc' = Recommended Stripping Strength-3,000 psi 2. REINFORCING - ASTM-A615 GRADE 60 3. DESIGN LOAD - AASHTO HS 20 Wheel Load 4. DESIGN FILL - 0" COVER 5. MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING PER ASTM C1433 6. REINFORCING COVER 1 1/2" U.N.O. 7. GROUT - 6,000 psi @56 Days, Non -Shrink Grout 8. MIN. ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE - 2,000 psf 9. WATER TABLE AT LEAST 2'-0" BELOW GRADE. Jr 10. LATERAL SOIL PRESSURE = 95 PCF + 85 PSF LIVE LOAD SURCHARGE. 11. TOP SLAB TO BE FULLY INSTALLED PRIOR TO BACKFILL. k 12. BACKFILL IN EVEN 1' MAX. LIFTS AROUND VAULT. -END WALL #2 GENERAL NOTES: 1. FINISH - CLASS 2 FINISH 2. INSTALLATION AND GROUTING BY OTHERS 3. MIN. 20' CABLE LENGTH AND/ OR SPREADER BAR REQUIRED FOR LIFTING OF STRUCTURE TO BE BASE sue C SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR UPON INSTALLATION. 4. TxT FRP LANDING BY OTHERS. sn _ 912110 OVERFLOW FACILITY ' KAE 9/2/10 GRANITE PANEL VAULT 10110/2/10 ' N.T.S. I 6PRECASTING CONCRETE INC, negvi m. u000imvAk: pevmmo ST] IISSUE FOR ENGINEERING Stonegate Lilt Station Shoreline Construction Replacement Ufing 2`10 3/ 41'-8" 0 Base Slabs 39'-1" O.D. Of VaWt —38' I.D. Of Vault- 1 1/2" GRO 3 1/2 21/4" 31/2' 19'-13/8' 19'-13/8' I 5 I 3" 1/2" I' I DETAIL D 7• • I I • I SCALE 1 / 48 21'-4" O.D. �- 1 1/2• . LID Of vault 1 " I LID I LID 20' LD. 23'-8' QD 2 1/4° 1112 PANEL {1 PAN B PANEL C of vault Base Slabs I I g I �GRAY \ DETAIL E • I f I I SCALE 1/ 48 CONTRACTOR 4• I Contractor to Verify 1TO INSTALL STIC 6'-10 3/4' III Hole Locatbns PLAN (2-Ea.}48" x 72" DD H-20 Alum. STIC D SEAM Access Hatch w/ Safety Chain LID SEAM 17-8 1/8" And Net Euiudes Man Removal Equipment 4" Lld A e C g. 1VSD0T' STYLE PT D. G RECESSED WELD PLATE �JP• O � (3) PLACES TYP. PER LID 0 `�Of WAAS h/✓ti9 ' TO BE FIELD WELDED WITH 6" n u 7" 6" X 5" X 1/2" GALVANIZED r�n q" CONNECTOR PLATE. GROUTWAY Ti�CONTRACTOR TO FIELD GRO p w 1 1/2" RECESSES FOLLOWING WELD y 15663 4i DETAIL A DETAIL B CONNECTION INSTALLATION cnSS G IQ G�2 XEYWAY TO BE SCALE 1 / 48 SCALE 1 / 48 TONAL EN B�Ya°GNrUTED aAcrc 01' Formed Hole O 3D For P.V.C. Vent Pipe Kor-N-SN-S eal Boot 1'-3" 21. 13`13/8' 13'-13/8" 13'-1. i T.O.S; �j ::��tA� 13/F� i —10'-5"—10'-! ELEVATION �— la-s• -1- Im-s" --I SECTION C-C SCALE 1/96 21'i• 23'-8" h+-17-s• 1 e 1/2" D 1'-2• 1' I'-3• 'D 1/2- Grout JoIM •1/2' Grout ldnt DETAIL G SCALE 1/32 END WALL PANEL #1 SECTION F-F SCALE 1/96 sn 9/2/I0 OVERFLOW FACILITY KAE 9/2/10 PANEL VAULT ' 2 Stonegate Lift Station Shoreline Construction Replacement 13'-1 3/8' 8 1/2" 12'-4 7/8' 8 1/2' uu uu Iy I i L _- l" r" i LID 2r-4- 19'-11- PANEL A = 16-T Lifting Anchor (4) Plates Typ. u L""------- ,.,. -- 2'-7 1/2' e 1/r PLAN V-5 3/8- V-2 1/2- 2'-8- 1NSDOT' STYLE RECESSED WELD PLATE (5) PLACES TYP. PER LID TO BE FIELD WELDED WITH 6- X 5' X 1E2- GALVANIZED CONNECTOR PLATE. IT-1 3/8' 1'-2 3/8- KEYWAY 1'-3• _ — Y-----_1L— tl A �. B 1/2' ELEVATION 6' X 6- X 3/8- THICK GALVANIZED EMBEDDED WELD PLATE WITH (4}1/2- X 4- NELSON STUDS EA (11) TYP. VIEW B—B SCALE 1/48 —21 -4' 9 I%2' --- — --- ----- —1---- q� --e 1/2' END VIEW dGRANITE PRECASTING "wo, 6 CONCRETE INC. Pml e„ml lam mean — cool nla,w DETAIL A `-6' X 6• X 3/8-THICK SCALE 1/12 GALVANIZEDEMBEDDED (4)-112-X 4- NELSON STUDS EA D. Go,9 (11)TYP. JPPT 5~ i WASNi,1, 'Fy Cs z o- O /SSy ��SS oNAL OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Stonegate Utt Station (Shoreline Construction Replacement 1 3/8" 11/ 8 2" S/8' � 4' 4' 4' —+l 6 --_ .J---- 2.. -- do a LID PANEL B 21'-4" 19'-11" 10-Ton Lifting Anchor (4) Platys Typ. 8 1/2" T-71/2' PLAN 4' 4' 4' 4'-3 1/4' 6' X 6" X 3/8" THICK GALVANIZED EMBEDDED WELD PLATE WITH (4)-1/2' X 4" NELSON STUDS EA. (8) TYP. "WSDQr STYLE RECESSED WELD PLATE (10) PLACES TYP. PER LID TO BE FIELD WELDED WITH 6' X 5" X 1/2• GALVANIZED CONNECTOR PLATE. 21'i• x x 1 /— A ELEVATION KEYWAY END VIEW GRANITE 6PRECASTING CONCRETE INC. VA. 0 .7 ",*—,7 r ru: cml., DETAIL A 6' X 6' X 3/8" THICK SCALE 1/12 GALVANIZED EMBEDDED WELD PLATE WITH (4)-1/2' X 4" NELSON STUDS EA. JrpT D. C�9 (a)TYP. W AS,ry� 1 � ti O �FG7STEP�D �S`s/ONALEaG OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Stonegete Lift Station I Shoreline Construction ment Replace IT-1 3/8'- IT-4 7/8'Y-5 3/8* :t_— 4' — t- 4' 10-Ton UPong Anchor (4) Pla Typ. 4' 2'-7 �+ I LID PANEL C Of "WSDOT' STYLE I 4' RECESSED WELD PLATE (5) PLACES TYP. PER LID TO BE FIELD WELDED WITH6' X 5' X 1/2" GALVANIZED CONNECTOR PLATE. �y 4 II -+4I •J 8 1/2" 19'-11" 1'-7 3/8" 3' T- 5/8' 1'-2 1/2- 8 1/2' 6' V-8' PLAN .4011 13'-1 3/8' _ t'-3" 3- ELEVATION ,—fl a 1/2- 6" X 6' X 3/8' THICK GALVANIZED EMBEDDED WELD PLATE WITH (4)-1/2- X 4- NELSON STUDS FA. (11) TYP. — 2 V-4' 3' T _J_ e 1/tr--� �-- e 1/z•� END VIEW GRANITE PRECASTING 6 CONCRETE INC. d"'� nem en-mh �amea-nsi rv: yol esiareo 6' X 6' X 3/8' THICK DETAIL A GALVANIZED EMBEDDED SCALE 1/12 WED PLATE WITH (4)-1/2" X 4' PPT D. GO NELSON STUDS EA. (II)TYP. y�J OF WASA&•Y9F- 14 C� ti It O 15663 CISTEP��V�= ONAL OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Stonegate Lift Station Shoreline Construction Replacement 1 1/2' 21/4" ROUTWAY 3 1/23- 'T 2 1t/4' DETAIL A SCALE 1/12 19`1 3/8- ` i .. I dT T TOP u18ng lAnndbr 3'-9 7/8" 4" —.1 (2) Places Typ. 19'-1 3/8' 3' 3'-9 7/8" 1'-2' uu�x a 01' Formed Hole For —� I 8" P.V.C. Pipe Kor-N-Boot I I + I to -Ton offing Andlor SIDE WALL (4)Places Typ PANEL #1 11 I 01'4' Formed Hde For �1' 1 Formed Hole For I I 12"0 P.V.C. Pipe Kor-N-Boot 12"6 DI Pipe Kor-N-Boot OUTSIDE ELEVATION JPPt D. Go59, y1 OF WAS/y�i / ,q Z W PRECASTING \'1Fr15,` 7_E� GRANITE LCONCRETE INC. 1♦770NAl, fr,� r�n,_m�„ao.c:m,r..�no�nia,w ELEVATION (INSIDE FACE) Stonegate Lift Station Replacement CK EDDED 4 OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Shoreline Construction 1 1/2' 2 V4' ROUMAY 3 1/2" 3" 2 1t/4 DETAIL A SCALE 1/12 J TOP lo-r I 4" URing Anchor 3'-9 7/8" (2) Fleas Typ. 17-1 3/8' 3'-9 7/8- rn nn ro uu y uu uo uu uul 2'-1 1/8" 10-Ton Lining Anchor SIDE WALL (A) Poa-s Typ. PANEL #2 u u OUTSIDE ELEVATION cnu vitw ELEVATION (INSIDE FACE) PPt D. CO y1J F WAs/��'9'� c Ij W p 15663 � � ��P �FGFSTEa� G�? GRANITE PRE�AST 8 CONCRETETE1 INC. Stonegate Lift Station Replacement OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Shoreline Construction )m D SC J�j O GO q WA'SMit,C� Z 0= �w /S6b9 p 9fC'STEQ'F' G�2 SS�ON Al E� END VIEW GRANITE PRECASTING 6 CONCRETE INC. (Mq 1)III31 IJOO�OLdnl "All:lYq 1110>p ELEVATION (INSIDE FACE) Stonegate Lift Station Replacement OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Shoreline Construction 11/2' - 2 1/4' 8" 3 1/2' 2 114' A 3/8' 8 1/2" 1 1/2- 3 1/2' B. 3° �-- GROUTWAY DETAIL A SCALE 1/12 ° ,10-Ton 3'-9 718" �V TOP 4- Lifting Anchor (2) Places Typ. 21'-4" 4'-3 1/4' III2`1�B" T-I III � III �1_ III END WALL T III PANEL #1 III III � III 10-Ton III 'M'P9 A ( III 1o�-s 1/z• I III I � III I III � Bras Pot Insert 31 (2) TI OUTSIDE ELEVATION B PPj 0. Go yA�JWAS�y'� END VIEW y I` Q: 45669 61 FGIST EP()2 GRANITE PRECAS TING3/ONAI-SCONCRETEINC. dl,w- 6' X 6" X 3/8- THICK GALVAN¢ED EMBEDDED WELD PLATE WITH (4)-I/2' X 4' NELSON STUDS EA (5) TYP. 4 I ,t 4° y. x x D D O D 6' T-1 3/8- 7-1 3/8• 7-1 3/8' --.I ELEVATION (INSIDE FACE) OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Stonegate Lift Station Shoreline Construction Replacement 8 1/2' 2 1/4' TT 3 1/2' 8�6 1/� 3" 1 1/2' 1 1/2' GROLMAY DETAIL A SCALE 1/12 A_� 10-TW J TOP Lifting Anchor (2) Plams ryp. 21'-4" 1'-4 3/8" END WALL PANEL #2 4'-3 I/4' 01' Fom}ed Hole2 -2" Far 8" P.V.C. Plpe Nor-N-Seal Boot u ' Y III 2'-1 1/8- Bra III I (2 ID -Ton III UPong Anchor III (4) Plates Typ IU-S 1/2" III I III I 5 III III I I OUTSIDE ELEVATION B PPt ..Go END VIEW q13 OF WASA O 45683 r4 �l�ygFGISTEPB�G�� ' GRANITE PRECASTING S/ONAt.�N BCONCREfFINC. \��/// I}ml••�}}f�llroOl}d}rAX awl �}I<Iul 6• % 6• % 3/8' THICK GALVANIZED EMBEDDED WELD PLATE WITH (4)-1/2" K 4" NELSON STUDS EA. (5)T/P. �2 8•4 4- 4 4 21-8•-+� olnt 3/4 Typ. Y !a Y D O 2' 11 5/8" O F. T-1 3/4' T-1 3/8" ELEVATION (INSIDE FACE) n14 a OVERFLOW FACILITY KAE n' B/2/lB PANEL VAULT Stonepate Lift Station Shoreline Conetructlon Replacement 10'-5" 1'-10 1R" 8'-6 1/2" 1'-10 1/2^ 1'-10^ 1 1/2" 0 a 23'-9" 19'-11^ BASE SLAB 20' PANEL A IG-Tw Utlng Anchm (4) Places Typ. A 4'-8 3/4" 1'-10 1/2" GROUTWAY FF PLAN 2'-3" 1'-10 1/2^ 3- —" 14aA —j— 1 x li 1 "' ELEVATION JPPT D. (;p9 5� bpi WAShy�C Z /l 1/l 0 W DETAIL A SCALE 1/12 45663 t1� //�yg�j��,', PRECASTING is CIgTfQ` NG� (\ \/ GRANITE 6 CONCRETE INC. S�ONAIE aan mi aoowasri.aroma>a 23'-8" END VIEW Stonegate Lift Station Replacement OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Shoreline Construction 2: 1'-10 1/2- i a t 1R' 1 112" R" 19'-11" BASE SLAB 21 PANEL B 2-Req, IrM 30-Ton UPong Andwr (4) Rams Typ. M (TII _I 4' a 3/4" 112" 1'-1 1'-10 PLAN " 2 1. 1'-3" i!• ELEVATION JPPT 0. G0 y Of WASiyi.1, Cf cc W r 1 1/: GROUTWAY 1 C 1 I T 9' 1'-3. DETAIL A SCALE 1/12 1'-10 1R" 4 I 1' uI O" ,g S5663 ST, STfPRECASTINGn7 F` F�IHF' G� GRANITE bCNCREEINC. 0 AL 23'-R" - 1'-t0 1R• 9' END VIEW —2a— Stonegate Lift! Replacement OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Construction MM 10'-5" 8'-8 1/2- p BASE SLAB PANEL C 10 Ton M Uftlnq ch- (4) PI.—Typ. 'r-8 ga PLAN - 2`3" - 1'-10 1/2' --�-y A 1' A -r_ELEVATION 10'-5" 3" DETAIL A SCALE 1/12 23'-B" PPT D_ GO f y� 'N Sly��9"f� b 9� 4P 3 T� 9fGISTEPF'� Vim? SS/ONALE�/�� O 1'-30 1/2" 191-I1' 1'-10 1/2" 3" 1'-3" 9" END VIEW 1'-10" GRANITE PRECASTING U 6 CONCRETE INC. 20 OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Stonegate Lift Station I Shoreline Construction Replacement 1, 7-4 B IMI v 4' 4' 4' 2'-B' 6w l4d Fjj I TYP. A 8. 3/4' (2) Per Wall Panerryp. 4' X 6- X 3/8' THICK X 8- LONG GALVANEZED ANGLE WITH (4) 3/4' X 7' WEDGE ANCHORS EA. (8) PLACES TYP. (4) 0 B B �21' SECTION A It A b-d 1. 0 3/16' -F Insert 3/4' B'" Pe"" TT (2) Per Wall 6-81 Panerryp. 6' ID LT IF: 5-2"— � 2'--3171�—� D. GO SECTION A -A ,of W S SCALEI/48 4 3 Trik GRANITE PRECASTING NAL. a CONCRETE INC. Replacement DETAIL D SCALE 1/12 9/2/10 OVERFLOW FACILITY 9/2/10 PANEL VAULT ibon Shoreline Construction 12- X 12' X 3/8' THICK GAM ANCHOR PLATE WITH (4) 1/2- X 6- WEDGE ANCHORS EA. B-B (4) RACES TYP. See Shed * 16 SCALE 1/48 1 01R"Hde (4) Pla[ss Typ. 1 1R- O 1 1/2" 1' O O 3/B" 12" x 12" ANCHOR PLATE (4)-Required O 1f 8, 1112 4 01/8. Hole (4) Plam Typ. 6" - 4"X6"X8' ANGLE BRACI (34)-Requir O. SIDE VIEW 11/2• 6' II/2• 1 © G ------JJL�� 6" X 6• X 3/8' THICK CAST -IN GALVANIZED EMBEDDED WELD PLATE WELD PLATE WITH (4}1/2• X 4" NELSON STUDS EA. (60) nP. E 4•.•. �_ 4" X 4' X 3/8' THICK GALVANIZED WELD PLATE CONNECTOR (30)nP. ® LID WELD PLATE CONNECTOR 1'-8' 4'4' q' —�+-4' 4' 4' � 2'-2' r3' -•yam V-6"" 2T, 4' 4' 4' V-8----►�--3' +-7-93/8- 4' 4'—+ 4'�4'--•ice-4' 4' 1•-B, 1'-2 s/0' I I SIDE VIEW GGIST o Ll 4' X 4" % 3/8' THICK t t. GALVANIZED WEIR PLATE I I ) ) I I CONNECTOR I II (30) nP. 0 LID t t BOTTOM LID I4 I PANEL A BOTTOM LID BOTTOM LID PANEL B PANEL C 3/16" nP. II ) ) t t IIIV SECTION E-E E SCALE 1/64 JPPT O 9.{ OF WAS/y��Y Y O O: O 4566] � TOSS ONAI GRANITE PRECASTING 6 CONCRETE INC. peq �t�L3� �aob�nafl Mll: rytptllrp Stonegato Lift Station Replacement OVERFLOW FACILITY PANEL VAULT Shoreline Construction Sheet 1 of /S DESIGN COMPUTATIONS PREPARED FOR: Shoreline Construction Company PROJECT: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement PRODUCT: Overflow Facility Panel Vault 20'-0" W x 3 8'-0"L x 10'-0" H I.D. PREPARED BY: GRANITE MMEACTOW 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251 Fax: (360) 671-0780 �JP�F WA, g `o 21'-4" (SHOWN) X 39'-4' (NOTE: TOP SLAB IN 3-EQUAL 13'-1i" WIDE SECTIONS) 8' 20'-0'(SHOWN) X 38'-0- 14012'o.c.,e.w. #409'o.c. (2'-6' LONG) **(4)-#6 BARS #4012'o.c. U.N.O. J (TOP OF SIDEWALLS #2 k#3 ONLY) #709'o.c. BENT BARS NOTE: BAR BENT 1-END 14' COV. ONLY. ALTERNATE ORIENTATION EVERY OTHER BAR. (TYP. U.N.O.) �2' #4012"o.c. 228' #609"o.c. f- 0 MIN. c� (GROUT JT.) If M #807"o.c. 228' NOTE: ALTERNATE 12' 12 h BENT BARS (SHOWN) s do 16'-10" STR. BARS. #4012"o.c. V-- #4012"o.c.,e.w. SECTION VIEW ENDWALL -e--] 8" I_ DESIGN NOTES & ASSUMPTIONS: 1. DESIGN FOR AASHTO HS20 LIVE LOADING. J 2. EARTH FILL NONE. 3. MINIMUM CONCRETE STRENGTH — 6,500psi 4. REINFORCING STEEL:-ASTM A615 GRADE 60 5. PROVIDE ADD 'L REINFORCING AT ROUND OPENINGS EQUAL TO THE BARS INTERRUPTED, HALF EACH SIDE. ADD'L BARS TO BE IN THE SAME PLANE. PROVIDE 14 DIAGONAL TRIM BARS A BEYOND OPENINGS.WHICH EXTEND AT LEAST JPa•T D. GOR 6. DESIGN FOR 95 PCF LATERAL EARTH �< OF WAS�y�� PRESSURE. �ti C 7. VAULT SHALL NOT BE BACKFlLLED UNTIL TOP SLAB UNITS ARE FULLY INSTALLED. r 8. BACKFlLL VAULT EVENLY AROUND THE WALLS IN UNIFORM LIFTS. Qj Q 9. SEE GRANITE LAYOUT AND SHOP DRAWINGS g5663 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ,r 9 O (TYPICAL REINFORCING IN WALL CORNERS) IS 10. DESIGN ASSUM S�CONTINUOUS SUPPORT CONNECTION DETLS.ASS ONAL ENC�\� ALONG BOTTOM WALL EDGES. PROJECT: STRUCTURE CUSTOMER: STONEGATE LIFT STA. REP. OVERFLOW PANEL VAULT SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION DRAWN: SDG .10/28/10 SHEET: PRECASTING DATE: SCALE: N.T.S. GRANITE & CONCRETE INC. Z Df l� 8' nl of #4014"o.c. (3'-0" LONG) SEE ABOVE FOR TYPICAL REINFORCING 7 SIDEWALL #4012"o.c. BEND TO CLEAR KEYWAY AS REQ'D. PARTIAL PLAN VIEW \\ ,4116 SWOMEW 9"A 8010K* . DADA 9=8 (xo) 671-2251 1-aW-W8-2251 F,vc (M) $71-07W 3 0r 1,57 #4x3'—O" TRIM BARS (TYP.) ADD'L REINF. (TYP.) SEE NOTE 5, SEE NOTE 5, PREVIOUS SHEET PREVIOUS SHEET. — -- — BOT. MAT:#709'o.c. (ALTERNATE HOOK END) TOP MAT: #4012"o.c. PLAN VIEW-PIECEMARK "LID -AI' (3)—#4 BARS EQ. SPA. 7 • • #5—STIRRUPS ® 6"o.c. D. WAS �f 5 Ln z (6)—#7 STER�Ov\cr 0 m EQ. SPA BARS o 0 `r�ONAL Ea 2 /0 Z %/IO SECTION.A-A F'RUJECI: STRUCTURE: CUSTOMER: STONEGATE LIFT STA. REP. OVERFLOW PANEL VAULT I SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION SDG I DATE: 10/28/10 SHEET: GRANITE PRECASTING CH CK : DATE: SCALE: N.T.S. & CONCRETE INC. I \N, I11i 911fE WW SPUR, eaUMO-M, w abne (350) 671-2.251 1-800-eke-2251 FAX. (360) 671-0730 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Vault Design: Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: Sheet: of b Customer: Shoreline Construction Project: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault Str icture Size: Len h Width Inside Ht. 38.00'- 20.00, 10.00, Top Slab Thickness: 15.0" Bottom Slab Thickness: 15.0" Wall Thickness (Min): 8.00." Base Extension: 14" Design Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Design Load: HS-20. ( 16-kips wheels ) Min. Earth Fill : Max. Earth Fill: Unit Wt. of Soil: Unit Wt. of Concrete: Watertable Depth: Lateral Earth Pressure: LL Surcharge: Depth to Apply Surcharge: Unit Wt. of Water: Min. Buoyancy Safety Factor Req'd: Concrete Strength, f'c: Reinforcing Yield Strength, fy: Load Factors: Capacity Reduction: 0.00, 0.00, 130 PCF 150 PCF 2.0' (Below Grade -Min.) 95.0 PCF (See Following Sheets) 85.0 PSF 8.0' (Ref. ASTM C857/C890) 62.4 PCF 1.0 (See Buoyancy Analysis for Actual Safety Factor) 6,500 PSI 60,000 PSI 1.6 (Live Load) 1.2 (Dead Load) (Note, If no Live Load, set DL Factor to 1.4) 1.6 (Earth Pressure) 0:9 (Flexure) 0:75 (Shear) References- 1.)ACI318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete", latest edition. 2.)ASTM C478 "Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections", latest edition. 3.) ASTM C890 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures", latest edition. 4.) ASTM C857 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures", latest edition. 5.) HS-20 or HS-25 wheel loads per AASHTO "Standard Specificationfor Highway Bridges", 17th Edition. 6.) PCA "Rectangular Concrete Tanks", 5th Edition. 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Top Slab Design: Analysis Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Live Load: HS-20 Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: S�of�� Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault Earth Fill : 0.00' Unit Wt. of Soil: 130 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Concrete Strength,f'c: 6500 psi Reinforcing Strength,fy: 60000. psi Design Span: 20.67' (c/c walls, short direction) Bar Cover: 1.50" Dead Load: Top Slab: 0.188 ksf Soil: 0.000 ksf Other: Total: 0.188 ksf Live Load: Wheel Load: 16 kips wheel, 6'-0" c/c wheel spacing ILL Distribution Width, e: 5.24' (e=4+.06*Span, 7' max -Ref. AASHTO 17th Ed., Sect. 3.24.3.2) Impact: 1.3 (Per ASTM C890) Calculate Flexural Moments: (Wheel at Mid -Span) Dead Load Moment: 10.01 k-ft (w12/8, w=dead load,l=design span) Live Load Moment: 20.51 k-ft (PI/4, P=Wheel Load*Impact/e) Total Service Moment,Ms: 30.52 k-ft Factored Moment, Mu: 44.83 k-ft Calculate Flexural Capacity: Trial Bar Size/Spacing: #7 @ 9" o.c. (As Provided =0.80 sq.in./ft.) (�Mn=(tAsfy(d-a/2): 45.32 k-ft OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*R1*b= 1.00" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f c-4ksi)]= 0.73 d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 13.06" Check Min A- Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.1) As, min=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.63 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.52 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: 6 of 1S 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Check Max Bar Spacing & Serviceability: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.41 p = As / b * d = 0.00511 pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02963 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4595486.917 n=Es/Ec= 6.31 p * n = 0.032277779 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2238 j=1-(k/3)= 0.925 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 37789 psi < 2/3fy=40000psi OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 12.1" OR 12(40000/fs)= 12.7" (Controls) Actual Spacing=9" OK Check Shear: (Wheel @ Edge of Wall w/Back Axle 14' Spacing) VDT: 1.73 kips [wdl*(Span-2*d)/2] VLL: 5.25 kips [Wheel Load*Impact/e+Wheel Load* Impact/e*6.67'/20.67'] Vu: 10.48 kips [LF*Vdl + LF*VII] Shear Capacity, (�Vn: 18.96 kips OK guti's PREEASTING GRANITE& EONERErE INE. 4116 Bakerview Spur Ph: (360) 671-2251 Bellingham, WA 98226 Fax: (360) 671-0780 Project: - 57ON&6.41X AM-Ot-" Sheet No: -7 of - /S7 Engineer: SUL Date: Drafter: Date: SIA&AX Ok t OEOUVI; X ).A) A' I 1 1 1 L iA J11 "W1 41[41�4 12, k k r Ir X) 4T i ) 41 CL L vl- zo ek 1Y 7, 4 H .6-4 L 0)!17S, "'3 Ab z '6. 4/7 un( .i.4 Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet:Jof-L Customer: Shoreline Construction SRANITE Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement OINIIWJWZ�aMNMKC� 01= 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault Soil Pressure On Walls: (Not all components may be used for all vault designs - configurations may vary) F.G. rem 8' LL Surcharge: 85 PSF - Unit Weight of Soil: 130 PCF Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ka: r Unit Weight of Water: 62.4 PCF Max. Earth Fill: 0.00' Water Table Depth: 2.00' Dry Soil Pressure: 72.2 PCF Saturated Soil Pressure: 99.9 PCF Design Earth Pressure: 95.0 PCF (Weighted Avg.) W1 W2 W3 W4 [Ka*Ws] [(Ws-Ww)*Ka+Ww] Pressures Used for Wall Component Design: (Note: LL Surcharge Applied On Actual Component Design Sheet When Required) Design Depth: Design Pressure: W1: 1.25' 119 PSF W2: 1.25' 119 PSF W3: 1.25' 119 PSF W4:1 11.25' 1 1069 PSF GRANITE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Monolithic or Integral Wall Design: Inside Face of Wall: Wall Length, b: 38.00' Wall Height, a: 10.00' b/a: 3.8 Thickness: 8.00" Bar Cover: 1.50" Lateral Earth Pressure: Top of Wall, W3: 0.119 KSF Bottom of Wall, W4: 1.069 KSF Live Load Surcharge: 0.085 KSF LIA LL gkG ov CAs> -IA) IYA-r ys s7lf/G,✓ To P of 1✓A 7, 78' wK= yl6k/� Z Z, 0 (7,7 6))'19 3 /. V7 K-F �S� S/7��/ )I �0,2 ��✓C l�l�✓ 6 S 6'6 'rou ooA) b s jZ4 &-966 56-W F SIIIEsU�1 u # L+ 3 O�LY) CTpiqo Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: I of 1-5- Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault (Bottom Unit) (Design As Simply Supported for Uniform & Triangular Pressures) Vertical Design: Bars to Outside: No Simple Support Ms Mu 0.125 1 0.128 1 8.63 K-FT 113.80 K-FT Try: #6 @ 9" o.c. (As Prov.=0.59 sq.in./ft.) 4)Mn=40Asfy(d-a/2): 14.20 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.74" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-41<si))= 0.73 a=c*p1= 0.53" d= 5.63" Asmin=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.27 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.23 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK p = As / b * d = 0.00873 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02963 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 4595487 n=Es/Ec= 6.31 p * n = 0.05507 k =V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2813 j = 1- (k/3) = 0.906 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 34,471 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 12.4" OR 12(40000/fs)= 13.9" OR 3*Tw= 24.0" Actual Spacing=9" < 12.4" OK Simple Support Vs Vu 0.50 0.33 4.18 KIPS 6.69 KIPS Vertical Shear Capacity, 4)Vn: 8.16 KIPS (oVn>Vu: OK Original Design Date: 10/29/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: /Lofl�' GRANITECustomer: Shoreline Construction U� ac3dozooauum Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault Member: Top of Wall Edge Beam (Sidewall @3 ,& #3) Member Thickness: 8" Bar Cover: 2.3" Concrete Strength, fc: 6500 PSI Beam Width, b: 12.0" Factored Moment, Mu:1 31.41 K-FT Service Moment, Ms: 1` 19.67 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: BarSize/Qty;.(4)- #6,0 (As Provided =1.77 sq.in./ft.) c�Mn=(0Asfy(d-a/2): 36.38 k-ft OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 2.21" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(fc-4ksi)1= 0.73 a=c*ol= 1.60" d=Thickness-Cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 5.38" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.1) As, min=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.26 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.22 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK Check Max Bar Soacine & Serviceability: (Ref. AC1318. 10.6.4 p = As / b * d = 0.02740 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 4595487 n=Es/Ec= 6.31 p*n= 0.1729 k = V(2pn +(pn)Z) - pn = 0.4400 j=1-(k/3)= 0.853 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 29,122 PSI < pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02963 OK 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 15.0" OR 12(40000/fs)= 16.5" (Controls) Actual Spacing=2" OK PRECASTING GRANITE& EONEREFE INE. 4116 Bakerview Spur Ph: (360) 671-2251 Bellingham, WA 98226 Fax: (360) 671-0780 Project:. '54/dW/')k L--( Sheet No: // — of 5- Engineer. ff6 Date:- a Drafter: Date: Zp4k A TMAJ q_J I i 1 I L t QAJ �1 14 7 4 J eq pk�" 1),v 6 1 I /I L L7 7 76 1/71 -7, N-17 ... .. ...... ... . .. 7' X q�, Vk�Xp �,O ;S 7 b471 dz k- TL J ol /9 7� SA Jvw F, 7� -A RRANITE nIBICAAW� a. Haan amr. 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Base Slab Design: Design Length, b: Design Width, a: Base Slab Thickness: Dead Load: Top Slab: Soil (Max. Fill -Conservative): Walls: Other: Total: Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: %Zof 15 Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault (Design for Uniform Upward Bearing Pressure) (Design As Simply Supported) 38.67' 20.67' b/a: 1.90 15.0" OR Hydrostatic Load: 0.188 KSF Watertable Depth: 0.000 KSF Depth (WT. to Base): 0.141 KSF Water Pressure: U.31y KSF Live Load: Wheel Load: 64 KIPS Uniform Load: 0.293KSF 2.00' 10.50' 0.655 KSF (Controls) (Note: Design based on higher value of Dead Load and Hydrostatic Load.) 4-HS-20 Wheels Above a Single 10'-5" Wide Base Slab Unit (Wheel Loads/OD of Vault) Check Shear: Max PCA Shear Coeff: 0.5 Design Shear, Vu: 11.60 KIPS (V=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a) Shear Capacity, (�Vn: 18.87 KIPS OK Calculate Flexural Moments: PCA Case 10 1 Ms I Mu Transverse: 0.125 150.61 K-FT 166.98 K-FT Longitudinal: 1 0.000 1 0.00 K-FT 1 0.00 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: (M=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a2) Transverse Bar Size/Spacing: #8 @ 7.0" o.c. (As Provided =1.35 sq.in./ft.) Longitudinal Bar Size/Spacing: #4 @ 12 o.c. (As Provided =0.20 sq.in./ft.) Transverse Design: 4)Mn=4)ASfy(d-a/2): 75.07 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*RS*b= 1.68" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.73 a=c*01= 1.22" Bar Cover: 1.50" d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 13.00" Reduce As by 1/2 at point where Ms = 1/2 design moment: )=50.61/2 ksf 1=20.67' Solving for x, x=3.02' Extend reinforcing past point not req'd by 12*db or "d" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.1) 12*db=12" (-)M: Asm;"=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.63 sq.in./ft. (Controls) "d"=13.0" (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.52 sq.in./ft. Short Bar Length = 20.67'-2*3.02'+2*1.08'=16.79', Say 16'-10" As Provided>As,min: OK Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Z Revision Date: N/A Sheet:') of GRANITE Customer: Shoreline Construction � Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault Transverse Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (-) Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00863 Pmaz = (•75 pb) = 0.02963 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 4595487 n=Es/Ec= 6.31 p * n = 0.05446 k = V(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.2800 j = 1- (k/3) = 0.907 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 38,268 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 11.9" OR 12(40000/fs)= 12.5" Actual Spacing=7" < 11.9" OK GRANITE o��oc � a aim 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Buoyancy Analysis: Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet:) Y of 1-r Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault Design Methodology: Uplift computed based on volume of water displaced from outside dimensions of structure, including base extension (if provided), from bottom of base slab to water table height. Resisting force based on dry unit weights of concrete and soil above the bottom of base slab. Analysis neglects skin friction of soil against structure - conservative. Analvsis Assumotions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Min. Earth Fill : 0.00, Unit Wt. of Soil: 130 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertable Depth: 2.0' (Below Grade) Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Minimum Safety Factor: 1.0 Compute Upward Forces: Volume of Water Displaced= Water Depth*O.D. Length & Width = 10354.17 CIF (Water Depth = Fill+Top+Inside Ht+Bottom-W.T. Depth=10.50') O.D. Width=21.33'' O.D. Length=39.33' Upward Force = Vol. of Water Displaced * Water Unit Weight= 1 646,100 LBS Compute Downward Forces: Earth Fill(w/opng deduct)= 0 LBS Opening Size: 0.0" Dia. (Round) Top Slab(w/opng deduct)= 150,009 LBS OR 75.0"L x 75.0"W (Rectangular) Walls= 118,667 LBS (Equivalent area removed) Base Slab= 184,896 LBS Soil Over Extension= 214,988 LBS Base Extension= 14,0" Soil Wedge= 188,916 LBS (See following sheet for calculation.) Other= 0 LBS Total Downward Force= 857,475 LBS Net Buoyancy Reaction= 211,375 LBS Buoyancy Safety Factor= 1.3 OK 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 10/28/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet:1,�of /S Customer: Shoreline Construction Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Precast Overflow Vault Soil Wedge: Consider: y X F.G. 0.00, Assumed Soil Friction Angle, (� = 30 deg. Angle of Internal Wall Friction, b (2/3(�)= 20 deg. Dimension, X = 4.09' Effective Volume of Soil Wedge= 2794.61 CF[2*(O.D.Length+O.D.Width)*Ht*X/2] Buoyant Wt. of Soil(Soil Unit Wt. - 62.4 Ib/CF)= 67.6 Ib/CF Total Resistance of Soil Wedge= 188,916 LBS Washington State MA Washington of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 11/29/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example FRAM # 15 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification APE I Appr'l File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No 6 & 55 Gravel Borrow Cadman - A-511/455 9-03.14 13-19,21- Pipe bedding Cadman - A-511/455 7-08.3 23 25 42 43,44 & 46 10 CSBC Cadman - A-511/455 9-03.9 9 CSTC Cadman - A-511/455 9-03.9 Q Project gi er Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9, Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 312002 November 29, 2010 Shoreline Construction PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Attn: Doug Suzuki Project: Stonegate Lift Station Subject: Aggregate Submittal Package CADMAN Cadman, Inc. Suite 100 7554 185th Avenue NE PO Box 97038 Redmond, WA 98073-9738 425.867.1234 e, 425.861.4046 www.cadman.com Dear Doug, This letter shall certify that the materials listed in the table below will meet the specifications as provided by you, for the above referenced project. Included, you will find multiple sources for many of the products to accommodate flexible transportation options and to ensure uninterrupted supply to meet your project needs. PRODUCT Pit #1 Redmond A-510/460 Pit #2 High Rock D-309/336 Pit #3 Sky River D-191/351 Pit #4 B. Diamond A-511/455 Pit #5 Issaquah A-189 Pit #6 Seattle X-125 Pit #9 North Bend A-460 Pit #11 Gold Bar D-351 Gravel Borrow X 3/4" Washed Gravel X CSBC X CSTC X Please also find attached: • WSDOT Aggregate Source Approval Report for each source ■ Sieve Analysis for each product from each source except Spalls & Rip Rap Permit Information for disposal sites In the case that you find the need for addition products, or should any of the products listed above become available at additional locations, we will be happy to submit further data to meet your needs. I hope this information is sufficient to satisfy the requesting agency. Please feel free to contact me directly with any questions. I can be reached through my office at (425) 961-7386, or my cell at (425) 864-0050. All of us at Cadman thank you for your continued patronage. Sincerely, Mitch San Sebastian Sales Representative CADMAN 3/4" COARSE AGGREGATE I" 3/4" 1/2"3/9' 100.0 - 90.0 80.0 70.0 rA 60.0 Q EF- 50.0 z U 40.0 a 30.0 20.0 10.0 0.0 CADMAN 44 #8 #200 Black Diamond i m ONE 1 0 11 Emil On IN MINE I 100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 GRAIN SIZE (mm) DATE SAMPLED: 9/30/2010 1 " 25.0 0.00 0.0 100.0 100 TIME: 0900 3/4" 19.0 1997.60 13.2 86.8 84-100 SOURCE: A511 1 /2" 12.5 13120.60 86.9 13.1 SAMPLED BY: Mark J 3/8" 9.5 15004.70 99.4 0.6 0-10 TESTED BY: Mark J #4 4.75 15050.10 99.7 0.3 0-3 COMMENTS: #8 2.36 15063.70 99.8 0.2 #200 0.075 15072.80 99.8 0.2 0-0.5 winnl. 15095.50 CADMAN 1 1/4" Crushed Surface Base Course- 9-039(3) Black Diamond 1 1/4" 1" 519" I/2" 3/8" 1/4" 410 #40 N200 - E00 - 70.0 ....... z U 40.0 30.0 - --.-- -- -- - '-- - - - - ` 100 �I I �� y ............ F- 0.0 100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 GRAIN SIZE (mm) SIEVE .METRIC SIEVE ACCUM. WT. ACCUM, % ACCUM. 54 WSDOT WSDCYT CITY OF SEATTLE S17F S17E.(m ) RETAINED REGAINED PASSING, 9-03.9(3o .I_ , TYPE r2G DATE SAMPLED: 4/19/10 1 1/2" 37.5 0.00 0.0 100.0 100 SOURCE: A-511 1 1/4" 31.5 0.00 0.0 100.0 100 100 TESTED BY: mi 1 '' 25.0 454.00 4.9 95.1 80-100 75-100 SAMPLED BY: NU 3/4" 19.0 1498.20 16.3 83.7 5/8" 16.0 2497.00 27.2 72.8 50-80 50-100 50-80 1/2" 12.5 3382.30 36.8 63.2 3/8" 9.5 4222.20 45.9 54.1 1/4" 6.3 5130.20 55.8 44.2 30-50 44 5.0 5675.00 61.7 38.3 25-45 20-80 # 10 2.0 226.5 81.4 18.6 #40 0.425 374.0 94.2 5.8 3-18. 3-24. 3-18. WET#200 0.075 414.9 97.8 2.2 0-7.5 0-1 0-7.5 SPLIT PAN WT.= 440.3 SAMPLE WT 9193.50 S.E.= 75 40 Min. 35 Min.,32 Min. CADMAN Crushed Surfacing Top Course 9703.9 (3 ) 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" 114" #4 #10 100.0 90.0 80.0 70.0 Q600 0. E , .50.0 z U 40.0 pG 20.0 10_0 0 (1 .#40 rr200 Black Diamond T!, t - - 100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 GRAIN SIZE , `;IE-VE SIZE METRIC SIEVE SIZE (mm) ACCUM. WT. RETAINED ACCUM, gib PASSING TOP COURSE PIPE ZONE BED TYPE #1 G 9-03.9(3) 9-03.12(3) (situ of Seattle DATE SAMPLED: 11/4/2010 1 1/4" 37.5 0.00 100.0 100 TIME: 1330 1" 25.0 0.00 100.0 75-100 SOURCE: A511 3/4" 19.0 0.00 100.0 100 100 SAMPLED BY: Mark J 5/8" 16.0 45.40 99.7 50-100 TESTED BY: Mark J 1/2" 12.5 1725.20 89.0 80-100 COMMENTS: 3/8" 9.5 3790.90 75.8 1/4" 6.3 5493.40 64.9 55-75 #4 4.75 6197.10 60.4 46-66 20-80 #10 2.00 185.7 38.7 #40 0.425 436.8 9.5 8.0-24 3-24. 8-24. WET#200 0.075 500.4 2.1 0-10.0 0-10 0-10 SPLIT PAN WT.: 518.4 PAN 15640.30 40 MIN. 35 Min. 32 Min. SE = 85 C�I�tuNr�N NEtOELB-sRL[ btf.NkGm��' Cadman, Inc. November 29, 2010 su 100 7554 185th Avennue NE PO Box 97038 Redmond, WA 98073-9738 Doug Suzuki 425.867.1234 Shoreline Construction 425.861.4046 www.cadman.com PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Project: Stonegate Lift Station Subject: Permit to accept surplus clean soil at Cadman Black Diamond Gravel Operation Dear Doug, Cadman, Inc. will accept clean surplus soils from the above referenced project in accordance with our Black Diamond Backfill Quality Control Plan. A condition of that plan requires that an owner or officer of your firm does agree to, and sign a "Clean Soil Acceptance Agreement." Any soils failing to fully meet these quality requirements will be rejected, and must be immediately removed from our site by your firm. Acceptable soils will be utilized in the reclamation of our Black Diamond mining site in accordance with our DNR Surface Mining and Reclamation Permit. It is not Cadman's policy to distribute copies of our numerous permits issued by various agencies. However, those permits most directly related to your request are public record, and are listed below for easy reference: AGENCY PERMIT TYPE ISSUE DATE PERMIT NUMBER Washington State DNR Surface Mining and Reclamation October 19, 2010 70-011543 I hope this information is sufficient to satisfy the requesting agency. Please feel free to contact me directly with any questions. I can be reached through my office at (425) 961-7386, or my cell at (425) 864-0050. All of us at Cadman thank you for your continued patronage. Respectfully, Mitch San Sebastian Sales Representative, Cadman, Inc. Washington State r, Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SIR Date Stonegate Lift Station 11/4/2010 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Fnr ascisfanrp in rmmnlptinn cap fncfrurfinnc anr/ Framn/p I RAM # 16 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code HAdgtr. Code File No. 34 Quarry Spalls Cadman 9-13.6 7 Washed Rock Cadman Dwg C9 5 Foundation Cadman 9-03 I Projec Endi Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory Znditmnally 1. Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other % 7 Aggregate Source Approval Report Page 1 of 2 '!/ Department of Transportation Statc WSDOT MATERIALS LAB Aggregate Source Approval Report Owner: Cadman Inc. Aggregate Source: QS-D-309 Lessee: Known as: High Rock Quarry - Quarry Rock Located in: W1/2NW1/4 Section 19 T27N R7E County: Snohomish 12/01/2010 Remarks: Tested Riprap, Quarry Spalls & Rock for Rock Wall on 3/24/10 resulted in: LA=16, Deg =67, Bulk Sp Gr (SSD)=2.706, Abs= 1.65, Bulk Sp Gr= 2.662 & Aprt Sp Gr=2.784. It expires on 03/29/11 MEA. Streambed Agg should be water rounded agg &meeting spec 9-03.11 Pit Run Materials: Prior to incorporating any of the following into a job, Gradation and Sand Equivalent tests shall be performed to determine if the material does in fact meet specification for the intended use: Backfill for Rock Wall Backfill for Sand Drains Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe Bedding Material for Thermoplastic Pipe Blending Sand Foundation Material for Classes A, B or C Gravel Backfill for Drains and Drywells Gravel Backfill for Foundation Class B Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding Gravel Backfill for Walls Gravel Borrow Sand Drainage Blanket Select or Common Borrow No Preliminary Tests are required to be performed by the State Materials Lab Gravel Base: Test Date: 02/20/2009 Expiration Date: 02/20/2014 Drainage: Free R Value: 65 Swell Pressure: 0 Contact the Regional Materials Office to request PRELIMINARY SAMPLES be acquired. Evaluation and approval of this site as a source of GRAVEL BASE is required prior to use. Mineral Agg. and Surfacing: Test Date: 02/19/2009 Expiration Date: 02/19/2014 Absorption: 1.06 Apparent Sp. G.: 2.757 Bulk Sp. G. (SSD): 2.707 Bulk Sp. G.: 2.679 Deg: 76 LA: 18 Currently approved as a source of aggregate for: ATB Ballast BST Crushed Cover Stone BST Crushed Screenings Crushed Surfacing Base Course Crushed Surfacing Key Stone Crushed Surfacing Top Course Gravel Backfill for Foundation Class A HMA Other Courses HMA Wearing Course Maintenance Rock Permeable Ballast Acceptance tests need to be performed as necessary. Portland Cement Concrete Aggregates: Test Date: 02/26/2004 Expiration Date: 02/26/2009 ASR . 14 Day; 0.17 ASR - One Year: CCA Absorption: 0.63 CCA Sp.G: 2.708 FCA Absorption: 1.38 FCA Organics: 1 FCA Sp. G: 2.553 LA: 18 Mortar Strength: Petrographic Analysis: Contact the Regional Materials Office to request PRELIMINARY SAMPLES be acquired. Evaluation and approval of this site as a source of AGGREGATES for PCC is required prior to use. Riprap and Quarry Spalls: Test Date: 02/19/2009. Expiration Date: Absorption: 1.06 Apparent Sp. G.: 2.757 Bulk Sp. G. (SSD): 2.707 Bulk Sp. G.: 2.679 Deg: 76 LA: 18 http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/biz/mats/asa/ASAReport.cfm?prefix=D&pit_no=309 12/1/2010 Aggregate Source Approval Report Page 2 of 2 Contact the Regional Materials Office to request PRELIMINARY SAMPLES be acquired. Evaluation and approval of this site as a source of RIP RAP AND QUARRY SPALLS is required prior to use. Distribution: Physical Testing Project Engineer, Aggregate Source Approval System Region Operations Region Materials http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/biz/mats/asa/ASAReport.cfm?prefix=D&pit_nO=309 12/1/2010 W%SNc"� P-cx-4 CADMAN .11/2" COARSE AGGREGATE Flack I)ianiond 100.0 1 1 1 1/4" 11/4" 1/2" 3/8" 04 9200 90.0 80.0 Z 70.0 60.0 50.0.-1 40.0 a aw, 30.0 - - - - - - 20.0 100 - - _ --- -i - - - 0.0 100.0 1 t i.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 GRAIN SIZE (mm) U. . SIEVE METRIC SIEVE ACCUM. WT. ACCUM. % ACCUM. z% 'PFCTFICATION CADMAN SIZE SIZ mmRETAINED RETAINED PASSING DATE SAMPLED: 9/30/2010 1 1/2" 37.5 0.00 0.0 100.0 100 TIME: 11/4" 31.5 1838.70 9.4 90.6 90-100 SOURCE: A511 1" 25.0 11486.20 59.0 41.0 20-60 SAMPLED BY: Mark J 3/4" 19.0 18704.80 96.0 4.0 0-20 TESTED BY: Mark J 1/2" 12.5 19317.70 99.2 0.8 COMMENTS: 3/8" 9.5 19340.40 99.3 0.7 0 #4 4.75 19408.50 99.6 0.4 #200 0.075 19449.30 99.8 0.2 0-0.5 I)RYI T 19481.10 RW T. -F--v vN r,>A .10,74 CADMAN 2" X 11/4" CLEAR CRUSHED Black Diamond I 1/4" 1" 318" 1/2" 3/8" ra 940 aY2oo 100.0 i i 4 90.0 - -- - - - V --- 80.0 c i 70 0 600 - 50.0 p - - U 40.0 - a 20.0 10.0 - i 0.0 100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 GRAIN SIZE (mm) I U.S. SIEVE METRIC SIEVE A "t SP SPEC. HOLDER BALLAST IS 9- 3.9(I SD " 9.03. i2 SIZE SI r ) RETAIN v,SSua. DATE SAMPLED: 6/19/2010 2 1/2" 63.0 363.2 97.7 100 100 TIME: 1130 2" 50.0 363.2 97.7 65-100 65-100 SOURCE: A 511 1 1/2" 37.5 2315.4 85.6 SAMPLED BY: Mark J 1 1/4" 31.5 5039.4 68.6 TESTED BY: Mark J 1" 25.0 9534.0 40.6 50-85 COMMENTS: 3/4" 19.6 14028.6 12.6 40-80 #4 4.75 15844.6 1.3 26-44 0-5 #40 0.425 15858.2 1.2 0-16 #100 0.150 15890.0 1.0 0-2 WET#2001 0.075 15994.4 0.3 0-9 0 PAN 16048.9 SE = 35 min. MAWashingtonState Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1/3/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM# 16A Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Hdq- Appei Code File No. 50 Flyght Sewage Pump, Model NP 3301 X Flyght 10.11300 I Projec-En Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1.,,96nditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cent. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. -T Remarks: P%�vf� br' //+� -�✓i3M/rTA�. �B�c c� df �AT�2�/f�,/Q-.sT L/yG L/s!$ "7 S ti`F"' siic�i/�! o.J — —H9- 7- ?T> jse� Q �_YPO. T z 2�SY t G THE S.�f3F� T`T-er[_. / S /=/!✓ �- Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Whitney Equipment Company, Inc. is proud to present The Submittal for CITY OF RENTON STONEGATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: SECTION 11300 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS December 30, 2010 Shoreline Construction, Inc. Roth Hill, LLC BILL OF MATERIAL SECTION 11300 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS tea FLYGT NP 3301X — 466, 7.5 BY, 6" Submersible Sewage Pumps 2ea 85 HP Explosion Proof Submersible Motosr, 460 Volt, 3 Phase 2ea. 50' SUBCAB #1/3-2-1 Power Cables 2ea 6" Cast Iron Discharge Elbows lea Flygt 4901 Mix Flush Valve 2ea Flygt FLS Moisture Sensors 2ea Flygt Mini-Cas 120 Relay Units w/ Bases 2ea Flygt Large Grip Eye Lifting System 2ea Sets of Spare Bearings, Seals and O-Rings 2ea Sets of Stainless Steel Lifting Chains and Shackles 2ea Stainless Steel Safety Hooks 2ea 3" Stainless Steel Upper Guide Bar Brackets 2ea Set of T' Stainless Steel Guide Rails 2ea Days of Manufacturers Startup and Training Services Future Upgrade Future Duty Point of 775 GPM @ 200.5' TDH can be achieved with an impeller change to a 462 Impeller (390mm). WHITNEY EQUIPMENT COMPANY, INC. 21222 30'' Drive SE, Suite 110 Bothell, Wash. 98021 N49 Phone: (425) 486-9499 Fax: (425) 485-7409 Specification Data Sheet For: FLYGT SUBMERSIBLE PUMP MP-3301X DATE: 12/30/10 CONTRACTOR: Shoreline Construction, Inc. SECTION NUMBERS: 11300 ENGINEER: Roth Hill, LLC OWNER: City of Renton WECO SALES ORDER LOCATION: Stonegate Lift Station REVISION BY DATE DESCRIPTION NOTES 0 BC 12/30/10 Original Submittal Submersible Pumps A I GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS i C I BASIC EQUIPMENT FEATURES 1 QUANTITY 2 20 CABLE SEAL GROMMET TYPE 2 TAG NUMBERS 21 CABLE SIZE 113-2-1 GC/PUMP 3 MODEL NUMBER NP-3301 X - 466 22 SEAL- INNER TUNGSTEN -CARBIDE 4 INITIAL CAPACITY 425 GPM @ 172 FT 23 SEAL -OUTER TUNGSTEN -CARBIDE 5 SHUTOFF 200' 24 WEIGHT 1875 LBS 6 DISCHARGE SIZE 6" 25 UPPER GUIDE BAR BRACKET 3" STAINLESS STEEL 7 IMPELLER TYPE NON -CLOG BACKSWEPT 26 GUIDE RAILS 3" STAINLESS STEEL 8 HORSEPOWER 85 HP 27 LIFTING CHAIN STAINLESS STEEL 9 MOTOR SPEED 1775 RPM 28 FLUSH VALVE 4901 MIX FLUSH 10 MOTOR ELECTRICALS 460V,3 PH, 60 HZ 29 SAFETY HOOKS STAINLESS STEEL 11 INSULATION CLASS H 30 LIFTING DEVICE FLYGT LARGE GRIP EYE 12 SERVICE FACTOR 1.15 31 13 PUMP BODY CAST IRON 35B 32 FUTURE CAPACITY 775 GPM @ 200.5 FT 14 MOTOR RATING INVERTER DUTY 33 IMPELLER CHANGE CODE 462 (390MM) 15 PUMP SHAFT 420 STAINLESS STEEL 34 16 SYSTEM RATING FM RATED EX PROOF 35 B I Spare Parts Included I D I Options Included 17 2 SETS OF SPARE SEALS, BEARINGS AND O-RINGS 36 FLS MOISTURE SENSORS 18 37 MINI -CAS 120 RELAY UNITS 19 38 Drawing Number Showing Notes 4-3301 PUMP DIMENSIONS 2 DAYS MANUFACTURERS STARTUP AND TRAINING SERVICES 6-3301 PUMP ELECTRICAL SPECS 8/4 466 PUMP CURVE NP-3301 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Furnish and install 2 submersible non -clog wastewater pump(s). Each pump shall be equipped with an 85 HP submersible electric motor, connected for operation on 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz, 7 wire service, with 50 feet of submersible cable (SUBCAB) suitable for submersible pump applications. The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and ICEA standards and also meet with P-MSHA Approval. PUMP DESIGN CONFIGURATION The pump shall be supplied with a mating cast iron 6 inch discharge connection and be capable of delivering 425 GPM at 172 FT. TDH. The pump shall be capable of delivering 775 GPM at 200.5 FT. TDH with a future impeller change to a 462 impeller. The pump(s) shall be automatically and firmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by no less than two guide bars extending from the top of the station to the discharge connection. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the wet -well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be accomplished by a machined metal to metal watertight contact. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the sump floor. Each pump shall be fitted with a grip lifting system with stainless steel cable/chain and shackles. The working load of the lifting system shall be 50% greater than the pump unit weight. PUMP CONSTRUCTION Major pump components shall be of grey cast iron, ASTM A-48, Class 3513, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes or other irregularities. All exposed nuts or bolts shall be of stainless steel construction. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumpage, other than stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin paint finish on the exterior of the pump. Sealing design shall incorporate metal -to -metal contact between machined surfaces. Critical mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with Nitrile or Viton rubber O-rings. Fittings will be the result of controlled compression of rubber O-rings in two planes and O-ring contact of four sides without the requirement of a specific torque limit. Rectangular cross sectioned gaskets requiring specific torque limits to achieve compression shall not be considered as adequate or equal. No secondary sealing compounds, elliptical 0-rings, grease or other devices shall be used. COOLING SYSTEM Each unit shall be provided with an integral motor cooling system. A motor cooling jacket shall encircle the stator housing, providing for dissipation of motor heat regardless of the type of pump installation. An impeller, integral to the cooling system and driven by the pump shaft, shall provide the necessary circulation of the cooling liquid through the jacket. The cooling liquid shall pass about the stator housing in the closed loop system in turbulent flow providing for superior heat transfer. The cooling system shall have one fill port and one drain port integral to the cooling jacket. The cooling system shall provide for continuous pump operation in liquid or ambient temperatures of up to 104°F. (400C.). Operational restrictions at temperatures below 104°F are not acceptable. Fans, blowers or auxiliary cooling systems that are mounted external to the pump motor are not acceptable. CABLE ENTRY SEAL The cable entry seal design shall preclude specific torque requirements to insure a watertight and submersible seal. The cable entry shall consist of dual cylindrical elastomer grommets, flanked by washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable outside diameter and the entry inside diameter. The grommets shall be compressed by the cable entry unit, thus providing a strain relief function. The assembly shall provide ease of changing the cable when necessary using the same entry seal. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be sealed from each other, which shall isolate the stator housing from foreign material gaining access through the pump top. Epoxies, silicones, or other secondary sealing systems shall not be considered equal. MOTOR The pump motor shall be a NEMA B design, induction type with a squirrel cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber. The stator windings shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation rated for 180°C (356°F). The stator shall be insulated by the trickle impregnation method using Class H monomer -free polyester resin resulting in a winding fill factor of at least 95%. The motor shall be inverter duty rated in accordance with NEMA MG1, Part 31.The stator shall be heat -shrink fitted into the cast iron stator housing. The use of multiple step dip and bake -type stator insulation process is not acceptable. The use of pins, bolts, screws or other fastening devices used to locate or hold the stator and that penetrate the stator housing are not acceptable. The motor shall be designed for continuous duty while handling pumped media of up to 104°F. The motor shall be capable of no less than 15 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and short circuit rings shall be made of aluminum. Three thermal switches.shall be embedded in the stator end coils, one per phase winding, to monitor the stator temperature. These thermal switches shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and shall be connected to the motor control panel. The junction chamber shall be sealed off from the stator housing and shall contain a terminal board for connection of power and pilot sensor cables using threaded compression type terminals. The use of wire nuts or crimp -type connectors is not acceptable. The motor and the pump shall be produced by the same manufacturer. The motor service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall be 1.15. The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of +/- 10%. The motor shall be designed for continuous operation in up to a 40`'C. ambient and shall have a NEMA Class B maximum operating temperature rise of 80' C. A motor performance chart shall be provided upon request exhibiting curves for motor torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and efficiency. The chart shall also include data on motor starting and no-load characteristics. Motor horsepower shall be sufficient so that the pump is non -overloading throughout its entire performance curve, from shut-off to run -out. The motor and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet or greater. BEARINGS The integral pump/motor shaft shall rotate on two bearings. The motor bearings shall be sealed and permanently grease lubricated with high temperature grease. The upper motor bearing shall be a two row angular contact ball bearing. The lower bearing shall be a two row angular contact ball bearing to handle the thrust and radial forces. The minimum L10 bearing life shall be 50,000 hours at any usable portion of the pump curve. MECHANICAL SEALS Each pump shall be provided with a positively driven dual, tandem mechanical shaft seal system consisting of two seal sets, each having an independent spring. The lower primary seal, located between the pump and seal chamber, shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten -carbide ring. The upper secondary seal, located between the seal chamber and the seal inspection chamber, shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten -carbide seal ring All seal rings shall be individual solid sintered rings. Each seal interface shall be held in place by its own spring system. The seals shall not depend upon direction of rotation for sealing. Mounting of the lower seal on the impeller hub is not acceptable. Shaft seals without positively driven rotating members or conventional double mechanical seals containing either a common single or double spring acting between the upper and lower seal faces are not acceptable. The seal springs shall be isolated from the pumped media to prevent materials from packing around them, limiting their performance. Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling and shall provide capacity for lubricant expansion. The seal lubricant chamber shall have one drain and one inspection plug that are accessible from the exterior of the motor unit. The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication. The area about the exterior of the lower mechanical seal in the cast iron housing shall have cast in an integral concentric spiral groove. This groove shall protect the seals by causing abrasive particulate entering the seal cavity to be forced out away from the seal due to centrifugal action. A separate seal leakage chamber shall be provided so that any leakage that may occur past the upper, secondary mechanical seal will be captured prior to entry into the motor stator housing. Such seal leakage shall not contaminate the motor lower bearing. The leakage chamber shall be equipped with a float type switch that will signal if the chamber should reach 50% capacity. PUMP SHAFT The pump and motor shaft shall be a single piece unit. The pump shaft is an extension of the motor shaft. Shafts using mechanical couplings shall not be acceptable. The shaft shall be ASTM/AISI 431 stainless steel. Shaft sleeves will not be acceptable. IMPELLER The impeller shall be of gray cast iron, ASTM A-48 Class 3513, dynamically balanced, semi -open, multi -vane, back swept, screw -shaped, non -clog design. The impeller leading edges shall be mechanically self -cleaned automatically upon each rotation as they pass across a spiral groove located on the volute suction. The screw -shaped leading edges of the impeller shall be hardened to Rc 45 and shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter normally found in wastewater. The screw shape of the impeller inlet shall provide an inducing effect for the handling of up to 5% sludge and rag -laden wastewater. The impeller to volute clearance shall be readily adjustable by the means of a single trim screw. The Impeller shall be locked to the shaft and held by an impeller bolt. VOLUTE/SUCTION COVER The pump volute shall be a single piece gray cast iron, ASTM A-48, Class 35B, non -concentric design with smooth passages of sufficient size to pass any solids that may enter the impeller. Minimum inlet and discharge size shall be as specified. The volute shall have a replaceable volute insert ring containing spiral -shaped, sharp -edged groove(s). The spiral groove(s) shall provide the relief path and sharp edge(s) across which each impeller vane leading edge shall cross during rotation so to remain unobstructed. The internal volute bottom shall provide effective sealing between the multi -vane semi -open impeller and the volute. The insert ring shall be cast of. (ASTM A-48 Class 35B cast iron or ASTM A 532 (Alloy III A), 25% chrome cast iron). PROTECTION Each pump motor stator shall incorporate three thermal switches, one per stator phase winding and be connected in series, to monitor the temperature of the motor. Should the thermal switches open, the motor shall stop and activate an alarm. A float switch shall be installed in the seal leakage chamber and will activate if leakage into the chamber reaches 50% chamber capacity, signaling the need to schedule an inspection. The thermal switches and float switch shall be connected to a Mini CAS control and status monitoring unit. The Mini CAS unit shall be designed to be mounted in the pump control panel. PRODUCT TYPE (& PERFORMANCE CURVE NP3301.180 HT Wzter & Wzstewater DATE 2010-07-29 PROJECT S>u Ti At U vT `/ Po i�s-r CURVE NO 63 466 00-0150 ISSUE 4 VI -LOAD 3/4-LOAD 1/2-LOAD RATED IMPELLER DIAMETER POWER ..... 85 hp 350 mm POWER FACTOR 0.85 0.83 0.76 STARTING 430 A EFFICIENCY 92.5 % 93.5 % 94.0 % CURRENT ... MOTOR # STATOR REV MOTOR DATA -- -- -- RATED CURRENT ... RATED 101 1775 A 35-25-4AA 01 D 10 COMMENTS INLET/OUTLET FREQ PHASES VOLTAGE POLES 46 inch SPEED ...... TOT.MOM.OF rpm 60 Hz 3 460 V 4 INERTIA... 0.80 kgm2 IMP. THROUGHLET GEARTYPE RATIO NO- OF BLADES 2"- [hp] 70 of W 50 O 40 In 30 I DUTY -POINT FL m HEAD ft POWER [hp] EFF. [%] NPSHre[R] GUARANTEE 1 1 427.7 1739 j 48.4 (45.5) 38.9 (41.4) 17.9 B.E.P. 1510 108.9 63.4 (67.7) 18.8 HI level A [ft] 200 160 0 W = 120 80 40 O* LL W li J LL a "' wa 2 O O* NPSHre z [ft] 50 1 ao \ � I � I I 30 I i T T-4ps H re=36 1 20 \ \G 10 n 0 a 0 500 1000 �i n i J 1 NPSHre = NPSH3% + min. operational margin Performance with clear water and ambient temp 40 °C a LL W r— Lu W m EFF. f %l 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1500 2000 2500 [USgpm] FLOW GUARANTEE BETWEEN LIMITS (G) ACC. TO HI level A t, m 0 rn 0 m a r J LL PRODUCT TYPE �& PERFORMANCE CURVE NP3301.180 HT W r&W t ter DATE 2010-07-29 PROJECT FUTUP F- bUTy POi-T t''/TiAP cHAaGE CURVE NO 63 62 00-0150 ISSUE 4 111-LOAD 314-LOAD 1/2-LOAD RATED POWER 85 hp IMPELLER DIAMETER ..... 390 mm POWER FACTOR 0.85 0.83 0.76 STARTING 430 A REV EFFICIENCY 92.5 % 93.5 % 94.0 % CURRENT ... MOTOR # STATOR MOTOR DATA — — -- CURRENT ... 101 A RATED SPEED 1775 35-25-4AA 01 D 10 COMMENTS INLET/OUTLET FREC, PHASES VOLTAGE POLES 4 6 inch ..... rpm TOT.MOM.OF 60 Hz 3 460 V 4 INERTIA... 0.83 kgm2 IMP. THROUGHLET GEARTYPE RATIO NO. OF --- BLADES 2 [hp] o S _ O 0� 80 O 60 IZ LL W 40 a w � d W Z) o na. DUTY -POINT FLnI HEADrftlPOWER [hp] EFF. [%] NPSHreltt] O 1 790 206.9 1 79.6 (74.1) 52.0 (55.9) 16.5 B.E.P. 1620 152.4 97.5 (89.9) 64.1 (69.5) 19.8 NPSHre Z [ftl [] t J W W W 25 m nO 250 Fa - EFF. -- 41 200 I 50.0 1 Q Q -A = 150 37.5 60 50 / 25.0 40 100 30 12.5 20 50 10 0 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 [USgpm] FLOW UARANTEE BETWEEN LIMITS (G) ACC. TO NPSHre = NPSH3% + min. operational margin PH °C I level A Performance with clear water and ambient temp 40 PRODUCT: NP 3301 HT Product picture Curves G) Enlarge Head - [Ft] Power -[Hp] 30 I I 70 20 6.6 e i j 10 _ (_ _ _ _ 23.3 mco .I i 0 0 1 2 3 Flow - [USgpm x1000] Performance Wi NPSHre Shaft Power Pump Data Curve id: 63-466-00-0150 Impeller: 466 Poles: 4 - pole Motor: 35-25-4AA Frequency: 60 Hz Motor Data Rated output Nominal Full load Locked rotor Locked rotor Locked rotor power p 0 volta 9 a current current kVA code letter Poles/rpm Hp (kW) (V) L (A) (A) I kVA/Hp 85(63) 3 460 101 430 342 D 4/1775 Pump motor Efficiency Power factor Hp 100% load i 75% load 50% load 100% load I 75% load 50% load 85 92.5 93.5 94 0.85 0.83 0.76 Cable Data HP Cables Volts Max. length (Ft) Cable size/Nominal OD. Conductors (In one cable) Type Part number (3) 1 AWG (PWR) 85 1 460 490 #1/3-2-1-GC (2) 10 AWG (CTRL) STD 942111 1.64"-(41.7mm) (1) 4 AWG (GND) (1) 8 AWG (GC) Available Discharge Connection Outlet Size Iwarm Liquid Data utlet Drilled Flange 6" Rtd. Amb. Temp.IRtd. Curr.(1) Rtd. Curr.(2) De -rated Shaft Power 70° C/ 158° F 1 89 A NaN A 74.4 Hp 534 (TO FURTHEST POINT) MR i 38 j REF. LINE O U o BOLT O4(4x) 0 11" VIEW Z—Z AUTOCAD DRAWING ` DIMENSIONS TO END OF GUIDE BARS Weight (Ibs) Pump with cooling jacket 1875 Discharge connection 205 0' NK by.awS6 D t'080917 Dimensional drwg S.W.,u,� NP 3301 HT °5399 W 6844400 1E Generic Duplex Lift Station Layout e-Catalog FLYGT Lift Station Guide Lines I Issued: 9/05 Supersedes: 5/05 ITT FLY PU CONTROL EL FMC 0 ITT Fl_YG r^ ? —IIPPFR C;l11flF GROU GROUND EL. --FT—IN ATE ED FO IDE O NOTES: HIGH LEVEL LAG PUMP ON __FT__IN(D REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE . ,LEAD PUMP )ISCHARGE CONNECTION I GUIDE BARS NOM. SIZE) 1. COVER SHOWN IS A STANDARD DUTY SAFE 4. 60 RECOMMENDED. HATCH WITH ANGLE FRAME. FOR DIMENSIONS ON 5. OTHER MATERIALS AVAILABLE. CONSULT ITT FLYGT. ACCESS COVERS WITH SAFE HATCH OR WITHOUT 6_ ITT FLYGT LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL MONITORING SAFE HATCH AS WELL AS HEAVY DUTY OR OTHER SYSTEM. TYPES, CONSULT ITT FLYGT. 7. GOOD DESIGN PRACTICE DICTATES THAT 2 INSTALL ACCESS COVERS PER MANUFACTURER'S INFLUENT PIPE ELEVATIONS HIGHER THAN LWL INSTRUCTIONS. SHOULD BE AVOIDED DUE TO RISK OF AIR 3. MIN. LIQUID LEVEL MUST NOT FALL BELOW TOP OF ENTRAINMENT, UNLESS SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS VOLUTE. ARE MADE. W20MA N P-3301 e-Catalog F-L. TLT Lift Station Dimensions Issued: 7/05 Supersedes: 5/05 O NOTES: 1. CONFIGURATION AND DIMS. SHOWN ARE SUGGESTED 3. LOCATE ANCHOR BOLTS USING INSIDE EDGE OF REQUIREMENTS ONLY_ ALL DETAILS, INCLUDING CLEAR OPENING AND PUMP CENTERIUNE AS SIZING OF PIT, TYPE, LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT REFERENCE POINT. BOLT LOCATIONS MUST BE HELD OF VALVES AND PIPING, ETC. ARE TO BE SPECIFIED TO MAINTAIN EXACT POSITION OF PUMP TO CLEAR BY THE CONSULTING ENGINEER AND ARE SUBJECT OPENING. TO THEIR APPROVAL. 4. ITT FLYGT MIX —FLUSH VALVE 2- REFERENCE GENERIC DUPLEX LIFT STATION LAYOUT FOR ELEVATION VIEW. Si plex Duplex (EPIT PIT S S T —T— 0U- _ 0 r � � -r + 1 W r kz'- i 1 W 1 I - 1 MIN. U MIN. MIN. `� - t � Y MIN. i MIN. TOP VIEW A — REF. POINT CJ � B OO _4" ANCHOR© BOLT (4x) D - JPIT, PUMP & UPPER GUIDE BAR BRACKET T -. (j PIT BASE SECTION AI I ML ACAICInKIC ADC IAI IAI 'W4 7Q A CLEAR OPEW REF. POINT c —I B I SPIT BASE SECTION NOM. SIZE VERSION A B C D SIMPLEX S T U V W Y DUPLEX S T U PL V I W I Y T 3Q 11� 10 5 23 171 84 15 36} 44 241W2Oi4-4 15 30 66} 44 12� 19 10 5 36 27d 19 40} 50 42 22 41 847j 50 7� 19 20} 101 33 21} E 21 43 52 38 23 44 89 52 16 25� 23} 11i 30� 161 120 24 47 59 331 25 49 97 59 4" ANCHOR BOLT (8x) PL TYP. PIT PUMP AND UPPER GUIDE BAR BRACKET TYP. wo25- ITT Water & Wastewater Model 4901 Flush Valve (with 90° discharge elbow) Part No. 556 51 01 Flygt Mix -Flush System Model 4901 Accessories Issued: 6/94 1 Supersedes:12/91 The Flygt Mix-Flush(m) System automatically flushes the sump during initial operation of the pump. The system consists of the Flygt 4901 Flush Valve, Impeller and Volute. The operation of the valve depends only on the pump flow and pressure. No electrical components or cables are used with the valve. Thus, the valve is intrinsically safe and suitable for pumps used in hazardous locations Class 1, Division 1, Groups C and D. The powerful stream of water exiting the valve violently chums up the liquid in the sump thus re- suspending any built up sludge. The system is based on the ejector principle with a ball closing the valve in a period of 20 to 50 seconds. A means of adjustment is provided on the outside of the valve to obtain the desired flushing period. i k **vft� Valve Open Valve Closed Flygt Mix -Flush System ITT Mix -Flush Valve Specification Water &Wastewater Accessories Issued: 10/00 1 Supersedes: At least one pump in each sump shall be equipped with an automatically operating valve that will provide a mixing action within the sump at the start-up of the pumping cycle. This valve shall be mounted directly on the pump volute and shall direct a portion of the pumpage into the sump to flush and re -suspend solids and grease by the turbulent action of its -discharge. The turbulent action caused by the flow shall also provide some sump aeration benefits. The valve shall be mounted on the pump volute so that it can be removed from the sump along with the pump during normal and routine maintenance checks and shall be positioned on the volute to provide for non -clogging operation. The valve shall be equipped with an adjustable, wear -resistant discharge nozzle which shall be used to direct flow from the valve to optimize mixing action within the sump. The valve shall not require any external power source or control to operate, neither electric nor pneumatic. The use of the external power source is not acceptable. The valve shall be suitable for use in Class I, Division 1 hazardous locations. The valve shall open at the beginning of each pumping cycle and shall automatically close during pump operation after a pre -selected time of operation. The valve shall operate automatically by differential pressure across the valve and shall be actuated through a self-contained hydraulic system which uses an environmentally safe fluid. A method of adjusting the valve operating time shall be provided. ITT Water & Wastewater PLAI I WASH LATERAL NUT Safety Hooks Accessories PIN SHACKLE C DIA. BT Issued: 11/09 1 Supersedes: 10/08 h- D --I SHACKLE + A DIA. li EYE BOLT PUMP KIT MATERIAL A B C D E L ID LATERAL EYE SHACKLE MODELS No. NUT BOLT 3045 th ru 3202 14 9 05 Galvanized Steel 5/16" 9/16" 3/8' 1-1/4' 4' 2-1/2" 3/4" 3/8-16 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 5/16" th thr 14 5 O6 Stainless Steel 3/8" 11/16" 7/16' 1-7/16' 4' 2-1/2' 3/4' 3/8-16 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 3/8" 5 50 021 thru 8044 3231 thru 3602 5/8' 1-1/16' 3/4' 2-1/2' 6-1/2' 4' 1-1/4' 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8' : 1458915560 11 Stainless Steel 5/8' 1-1/16" 3/4" 2-7/16" 6-1/2' 4' 1-1/4' 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8" thru 5570 ITT Water & Wastewater Upper Guide Bar Bracket (for 3000, 5500 & 8000 Series Pumps) Accessories 2" PER GUIDE BAR BRACKET 613 68X I Galvanized Steel 613 68 04 16 Stainless Steel 4-1/4- Note: use with 2" nominal guide bars 3" UPPER GUIDE BAR BRACKET Galvan;aeel Steel 661 54 01 316 Stainless Steel 6-11/16- 12-13/16- 49/16' 1/2 01/2- F Tot �5-1/2. Note: use with 3' nominal guide bars Issued: 8/10 1 Supersedes: 2/10 MOUNTING HARDWARE 14-59 00 00 (stainless steel) 3/8'-16 LATERAL NUT qr° T 14-46 37 05 HEX. HEAD BOLT (2), 318--16 x 7/8- 14-46 20 25 -0 4 3/8" N WASHER (2) 1 5007 3/8' LOCK WASHER (2) 1446 50 67 Standard for the following pumps: DP-3068 DP-3080 CP/DP/FP/NP-3085 CP/FP/NP-3102 CP/ FP/NP-3127 NP/FP-3153 NP/FP-3171 HP-5520, 5530 DP-8050, 8053, 8056, 8058 NUT RAIL FEATURE \� NIUT _ eai MOUNTING HARDWARE 14-59 00 00 (stainless steel) i 1 0 3/8'-16 LATERAL NUT 14-46 37 05 HEX. HEAD BOLT (2), - 3/8'-16 x 7/8' 1446 20 25 Standard for the following pumps: NP/FP-3171 CP/NP-3400 NP-3202 CP-3501 CP/NP/RP-3231 CP-3531 C�CP-3802 NP�301 CP-3800 CP/NP-3306 HP-5570 CP/N P-3312 N P-3315 CP-3351 CP/NP-3356 3/8' PLAIN WASHER (2) 4 , 446 50 07 3/8' LOCK WASHER (2) 1446 50 67 ITT Water & Wastewater Fig. 1 Flygt Pump LiftTll Lifting System Accessories E Issued: 8/00 1 Supersedes: 1 Fig. 2 E Item Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Chain Sling 4421800 *442 18 06 *442 18 05 Ass'y Grip -Eye 620 09 00 620 09 00 620 09 01 A 13-1 /2 11-1 /4 24-13/16 8 2-3/8 2-3/4 2-3/1 6 C 7-7/8 7-7/8 13-3/4 D 2-3/8 2-3/8 4-3/4 E 1/2 5/8 7/8 All dimensions are in inches *Stainless Steel n ITT Flygt Grip -eye Lifting System An optional accessory to the ITT Flygt submersible pump line is the patented Flygt Grip -eye System. The system consists of a short section of stainless steel chain (approximately 18-inches) attached to the pump handle via a stainless steel shackle, a guide cable made of stainless steel in a length appropriate to the specific wet well and attached to the stainless chain via a stainless Quick Link, and the Grip -eye device (trade of a wrought alloy steel). A hoist is also needed but is not part of the Grip -eye lifting system. The operation of the Flygt Grip -eye system is as follows: 1. Connect the small eye of the Grip -eye to the end of the hoist cable. 2. Slip the end of the guide cable through the large eye of the Grip - eye. The guide cable simply acts as a guide for the Grip -eye on its way down to the short length of the pump lifting chain. 3. While keeping the guide line taut, proceed to lower the Grip -eye until it is well positioned over the pump lifting chain. 4. Release the tension on the guide line. The lifting chain will now take a position to become engaged in the Grip -eye. 5. Gradually take up tension on the hoist cable and the Grip -eye will make a positive grip on the pump lifting chair. Continue hoisting until the pump is clear of the station. i i THISIS HOW YOU LIFT IS ...�.� a:--. i �► IL Is H W U 0 Haag i F3® MOHNO[-CAB 120 •.lam S � - r ; 1 3 _ t PART NO. 14-407129 'f s t A �l ... 'X'r l�i sYl "• �j C. y � n fs, r Features: • Plug in replacement for existing MiniCAS / FUS unit • 120 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC powered • Durable plastic enclosure with flange for mounting on door of pump control enclosure • Highly visible red LEDs for indication of Leakage and Temperature alarms Green LED for indication power is applied • Temperature alarm reset mode select switch, for selection of Manual or Auto reset modes • Temperature alarm reset push-button on front of unit • Input power transient protected • Sensor input circuit transient protected • Sensor input circuit short circuit protected • Noise Filter on Sensor Input • Sensor circuit supply voltage regulated to 12 VDC • Detailed connection diagram on side of unit ITT FLYGT CORPORATION 35 Nutmeg. Ddve Trunbull, Connecticut 06611 Phone (203) 380-4700 FAX (203) 380-4705 2.900 TLT T _ LEAKAGE ALFJ. RE , t1 MANUAL RESE7 4' .2 ;o: RESE7EF .. halm 20 • Input Power: 120 VAC +10%, 7.0 VA max 24 VAC =10%, 3.5 VA max 24 VDC ±10°ro, 125 mA max • Input Power Transient Protection: Metal Oxide Varistor • Sensor Input Transient Protection: Metal Oxide Varistor • Relay Contact Rating: l0A @ 250 VAC • Relay Contact Material: Silver Cadmium Oxide (AgCdO) • Ambient Operating Temperature: —20°C to +65°C (-4°F to +149°F) • Agency Approvals: UL, 508, CAN/CSA (Pending) • Alarm Indicators: Super Bright Red LED • Power On Indicator: Green LED • Enclosure: Blue Lexan (141R) or Noryl (PX9406) • Faceplate Overlay: Silver Lexan with Black Text • Side Label: Silver Lexan with Black Text • Sensor Circuit Supply Voltage: Regulated 12 VDC ±10%, • Weight 11.75 oz (334 grams) • Temperature Alarm Trip Point: Sensor Current <3, mA ±5% • Leak Alarm Trip Point: Sensor Current >22 mA ±5 % { � Washington State A Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1J3/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 17 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE rI Code Hdqtr. Appel Code No. No. 53 Generator Model 175 Cummins NW 10.16205 - l Project Engineer Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11, Remarks: I Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 MAWashingtonState Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 3/4/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example For WSDOT Use Only RAM # 17C - Resub Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference AP rI Code Adgr9 Code File No. 53 Anchor Bolt Cale Cummins NW 10.16205/sht S- I Note 6 Q Project Engine Date 'State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Materials ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other Washington State AdElk MDepartment of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 3/4/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example For WSDOT Use Only RAM # 17C - Resub Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adg frl Code File No 53 Anchor Bolt Calc Cummins NW 10.16205/sht S-1 Note 6 Project ngin er Date State Materials Engineer Date 1. J" Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Materials ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other John D. Hobson From: william.j.pederson@cummins.com Sent: Tuesday, January 25, 2011 8:56 AM To: John D. Hobson Cc: Suzuki, Doug; richard.dickson@cummins.com; billie.d.hjort@cummins.com Subject: RE: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments John, As soon as we receive the submittals back from you approved, we will release equipment for production. Thank you, William J. Pederson Project Coordinator Cummins Northwest, LLC 425-277-5327 425-235-8202 fax From: "John D. Hobson" <Jhobson@Rentonwa.gov> To: "'william.j.pederson@cummins.com"' <william.j.pederson@cummins.com>, "Suzuki, Doug" <dsuzuki@sccwa.net> Cc: "richard.dickson@cummins.com" <richard.dickson@cummins.com> Date: 01/25/2011 08:34 AM Subject: RE: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments We'll go with your original "AlumTek" enclosure submittal and we'll do a little jockeying to make it fit. John From: william.j.pederson@cummins.com [mailto:william.jpedersonCabcummins.com] Sent: Tuesday, January 25, 2011 7:50 AM To: John D. Hobson Cc: richard.dickson@cummins.com Subject: Fw: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments John, Has there been any further discussions about your concerns on the enclosure over-all width? Our vendor has indicated there is no way with the muffler and loadbank specifications to reduce the width. Please address any questions to my attention. Thank you, William J. Pederson Project Coordinator Cummins Northwest, LLC 425-277-5327 425-235-8202 fax -- Forwarded by William J Pederson/Distributors/Cummins on 01/25/2011 07:45 AM From: Doug Suzuki <dsuzuki@sccwa.net> To: william.j.pederson@cummins.com Date: 01/24/2011 01:55 PM Subject: RE: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments Bill — I gave John Ho enclosure with him. J�,UII WIUI RCIILUII yUUI IIIIU �,U IIC Ul�,UU» IL VVI John Hobson City, of Renton Project Manager (425) 430-7279 V ork: jhobson !renton,xa.gov 1055 South Grady V-)ay Renton, %VA 98055 http: i)rhV'A'4V,O,renton,'A'a.us Doug Suzuki Shoreline Construction Co. PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Office: 425.483.0600 Fax: 360.668.5133 Cell: 206.571.3571 h you. It might be quicker if you called him and discussed the From: william.j.pederson@cummins.com [mailto:william.j_pederson@cummins.com] Sent: Monday, January 24, 2011 1:27 PM To: Doug Suzuki Cc: richard.dickson@cummins.com Subject: Fw: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments Doug, Has there been a decision made on the enclosure width design yet? Please see e-mail below. Thank you, William J. Pederson Project Coordinator Cummins Northwest, LLC 425-277-5327 425-235-8202 fax Forwarded by William J Pederson/Distributors/Cummins on 01/24/2011 01:23 PM From: William J Pederson/Distributors/Cummins To: Doug Suzuki <dsuzuki@sccwa.net> Cc. Richard Dickson/Distributors/Cummins@Cummins Date: 01/21/2011 02:33 PM Subject: Re: FW: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments 2 Doug, I received a responds back from our enclosure vendor. He said, due to the noise level specified, and the fact there is a load bank inside, they can not go any smaller than what they originally purposed. Please let us know what the next step is. Thank you, William J. Pederson Project Coordinator Cummins Northwest, LLC 425-277-5327 425-235-8202 fax From: Doug Suzuki <dsuzuki@sccwa.net> To: william.j.pederson@cummins.com Date: 01/20/2011 08:50 AM Subject: FW: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments Bill — Please read below Doug Suzuki Shoreline Construction Co. PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Office: 425.483.0600 Fax: 360.668.5133 Cell: 206.571.3571 From: John D. Hobson [mailto:Jhobson@Rentonwa.gov] Sent: Thursday, January 20, 2011 8:44 AM To: Doug Suzuki Subject: Stonegate LS - Generator additional Comments Doug, We have one other comment on the generator submittal. The enclosure cabinet that you submitted from Alum-Tek (see attachment) is almost 8 feet wide. The plans show a six-foot generator with enclosure. The site is already cramped with the control building and storm system as well as the generator set. I have attached a spec for a "skin-tight" enclosure (6 feet wide) that transmitted to our mechanical engineer from Cummins NW. John This email has been scanned by the MessageLabs Email Security System. For more information please visit http://www.messagelabs.com/email This email has been scanned by the MessageLabs Email Security System. For more information please visit http://www.messagelabs.com/email [attachment "John Hobson.vcf'deleted by William J Pederson/Distributors/Cummins] This email has been scanned by the MessageLabs Email Security System. For more information please visit http://www.messagelabs.com/email Response to Contractor Submittal No.: 1 7C Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date: Specification Section: Page: 8 March 2011 K/J Job No.: 0897003 16205 1 of 1 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement K/J Refer to Item Action Comment Manufacturer or Supplier Title of Submittal / Drawinc I I Seismic Anchorage Calculations — NET 1 _J.R. MacKenzie, P.E., S.E. StandbYGenerator A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit 1. Submitted seismic anchorage calculations are acceptable. As indicated in Response to Contractor Submittal No. 1713, provide Special Inspections and Testing for installation of post -installed anchors in accordance with Drawing S1, Special Inspections and Testing Schedule, and Sections 10.05090- 1.04C and 3.02A.1. Provide ICC Reports for anchors in accordance with Section 10.05090-1.03D prior to installation and inspection. B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work at of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Eric Tam Distribution Submittal Encl. Response Owner Engineer Contractor File 0897003 C Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 Response to Contractor Submittal No.: 16205-1A Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date Specification Section Page 07 February 2011 K/J Job No.: 0897003 16205 1of1 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement K/J Refer to Item ActioComment Manufacturer or Supplier 1 1 MC 1 1 The VMC Group Title of Submittal / Drawin Seismic Restraint and Vibration Isolation A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit t-ommenu s 1. Submitted seismic anchorage calculations for attaching generator set to subbase tank/steel frame are acceptable. However, as indicated in response to previous submittal dated 14 January 2011, seismic anchorage calculations for attached entire enclosure to concrete pad not included in submitted information. Submit for review. Final acceptance of submitted generator set package is pending approval of seismic anchorage calculations. B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Ryan Ray, P. . Distribution Submittal Encl. Response Owner Engineer Contractor File 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 Response to Contractor Submittal No.: 16205-1 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date: 14 January 2011 Specification Section: Page: 16205,16250 1 of 1 K/J Job No.: 0897003 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Item K/J Action Refer to Comment Manufacturer or Supplier Title of Submittal / Drawing 1 MCN R 1,2 Cummins NW Generator Set 2 MCN R 2 AiumTek Sound Attenuating Enclosure 3 MCN 3 Cummins NW Transfer Switch 4 NET Simplex Load Bank 5 MCN R 2,4 The VMC Group Seismic Restraint and Vibration Isolation A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit Uomm 1. Coolant Heater shall be 120 VAC or 208 VAC. 240VAC is not available at the station. 2. Submitted seismic anchorage calculations for attaching generator set to subbase tank/steel frame. However, seismic anchorage calculations for attached entire enclosure to concrete pad not included in submitted information. Submit for review. Final acceptance of submitted generator set package is pending approval of seismic anchorage calculations. 3. Separate ATS enclosure submitted. As indicated in Addendum 5, all design changes in the control building, and all wires and conduit required between the enclosures shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Contractor shall submit modified control building electrical layout accounting for separate ATS enclosure. Final acceptance of submitted ATS is pending approval of modified control building electrical layout. 4. The SDS of 0.732 shown on Sheet 9 of submitted calculations shall be 0.933 in accordance with the Loading Criteria on Contract Drawing S1. B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinatin ' sAwAa k with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner Ray, P 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 J.R.MacKenzie, P.E., S.E. Citiil find Strurtimil Fnvineer Project: City of Renton Stonegate Lift Station Project No.: 11-25 Page No. 1 of 4 Location: Renton. Washington Alum-Tek 3281 . Subject: Genset Enclosure (drop over, on fuel tank) Pre aced B : J.R.MacKenzie .pP ... . Y . ............... . Date: 2 March 2011 Design of anchorage of fuel tank only Design/Check/Review: Design Codes: International Building Code 2006 with ASCE 7-05 - ACI 318-08, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete Material: Anchors (6) 1/2" diameter anchors. Anchors shall be threaded rods, ASTM F1554 Grade 36, degreased, epoxy grouted with HILTI HIT RE500 SD into 5/8" diameter by 4.5" I deep holes. The holes shall be drilled with a hammer drill with a carbide tip, clean and dry. i a i Loads: # Roof i p� 20 psf (ground snow load), p1=0.7*Ce*Ct*Is*p9 =18.5 psf (Roof Snow Load), I Exposure Ce 1.0 (Exposure B), Ct=1.1 (enclosure kept just above freezing), 1 Importance IS=1.2, but not less than Is* 15=18.0 psf [ASCE7-05 Eq. 7-1 ], but not less than 20 psf C Table 1607.1 , therefore pf=20 psf i Seismic I Importance IE=1.25, Site Class D (stiff soil, 15<N<50) assumed Wind 85 mph, Exposure C, Importance Iw 1.15 Size: i Width t Length Height i 94" 276" including hoods at 96" 125" including 12" high tank i Support: ( j 6.75" minimum thickness reinforced concrete (pad plus slab) with 6.75" minimum edge distance, and with 4000 psi concrete compressive strength at 28 days. The j reinforcing shall be placed clear of the post -installed anchors. ' i I i dr�''� Index: .. Pape 1Item 1 2 , Seismic =3 — 1 Wind ^ 14 ; Anchors LDate Sealed: 2 March 2011 Alumtek Industries Ltd. Seismic J.R.MacKenzie Project 3281 3/2/2011 Renton, Washington Code: 2006 International Building Code, and ASCE7-05 Seismic results using data from USGS 'Seismic Design Parameters' and zip code Ss := 1.40 S1 := 0.48 Occupancy Category is III [Table 1-1, ASCE7] IE := 1.251mportance from Seismic Use Group [Table 11.5-1, ASCE71 Site Class D (stiff), Site Class F if S1>0.75 [11.6, ASCE7] [Table 20.3-1, ASCE7] Fa := 1.0 from Ss and Site Class [Table 11.4-1, ASCE7] Fv := 1.5 from S 1 and Site Class [Table 11.4-2, ASCE7] FaSs:= Fa -Ss FaSs= 1.40 FvS1 := Fv•S1 FvS1 = 0.72 SDS := 2•FaSs _ 3 SDS = 0.93 [Eq. 11.4-3, ASCE7] SD1 := 2-FvS1 _ 3 SD1 = 0.48 [Eq. 11.4-4, ASCE7] Seismic Design Category D, from SDS and Seismic Use Group [Table 11.6-1, ASCE7] Duct := 6.5 R ductility for [Table 12.2-1, ASCE71 Light -framed bearing walls sheathed with steel sheets, NIL except for Seismic Design Categories D, E, and F are limited to 65 feet height. T _ .020-(hn - ft)'75 height hn := 10.5 •ft [Eq. 12.8-7, ASCE7] T = 0.12 seconds, fundamental period Csmin if(S1 >_ 0.6, 0.5•S1 , 0.01 •Duct _ IE) [Eq. 12.8-5 and 6, ASCE71 Cs := max[min[SDS, (SD1 . T)], (Csmin)]"E _ Duct [Eq. 12.8-1 to 4, ASCE71 Cs = 0.18 Building Structure V = CS * Weight [Eq. 12.8-1, ASCE7] Duct := 3 R ductility for [Table 15.4-2, ASCE7] N.V.�YY Flat bottom ground -supported steel tanks, mechanically anchored C= if(S1 >_ 0.6,0.8•S1 ,0.03•Duct _ IE) [Eq. 15.4-1 and 2, ASCE7] Cam;= max[min[SDS,(SD1 - T)], (Csmin)] -I E _ Duct [Eq. 12.8-1 to 4, ASCE7] Cs = 0.39 Nonbuilding Structure (Tank) V = CS * Weight [Eq. 12.8-1, ASCE7] Alumtek Industries Ltd. Project 3281 Renton, Washington Wind Code: ASCE 7-05 Exposure C EF:= 1.21 Wind B: EF=1.0, C: EF=1.21, D: EF=1.47 for H < 15 feet Wind Speed (mph) ws := 85 Importance IW := 1.15 J.R.MacKenzie 3/2/2011 height �I`(:= 125•in width W := 94-in length L:= 276•in Nl, wall panel width Pw 16•in roof panel width Pr:= 16-in Post disaster. Iw=1.15, otherwise 1.0 Roof Slope5% < _ psf := lb - ft` 1000 -lb a:= max(min(0.1min (L,W),0.4•H),max(3•ft,0.04-min (L,W))) a=aft Building as a whole (main wind force resisting system) (Fig 6-2): V - 1.6H (2 a) hlookup(ws, W � EF I Ib + ft2 pLAu •- mb' 2 ' w VpLCu:= 1.6H-(L - 2•a)•hlookup(ws, Wmb,3)•EF•lw•lb - ft2 VpLu VpLCu + VpLCu VpLmu := [VPLAu-(L - a) + VpLCu ((L - 2-a) + 2)] + L VpWmu:= 1.6H.(2•a)•hlookup(ws,Wmb,2)-EF•IW•lb . ft2 VpWCu := 1.6H•(W - 2-a)•hlookup(ws, Wmb,3)-EF•IW•Ib _ ft2 VpWu VpWAu + VpWCu VpWmu [VpWAu-(W - a) + VpWCu-((W - 2•a) + 2)] + W factored loads perpendicular to length (total) width (total) length (max end) width (max side) VpLu = (4.6) ki VpWu = (1.9) Ti VpLmu = (2.5) •ki VpWmu = (1.0) •ki Negative Maximum Wall Pressure (on end panel) (Fig 6-3): Ap:=pW-H=ft- Ap=13.9 Pn10 hlookup(ws,Wwcc,5) Pn20 hlookup(ws,Wwcc,6) Pn50 hlookup(ws,WWcc,7) Pwne Pn10'EF•IW•Ib - ft2 if (Ap < 10) [ %20'(Ap - 10) + Pn10'(20 - Ap)]•EF•IW-Ib + (10•ft2)] if [(Ap > 10) n (Ap 5 20)] [ %50•(AP - 20) + Pn20'(50 - Ap)]•EF•lw*lb - (30-ft2)] if Ap > 20 Pwne = (-23.6)-ps 3 Alum-Tek Industries Ltd. Anchors Project 3281 Renton, Washington Seismic Genset := 3500•lbf hcg := 56•in Encl:= 10250•lbf (enclosure) Tank:= 3750•lbf ht:= 12•in J.R.MacKenzie 3/2/2011 psf := Ibf - ft2 Height:= 113•in Sv:= 19-psf Width := 94-in Cs := 0.39 Fuel := 2750 • Ibf Length := 276 • in Muffler:= 500•lbf hm:= 106•in Snoweq:= if(S>:30•psf,0.2•S,0-psf) Snoweq=0psi Seq:= Snoweq-Width -Length W := (Genset + Encl + Tank + Fuel + Muffler + Seq) W = 20750 Ibf V := Cs'W= 8093•lbf [Genset•hcg + Encl. (0.5Height + ht) + (Tank + Fuel) ht _ 2 + Seq•Height + Muffler•hMI arms W Wind arms = 47.7•in this is the centroid distance averaged for seismic VpLu := 4.6-kip C1 := if(V >— VpLu , "seismic governs" , "wind governs") IC1 = "seismic governs" Ww := Genset + Encl + Tank + Muffler this is the weight associated with wind load Anchors spacing := 81-in centre to centre of anchors across genset n := 6 number of anchors d := 1 _ 2 diameter of anchors, either 0.50, 0.625" or 0.75" Anchors are threaded rods, ASTM F1554 Grade 36, degreased, epoxy grouted with HILTI HIT RE500 SD into 5/8" diameter by 4 1/2" deep holes for 1/2" diameter anchors, 3/4" diameter by 5 5/8" deep holes for 5/8" diameter anchors, and 7/8" diameter by 6 3/4" deep holes for 3/4" diameter anchors. The concrete shall have 4000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. The edge distance and thickness of the reinforced concrete (pad plus slab) shall be 6.75" for 1/2" diameter anchors, 8.5" for 5/8" diameter anchors, and 10" for 3/4" diameter anchors. The holes shall be drilled with a hammer drill with a carbide tip, clean and dry. According to ESR 2322 and Appendix D of ACI 318-08, these anchors will fail in shear with the steel yeilding, and in tension with either bond (1/2" and 5/8" diameter anchors), or concrete breakout (3/4" diameter anchors). tr:= 1 4.9•kip if d = .5 vr:= 1 3.2-kip if d = .5 tr = 49001bf 17.5-kip if d = .625 5.1-kip if d = .625 12.3-kip otherwise 7.6•kip otherwise vr= 3200lbf of := max(V, VpLu) _ n of = 13491bf tf:= max[VpLu•(Height+ ht) --(spacing -n) —0.9•Ww+ n, V•arms + (spacing•n : 2) — W + n] tf-= if (tf !— 0, 0 , tf) tf=0lbf Ratio := (vf = vr) + (tf _ tr) Ratio = 0.421 C2 := if(vr >— v f n tr >— tf n Ratio 5 1.2 , "anchors are OK" , "anchors are Not OK" ) C2 = "anchors are OK" 9 .' .. -Mn "IM5 11 I 3 THE VMC GROUP Aernflex International Isolators AmberAocth Knrfund Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls ! PROJECT: STONEGATE LS REP: Renosa ARCHITECT: t ENCD'VEER: t CUSTOMER: Cummins NW ?' P.O. NUMBER: 143634 _ FCOhCv1ENTS : A� Installation Location: t = Ip��' y Sds = 0.933 per customer-;— ' O"i 4 :21 Z/h=0 - i ram, ., � —; i� S/O NO.: 232417 is DATE: 2/2/11 VMA NO.: 46455SKK z 1�� _5s IBM x . CiAit-.nB' is _ - - M� t`M MUM The VMC Group :-12MUF IM 9 Headquarters: 113 Mdin Street, 81 dole, N1 07403 0 Tel: 973-838.1780 Fox: 973.492-8430 TZM _omin Houston: 11930 Brittmoore Park Dr Houstot►, TX 77041 • Tel: 713-466-0003 • F 713.466.1355 wr wahevmcgroup.conn REV. DESCRIPTION 0 Initial Submittal 1 Sds ganged to 0.933 SEISMIC RESTRAINT VIBRATION ISOLATION SUBMITTAL CUSTOMER: Cummins NW 811 SW Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 JOB: Stonegate LS P.O. No: 143634 SOURCE& CHANGE DATE SKK 11/16/10 SKK 2/2111 The following report has been performed for compliance with the applicable building codes and job specifications. Applicable Building Code: IBC-2009 Including Drawings: VMA-46455 — pages 1 to 15 NO rAA The VMC Group 113 Main Street THE VMC GROUP Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 The Power of Together CAGE CODE SIZE DWG NO REV 4U931 VMA-46455 1 This report reflects Information mcelved and reviewed for ! SKK I 2/2/1 1 selsmlc resVaht a of date shave 232417 I 2 of 15 t THE VMC GROUP Aeroflez International Isolators AmbeffRooth Kcrfund Dynamics VLiaticn Mountings a Controls Stonegate LS VMA-46455 1 3 of 15 CUSIUMER Cummins NW SKK 2/2/2011 Table of Contents: I. Errors and Omissions Certificate II. Schedule III. Summary of Critical Assumptions and Directive Statements IV. Purpose V. Scope VI. Strategy and Assumptions VII, Allowable Loads VIII. Seismic and/or Wind Input Loads VIII-i. ASD Loadings IX. Components: IX-i. Genset IX-ii. Boltdown of Mount to Steel X. MSS-1 E Drawing Customer Supplied Genset Drawings 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 N. 10 11 12 14 ACORD TM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE �612W120 10 PRODUCER (212) 488-0200 THIS CERTIFICATE IS tMED AS A MATTER OF [NFORbAATMN Frenicai & Ca Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RMHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTW CATE DOES NOT AL END, EXTEND OR 3W Hudson Street, 4th Floor ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. New York, NY T0014 i INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC IR N9UReD The VMC Group I NSURER A. Lloyd's UndetwMers 113 Win St I INSURER B Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 n+suRER c: N1.SUR ER 0' %,%J. cn� THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FCR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR (:*NDFTION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DCCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH PCUCIES. AGGREGATE UWTS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. �125A ADNU j PCLICY EFFECTIVE PCLJCY OW-ATXN POUC'! NWIBEA lliQ79 LAH(LITY EACH OCCURRENCE f COMMERCIAL GENERAL UAB0.ITY PREMISES "Ea oaurcn0e) f ( CLAIMS MADE �I OCCUR I MED EXP (MY' am w9o") �I "f` PER3oNAL l ADV INJURY ' $ GENERAL AGGREGATE ' i _ 1 PRP PRODUCTS • CCMOP AGO It S GENL Ma AGGREGATE LT APPLIES PER: -- POLICY — PRO• LOC 0.UfOMCBIE LIASKITY ( COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 4 f IEn &Q -i) ANY AUTO i i. ALLOWNEDAUTOS i BODILY INJURY f SCHEDULED AUTOS (P« Perwn) I 1 WRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY f NON -OWNED AUTOS (Px krcldonQ ! PROPERTY DAMAGE GARAGE LLLBdRY i AUTO ONLY • EA AC= III^�, f ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC f AUTO ONLY: AGO EICESS:L1 L YBRELLIABILITY I EACH OCCURRENCE f f _^ OCCUR ^—CLAJM5 MADE ! _ '`AOOftEGATE f I' CECUCn81E i s `— I . RETENTION i ) ILIM WORKERS COMPERSATION AND E.L. EACH ACCIDENT f EMPLOYERS' UABILITY ANY PROPRIETORMARTNERlEXECUTNE CfFICER,' MEMBER EXCLUDED7 E.C. DISEASE • EA EMPLOYEE f I El. DISEASE • Pot CY LIMIT _ f Una« ECtAL SPAI PRO PROVISIC+JS Le m� OTHER A Manufacturers Engineering/ :ANE1034186-10 7/1/2010 I 7/1/2011 Nun 1,000A 0(°*«Irena A Design Errors & Omissions ANE1034186-10 7/1/2010 7/1/2011 IDadactlble 15 om DESCW7nON OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS J VEhIICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS SFpULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCSMED POLICC'S SE CANCELLED BIPORE TMB EXPIATION Evidence of InsuranCB DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WAnTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTTFCATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAJUM TO 00 SD SHALL NiIP09N! NO 08UaATION OR UAaftM OF ANY KIND UPOM THE INSURER, ITS AGENT] OR ACORD 25 (2001/08) REPRESENTATIVE C ACORD CORPORATION 1988 Section 11. SCHEDULE c� Equipment Qty Equipment Tag Equipment Make/Model IP (1) z/h (2) Attachment Method (3) Fquipment Weight (#) Isolation System (per 9enset) Seismic Restraint (per genset) Attachment System (Per Genset, By others) City Model Qty Model Qty System 1 1 GENSET Cum175 Cummins Dins 1-5 0.0 Steel 4395 4 MSS-1E-1400 Same 2 per mount (8 total) 5/8" ASTM A325/SAE GRADE 5 CAP SCREWS JOB: Stonegate LS S.O. No.: 232417 CUSTOMER: Cummins NW � �n�,``�;/ �� '"''"`.-.�' THE vr. C GROUP ..The ibex r of Together " The VMC Group Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 1 SK Changed Sds to 0.933 212111 o SK Initial Submittal 11/16/10 By SKK Date 2/2/11 Checked Date DWG- NO, VMA-46455 PAGE 5 OF 15 Re By Description Date THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators Amber/booth Korfund Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB I DWG NUMBER REV. NO. I SHEET NO. Stonegate LS VMA-46455 1 6 of 15 Cummins NW SKK 2/2/2011 III. SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ASSUMPTIONS AND DIRECTIVE STATEMENTS: 1. This analysis does not certify that the concrete housekeeping pads, building structure, isolated or restrained equipment, or any other attached equipment, such as piping or ductwork, is capable of handling the applied seismic loads. Any non-VMC Group mounting supports, brackets, or other means of attachment must be independently certified. This calculation only certifies the seismic restraint capability of the VMC Group supplied mounting equipment and the attachment of said equipment. 2. Weight and dimensional data were provided by the customer. Information not provided for in the job specification must be verified by the building engineer. The values used in this analysis should be verified. If they vary, disregard these recommendations and notify The VMC Group of the changes. 3. All accessory attachments (pipe, conduit, etc.) to the equipment shall be attached in a manner that allows relative motion (flex, swing joint/elbow, etc.) to prevent failure due to differential movement between the equipment and attached accessory caused by seismic loading on the system. 4. Unless noted on the drawings, all drawings in this report are considered not to scale. 5. All housekeeping pads must be properly dowelled and reinforced by others to carry the seismic bads. 6. When several pieces of equipment are installed identically, the most critical one is analyzed. 7. When installing concrete expansion anchors, they must be torqued to manufacturer recommended settings to ensure maximum holding capacity in the concrete. Observe concrete edge distance and anchor spacing limitations as expressed by the anchor manufacturer or ICCES rating publication. For anchors installed in the underside of the slab, embedment depth must be at least one half of the slab thickness to ensure the anchor is embedded in the compression zone of the slab. 8. For optimal vibration isolation performance, The VMC Group Company recommends the structure supporting the isolators have a minimum stiffness of ten (10) times that of the isolator spring(s) or have a natural frequency at least three (3) times the natural frequency of the isolated system. The equipment itself and any steel structure between the equipment and the isolators are considered rigid for calculation purposes. IV. PURPOSE: This report is submitted to Cummins NW for the Stonegate LS project to verify that the seismic restraints provided and/ or recommended by The VMC Group will safely accept loads resulting from seismic forces and normal operating loads. For equipment isolated by The VMC Group, this report verifies adequate isolation per the job specification. V. SCOPE: This report covers only seismic restraints, isolators, and engineering recommendations provided by The VMC Group for use as listed in Table I. This report does not cover equipment supplied by other vendors. The structural design professional must verify the adequacy of the superstructure or substructure to which The VMC Group components or specified hardware are attached. The structure must withstand the seismic loads applied at restraint locations. The following report has been performed for compliance with the applicable building codes and job specification . If there are any specifications or information that supersede the assumptions made herein, this analysis may be invalid, and The VMC Group must be notified for review of changes. r, THE YMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators Arnberftctfi Kafund Dynamics Vbrat& McuntNs & Controls PROJECT JOB DWG NUMBER REV. NO. I SHEET. Stonegate LS VMA-46455 1 7 of 15 C Cummins NW SKK 2/22011 VI. STRATEGY AND ASSUMPTIONS: For the purposes of this analysis, it must be assumed that the building and its internal structure have been designed to perform as required by the adopted building code in response to an earthquake and remain intact and functioning after such an event. Per code the equipment must be restrained and not break away from its supports during an earthquake. The forces acting on a piece of equipment are the vertical and lateral forces resulting from the earthquake, the force of gravity, and the forces at the restraints that hold the equipment in place. The analysis assumes t;^at the equipment does not move beyond the restraints during the earthquake. The acceleration at its center of gravity generate forces that must be balanced by reactions at the restraints. The code allows equipment to be analyzed as though it were a rigid component; however, factors (ap, Rp) are applied within the computation to address flexibility issues for particular equipment types or flexible mounting arrangements. Given the above, the problem can be reduced to a static analysis. The forces acting on the restraints include both shear and tensile components. The application direction of the lateral seismic acceleration can vary and is unknown. Depending on its direction, it is likely that not all of the restraints will be affected or share the load equally. This report will determine the worst case combination of forces at all restraint points for any possible direction that the acceleration can follow to ensure that the restraints are adequate. It is assumed that the equipment is design to be strong enough to transfer the load path from its center of gravity to the restraint connection points without failure. Under some instances (particularly those relating to life support issues in hospital settings) newer code requirements indicate that critical equipment must be seismically qualified to ensure its continued operation during and after a seismic event. Special care must be taken in these situations to ensure that the equipment has been certified to meet the maximum anticipated seismic load. VII. ALLOWABLE LOADS. Unless otherwise specified, allowable bolt loads are per the Manual of Steel Construction - AISC 9th Edition. For The VMC Group products: Ratings are per test and/or analysis. For Concrete Anchors: Ratings are per [CC ESR reports. THE VMC GROUP Aerollex International Isolators Amber/Booth Korfund Dynarrks Vibration Mountngs & Controls Stonegate LS VMA-46455 1 8 of 15 Cummins NW SKK 2/2/2011 VIII-i. SEISMIC INPUT FORCES — ASD VALUES These calculations certify that the VMC components and specified hardware, when properly installed, are capable of safely supporting a maximum seismic load based upon the ASD load combinations from ASCE-7: 1.OD(+/-) 0.7E 0.6D(+/-) 0.7E Where: E= pQE(+/-).2Sd5D p= Reliability factor: taken as 1.0 for mechanical and electrical components QE = horizontal seismic force Fp Sd,= Design spectral responce D= Dead load (0.2Sd5D is taken in the vertical direction) Final Seismic Loading Conditions: 1: Vertical Load (Pz) _ (1.0 + 0.7*0.2*Sds) Horizontal Load (Ph) = 0.7*Fp 2: Vertical Load (Pz) _ (0.6 - 0.7*0.2*Sds) Horizontal Load (Ph) = 0.7*Fp Horizontal Seismic Force: Fp = 0.4*an*Sds*(1+2(z/h)) *Wp (Rp/lp) Where: ap = The attachment amplification factor Sds = Design Spectral Response Acc. at short period Sms = Max Earthquake Spectral Response Acc, for Short Period Fa = Site Coefficient from Table (Use "D" if unknown) Ss = Mapped Spectral Acc. for Short Period z = Height of the equipment attachment to structure. h = Average Roof Height Rp = Component Response Modification factor Ip = Component Importance factor Wp = The operating weight of the system And: Sds = (2/3)*Sms Sms = Fa*Ss THE VMC GROUP Aerctiex International Isolators Amber/Booth Kcrfund Dynamics Vibration Mountngs & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. N SHE N . Stonegate LS VMA-46455 1 9 of 15 Cummins NW SKK 2/2/2011 VIIH. SEISMIC INPUT FORCES: The building is a Seismic Use Group III Ss = 1.400 Site class = D Therefore use Seismic Design Category D From the appropriate tables: Fa = 1.00 Sds = 0.933 For. = 2.5 ap = 1.0 ap = 2.5 ap = 1.0 Rp = 2 Rp = 2.5 Rp = 2.5 Rp = 2.5 IP = 1.5 Ip = 1.5 Ip = 1 IP = 1 Table 2 Condition 1 At z/h = Ph Pz Ph Pz Ph Pz Ph Pz 0.0 0.49 g's 1.13 g's 0.29 g's 1.13 g's 0.26 g's 1.13 g's 0.20 g's 1.13 g's 0.2 0.69 g's 1.13 g's 0.29 g's 1.13 g's 0.37 g's 1.13 g's 0.20 g's 1.13 g's 0.4 0.88 g's 1.13 g's 0.29 g's 1.13 g's 0.47 g's 1.13 g's 0.20 g's 1.13 g's 0.6 1.08 g's 1.13 g's 0.34 g's 1.13 g's 0.57 g's 1.13 g's 0.23 g's 1.13 g's 0.8 1.27 g's 1.13 g's 0.41 g's 1.13 g's 0.68 g's 1.13 g's 0.27 g's 1.13 g's 1.0 1.47 's 1.13 's 0.47 's 1.13 's 0.78 's 1.13 's 0.31 's 1.13 's Condition 0.0 0.49 g's 0.47 g's 0.29 g's 0.47 g's 0.26 g's 0.47 g's 0.20 g's 0.47 g's 0.2 0.69 g's 0.47 g's 0.29 g's 0.47 g's 0.37 g's 0.47 g's 0.20 g's 0.47 g's 0.4 0.88 g's 0.47 g's 0.29 g's 0.47 g's 0.47 g's 0.47 g's 0.20 g's 0.47 g's 0.6 1.08 g's 0.47 g's 0.34 g's 0.47 g's 0.57 g's 0.47 g's 0.23 g's 0.47 g's 0.8 1.27 g's 0.47 g's 0.41 g's 0,47 g's 0.68 g's 0.47 g's 0.27 g's 0.47 g's 1.0 1.47 's 0.47 's 0.47 's 0.47 's 0.78 's 0.47 's 0.31 's 0.47 's ®O� TFiE VMC GROUP Aeraflez Internaticnal Isolators Ambefffiwth Korfurd Dynamics vtxation Mountings &Controls PROJECT Stonegate LS JOB DWG NUMBER VMA-46455 REV. NO. I 1 SHEET NO. 10 of 15 CUSTOMER Cummins NW BY SKK 2/2/2011 UHEUK�_U ATE IX -I. Tags: Determine the maximum combined Tension and Shear Loads at a single MSS-1E-1400 Mount location. Component: Genset Calculate the maximum loading at the most critical MSS-lE-1400 Mount location. The genset is mounted on (4) MSS-1E-1400 series seismic spring isolators. Each seismic isolator is attached to the concrete pad with two (2) 5/8" diameter ASTM A325/SAE Grade 5 Cap Screws or equivalent. The attachment hardware is supplied by others. The equipment to be restrained must be certified by others to withstand the horizontal seismic forces. The simultaneous applied allowables for the isolatorare: At Pt max = 197 # Ps Allowable = 3869 # Therefore the use of the MSS-1 E-1400 series isolator is ACCEPTABLE Principal Axis Calculation Input Data Calculated Loads W horz g's pert g's Hcg Xcg Ycg Ph Pz Max Pz Min 4395 # 0.49 0.47 1.13 19.9" 50.4" 0.0" 2154 # 4966 # 2066 # Restraint Locations ly1 Ix Ixy 11 Overturning Loads (Fp Only) Rigid Weight Distribution Seismic Vertical Distribution X Y (X-Xcr)Z (Y-Ycr)z (X-Xcr)* (Y-Ycr) � Pot (Tens =-) Static 1.0 g Vert Max Vert Min Ve THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators Amber/Booth Kor wd Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls Stonegate LS VMA-46455 1 11 of 15 Cummins NW SKK 2/2/2011 IX-ii. Anchorage: Analysis of MSS-1 E-1400 N" deflection) series base plate anchored to steel: Use 5/8" diameter ASTM A325/SAE Grade 5 bolts/cap screws or equivalent, in the two supplied mounting holes. O I Ps Psy � 0 Plan View Calculate the maximum load in a single bolt: Two Point System Hcriz. Force on Mount Vertical Force on Mount Moment Arm Ps = 544# Pt = 197# A = 7.25 " D = 2 1 /4 H = 6 1 /8 " Principal Angle Calculation 8prin - arctan(D/A) = 17.2deg Psx = 161# Psy = 520# Mx = Psy*H = 3182 in# My = Psx*H = 988 in# Maximum tension per anchor, Pt max = Mx/D + My/A + Pt/2= Average shear load per anchor = Fp/2 = For threads included in shear plar Ftauowable = [(44) 2 - 4.39f 2 ]A0.5 gross bolt area for 5/8" Dia. Steel Bolt = 0.307 in12 Tensile stress of the bolt = 1649# / 0.307inA2 = 5.4 ksi Shear stress of the bolt = 272# / 0.307inA2 = 0.9 ksi Plugging in the equation above to find allowable tensile stress at this shear. Ftallowable = 44.0 ksi Fsatowable = 17.0 ksi (Section 5-73 of AISC 9th ed.) Therefore, the 5/8" dia., ASTM A325 bolts ARE sufficient for this application 1649# 272# ----I 718 7 1/4 3/4 DIA HOLE FOR 4 ATTACHMENT TO ty,/t CONCRETE (4 TYP) ;r------- li I' W 2 1/4 s va I 1� 2 7/8 (BASE PLATE) 314 DIA HOLE FOR 7L—t /8 ATTACHMENT TO STEEL (2 TYP) I - 4 1/2 (VIEW CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY) 5/8 REMOVABLE ADJUSTING BOLT rT3/3 GAP I I I I 8 118 FREE & OPERATING HEIGHT I I I I I 1 STEEL SHIM (REMOVE AFTER SPRING ADJUSTMENT) —ELASTOMERIC SNUBBER I I I ELASTOMERIC CUP NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ME IN INCHES, INTERPRET PER ANSI Y14. 2. STANDARD FINISH:HOUSING - PONDER COAT OR PAINTICOLOR BLACKI SPRING- POV.OER COAT (COLOR SEE TABLE I, HARDWARE ZW--ELECTROPLATE. ]. EQUIPMENT MUST BE BOLTED OR WELDED TO THE TOP PLATE TO MEET ALLOWABLE SEISMIC RATINGS. 4. ISOLATOR BASE PLATE MUST BE ANCHORED TO STEEL ErTHER BY WELDING OR VATH MIN (2) M DIA A]25 BOLT 6, OR R MUST BE ANCHORED TO CONCRETE W TH (4) 5n 01A HILT]'KWIKAOLT TZ' WEDGE ANCHORS OR Al DIRECTED BY THE VMC GROUP. S. ALL Sp RINGS ARE DES IGNED FOR Sax OVERLOAD CAPACrTY. S. REFER TO FOLLOWINO SHEET FOR 14STALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1R LIMIT STOP (NOT SHOWN IN TOP VIEW FOR CLARITY) (3/8) e I� MODEL MSS-1E VIBRATION ISOLATOR WITH INTEGRAL SEISMIC RESTRAINT AND EXTERNAL ADJUSTMENT FOR 1" DEFLECTION ..or Y ra]so n o.]wN"®an�f T.A ..c wa�umr ro.in.o.nu w.sas wrn f oMfrc rY A P P R O V E D Fbbaf Egilpm" Mdtaa e o.e� rr smn«nt norm rw+w +^a cs..fm.n.. 9n OPA-0553-07 ftsan6aof fY t.0 am w etACK ft>4f6i]ON w v1] fY TY �� oA alLi fYitisY w t.N fif lw � tfunww ty t.�r Tw tw "� oK aua fPiA G1lM tOYf iY /fY 1w TM bNBn300M I]01 1.M 1fY 1fTf TA]Y W(tttlf bNitAm IAY l.M 1f0f ]f]f 1'lIR fait c+]YN nY t.v tw au n"" oK..,.� bNfrd00f m 131 1w NH. wH bi14]]YN g)] 111 ]1Y Y+1 wIRTr 1® bilfilniN =1f 1.11 nl] w] P�IRB AII1Rl fei1GAYN OY 1.+1 ]Yt Wf wltrrr Q Or®i bi1H]YN ]]f0 1.Y atL Ylf Q 0 Q 7 Q Q a e ISOLATOR SELECTIONS LOG 1' LOC 2 LOC 3: LOC /: LOC 5: ILOC e: LOC /: ILOC e: CUSTOMER EOP'T. TAG; NOTE: MATERULL. SHOWN IS FOR (1) BET. uNNf. ca+o.wa. a ni..eA w...fs]«. a wnm. r.er Ycca Av.aANe NONE r 48OF91 THE VMC GROUP t1flAw wa 11Y ttw..4T OPA-0553 Bbomi[]`dalc, N.1 07403 Ha tnn, TX 77041 x wcoAai]arasu.w.]A o .A Aw.r. uo amurf].a]<r+ocrcc 1. READ INSTRUCTIONS W THOR ENTIRETY BEFORE SEMMN13 INSTALLATION 2. ISOLATORS ARE SHIPPED FULLY ASSEMBLED AND ARE TO BE POSITIONED INACCORDANCE WTM THE SUBMITTAL DRAW NGS OR AS OTHERWSE RECOMMENDED. 1 SET ISOLATORS ON FLOOR, HOUSEKEEPING PAD, OR RIB -BASE. ENSURING TENT ALL ISOLATOR C ENTERUNES MATCH THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HOLES, THE VMC GROUP RECOMMENUS THAT THE IS BASE PLATES T'B') BE INSTALLED DNA LEVEL SURFACE. SHIM OR GROUT AS REQUIRED, LEVELING ALL ISOLATOR BASE PLATES AT THE SAME ELEVATION (1MJNCHI MA(INUM DIFFERENCE CAN BE TOLERATED). A. ANCHOR ALL ISOLATORS TO THE ROOK, HOUSEKEEPING PAD. OR SUR-SME USING THRU HOLES (C) FOR CONCRETE OR M FOR STEEL AS REQUIRED. USE ANCHORS MEETING THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ON RELATED MOUNT STYLE TABLE WELDING TO STEEL IS PERMITTED PROVIDING THE WELD ACHIEVES THE REQUIRED STRENGTH S. ISOLATORS ARE SHIPPED TO THE JORSITE WITH (2) REMOVABLE SPACER SHIMS M BETWEEN THE TOP PLATE AND THE HOUSING. THESE SHIMS MUST BE IN PLACE WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS POSITIONED OVER THE ISOLATORS. 0. W TH AL SHIMS M IN PLACE, REMOVE ADJUSTING BOLT'0'. AND SET ASIDE. KEEP THE NUTTF SCREWED ONTO THE ADJUSTING BOLT. PLACE THE MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT ONTO TOP PLATE'A', ALIGNING THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HOLE WITH THE TAPPED HOLE W THE TOP PLATE REATTACH THE ADJUSTING BOLT BY BOLTING THROUGH THE EOWMENT MOUNTING HOLE INTO THE TAPPED HOLE OF THE ISOLATOR. TURN THE ADJUSTING BOLT UNTIL IT STARTS TO COMPRESS THE SPRING. LEAVE NUT'H `AT THE TOP OF THE ADJUSTING BOLT, LEAVING ROOM FOR ADJUSTING THE ISOLATOR PER STEP S. 7. THE ADJUSTMENT PROCESS CAN ONLY BEGIN AFTER THE EQUIPMENT OR MACHINE IS AT ITS FULL OPERATING WEIGHT. 1. BACK OFF EACH OF THE (7) OR (4) LIMIT STOP LOCKNUTS TF) PER ISOLATOR 114. TO MWECH. 1. ADJUST EACH ISOLATOR IN SEQUENCE BY TURNING ADJUSTING BOLT(S) -T ONE FULL CLOCKWISE TURN AT A TIME. REPEAT THIS PROCEDURE ON ALL ISOLATORS. ONE AT A TIME CHECK THE UNIT STOP LOCMUTS TF) PERIODICALLY 70 ENSURE THAT CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WASHER AND RUBBER GROMMET IS MAINTAINED. STOP ADJUSTMENT OF AN ISOLATOR ONLY E V4N THE TOP PLATE (A) HAS RISEN JUST ABOVE THE SHIM FE7. IQ REMOVE ALL SPACER SHIMS FFT 11. FINE ADJUST ISOLATORS TO LEVEL EQUIPMENT. 12. ADJUST ALL UMT STOP LOCKNUTS (F) PER ISOLATOR TO OBTAIN 305-WH GAP. THE UNIT STOP NUTS MUST BE KEPT AT THIS 3&MH GAP TO ENSURE UNIFORM BOLT LOADING DURING UPLIFT (AS IN THE CASE V0ENA COOLING TOWER IS DRAINED). 11 INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE DMMET $HER '1 GENERAL NOTES I 1 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL RATINGS OF MS-IE SERIES ARE SHOWN IN FIGURE I. ANALYSIS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDrWCE W TII 2007 CWFORNA BIIXi. COI£ CALOORNIA CODE OF REGULATION TITLE 24. PART 2 VOLUI4E 2 2 TO USE RATED LOAD CURVES: A CALCULATE VERTICAL AM) HORIZONTAL RESULTANT SEISMIC FORCES ACTING ON MOUNTINGS, INCLUDING TRAN:LATIONS AND OVERTURNING MKMIF NIS B. THEINIERSEC TION OF 111E HIUKUONTAL LOAD MU VERTICAL SEISMIC LOAD MUST FALL WITHIN THE RATING CURVE FOR THE SPECIFIED PART AND METHOD OF AT TAOHMENT. L 171E RATED LOAD CURVES ASSUME ONE OF THE F OI.LOWNG METHODS OF TIE -DOWN AT EACH MOUNT LOCATION A FOUR (4) ST DN NILTI'RB-Tf V.E GE ANCHORS W'HMINWM S E MBEDMENT INTO'(W PSI NORMAL WEIGHT CUNCJIL I E. MIN WEDGE DIS TAWX 15$W4'.A. L REOVIREMENTS OF ICGESR- 1B17 SHALL BE MET (NOTE OTTER BRANDS OF A HOR BOLTS MAY BE USEU PRUAOEU THEM ARE OF EQUAL 57HEW VHI TO ACHIEVE RATED LOAD,'SPEC AL INSPECTION' IS REQUIRED ON ALL CCMCRETE ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS AS NOTED BELOW 4) 50A OR ALTERNATE BOLTS W A GROUP SHALL BE TESTED USING EITHER TEST VALUE SHIOM BELOW ANCHOR DIA. WEDGE ANCHOR TENSION TORQUE LOAD (LBS.) (FT4-M sill 3052 so ANCHOR OIA REFERS TO THREAD SIZE FOR WEDGE ANCHOR 4) APPLY PROOF IEST LOAD TO WEDGE ANCI ORS W ITIUUT REMOVING THE NUT. IF POSSIBLE. IF NOT. REMOVE NUT AND INSTALL A THREADED COUPLER TO THE SAAE TKiHT NE 5S OF THE ORIGINAL NUT USING A TORQUE WRENCH AND APPLY LOAD. c) REACTION LOADS FROM TEST FIXTURE MAY BE APPI IED CLOSE TO THE ANCHOR BEING TESTED, PROVIDED THE ANCHOR IS LOT RESTRAINED FROM WTHDHAWNC, 61 IRE FIAI URE. R TEST EUUIPMENT IS 70 BE CALIBRATED BY AN APPROVED TESTING LABORATORY W ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD RECOGNIZLU PROCEDURE A) TESTING SHOULD OCCINR 24 HOURS M"MU14 AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE ANCHORS, 1) THE FOLLOW NO CRITERIA APPLY FOR ME ACCEPTANCE OF INSTALLED ANCHORS. HYDRAULIC RAM METHOD THE ANCWA SHOULD HAVE NO OBSERVABLE MOVEMENT AT THE SPk F.IFIED TEST LOAD APRACTICAL WAY TO DETERMINE OBSERVABLE MOVEMENT IS TINT THE WASHER UNDER T E NUT BECOMES LOOSE, TORQUE WRENCH MLTHDD THE A➢PUCABLE TEST TORQUE MIDST BE REACHED W MIN ONE HALF 1112) TURN OF THE NUT. p1 IF ANY ANCHOR FAILS TESTING. TEST ALLA CHORS OF THE SAME CATEGORY NOT PREVIOUSLY TESTED UNTIL TWENTY 120) CONSECUTNE PASS THEN RESUME THE INITIAL TE5IING FREQUENCY B. TWO 12) SA'pA BOLTS PER AS MAT25. 4. THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE BY OTHERS) INC W DING FLOOR IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR A SITE SPECIFIC PROJECT S ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT FLENNU IY TO PERM) ADEQUATE MOTION NALL DIRECTIONS. S HOUSEKEEPNG PAD HHEGHT 111, L M A MINIMUM OF 11, EMBEDMENT UEPTHI OR f PER TABLE 4 OF ICC-SR,1111, 7. THE SELECTION OF ISOLATORS SHALL BE DESIGNED-0 STAMPED BY A CALIFORNAREONSTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND REVIEWED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF ISOLATOR AND APPROVED BY OSHHPD. S. THE ADEQUACY OF NEW OR ENSTING SUPPORT STRUCTURE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THE PROJECT AND SUBMITTED TO OSHIPD FOR REVIEW PROR TO TIE INSTAl1ATIONOF THE EOUWMENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SERIES MSS-1E SEISMIC ISOLATORS RATED CURVE FOR ATTACHMENT TO CONCRETE AND STEEL COMPONENTS 4000 V 1000 2000 3D00 40DO 5000 HORIZONTAL LOAD (POUND) FIGURE 1 NtlLR_Nf: R1 LOADS FOR C011L:RETF UWO c7F� uss_lE ._ mARIN [A7CC UI o & S0010:11M A P P R O V E D F3R54 EgWpmR AndwTag/ OHAA>SI.—HWN FR,` v"kt dw cal 'e OPA-0553-07 PF^ IH+P.,AIo lyl.a� � 9/�sroq A H140A4n M1 T,sY 4N[A wTOW4 LP✓OIM,OF. UM f....AY41RFOlIA «4VFI0111 .... FL Fwn,�r4P N THn HIXYMAVPAMIA \/ NONE BB•'"►.. �49 OF 91OF 91 `r A'iA51E�MA IS� Hjo-7 7 I OPA-0553 H.I., TX 11041 Y g e �� h'Y _ ! �� Ya §�' ❑;Ed ` YS a Z MU a-� 4 W. _ zzz : o I � L c _ YS pan _- as SUBMITTED BY THE VMC GROUP Aerc%interna6anal lsolators Amber/Booth Korfund Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls C _ - Response to Contractor Submittal No.: 16205-1 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Page 2 of 2 Distribution Submittal Encl. Res Owner Engineer Contractor File 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 S�mbmofta! Gtonegate Lift Station Our energy working for youTM Cummins Northwest, LLC Washington, Oregon, Alaska & Montana Powerful Solutions. Dependable Support. Every Time G71006 Northwest Q. December 21, 2010 SUBMITTAL TO Shoreline Construction Co. FOR Stonegate Lift Station CUMMINS GENERATOR SET Model: 175 DSHAB CUMMINS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH — POWER COMMAND Model: OHPC 800 Project Number: 32769 Contact: Richard Dickson Office Phone: (425) 235-3400 Mobile Phone: (206) 794-9801 Fax: (425) 235-8202 Email: richard.dickson@cummins.com http://www.cumminsnorthwest.com Cummins Northwest, H C Service La:alioris: Alaska - Anchorge; Montana - Missoula, 4711 North Basin Avenue (97217.3557) Oregon - Coburg, Medford, Pendleton, Portland, Portland Distribution Center; PO Box 2710 Washirgtcn - Chehalis, Renton, Spokane, Yakima Penland, OR 97208-2710 Phore 503 269 09CO Fax 503 286 5938 cumm in snorthwest. com 070904-05 rev. 4/06 TABLE OF CONTENTS Material Summary Exclusions Pre -Start -Up Check List Warranty Generator 1. Specifications s-1587 2. Model Data Sheet d-3451 3. PowerCommand Specifications s-1409 4. Exhaust Data Sheet eds-1046 5. Exhaust Compliance Sheet epa-1086 6. Cooling System Data mcp-145 7. Prototype Test Support pts-162 8. Alternator Data Sheet ads-211 9. Generator Outline Drawing 0500-4303 10. Custom Enclosure and Fuel Tank Drawing 10-872 11. Options Outline Drawing 0500-4707 12. Circuit Breaker Outline Drawing 0500-3278 13. 400A Circuit Breaker Detail 0320-1960 14. 150A Circuit Breaker Detail 0320-2346 15. Wiring Diagram 0630-3045 16. Reconnect Diagram 0630-6404 (page 1) 17. Interconnect Diagram 0630-2180 (page 7) Transfer Switch 1. Specification Sheet s-1502 2. Cabinet Outline Drawing 0500-3826 3. Wiring Diagram 0626-5236 Accessories 1. Loadbank Drawings a. Control Section b. Load Section c. Metering Section d. Parts Legend e. Sub Layout f. Duct Pictorial 2. Interstate Battery Matrix 3. SENS Battery Charger Data 4. Spill Bucket Detail 5. Seismic Calculations and Isolator Detail MATERIAL SUMMARY Cummins Diesel Generator Set Model 175 DSHAB KW:175 Hertz:60 Phase:3 Voltage:277/480 Equipped with but not limited to the following: • Duty Rating -Standby Power • Listing-UL 2200 • Certified -EPA, Nonroad Compression Ignition, Tier 3 per 40 CFR 89 • Voltage-277/480,3 Phase,Wye,4 Wire • Alternator-60 Hz, 12 Lead, Upper Broad Range, 105C • Set Control-PCC 2100 • Excite r/Regulator-Pmg, 3 Phase Sensor • Engine Governor -Electronic, Isochronous Only • Display Language -English • Display -Control, Graphical • Relays-Genset Status, User Configured • Circuit Breaker Mounting -Dual Breakers, Larger Left • Circuit Breaker-400A,3P,UL 600,IEC 690,80% • Circuit Breaker-150A,3P,600/525V,TM,80%,UL/IEC • Auxiliary contacts/Trip alarm -Dual Circuit Breakers • Skid base -Housing Ready • Engine Cooling -High Ambient Air Temperature • Warning -Low Coolant Level • Duct Adaptor -Radiator Outlet • Extension -Engine Coolant Drain • Grille -Radiator Discharge • Coolant Heater-240 Volt Ac, Single Phase • Exhaust Connector-NPT • Test Record -Certified • Genset warranty- Base • Packing -Skid, Poly Bag • Rack -Battery • Extension -Oil Drain • Custom Sound attenuated enclosure 62 dBA at 10 feet in a free field condition, with 375 Gallon UL142 fuel tank. • Spill bucket, extended normal vent Page 1 of 2 I Cummins Automatic Transfer Switch - PowerCommand Model OHPC 800 Amps: 800 Voltage- 480 Poles: 3 Equipped with but not limited to the following: • Poles-3 • Application -Utility To Genset • Listing-UL 1008/CSA Certification • Frequency-60 Hertz • System-3 Phase,3 Wire Or 4 Wire • Voltage-480 Vac • Cabinet -Type 1 • Control -Transfer Switch,Level 2 • Display -Digital • Auxiliary Relay -Switch In Emergency Position-12VDC • Auxiliary Relay -Switch In Normal Position-12VDC • Terminal Block-30 Points • Load Shed -From Emergency • Mechanical Lugs -Cable • 10 Year Extended Warranty Also Included • 75 kW radiator mounted loadbank installed in enclosure with local manual controls. • Operation and Maintenance Manuals — Qty 3 • Special tools including grease gun in a rustproof toolbox. • Up -fit Labor, install ATS over -ride switch • Heavy Duty Starting Battery — Qty 2 • HD seismic rated spring isolator with snubbers. — Qty 4 • Sens 10 amp NFPA 110 battery charger with float. • Seismic anchorage calcs signed by a P.E. registered in Washington State • Delivery to job -site - truck tailgate. Does not include off- loading. • On -site startup and 6 1/2 hour load test • Customer orientation, familiarization and training. One visit . Page 2 of 2 Cummins Northwest, LLC Attachment to Quotation -Deviations- Transfer Switch Automatic transfer switch oversized to meet specified 40,000 KAIC 3 cycle rating requirement. Gen Breaker 100% breakers are not available from Cummins for this size of generator. An oversized 400 amp breaker is proposed to allow for 100% Generator output as required. -Exclusions- Transfer Switch Manual Transfer switch. Fuel System: All fuel for testing and initial fill of fuel. Fuel tank is 375 gallons. Approximately 100 gallons of fuel required for testing. Electrical: All off -engine wiring, field terminations of wiring, and lugs other than those detailed in our submittal. Mounting: Generator fuel tank mounting bolts and anchors Miscellaneous: Third party electrical testing and certification, seismic calculations, coordination studies, stamped engineering calculations, emissions testing, all other services and material not specifically listed in the preceding quotation. Documentation: Unless stated otherwise, three sets of O & M manuals are available upon request. Electronic documentation may be available at an additional cost Taxes and Permits: Any applicable sales tax, permits, licenses. All items listed are excluded and will only be supplied by Cummins Northwest LLC if agreed upon, in writing by a sales representative for Cummins Northwest LLC. Lead-time for Generator is currently 9-10 weeks after submittal drawing approval. -Terms and Conditions- • This offer and quotation incorporates and is contingent upon acceptance of the terms and conditions in the standard Sales Order of Cummins Northwest, LLC. Purchase Orders or other documents with terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the CNW standard Sales Order will not be accepted unless agreed to in writing by an officer of Cummins Northwest, LLC. • Prices are valid for 30 days 120204 rev. 2/07 Cummins Northwest, LLC • If included in the quotation, all on -site startup, testing and training assumes weekdays, during standard CNW business hours. Additional charges may be added for work requested to be done on overtime, weekends, and holidays. • F.O.B. factory, freight allowed to iobsite, off-loading is not included • Factory direct shipments require credit approval prior to shipment • Terms are C.O.D. or net 30 days upon approval of credit • Equipment held for longer than 30 days may be charged a monthly storage fee • Cancellation charges are 25% minimum after release of order 120204 rev. 2/07 Cummins Northwest, LLC (Northwest 811 SW Grady way (98055) Project Name: PO Box 9811 Penton. WA 98057-3000 Project Number: Phone (425) 235-3400 Fax (425) 235-8202 GENERATOR START-UP CHECK LIST If the equipment is not ready for start-up and testing, the installer will be responsible for all costs associated with the initial site visit. Start-up services will not be performed by Cummins Northwest, unless this form is returned a minimum of ten (10) business days before scheduled start-up. Please review your installation and respond to the check list below: YES NO *1. Utility power available and connected to ATS / MTS (Don't connect door plug to harness) 2. Owner / Tenant has been notified of the start-up date. 3. Can emergency loads be transferred to generator at start-up? *4. Generator mainline circuit breaker connected to ATS / MTS *5. All DC and data interconnect wires run and terminated per submittal specifications. 6. Fuel supply connected to engine with approved flexible lines. 7. Fuel available on -site and ready for testing. 8. Gas plumbing and sizing completed in accordance with submittal specifications. 9. Natural Gas and / or Propane plumbing requires a minimum 7"-13" of water column. 10. Propane tank set up for liquid or vapor withdrawal. 11. Exhaust system installation complete including all piping and insulation. *12. Fuel day tank power connected. (Do Not Energize Circuit) 13. Remote radiator, piping, expansion tanks installed flushed, filled with coolant. *14. Engine coolant heater connected to utility (Do Not Energize Circuit) 15. Generator and isolators mounted to pad properly. 16. Radiator discharge air exhaust duct installed. 17. Intake and exhaust louvers installed and operational. 18. Generator battery / batteries on site. (Do Not Energize Circuit) *19. Battery charger power connected (Do Not Energize Circuit) 20. Other: * Items 1, 4, 5, 12, 14 & 19 - Referenced wiring must be terminated without exception. CNW is not allowed by RCW 19.28 , WAC 296-46A & WAC 296-401 B to initially terminate this wiring. Once terminated, CNW can change or correct the wiring. Interconnect Wiring: All interconnect wiring must be installed per Cummins Power Generation interconnect wiring drawing recommendations. Fuel Plumbing: Recommended fuel line material for diesel systems is schedule 40 black iron pipe. Exhaust Piping: Recommended exhaust pipe material is schedule 40 black iron pipe. The undersigned confirms equipment is ready for startup: Printed Name Company: Phone #: Fax #: Signature Return to CNW Project / Manager: Date Phone: Fax: Email Address: Form #100804-13 rev 12/09 Wc-irranty Statement 6� aE Commercial Viarranty Statement Comm Peial GeMerating Set English Effective Date: 01-October-2009 A028U870 (Issue 2) This page is intentionally left blank. Limited Warranty Base Warranty Coverage Duration (Whichever occurs first) Commercial Generating Set This limited warranty applies to all Cummins Power GenerationO branded commercial generating sets and associated accessories (hereinafter referred to as "Product"). This warranty covers any failures of the Product, under normal use and service, which result from a defect in material or factory workmanship. Warranty Period: The warranty start dater is the date of initial start up, first rertal, demonstration or 18 months after factory strip date, whichever is sooner. See table for details. Continuous Power (COP) is defined as being the maximum power which the generating set is capable of delivering continuously whilst supplying a constant electrical load when operated for an unlimited number of hours per year. No overload capability is available for this rating. Prime Power (PRP) is defined as being the maximum power which a generating set is capable of delivering continuously whilst supplying a variable electrical load when ooerated for an unlimited number of hours per year. The permissible average power output over 24 hours of operation shall not exceed 70% of the PRP. For applications requiring permissible average output higher than stated, a COP rating should be used. Limited -Time Running Power (LTP) is defined as the maximum power available, under the agreed operating conditions, for which the generating set is capable of delivering for up to 500 hours of operation per year. Emergency Standby Power (ESP) is defined as the maximum power available during a variable electrical power sequence, under the stated operating conditions, for which a generating set is capable of delivering in the event of a utility power outage or under test conditions for up to 200 hours of operation per year. The permissible average power output over 24 hours of operation shall not exceed 70% of the ESP. Rating Months Max. Hours COP 12 Unlimited PRP 12 Unlimited LTP 12 500 hrs ESP 24 400 hrs t Warrarty start date for designated rental and oil and gas model Products is determined to be date of receipt of Product by the end customer. Cummins Power Generation® Responsibilities: In the event of a failure of the Product during the warrant, period due to defects in material or wcrkmanship, Cummins Power Generation@ will only be responsible for the following costs: AH parts and labor required to repair the Product. Reasonable travel expenses to and from the Product site location. Maintenance items that are contaminated or damaged by a warrantable failure. Owner Responsibilities: The owrer will be responsibie for the following: ■ Notifying Cummins Power Generation@ distributor or dealer within 30 days of the discovery of failure. ■ Installing, operating, commissioning and maintaining the Product in accordance with Cummins Power GenerationO's published policies and guidelines. • Providing evidence for date of commissioning. ■ Providing sufficient access to and reasonable ability to remove the Product from the installation in the event of a warrantable failure. In addition, the owner will be responsible for: ■ Incremental costs and expenses associated with Product removal and reinstallation resulting from non-standard installations. ■ Costs associated with rental of generating sets used to replace the Product being repaired. Effective Date: 01-October-2009 Page 1 of 2 A028U870 ■ Costs associated with labor overtime and premium shipping requested by the owner. ■ All downtime expenses, fines, all applicable taxes, and other losses resulting from a warrantable failure. Limitations: This limited warranty does not cover Product failures resulting from: ■ Inappropriate use relative to designated power rating. ■ Inappropriate use relative to application guidelines. ■ Normal wear and tear. ■ Improper and/or unauthorized installation. • Negligence, accidents or misuse. ■ Lack of maintenance or unauthorized repair. ■ Noncompliance with any Cummins Power Generation® published guideline or policy. ■ Use of improper or contaminated fuels, coolants or lubricants. ■ Improper storage before and after commissioning. ■ Owner's delay in making Product available after notification of potential Product problem. ■ Use of steel enclosures within 60 miles of the coast of salt water when aluminum or an alternate non -corrosive material enclosure option is available. ■ Replacement parts and accessories not authorized by Cummins Power Generation& ■ Use of Battle Short Mode. ■ Owner or operator abuse or neglect such as: operation without adequate coolant or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance to lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; late servicing and maintenance; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices, or for progressive damage resulting from a defective shutdown or warning device. ■ Damage to parts, fixtures, housings, attachments and accessory items that are not part of the generating set. This limited warranty does not cover costs resulting from: Difficulty in gaining access to the Product. Repair of cosmetic damage to enclosures. Please contact your local Cummins Power Generation® Distributor for clarification concerning these limitations. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® RIGHT TO FAILED COMPONENTS: Failed components claimed under warranty remain the property of Cummins Power Generation& Cummins Power Generation® has the right to reclaim any failed component that has been replaced under warranty. Extended Warranty: Cummins Power Generation® offers several levels of Extended Warranty Coverage. Please contact your local Cummins Power Generation ® Distributor for details. www.cumminsoower.com THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS POWER GENERATION ® IN REGARD TO THE PRODUCT. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT IS CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. This limited warranty shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. This limited warranty gives the owner specific rights that may vary from state to state or from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Product Model Number: Product Serial Number: Date in Service: Effective Date: 01-October-2009 Page 2 of 2 A028U870 English Warranty Statement Uoba� e�ozver VITarranty Statement Effective Date: 01-October-2009 FaraHelcng System Transfer Switch A029Y876 (Issue 1) Limited Warranty Transfer Switch and Paralleling Systems This limited warranty applies to all Cummins Power Generation® branded Transfer Switches, Paralleling Systems and associated accessories (hereinafter referred to as "Product"). This warranty covers any failures of the Product, under normal use and service, which result from a defect in material or factory workmanship. Warranty Period: The warranty start date is the date of commissioning', demonstration or 18 months after factory ship date, whichever is sooner. t Date of commissioning not to exceed date of Generator Set initial start-up. Transfer Switch Coverage Duration: The warranty coverage duration for Transfer Switches is defined in the table below for the different product families: Product Family Duration GTEC, LT, LC, . 1 Year: Parts, Labor & Travel RSS, RST, OTEC PLTO, PLTH, ■ 2 Years: Parts, Labor & Travel PLTS, PLTE Other Power Transfer Devicestt . 2 Years: Parts, Labor & Travel ■ Years 0-2: Parts, Labor &Travel OT, OTPC, BTPC, . Years 3-5: Parts Only OHPC, CHPC . Years 6-10: Main Contacts Only "Devices manufactured by Cummins Power Generation that allow power transfer between two power sources. Paralleling Systems Coverage Duration: The warranty coverage duration for Paralleling Systems is for a period of 2 Years from the warranty start date. Cummins Power Generation® Responsibilities: In the event of a failure of the Product during the warranty period due to defects in material or workmanship, Cummins Power Generation® will only be responsible for the following costs: ■ All parts and labor required to repair the Product'*r. ■ Reasonable travel expenses to and from the Product site location". t" Years 0-2 only for OT, OTPC, BTPC, OHPC & CHPC family of Transfer Switches. Owner Responsibilities: The owner will be responsible for the following: ■ Notifying Cummins Power Generation® distributor or dealer within 30 days of the discovery of failure. ■ Installing, operating, commissioning and maintaining the Product in accordance with Cummins Power Generation®'s published policies and guidelines. ■ Providing evidence for date of commissioning. ■ Providing sufficient access to and reasonable ability to remove the Product from the installation in the event of a warrantable failure. In addition, the owner will be responsible for: • Incremental costs and expenses associated with Product removal and reinstallation resulting from non-standard installations. • Costs associated with rental of power generating equipment used to replace the Product being repaired. ■ Costs associated with labor overtime and premium shipping requested by the owner. ■ All downtime expenses, fines, all applicable taxes, and other losses resulting from a warrantable failure. Effective Date: 01-October-2009 Pagel of 2 A029Y876 Limitations: This limited warranty does not cover Product failures resulting from: ■ Inappropriate use relative to designated power rating. • Inappropriate use relative to application guidelines. ■ Non-conformance to applicable industry standards for installation • Normal wear and tear. ■ Improper and/or unauthorized installation. ■ Negligence, accidents or misuse. ■ Lack of maintenance or unauthorized repair. ■ Noncompliance with any Cummins Power Generation® published guideline or policy. ■ Improper storage before and after commissioning. ■ Owner's delay in making Product available after notification of potential Product problem. ■ Use of steel enclosures within 60 miles of the coast of salt water when aluminum or an alternate non -corrosive material enclosure option is available. • Replacement parts and accessories not authorized by Cummins Power Generation& ■ Owner or operator abuse or neglect such as: late servicing and maintenance and improper storage. ■ Damage to parts, fixtures, housings, attachments and accessory items that are not part of the transfer switch or paralleling system. This limited warranty does not cover costs resulting from: Difficulty in gaining access to the Product. Repair of cosmetic damage to enclosures. Please contact your local Cummins Power Generation® Distributor for clarification concerning these limitations. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® RIGHT TO FAILED COMPONENTS: Failed components claimed under warranty remain the property of Cummins Power Generation& Cummins Power Generation® has the right to reclaim any failed component that has been replaced under warranty. Extended Warranty: Cummins Power Generation® offers several levels of Extended Warranty Coverage. Please contact your local Cummins Power Generation ® Distributor for details. www.cumminspower.com THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS POWER GENERATION ® IN REGARD TO THE PRODUCT. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT IS CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. This limited warranty shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. This limited warranty gives the owner specific rights that may vary from state to state or from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Product Model Number: Product Serial Number: Date in Service: Effective Date: 01-October-2009 Page 2 of 2 A029Y876 Diesel generator set QSL9-G2 series engine EPA emissions 1WR<F -S "T Description Cummins Power Generation commercial generator sets are fully integrated power generation systems providing optimum performance, reliability and versatility for stationary standby and prime power applications. This generator set is designed in facilities certified to ISO 9001 and manufactured in t facilities certified to ISO 9001 or ISO 9002. The Prototype Test Support (PTS) program verifies the performance integrity of the t ?� generator set design. Cummins Power Generation products bearing the PTS symbol meet the prototype test requirements of NFPA 110 for Level 1 systems. Se All low voltage models are CSA certified to �7 product class 4215-01. generator set is available Listed to UThe UL 2200, Stationary Engine Generator + Assemblies. V.S. EPA Engine certified to U.S. EPA Nonroad Source Emissions Standards, 40 CFR 89, Tier 3. Features Cummins heavy-duty engine - Rugged 4-cycle, industrial diesel delivers reliable power, low emissions and fast response to load changes. Alternator - Several alternator sizes offer selectable motor starting capability with low reactance 2/3 pitch windings, low waveform distortion with non -linear loads and fault clearing short-circuit capability. Control system - The PowerCommand® electronic control is standard equipment and provides total genset system integration including automatic remote starting/stopping, precise frequency and voltage regulation, alarm and status message display, AmpSentry" protection, output metering, auto -shutdown at fault detection and NFPA 110 Level 1 compliance. Cooling system - Standard integral set -mounted radiator system, designed and tested for rated ambient temperatures, simplifies facility design requirements for rejected heat. Enclosures - Optional weather protective and sound attenuated enclosures are available. Fuel tanks - Dual wall sub -base fuel tanks are also available. NFPA - The genset accepts full rated load in a single step in accordance with NFPA 110 for Level 1 systems. Warranty and service - Backed by a comprehensive warranty and worldwide distributor network. Standby rating Prime rating Continuous rating Data sheets Model 60 Hz M (kVA) 50 Hz M (kVA) 60 Hz M (kVA) 50 Hz M (kVA) 60 Hz M (kVA) 50 Hz M (kVA) 60 Hz 50 Hz DSHAB 175 219 160 200 D-3451 DSHAC 200 250 180 225 D-3452 DSHAD 230 288 209 261 D-3453 02008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry InPower and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S.1587b (9/08) Generator set specifications Governor regulation class ISO 8528 Part 1 Class G3 Voltage regulation, no load to full load f 0.5% Random voltage variation t 0.5% Frequency regulation Isochronous Random frequency variation t 0.25% Radio frequency emissions compliance Meets requirements of most industrial and commercial applications. Engine specifications Bore 114.0 mm (4.49 in) Stroke 145 mm (5.69 in) Displacement 8.9 L (543 in) Configuration Cast iron in -line, 6 cylinder Battery capacity 1500 amps minimum at ambient temperature of -18 °C (0'F) Battery charging alternator _ 100 amps Starting voltage 12 volt, negative ground Fuel system y Direct injection: number 2 diesel fuel, fuel filter, automatic electric fuel shutoff Fuel filter Single element, 10 micron filtration, spin -on fuel filter with water separator Air cleaner type Dry replaceable element Lube oil filter type(s) Spin -on, full flow Standard cooling system High ambient radiator Alternator specifications Design Brushless, 4 pole, drip proof revolving field Stator 2/3 pitch Rotor Single bearing, flexible discs Insulation system Class H Standard temperature rise 150 °C standby at 40 °C ambient Exciter type Torque match (shunt) Phase rotation A (U), B M, C (W) Altemator cooling Direct drive centrifugal blower AC waveform total harmonic distortion < 5% no load to full linear load, < 3% for any single harmonic Telephone influence factor (TIF) < 50 per NEMA MG1-22.43 Telephone harmonic factor (THF) < 3 Available voltages Three phase reconnectable Single phase non- reconnectable Three phase non- reconnectable • 120/208 •120/240 •127/220 •139/240 •120/240 •220/380 •347/600 -240/416 •254/440 •277/480 Note: Consult factory for other voltages. Generator set options and accessories Engine Alternator Generator set ❑ UL 2200 Listed ❑ 120/240 V 1500 W ❑ 105 °C rise ❑ AC entrance box ❑ Main line circuit breaker coolant heater ❑ 125 °C rise ❑ Battery ❑ PowerCommand Network ❑ 120/240 V 150 W lube oil ❑ 120/240 V 100 W anti -condensation ❑ Battery charger Communications Module heater heater ❑ Enclosure: aluminum, (NCM) ❑ Engine oil temperature ❑ PMG excitation steel, weather protective ❑ Remote annunciator panel ❑ Single phase or sound attenuated ❑ Spring isolators Fuel system ❑ Export box packaging ❑ 2 year prime power warranty ❑ 12 hour sub -base tank Exhaust system ❑ 2 year standby power warranty (dual wall) ❑ Genset mounted muffler ❑ 5 year basic power warranty ❑ 24 hour sub -base tank ❑ Heavy duty exhaust elbow (dual wall) ❑ Slip on exhaust connection ❑ 473 L (125 gA sub -base tank (single wall) Note: Some options may not be available on all models - consult factory for availability. Our energy working for you."' www.cumminsoower.com ®2008 I Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generaticn Power and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and "Our energy working for you.' are Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1587b (9/08) C1, Control system PCC 2100 PowerCommand control is an integrated generator set control system providing governing, voltage regulation, engine protection and operator interface functions. Major features include: - Integral AmpSentry�4 Protective Relay providing a full range of alternator protection functions that are matched to the alternator provided. - Battery monitoring and testing features and smart starting control system. - Three phase sensing, full wave rectified voltage regulation system, with a PWM output for stable operation with all load types. - Standard PCCNet- and optional Echelon® LONWORKS® network interface. - Control suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F) and altitudes to 5000 meters (13,000 feet). - Prototype tested; UL, CSA, and CE compliant. - InPower PC -based service tool available for detailed diagnostics. Operator/display panel Off/manual/auto mode switch - Manual run/stop switch Panel lamp test switch - Emergency stop switch - Alpha -numeric display with pushbutton access for viewing engine and alternator data and providing setup, controls and adjustments - LED lamps indicating genset running, not in auto, common warning, common shutdown - Configurable LED lamps (5) - Configurable for local language Engine protection - Overspeed shut down - Low oil pressure warning and shut down - High coolant temperature warning and shut down - High oil temperature warning (some models) - Low coolant level warning or shut down - Low coolant temperature warning - High and low battery voltage warning - Weak battery warning - Dead battery shut down - Fail to start (overcrank) shut down - Fail to crank shut down - Redundant start disconnect - Cranking lockout - Sensor failure indication Engine data - DC voltage - Lube oil pressure - Coolant temperature - Lube oil temperature (some models) - Engine speed Our energy working for you.T1 www.cumminsipower.com AmpSentry AC protection - Over current and short-circuit shut down - Over current warning - Single and three phase fault regulation - Over and under voltage shut down - Over and under frequency shut down - Overload warning with alarm contact - Reverse power and reverse Var shut down - Excitation fault Alternator data - Line -to -line and line -to -neutral AC volts - Three phase AC current - Frequency - Total and individual phase power factor, kW and kVA Other data - Genset model data - Start attempts, starts, running hours - kW hours (total and since reset) - Fault history - Load profile (hours less than 30% and hours more than 90% load) - System data display (optional with network and other PowerCommand gensets or transfer switches) Governing - Digital electronic isochronous governor - Temperature dynamic governing - Smart idle speed mode - Glow plug control (some models) Voltage regulation - Digital PWM electronic voltage regulation - Three phase line -to -neutral sensing - Suitable for PMG or shunt excitation - Single and three phase fault regulation - Configurable torque matching Control functions - Data logging on faults - Fault simulation (requires InPower) - Time delay start and cooldown - Cycle cranking - PCCNet interface - Configurable customer inputs (4) - Configurable customer outputs (4) - Configurable network inputs (8) and outputs (16) (with optional network) - Remote emergency stop Options ❑ LED bargraph AC data display ❑ Thermostatically controlled space heater ❑ Key -type mode switch ❑ Ground fault module ❑ Auxiliary relays (3) ❑ Echelon LONWORKS interface ❑ Modion Gateway to convert to Modbus (loose) ❑ PowerCommand iWatch web server for remote monitoring and alarm notification (loose) ❑ Digital input and output module(s) (loose) ❑ Remote annunciator (loose) For further detail see document'S-1409. W008 I Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation Power and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and "Our energy working for you." are Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1587b(9/08) ce Ratings definitions Emergency standby power (ESP): Applicable for supplying power to varying electrical load for the duration of power interruption of a reliable utility source. Emergency Standby Power (ESP) is in Dim •e• accordance with ISO 8528. Fuel Stop power in accordance with ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and BS 5514. Limited -time running power (LTP): Applicable for supplying power to a constant electrical load for limited hours. Limited Time Running Power (LTP) is in accordance with ISO 8528. Prime power (PRP): Applicable for supplying power to varying electrical load for unlimited hours. Prime Power (PRP) is in accordance with ISO 8528. Ten percent overload capability is available in accordance with ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and BS 5514. Base load (continuous) power (COP): Applicable for supplying power continuously to a constant electrical load for unlimited hours. Continuous Power (COP) in accordance with ISO 8528, ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and BS 5514. This outline drawing is for reference only. See respective model data sheet for specific model outline drawing number. Do not use for installation design Model Dim "A" mm (in.) Dim "B" mm (in.) Dim "C" mm (in.) Set Weight* dry kg (Ibs) Set Weight* wet kg (Ibs) DSHAB 2662 104.8 1016 40.0 1361 53.6 1561 3442 DSHAC 2662 104.8 1016 40.0 1361 53.6 1561 3442 DSHAD 2667 (105.0) 1016 (40.0) 1372 (54.0) 1469(3238) ' Weights represent a set with standard features. See outline drawings for weights of other configurations. Cummins Power Generation 1400 73' Avenue N.E. Minneapolis, MN 55432 USA Telephone: 763 574 5000 Fax: 763 574 5298 Warning: Back feed to a utility system can cause electrocution and/or property damage. Do not connect to any building's electrical system except through an approved device or after building main switch is open. Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminst)ower.com 02008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation Power and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and "Our energy working for you." are Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1587b (9/0.) ftL 0 x _ _ Model: DSHAB Frequency: 60 Fuel type: Diesel KW rating: 175 standby 160 prime Emissions level: EPA Nonroad Tier 3 pp x��, c'_.� it ""�..+•. Exhaust emission data sheet: EDS-1046 Exhaust emission compliance sheet: EPA-1086 Sound performance data sheet: MSP-1020 Cooling performance data sheet: MCP-145 Prototype test summary data sheet: PTS-162 Standard set -mounted radiator cooling outline: 0500-4303 Optional set -mounted radiator cooling outline: Optional heat exchanger cooling outline: Optional remote radiator cooling outline Fuel Consumption Standby Prime Continuous kW (kVA) kW (kVA) kW (kVA) Ratings 175 (219) 160 (200) Load 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full Full US gph 5.0 8.7 12.0 14.9 4.8 8.3 11.4 14.3 L/hr 1 19 33 45 56 18 31 43 54 Engine Standby rating Prime Continuous rating rating Engine manufacturer Cummins Inc. Engine model OSL9-G2, NR3 Configuration Cast Iron, in -line 6 cylinder Aspiration Turbocharged and CAC Gross engine power output, kWm(bhp) 271.5 364.0 238.7 320.0 BMEP at set rated load, kPa (psi) 1613.4 (234.0) 1482.4 (215.0) Bore, mm (in) 114.0 (4.49) Stroke, mm (in) 145 (5.69) Rated speed, rpm 1800 Piston speed, m/s (ft/min) 8.7 (1707.0) Compression ratio 16.8:1 Lube oil capacity, L ( t) 26.5 (28.0) Overspeed limit, rpm 2100 t 50 Regenerative power, kW 35.00 Fuel flow Fuel flow at rated load, L/hr (US ph) 162.8 (43.0) Maximum inlet restriction, mm H In H 152.4 (6.0) Maximum return restriction, mm Ha fin Hp) 254.0 (10.0) 02008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. "Our energy working for you." is a trademark of Cummins Power Generation. D-3451 a (10/08) Standby Prime Continuous Air rating rating I rating Combustion air, m'/min (scfm) 20.3 (717.0) 20.1 (712.0) Maximum air cleaner restriction with clean filter, kPa (in O) 3.7(15) Altemator cooling air, m'/min (scfm) 41.3 (1460.0) Exhaust Exhaust flow at set rated load, m'/min (cfm) 31.1 (1097) 30.1 (1062) Exhaust temperature, °C rF) 526 (978) 511 (952) Maximum back pressure, kPa (n H2O) 10.2 (41.0) Standard set -mounted radiator cooling Ambient design, 'C rF) 54 (129) 52 (126) Fan load, kW. (HP) 16.4 (22) Coolant capacity (with radiator), L (US al) 29.5 (7.8) Cooling system air flow, m'/min (scfm) 248 (8769) Total heat rejection, MJ/min (Btu/min) 6.9(6503) 6.5 (6152) Maximum cooling air flow static restriction, kPa (in H O) 0.12 (0.5) Ontional set -mounted radiator cooling Ambient design, °C CF) _ Fan load, kW. (HP) Coolant capacity (with radiator), L (US al) Cooling system air flow, m'/min (scfm) Total heat rejection, MJ/min Btu/min) Maximum cooling alr flcw static restriction, kPa (in H O) Ontional heat exchan4er cooling Set coolant capacity. L US al Heat rejected, jacket water circuit, MJ/min (Btu/min) Heat rejected, aftercooler circuit, MJ/min (Btu/min) Heat rejected, fuel circuit, MJ/min (Btu/min) Total heat radiated to room, MJ/min (Btu/min) Maximum raw water pressure, jacket water circuit, kPa (psi) Maximum raw water pressure, aftercooler circuit, kPa (psi) Maximum raw water pressure, fuel circuit, kPa (psi) Maximum raw water flow, jacket water circuit, Umin (US gal/min) Maximum raw water flow, aftercooler circuit, Umin (US gal/min) Maximum raw water flow, fuel circuit, Umin (US gal/min) Minimum raw water flow at 27 °C (80 °F) inlet temp, jacket water circuit, Umin US al/min Minimum raw water flow at 27 °C (80 °F) inlet temp, aftercooler circuit, Umin S al/min Minimum raw water flow at 27 °C (80 °F) inlet temp, fuel circuit, Umin US al/min Raw water delta P at min flow, jacket water circuit, kPa (psi) Raw water delta P at min flow, aftercooler circuit, kPa (psi) Raw water delta P at min flow, fuel circuit, kPa (psi) Maximum jacket water outlet temp, 'C CF) Maximum aftercooler inlet temp, 'C (°F) Maximum aftercooler inlet temp at 25 °C (77 °F) ambient, "C (°F) Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminspower.com Power 02008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I AI rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation Gene.rit i o n and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. "Our energy working for you." is a trademark of Cummins Power Generation. D-3451 a (10/08) cib OOptional remote radiator cooling ' P g Standby rating Prime rating Continuous rating Set coolant capacity, L (US gal) Max flow rate at max friction head, jacket water circuit, L/min (US al/min Max flow rate at max friction head, aftercooler circuit, Umin (US al/min Heat rejected, jacket water circuit, MJ/min (Btu/min) Heat rejected, aftercooler circuit, MJ/min (Btu/min) Heat rejected, fuel circuit, MJ/min (Btu/min) Total heat radiated to room, MJ/min (Btu/min) Maximum friction head, jacket water circuit, kPa (psi) Maximum friction head, aftercooler circuit, kPa (psi) Maximum static head, jacket water circuit, m (ft) Maximum static head, aftercooler circuit, m (ft) Maximum jacket water outlet temp, °C (IF) Maximum aftercooler inlet temp at 25 °C (77 OF) ambient, °C ff) Maximum aftercooler inlet temp, °C (°F) Maximum fuel flow, L/hr (US gph) Maximum fuel return line restriction, kPa (in Hg) Weights2 Unit dry weight kgs (Ibs) Unit wet weight kgs (Ibs) 1561 (3442) Notes: 'For non-standard remote installations contact your local Cummins Power Generation representative. Weights represent a set with standard features. See outline drawing for weights of other configurations. Derating factors Engine power available up to 1280 m (4200 ft) at ambient temperature up to 40 °C (104 °F). Consult your Standby Cummins Power Generation distributor for temperature and ambient requirements outside these Prime Continuous Ratings definitions Emergency standby power (ESP): Limited -time running power (LTP): Prime power (PRP): Base load (continuous) power (COP): Applicable for supplying power to Applicable for supplying power Applicable for supplying power Applicable for supplying power varying electrical load for the to a constant electrical load for to varying electrical load for continuously to a constant duration of power interruption of a limited hours. Limited Time unlimited hours. Prime Power electrical load for unlimited reliable utility source. Emergency Running Power (LTP) is in (PRP) is in accordance with ISO hours. Continuous Power (COP) Standby Power (ESP) is in accordance with ISO 8528. 8528. Ten percent overload is in accordance with ISO 8528, accordance with ISO 8528. Fuel capability is available in ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 Stop power in accordance with accordance with ISO 3046, and BS 5514. ISO 3046, AS 2789, DIN 6271 and AS 2789, DIN 6271 and BS 5514. BS 5514. Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminst)ower.com 02008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. "Our energy working for you." is a trademark of Cummins Power Generation. D-3451 a (10108) Power Generation Alternator data Three phase table' 105 °C 1 105 °C 105 "C 1 125 °C 125 °C 125 °C 1 150 "C 150 °C 1 150 °C f^ Feature code B418 6415 B304 B417 B414 B303 B416 B413 8419 Alternator data sheet 211 211 211 211 211 210 211 211 210 number 110/190 120/208 110/190 120/208 110/190 120/208 thru thru thru thru thru thru 120/208 139/240 120/208 139/240 120/208 139/240 Voltage ranges 347/600 347/600 347/600 220/380 240/416 220/380 240/416 220/380 240/416 thru thru thru thru thru thru 240/416 1 277/480 1 240/416 277/480 1 240/416 277/480 Surge kW 186 186 187 186 186 185 186 186 185 Motor starting kVA (at 1 Shunt 672 672 672 672 672 563 672 672 563 90% sustained voltage) PMG 791 791 791 791 791 663 791 791 663 Full load current amps at 120/208 127/220 139/24 220/380 240/416 254/440 277/480 347/600 standby rating 1 607 574 526 332 304 287 263 210 Single phase table 105 "C 105 °C 125 °C 1 125 °C 125 °C Feature code B418 B415 6417 B414 B273 Alternator data sheet number 211 211 211 211 212 Voltage ranges 120/240' 120/2402 120/240' 120/240' 120/240' Surge kW 183 183 183 183 186 Motor starting kVA (at 90% sustained voltage) Shunt 395 395 395 395 420 PMG 465 465 465 465 500 Full load current amps 1 1201240 120/240' Single phase power can be taken from a three phase generator set at up to 2/3 set rated 3-phase kW at 1.0 power factor. Also see Note 3 below. z The broad range alternators can supply single phase output up to 2/3 set rated 3-phase kW at 1.0 power factor. ' The extended stack (full single phase output) and 4 lead alternators can supply single phase output up to full set rated 3-phase kW at 1.0 power factor. Formulas for calculating full loan! currents: Three phase output Single phase output kW x 1000 kW x SinglePhaseFactor x 1000 Voltage x 1.73 x 0.8 Voltage Cummins Power Generation 1400 73' Avenue N.E. Minneapolis, MN 55432 USA Phone: 763 574 5000 Fax: 763 574 5298 Warning: Back feed to a utility system can cause electrocution and/or property damage. Do not connect to any building's electrical system except through an approved device or after building main switch is open. Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminspower.com Power 02008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. "Our energy working for you." is a trademark of Cummins Power Generation. D-3451 a (10/08) ce PowerCommand° 2100 digital generator set control Description The PowerCommand® 2100 Control is a microprocessor - based generator set monitoring, metering and control system. The control provides an operator interface to the genset, digital voltage regulation, digital governing and generator set protective functions. The integration of all the functions into a single control system provides enhanced reliability and performance compared to conventional control systems. The PowerCommand control is designed for mounting on the generator set and is suitable for use on a wide range of generator sets in non -paralleling applications. The PowerCommand Control will directly read AC voltages up to 600 VAC and can be configured for any frequency, voltage and power connection configuration from 120 to 600 VAC. The control offers a wide range of standard control and digital display features so custom control configurations are not needed to meet application specifications. System reliability is not compromised by use of untested special components. Power for PowerCommand Control is usually derived from the generator set starting batteries. It functions without degradation in performance over a voltage range from 8 VDC to 35 VDC. Features Digital engine speed governing controls - Provide isochronous frequency regulation (optional on some genset models). Digital voltage regulation - 3-phase sensing. AmpSentryTM protective relay - UL Listed, true alternator over current protection. Analog and digital AC output metering. Battery monitoring system - Senses and warns against a weak battery condition. Digital alarm and status message display. Generator set monitoring - Displays status of all critical engine and alternator functions. Smart starting control system - Temperature dynamic integrated fuel ramping to limit black smoke and frequency overshoot, in addition to optimized cold weather starting. PCCNet Interface - A proprietary RS485 network interface to allow easy plug and play interface to remote annunciators, relay modules for extensible 1/0 and other devices. Advanced serviceability - Interfaces to InPower T"', a PC -based software service tool. A version of InPower is available for customer use. PowerCommand LonWorks® network (optional) - Provides interfaces to external devices through a twisted pair wire and other media. Certifications - Suitable for use on generator sets that are designed, manufactured, tested, and certified to relevant UL, NFPA, ISO, IEC, and CSA standards. Warranty and service Backed by a comprehensive warranty and worldwide distributor service network. 02008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, InPower, AmpSentry and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 1 of 8 Operator panel The operator panel provides the user with a complete package of easy to view and use information. Connections to the operator panel are locking plug interfaces for reliable, vibration -resistant interconnection to the generator set wiring harness. Control switches and functions Off/manual/auto mode control switch - The not in auto lamp will flash when the control is in the manual or off mode. In the auto mode, the generator set can be started with a start signal from a remote device, such as an automatic transfer switch. Manual run/stop control switch - When the mode control switch is in the manual position and the manual/runy'stop switch is pressed, the generator set will start, bypassing time delay start. The control is configurable to include an idle period on manual start. If the generator set is running in the manual mode, pressing the run/stop switch will cause the generator set to shut down after a cool down at idle period. Panel lamp/lamp test control switch - Depressing VIP panel lamp switch will cause the panel illumination to operate for approximately 10 minutes. Pressing and holding the switch will sequentially illuminate all LED lamps on the panel to confirm proper operation of these components. Fault acknowledge/reset switch - The control includes a fault acknowledge function to allow the operator to reset the fault condition. If the fault condition is not corrected, the fault will reappear, but will not be logged as a separate event. Multiple faults can be logged and displayed at one time. Emergency stop control switch - Pressing the emergency stop switch will cause the generator set to immec ately shut down. The generator set is prevented from running or cranking with the switch pressed in. Operator adjustments - The control includes provisions for many set up and adjustment functions via raise/lower switches on the operator panel. Functions that can be adjusted by the operator include: - Time delay start (0-300 seconds) - Time delay stop (0-600 seconds) - Alternator voltage L+5%) - Alternator frequency L+5%) Indicating lamps Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminspower.com The operator panel includes a series of LED indicating lamps to allow the operator to view the general status of the generator set. Functions displayed include: Green lamps to indicate generator set running (operating at rated voltage and frequency); remote start signal received. Red (flashing) lamp to indicate not -in -auto mode and a red lamp to indicate common shutdown. Amber lamp for common warning. Lamps (5) are configurable for color and function. These lamps are configured with InPower for any condition monitored by the control. Default configuration for these lamps include the following functions: - Low oil pressure warning - High engine temperature warning - Low oil pressure shutdown - Over speed shutdown - Fail to start Analog AC metering panel (optional) The PowerCommand control can be equipped with an analog AC metering panel that simultaneously displays 3- phase line -to -line AC volts and current, kW, power factor, and frequency. The meter panel is composed of a series of LEDs configured in bar graphs for each function. The LEDs are color coded, with green indicating normal range values, amber for warning levels and red for shutdown conditions. Scales for each function are in % of nominal rated values. Resolution is 1 % for values close to nominal and increases at values far from nominal. Alphanumeric display panel The PowerCommand control is provided with an alphanumeric display capable of displaying 2 lines of data with approximately 20 characters per line. The display is accompanied by a set of six tactile -feel membrane switches that are used by the operator to navigate through @2008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation AMU Power and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, InPower, AmpSentry and "Our energy working for you." are Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 2 of 8 control menus and to make control adjustments. (There are no rotary potentiometers in the control. All adjustments are made via the display panel or InPower). Display is configurable for multiple languages. It is configurable for units of measurement. All data on the control can be viewed by scrolling through screens with the navigation keys. The control displays all active fault conditions with the latest displayed first. Active and inactive faults are displayed. The display panel includes a screen -saver timer that will turn off the display after 30 minutes of inactivity. Touching any key will turn the screen back on. Generator set hardware data - Generator set rating in kVA, complete generator set model number and provisions for generator set serial number, engine model and serial number, and alternator model and serial number. The control stores the part number of the control and the software version present in the control. This information is read using InPower. Data logs - Number of start attempts and number of start attempts since reset. Number of times generator set has run and duration of generator set running time. Generator set kWh produced. The control also stores number of start attempts, operating hours and kW hours since each has been reset. This data is read with InPower. Adjustment history - Provides a record of adjustment and setting changes made on the control and identifies whether adjustment was made via the operator panel or with a service tool. If a service tool is used, the control provides a record of the serial number of the tool used. This information is read with InPower. Fault history - Provides a record of the most recent fault conditions with time stamp, along with the number of times each fault has occurred. Up to 20 events are stored in the control non-volatile memory. Load profile data - Control logs data indicating the operating hours at percent of rated kW load in 10% increments. The data is presented on the operator panel based on total operating hours on the generator set based on number of hours under 30% load and number of hours at more than 90% of rated. InPower can be used to read data in detail (10% increments). Generator set output voltage - All phases, line -to -line and line -to -neutral, accuracy 1 %. Data for all phases is displayed simultaneously to allow viewing of voltage balance. Our energy working for you.TM www.cLimminspower.com Generator set output current - All phases, accuracy 1 %. Data for all phases is displayed simultaneously to allow viewing of load balance. Generator set output frequency. Generator set power output - PowerCommand displays generator set kW and kVA output (average and individual phase and direction of flow), and power factor with leading/lagging indication. Accuracy 5%. Generator set kWh power output - Displays total kilowatt-hours produced by the generator set and total produced since last reset, with time stamp of time of last reset. Generator set control temperature. Engine starting battery voltage. Engine lube oil pressure. Engine coolant temperature. Engine lube oil temperature (option on some genset models). System data display - The generator set will exchange data with Cummins Power Generation transfer switches utilizing PowerCommand transfer controls and other generator sets using the PowerCommand 2100 control that are located on the same site and interconnected using a PowerCommand network. Information displayed from each transfer switch in the system includes: transfer switch name (assigned by customer at site), kW load (when fitted with load monitoring equipment), sources available, source connected and if any alarm conditions are present on the switch. Genset data includes genset name, kW load, status and name of any alarm conditions that are present. Service adjustments - The operator panel includes provisions for adjustment and set up of all control functions in the generator set. The operator panel includes an access code that is used to protect the control from unauthorized service level adjustments. Internal control functions Engine control Remote start mode - PowerCommand accepts a ground signal from remote devices or a network signal to automatically start the generator set and immediately accelerate to rated speed and voltage. PowerCommand includes a smart starting system that is designed to quickly start the engine, minimize black smoke, minimize voltage and frequency overshoot, and oscillations on starting. The control system does this by careful control of the engine fuel system and alternator excitation system. The control can incorporate a time delay start and a warm- up period at idle speed. See Engine governing for details. Sleep mode - PowerCommand can be configured to include a sleep mode. When enabled, and when the mode select switch is in the off position, the control will revert to C2008 I Cummins Power Generation Inc. I Al rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation AMM Power and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, InPower, AmpSentry and "Our energy working for you." are Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 3 of 8 a low power consumption mode until a control switch on the operator panel is operated (reset, panel lamp, manual run or emergency stop). Data logging - The control maintains a record of manual control operations, warning and shutdown conditions, and other events. The control also stores critical engine and alternator data before and after a fault occurs, for use by InPower and the technician in evaluating the root causes for the fault condition. Fault simulation mode - PowerCommand, in conjunction with InPower software, will accept commands to allow a technician to verify the proper operation of all protective functions of the control by simulating failure modes or by forcing the control to operate outside of its normal operating ranges. Engine starting - The control system automatically controls the engine starter and provides proper engine fueling and alternator control to provide fast and efficient starting. Cycle cranking - Configurable for number of starting cycles (1 to 7) and duration of crank and rest periods. Control includes starter protection algorithms to prevent the operator from specifying a starting sequence that might be damaging. Time delay start and stop (cool down) - Configurable for time delay of 0-300 seconds prior to starting after receiving a remote start signal; and for time delay of 0-600 seconds prior to ramp -to -idle or shutdown after signal to stop in normal operation modes. Default for both time delay periods is 0 seconds. Engine governing The PowerCommand control includes integrated digital governing capability to directly drive an engine fuel control valve. Features of the governing system (when enabled) include: Isochronous governing - Controls engine speed within ±0.25% for any steady state load from no load to full load. Frequency drift will not exceed ±0.5% for a 33 °C (60 °F) change in ambient temperature over an 8 hour period. Temperature dynamics - Modifies the engine fuel system (governing) control parameters as a function of engine temperature. Allows engine to be more responsive when warm and more stable when operating at lower temperature levels. Smart idle mode - Engine governing can be regulated at an idle speed for a programmed period on automatic stop of the engine or in manual mode. In an automatic mode, the control will bypass the idle period if the engine is at a low load level for sufficient duration for cool down. During idle mode engine protective functions are adjusted for the lower engine speed, and alternator function and protections are disabled. Idle speed can be initiated by the operator when the generator set is running in the manual mode. Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminspower.com Glow plug control (optional) - Modifies the engine start cycle to include a programmed time period for operation of glow plugs. This feature is available on generator sets that require glow plug control only. Alternator control PowerCommand includes an integrated 3-phase line -to - neutral sensing voltage regulation system that is compatible with either shunt or PMG type excitation systems (some generator set models are always PMG). The voltage regulation system is full wave rectified and has a PWM output for good motor starting capability and stability when powering non -linear loads. Major system features include: Digital output voltage regulation - PowerCommand will regulate output voltage to within 0.5% for any loads between no load and full load. Voltage drift will not exceed ±0.5% for a 33 °C (60 °F) change in temperature in an 8 hour period. On engine starting, or sudden load acceptance, voltage is controlled to a maximum of 5% overshoot over nominal level. Torque -matched V/Hz overload control - The voltage roll -off set point and rate of decay (i.e., the slope of the V/Hz curve) is adjustable in the control. Fault current regulation - PowerCommand will reguiate the output current on any phase to a maximum of 3 times rated current under fault conditions for both single phase and three phase faults. The regulation system will drive a permanent magnet generator (PMG) to provide 3 times rated current on all phases for motor starting and short circuit coordination purposes. Protective functions On a warring condition the control will indicate a fault by lighting the warning LED on the control panel and displaying the fault name and code on the operator display panel. The nature of the fault and time of occurrence are logged in the control. The service manual and InPower service tool provide service keys and procedures based on the service codes provided. On a shutdown condition, the control will light the shutdown LED on the control panel, display the fault name and code, initiate shutdown and lock out the generator set. The control maintains a data log of all fault conditions as they occur and time stamps them with the controller run time and engine operating hours data. Adjustments to most set points are made using the InPower service tool. The control system includes a "fault bypass" mode that may be enabled by a service technician. The fault bypass mode forces the system to function regardless of the status of protective functions. (Each function must be individually bypassed.) In this mode the only protective functions that are operational are over speed, loss of speed sensor, moving the control switch to the off position or pressing the emergency stop switch. The control maintains a record of the time that the mode is enabled, C2008 I Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation APWPower and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, InPower, AmpSentry and "Our energy working for you." are "mmGeneration trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 4 of 8 and all warning or shutdown conditions that have occurred while in the "fault bypass" mode. The control system automatically captures the generator set logged parameters on a fault condition. Many protective functions within the control system are configurable for warning, shutdown or both (2 levels). Exceptions to this include functions such as over speed conditions and loss of speed sensing. In addition, some functions can incorporate control functions as a consequence of a fault. System protective functions: Ground fault warning (optional) - 600 VAC class generator sets with solid ground. Ground fault sensing is adjustable over a range of 100-1200 amps with time delays of 0-1 second. May be configured for shutdown rather than alarm. Configurable alarm and status inputs - PowerCommand will accept up to four alarm or status inputs (configurable contact closed to ground or open) to indicate customer -specified conditions. The control is programmable for warning, shutdown or status indication and for labeling the input. Eight additional faults can be input to the control via the network. Emergency stop - Annunciated whenever the local or remote emergency stop signal is received. Alarm panel distinguishes between local or remote operation. Engine protection Over speed shutdown - Default setting is 115% of nominal. Low lube oil pressure shutdown - Level is preset to match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals. Low lube oil pressure warning - Level is preset to match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals. High coolant temperature shutdown - Level is preset to match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals. High coolant temperature warning - Level is preset to match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals. Our energy working for you.T"" www.cumminspower.com High oil temperature warning (optional) - Level is preset to match the capabilities of each engine. Control includes time delays to prevent nuisance shutdown signals. Low coolant level warning/shutdown - Optional on some genset models. Low coolant temperature warning - Indicates that engine temperature may not be high enough for a 10- second start or proper load pickup. Low and high battery voltage warning - Indicates battery charging system failure by continuously monitoring battery voltage. Weak battery warning - The control system will test the battery bank each time the generator set is signaled to start, and indicate a warning if the generator set battery indicates impending failure. Dead battery shutdown - Indicates that generator set failed to start due to failed starting battery. Fail to start (overcrank) shutdown. Fail to crank shutdown - Control has signaled starter to crank engine but engine does not rotate. Redundant starter disconnect. Cranking lockout - The control will not allow the starter to attempt to engage or to crank the engine when the engine is rotating. Sensor failure indication - All analog sensors are provided with sensor failure logic to indicate if the sensor or interconnecting wiring has failed. Separate indication is provided for fail high or low. AmpSentry protective relay AmpSentry protective relay is a UL Listed comprehensive monitoring and control system integral to the PowerCommand Control System that guards the electrical integrity of the alternator and power system by providing protection against a wide array of fault conditions in the generator set or in the load. It also provides single and three phase fault current regulation so that downstream protective devices have the maximum current available to quickly clear fault conditions without subjecting the alternator to potentially catastrophic failure conditions. See document R1053 below for a full size time over current curve. Over current warning - Output current on any phase at more than 110% of rating for more than 60 seconds or more than 400% for more than 1 second. Over current shutdown (51) - Output current on any phase is more than 110%, less than 175% of rating and approaching thermal damage point of alternator. Control includes algorithms to protect alternator from repeated over current conditions over a short period of time. C2008 I Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation Power and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, InPower, AmpSentry and "Our energy working for you." are Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 5 of 8 40. I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I t I I i I I I ALTERNATOR THERMAL I I RVDAMAGE CUE __J L_______ I I I I I ' I I � I I I AMPSENTRY PROTECTION N � I z O w I I H I I w I I I I I I 0,05 b I I I I I I � I I 1 0 10 100 AMPS (TIMES RATED) Short circuit shutdown - Output current on any phase is more than 110%, more than 175% of rating, and approaching thermal damage point of alternator. Control includes algorithms to protect alternator from repeated over current conditions over a short period of time. Nigh AC voltage shutdown (59) - Output voltage on any phase exceeds preset values. Time to trip is inversely proportional to amount above threshold. Values adjustable from 105-125% of nominal voltage with time delay adjustable from 0.25-10 seconds. Default value is 110% for 10 seconds. Low AC voltage shutdown (27) - Voltage on any phase has dropped below a preset value. Adjustable over a range of 50-95% of reference voltage, time delay 2-10 seconds. Default value is 85% for 10 seconds. Function tracks reference voltage. Under frequency shutdown (81 u) - Generator set output frequency cannot be maintained. Settings are adjustable from 0-10 Hz below nominal governor set point for a 0-20 second time delay. Default: 6 Hz, 10 seconds. Over frequency shutdown/warning (81 o) - Adjustable for operation in a range of 0-10 Hz above nominal frequency, with a time delay of 0-20 seconds. Defaults: Disabled. Over load (W) warning - Provides a warning indication when engine is operating at a load level over a set point or due to under frequency. Adjustment range: 50-140% of rated kW, 0-120 second delay. Defaults: 105%, 60 seconds. Reverse power shutdown (32) - Adjustment range: 5- 20% of standby kW rating, delay 1-15 seconds. Defaults: 10%, 3 seconds. Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminspower.com Reverse Var shutdown - Shutdown level is adjustable: threshold 0.15-0.50 per unit, delay 10-60 seconds. Defaults: 0.20, 10 seconds. Excitation fault - Shutdown of generator set will occur on loss of voltage sensing inputs to control. Environment The control is designed for proper operation without recalibration in ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C (40 °F to +158 °F), and for storage from 55 °C to +80 °C (-67 °F to +176 °F). Control will operate with humidity up to 95%, non -condensing. Control operation is not restricted by altitude. The cortrcl system is housed in a NEMA 3R/IP53 enclosure. The operator control panel has a single membrane surface which is impervious to the effects of dust, moisture, oil and exhaust fumes. The panel uses sealed membrane or oil -tight switches to provide long reliable service life in harsh environments. The control system is specifically designed and tested for resistance to RFI/EMI and to resist the effects of vibration to provide a long reliable life when mounted on a generator set. The control includes transient voltage surge suppression to provide compliance to referenced standards. Congo! interface Input signals to the PowerCommand control include: Remote start signal - May be connected via either discrete signal or LonTm Network, or both. Remote emergency stop. Remote alarm reset. Configurable customer inputs - Control includes (4) input signals from customer discrete devices that are configurable for warning, shutdown or status indication, as well as message displayed. Output signals from the control include four configurable relay drivers. Defaults for these are: Generator set common warning signal - Operates when unit set is running under alarm conditions. Generator set common shutdown signal. C2008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I al rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation POwer and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, InPower, AmpSentry and "Our energy working for you. are OR Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 6 of 8 Not in auto - Indicates that the mode control switch is not in the auto position or that the genset is shutdown under a fault condition. Ready to load (generator set running) signal - Operates when the generator set has reached 90% of rated speed and voltage and latches until generator set is switched to off or idle mode. Control power for auxiliary devices is available from the controller. Network connections include: PCCNet interface - A proprietary dedicated RS485 network for use in operating remote annunciator panels and remote 1/0 modules. Serial interface - This communication port is to allow the control to communicate with a personal computer running InPower software. Echelon® LonWorkse interface (optional). Software InPower - A PC -based software service tool that is designed to directly communicate to PowerCommand generator sets and transfer switches to facilitate service and monitoring of these products. PowerCommand for Windows® - A software tool that is used primarily by operators to remotely monitor and control generator sets, transfer switches and other on -site power system devices. Warranty PowerCommand control systems are a part of complete power systems provided by Cummins Power Generation, and are covered by a one-year limited warranty as a standard feature. Extended warranty options are available for coverage up to 10 years. Certifications PowerCommand meets or exceeds the requirements of the following codes and standards: NFPA110: For Level 1 systems UL508: Recognized or Listed and suitable for use on UL 2200 Listed generator sets CSA C282-M1999: Compliance Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminspower.com CSA 22.2: No. 14 M91 Industrial Controls ISO 8528-4: 1993 compliance, Controls and Switchgear NFPA99: Standard for Health Care Facilities CE Mark: Control system suitable for use on generator sets to be CE-marked EN 50081-2: Industrial Emissions EN 50082-2: Industrial Susceptibility ISO 7637, pulses #2b, 4: DC Supply Surge Voltage Test Mil Std 202C, Method 101: Salt Fog Test ANSI C62.41: Surge Withstand Ill 801.2, 3, 4, 5: For Susceptibility, Conducted and Radiated Electromagnetic Emissions. IS09001: PowerCommand control systems and generator sets are designed and manufactured in IS09001 certified facilities. Options and accessories ❑ Analog AC metering display - Provides a bar graph display of 3-phase AC volts and amps, kW, power factor and frequency. ❑ Key -type mode select switch - Replaces off/manual/auto switch with a key -type switch. ❑ Ground fault alarm module - Installs a separate ground fault indication relay and harness into a control customer input. ❑ Exhaust temperature monitoring. ❑ Digital remote annunciator. ❑ Digital output relay module - Provides (3) relays, each with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed contacts rated 10 A at 600 VAC, 5 A at 24 VDC. Functions of the relays are configurable. ❑ Engine oil temperature indication - Some genset models incorporate this feature as standard. On all models, the control may be configured to include an oil temperature warning or shutdown when oil temperature sensing is provided. ❑ CAN engine interface (optional on some models). Allows the genset control to directly monitor an engine control module. ❑ LON interface. ❑ Input/output expansion module - Provides up to 16 configurable Form-C relays, 12 configurable discrete inputs and 8 analog inputs. C2008 I Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation Power and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, InPower, AmpSenlry and "Our energy working for you." are Generation trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 7 of 8 40. See your distributor for more information Cummins Power Generation Americas Europe, CIS, Middle East and Africa 1400 73' Avenue N.E. Manston Park Columbus Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55432 USA Manston Ramsgate Phone: 763 574 5000 Kent CT 12 5BF United Kingdom Fax: 763 574 5298 Phone 44 1843 255000 Fax 44 1843 255902 Asia Pacific 10 Toh Guan Road #07-01 TT International Tradepark Singapore 608838 Phone 65 6417 2388 Fax 65 6417 2399 Warning: Back feed to a utility system can cause electrocution and/or property damage. Do not connect to any building electrical except through an approved device or after building main breaker is open. 92008 1 Cummins Power Generation Inc. I All rights reserved I Specifications subject to change without notice I Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, In Power, AmpSentry and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. S-1409g (4/08) Page 1 of 8 Exhaust Emission Data Sheet 175DSHAB 60 Hz Diesel Generator Set EPA Emission: Tier 3 Engine Information: Model: Cummins Inc. QSL9-G2 NR3 Bore: 4.49 in. (114 mm) Stroke: 5.69 in. (145 mm) Type: 4 Cycle, In -line, 6 Cylinder Diesel Displacement: 543 cu. in. (8.9 liters ) Aspiration: Turbocharged and CAC Compression Ratio: 16.8:1 Emission Control Device: Turbocharger and CAC 1/4 1/2 3/4 Full Full PERFORMANCE DATA StandbV StandbV Standby Standby Prime Engine HP @ Stated Load (1800 RPM) 69 138 206 275 253 Fuel Consumption al/hr 4.1 8.0 11.7 14.9 14.0 Exhaust Gas Flow (CFM) 699 886 984 1098 1043 Exhaust Temperature °F 600 723 853 979 941 EXHAUST EMISSION DATA HC Total Unburned Hydrocarbons) 0.23 0.13 0.07 0.05 0.06 NOx Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2 2.0 2.4 2.7 3.3 3.0 CO Carbon Monoxide 2.28 1.56 1.04 0.38 0.66 PM articular Matter 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.05 S02 Sulfur Dioxide 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.14 Smoke Bosch 1.7 2.0 1.7 1.7 1.6 All values are Grams per HP -Hour TEST CONDITIONS Data was recorded during steady-state rated engine speed (± 25 RPM) with full load (±2%). Pressures, temperatures, and emission rates were stabilized. Fuel Specification: 46.5 Cetane Number, 0.035 Wt.% Sulfur; Reference IS08178-5, 40CFR86.1313-98 Type 2- D and ASTM D975 No. 2-D. Fuel Temperature: 99 ± 9 OF (at fuel pump inlet) Intake Air Temperature: 77 ± 9 OF Barometric Pressure: 29.6 ± 1 in. Hg Humidity: NOx measurement corrected to 75 grains H2O/lb dry air Reference Standard: ISO 8178 The NOx, HC, CO and PM emission data tabulated here were taken from a single engine under the test conditions shown above. Data for the other components are estimated. These data are subjected to instrumentation and engine -to -engine variability. Field emission test data are not guaranteed to these levels. Actual field test results may vary due to test site conditions, installation, fuel specification, test procedures and instrumentation. Engine operation with excessive air intake or exhaust restriction beyond published maximum limits, or with improper maintenance, may results in elevated emission levels. Cummins Power Generation Data and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice eds-1046a on EPA Tier 3 Exhaust Emission Compliance Statement 175DSHAB 60 Hz Diesel Generator Set Compliance Information: The engine used in this generator set complies with U.S. EPA and California emission regulations under the provisions of 40 CFR 89, Nonroad (Mobile Off Highway) Tier 3 emissions limits when tested per ISO 8178 D2. Engine Manufacturer: Cummins Inc. EPA Certificate Number: CEX-NRCI-08-38 Effective Date: 12/04/2007 Date Issued: 12/04/2007 EPA Nonroad Diesel Engine Family: 8CEXL0540AAB CARB Executive Order` U-R-002-0449 Engine Information: Model: Cummins Inc. QSL9-G2 NR3 Engine Nameplate HP: 364 Type: 4 Cycle, In -line, 6 Cylinder Diesel Aspiration: Turbocharged and CAC Compression Ratio: 16.8:1 Emission Control Device: Turbocharged and CAC Bore: 4.49 in. (114 mm) Stroke: 5.69 in. (145 mm) Displacement: 543 cu. in. ( 8.9 liters ) U.D. tnvirUnrrlentdl rrULULAIUn HLaenuy HUInUdu IICI J LIIIIILJ (All values are Grams per HP -Hour) COMPONENT NOx + HC (Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2 3.0 + Total Unburned Hydrocarbons) CO (Carbon Monoxide) 2.6 PM (Particulate Matter) 0.15 Engine operation with excessive air intake or exhaust restriction beyond published maximum limits, or with improper maintenance, may result in emission levels. Cummins Power Generation Data and Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice epa-1086f Cooling System Data DSHAB High Ambient Air Temperature Radiator Cooling System Max Cooling @ Air Flow Static Restriction, Unhoused Housed in Free Air, No Air Discharge (inches water/mm water) Restriction 0.0/0.0 0.25/6.4 0.5/12.7 0.75/19.1 1.0/25.4 F182 I F172 F173 Duty Rting Maximum Allowable Ambient Temperature, Degree C Standby 175 55 55 54 52 49 52 50 47 N/A 60 Prime 165 55 55 52 49 46 52 49 46 N/A Hz Continuous N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Standby N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 50 Prime N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Hz Continuous N/A N/A I N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Notes: 1. Data shown are anticipated cooling performance for typical generator set. 2. Cooling data is based on 1000 ft (305 m) site test location. 3. Generator set power output may need to be reduced at high ambient conditions. Consult generator set data sheet for derate schedules. 4. Cooling performance may be reduced due to several factors including but not limited to: Incorrect installation, improper operation, fouling of the cooling system, and other site installation variables. Cummins Power Generation Specification May Change Without Notice Bulletin mcp-145b PROTOTYPE TEST SUPPORT (PTS) 60 HZ TEST SUMMARY GENERATOR SET MODELS REPRESENTATIVE PROTOTYPE 10ODSHAF 175DSHAB Model: 230DSHAD 125DSHAE 20ODSHAC Alternator: UCD1274K 150DSHAA 230DSHAD Engine: QSL9-G2 NR3 *' PTs E1� j The following summarizes prototype testing conducted on the designated representative prototype of the specified models. This testing is conducted to verify the complete generator set electrical and mechanical design integrity. Prototype testing is conducted only on generator sets not sold as new equipment. Maximum Surge Power: 233 kW Steady State Performance: The generator set was evaluated to determine the stated The generator set was tested to verify steady state maximum surge power. operating performance was within the specified maximum limits. Maximum Motor Starting: 770 kVA Voltage Regulation: ±0.5% The generator set was tested to simulate motor starting Random Voltage Variation: ±0.5% by applying the specified kVA load at low lagging power Frequency Regulation: Isochronous factor (0.4 or lower). With this load applied, the generator Random Frequency Variation: ±0.25% set recovered to a minimum of 90% rated voltage Torsional Analysis Testing: Transient Performance: and The generator set was tested with the standard alternator The generator set was tested to verify that the design is to verify single step loading capability as required by not subjected to harmful torsional stresses. A spectrum NFPA 110. Voltage and frequency response on load analysis of the transducer output was conducted over the addition or rejection were evaluated. The following results speed range of 1200 to 2000 RPM. were recorded: Cooling System: 52 °C Ambient Full Load Acceptance: 0.5 in. H2O restriction Voltage Dip: 29.1 % The cooling system was tested to determine ambient Recovery Time: 3.2 Second temperature and static restriction capabilities. The test Frequency Dip: 12.6 % was performed at full rated load in elevated ambient Recovery Time: 3.7 Second temperature under stated static restriction conditions. Full Load Reiection: Voltage Rise: 18.4 % Durability: Recovery Time: 1.5 Second Frequency Rise: 3.9 % The generator set was subjected to a minimum 500 Recovery Time: 2.9 Second hour endurance test operating at variable load up to the standby rating based upon MIL-STD-705 to verify Harmonic Analysis: structural soundness and durability of the design. (per MIL-STD-705B, Method 601.4) Line to Line Line to Neutral Electrical and Mechanical Strength: Harmonic No Load Full Load No Load Full Load The generator set was tested to several single phase and three phase faults to verify that the generator can safely 3 0.06 0.18 0.23 0.14 withstand the forces associated with short circuit 5 0.89 0.79 0.82 0.76 conditions. The generator set was capable of producing 7 0.73 2.05 0.72 2.00 full rated output at the conclusion of the testing. 9 0.03 0.03 0.77 0.00 11 0.09 0.64 0.05 0.62 13 0.04 0.53 0.05 0.53 15 0.01 0.00 0.13 0.00 Cummins Power Generation Specification May Change Without Notice pts-162d ALTERNATOR DATA SHEET Frame Size: UC3H CHARACTERISTICS WEIGHTS: Wound Stator Assembly 478 lb 217 kg Rotor Assembly 505 lb 229 kg Complete Alternator 1356 lb 615 kg EXCITATION CURRENT: Full Load 2 Amps No Load 0.5 Amps INSULATION SYSTEM: Class H Throughout MAXIMUM SPEED: 2250 rpm 1 O RATINGS (1.0 power factor) 60 Hz 50 Hz (Based on specified temperature rise Double Delta 4 Lead Double Delta at 40°C ambient temperature) 110-120 120/240 120/240 220-240 125°C Rise Ratings kW/kVA 143 / 143 156 / 156 120 /120 105°C Rise Ratings kW/kVA 131 / 131 141 / 141 110 /110 3 0 RATINGS (0.8 power factor) Upper Broad Range LBR* 347/600 Broad Range (Based on specified temperature rise 120/208 139/240 190-208 110/190 120/208 127/220 at 40°C ambient temperature) 240/416 277/480 380-416 347/600 220/380 240/415 254/440 150°C Rise Ratings kW 200 220 200 220 170 170 160 kVA 250 275 250 275 212 212 200 125°C Rise Ratings kW 190 204 190 204 160 160 152 kVA 238 255 238 255 200 200 190 105°C Rise Ratings kW 175 188 175 188 146 146 138 kVA 219 235 219 235 182 182 172 80°C Rise Ratings kW 150 163 150 163 126 126 120 kVA 188 204 188 204 158 158 150 3 0 REACTANCES (per unit, ±10%) (Based on full load at 105°C Rise Rating) Synchronous 2.13 1.72 1.85 1.91 1.88 1.57 1.32 Transient 0.17 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.13 0.11 Subtransient 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.11 0.09 0.08 Negative Sequence 0.14 0.11 0.12 0.11 0.12 0.10 0.08 Zero Sequence 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.05 3 0 MOTOR STARTING Maximum kVA (Shunt) 672 672 672 467 (90% Sustained Voltage) (PMG) 791 791 791 583 TIME CONSTANTS (sec) Transient 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 Subtransient 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 Open circuit 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 DC 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 WINDINGS (@ 20-C ) Stator Resistance (Line to Line, Ohms) 0.0300 0.0260 0.0430 0.0300 Rotor Resistance ( Ohms) 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 Number of Leads 12 12 6 12 * Lower broad range 110/190 thru 120/208, 220/380 thru 2401416. Cummins Power Generation Specification May change Without Notice. ADS - 211 D Imlmmm 0 �n •S[IIImIiIII[�IEaf®IDl��l • �t ��nma+Q � mnn • Enao®®� : � � ��® rimsa�no ottamr�rtai� iII� opm IT ar'�ii� IC�1it��t■ �i in ■ II t IIII i 'E «I�INii � fill �I� 7•li'y'� trl � i �1 FACE INFUMMIN �0 � ft�MmlF3 2 1 1 BACKDRAFT DAMPER w HI-TEI, z w � 3 3 lW6x9 GENSET SUPPORT BEAM z 4 4 10"x9"02" ISOLATOR PLATE O N c • .n,n cno„n cn•rnoc- PART NUMBER: 1658VCS5SI B 1 HARCO 5'6 EXTREME SERIES 13 2 20" MOUNTING BANDS FOR ES 14 1 JINSULATED EXHAUST FLEX 15 1 175KW SIMPLEX LOAD BANK In 16 6 36'x8O" 12gO. STEEL ACCESS DOORS w/RECESSED LOCKING HANDLES, DRIP EDGE, WEATHER STRIPPING, WELD -ON STAINLESS STEEL HINGES, AND WITH GREASE FITTINGS. 16' 1 D' r� w a Ln GENERAL NOTES: PREP AND PNM -CLEAN TO SPEC SSPC-SP1 -ALL SUMS SEALED,PRIMED WITH TWO COATS OF EPDXY PRIMER -EXTERIOR IS TOP COATED WITH TWO COATS -OF COLOUR GLOSSS POLYSILOXANE PAINT EXTERIOR S TB '' RODE -WALLS: 5 DEEP 12Go. GALVANIZED STEEL r/ WALL STUDS APPROXIMATELY EVERT 16' -ROOF: 5" DEEP 120a. GALVANIZED STEEL w/ CROSS MEMBERS APPROXIMATELY EVER! 24' -ROOF HAS A 1" PEAK TO MINIMIZE PONDING. -DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND LOADING PER LOG -FULLY -FULLY LINED WITH 4' MINERAL WOOL INSULATION w/ 2 LAYERS OF 1/2" DRYWALL AND LINED WITH 2 Ga. PERFORATED GALVANIZED STEEL SUB -RISE TANK -375US GALLON UL 142 DOUBLE WALL FUEL TANK FI FCTRICAI_ -NONE PROVIDED WEIGHT -APPROXIMATE WEIGHT: 18,0001Dt. (ENCLOSURE, GENSET, AND DRY FUEL TANK) -61dBA O ID' IN A FREE FIELD CONDITION PLAN VIEW 48' 39' 60' 19' U LI LJ DRAINS I 1 I I 1 I N Y 6 5 3 4 15 2 29" 35' 29" 3q" 105' GENSET 384' O►ENING 48" (4.1 180' [15.1 LENGTH OF BASE 48' (4.1 DISCHARGE END SECTION C - C 276" [23.1 LENGTH OF ENCLOSURE ELEVATION DH ^ I1 SECTION A - A DEC . 7 2010 f11L M INDUSTRIES LTD., ALDERGROVE, ur p BRITISH COLUMBIA, V4W 2Z6 e„a WALK-IN MACHINERY CABINET FOR A 175KW ONAN DSHAB GENSET .w GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND NOTES CUENT:CUMMINS NORTHWEST PROJECT. N0. PROJECT:STONEGATE L.S. 3281 NTs 10 R7-�'-01 "� --- ` � M � OOG.0A00 I I I I I I I I I I I V L I e N I I I I I I to I I I I m N 40" 24�" 180" [15.1 TANK LENGTH 156" 116 " 66�" A 2" HIGH/LOW ALARM FLOATS (90%,M%) B 2" SPARE C AUDIO/VISUAL ALARM SET AT 85% D 2" SOLENOID (90%) E 4" SECONDARY EMERGENCY VENT (PIPED TO EXTERIOR) F 2" FILL w/CONTAINMENT DAM G 2" LEVEL GAUGE L 2" LEAK DETECTION FLOAT P 4" PRIMARY EMERGENCY VENT (PIPED TO EXTERIOR) R 1" RETURN S 1" SUPPLY V 2" NORMAL VENT (PIPED TO EXTERIOR) ISOLATOR PLATES: 10"x9"x1/2" THICK (4 OF) zo 8" 78" 8" TANK LIFTING — 4 PLACES t/ 81" BOLT CENTERS r 119�)E9�J�]�IL•1I� 5" WALL 1/2" BOLTS 9 30" WATER X 2" NEOPRENE W6x9 GENSET SUPPORT WATERPROOF GASKET BY ALUMTEK CONTAINMENT TANK 5/8"0 HOLES FOR 1 2"0 ANCHORS ® 6 PLACES THE HILTI KWIK BOLT II STUD ANCHOR SYSTEM OR THE HVA ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM ARE RECOMMENDED INDUSTRIES LTD., ALDERGROVE, ••' �: i BRITISH COLUMBIA, V4W 2Z6 •.� SECTION THROUGH WALL/DOOR/TANK •• an CLIENT:CUMMINS NORTHWEST CONTRACTOR TO SIZE ANCHOR I g• MiN. PROJECT: STONEGATE L.S. HOLE TO SUITE HILTI ANCHOR I PROJECT. N0. 3281 NTs 10M —03 B 6 ♦ f 3 2 1 0500.4707 101 Pro/lUMEEfi I METRIC DWO NIU I M" 71DN-R AS MI II-r0 -01 DUCT ADAPTER IF0131 ONTROL CABINET NEATER COOLANT NEATER HEATERS A362: I10-125V, 50 WATTS N036: 120V. ISOD WATTS CONNECTION: 1830 [6 FT, CONNECTION: 122D [48'1 CORD WITH CORD WITH WENA 5-15 PLUG NE MA 5-15P (IIP1 CORD END. RADIATOR DISCHARGE GRILLE (F219► 923 I l36. 31 I'D, i Q. ENGINE p A363: 220-260V, 50 WATTS H071: 208V, 1125 WATTS; CONNECTION: 203 (8'7 LEADS 2/0V, I500 WATTS WITH INSULATED -25' OU ICK CONNECTION: 1220 [AB'1 CORD WITH CONNECT TAB AND RECEPTACLE. NENA 6-15P 121P1 CORD END. 155.41 10 61 •-I t1.61 IIB.I] (FO13) p NOTE: I. DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN I 1 ARE INCKES. ROAR FACE B89 i Of BLOCK I357 I .—.—.... — — I (L CRANK O 1 144 O u 15.11 I (F2191 1 0 •' I C I SIDE VIEW ! VIEW FROM RADIATOR END C MOUNTED EXHAUST MUFFLER IA3791 REAR FACE OF BLOCK A- NG INE OIL HEATER (FARSIDEI ALTERNATOR HEATER e481: 1201. 151) WATTI A292: I10-125V, 100 WATTS CONNECTION: 1830 [72'1 CORD WITH CONNECTION: Cp1PRE3310K TERMINAL ME NA 5-I5P IIIP] CORD END. BLOCK. 118 TO 112 AWG WIRE. 56 t2.2] — —----------- -�-_� T Q ENGINE 1 A293: 220-260V. 100 WATTS H419: 2DeV. 113 WATTS: CONNECTION: COMPRESSION TERMINAL 21OV, 183 WATTS; BLOCX, /IB TO 112 AVG WIPE. CONNECTION: 1830 C72•] C0R0 KITH NENA 5-15P [21P1 CORD CND. le If [0.71 TOP VIEW SLIP ON EXHAUST CONNECTOR IA2981 I B B 113 [23. TI 101.35 DD I 1 [3.991 211 1112 II01 [/7.01 I —T I se 1 (2.3) 1 719 REAR FACE OF BLOCK FRONT FACE OF BLOCK A -C- Q fROMi FACE ENGINE A- - OF BLOCX ! REAR FACE i OF BLOCK i e Q- CRANK �- SIDE VIEW GENERATOR SET OPTIONS A .B. i m w q wwnru. r n/m�1 r,E/r� \� u1t<olt CSNMO PoWm ODEIATION ��♦r Q. CRANK SIDE VIEW VIEW FROM RADIATOR END j 2 ni C uu CSY ®� •;`";; :_p;�.M W.1•,��urr.nARN1.JANA MI IC-ISNAM ^'6 AB0I. JAMA II-02-It II.02It n-IR-/t GENSET-OUTLINE IOPTIONSI PGA JOSOO.4707 0 8 6 4 3 2 1 0500.3278 ENGINE END REAR FACE OF BLOCK C -A- A Atl8 1191 - NEUTRAL BUSS--=-=-� I XSUI ATOR ell I I II STANDOFF (318-16 SCREW) II 1 TI 1 II 1 I II GROUND BOND AW6 66-250 KCMIL CX 11 i U_1___I__a I II AI OPTIONAL MOUNTING � ` II I NOTES: L - - - - - L I. DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN 1 1 ARE IN INCHES. • • © THESE WIRE -CONDUIT COMBINATIONS MEET NEC AND CEC. O TO USE OTHER COMeIXATI0N5. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES TO ENSURE FNAT WIRE AMPACITT. BEND SPACE AND GU IT" SPACE MEET THE REOUIREMENTS. ENGINE 3Q. THESE SHUNT TRIP UN17S CAN BE OPERATED AT 751 OF u T END NOMINAL VOLTAGE AND WILL ACCEPT MOMENTARY OR CONTINUOUS APPLIED VOL. I NO INT 'XS' SNUXT TRIP HAS NO INTERNAL CONTACTS, IT MUST 111.3 • 113.E [16. ie1 BE USED IN CON]UNC FION WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS TO 111 — —� r - - —T ACCEPT CONTINUOUS APPLIED VOLTAGE. IT CAN OPERATE AT 75% OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE. — IS ELECTRICAL REAR OF BLOCCK i`_---- I C 151 ELECTRICAL THE SHUNT TRIP CAN OPERATE AT 709 TO 1003 OF [61 STUB UP 1 I W I91 STUB UP NORMAL VOLTAGE AND WILL ACCEPT MOMENTARY OR CONTINUOUS APPLIED VOLTAGE. GGLA, GGLB: DIN B IS 102, DIM C IS 12/. •A- iQ AMP BREAKER: ADD ADD ACCEPTING (2) 310-100 L<sil CONDUCTORS 15 STANDARD MOUNTING -A- �+ lee AVAILABLE THIRD ACCESSORIES. PGA PART NUMBER 0332.4215. C I 1191 ]ill APPROXIMATE CIRCUIT BREAKER 1121 0 LU AMP BREAKER: A LUG ACCEPTING 1]> 3I0-B00 Namil CONDUCTORS IS 2!1 APPAO%IMATE CIRCUIT BREAKER Q. 199 MINIMUM GUTTER SPACE AVAILABLE THRU ACCESSORIES. PGA PART NUMBER 0332-/219. I11.61 Il.e) 211 MINIMUM GUTTER SPACE Is. 51 ( < 6 3 0 A ) NEUTRAL I'll-, AVG 250 500 NCNIL CU 1 PLACES C MPp�O GROUND BON II 'I C a9YT a 130 1213 AWG I/0500 KCMIL CU II I 11 B NPPROq 71 113,181 e 1a3e aver z I I I In I j l _ ME SHEET 7) [ 38 ] J B " Lag IRHT 31 m � ® m Its 26 111 e e o 11.921 ( >_700A ) SCALE, i {' 6f9AF Kw/K _ • u u aH'1. .r.n ..I Ni In 6 4 3 Shoot T of 4 ffm MERE SEEM n1w"Tollmml mmmmmmmm m -vmmom mmmmmmmm mmmmmmmm mmmmmmmm mmmmmmmm mmmmmmmm mmmmmmmm mmmmmmmm Ego m_amm Cava PDNeit Gn TON Iln caK OUTEINE•CNT_BANA . PGA 0300-3278 .3 B 1 6 0500_3278 D I Pro/eJO EER I A&MC DWG RECOMME HOED LOCATIONS FOR ONE. TWO, OR INREE CONDUITS (3 1/2' CONDUIT SHOWN) 0 LJ I I TOP ENTRANCE BOX 8 AM ® NP_-_-� STANDARD MOUNTING B d 8 LEFT SIDE AS TOO LOON AT THE CONTROL (<_630A) B 9 1 I � t BOTiON X IRANCE ROM nIIIIIIIIIIIII 1 G a o 0 o a I I I I I I I I I I I i I I 1 � I 8 8 c 1 I IAJPPFtO)O I I ro3 I I Y7 aQ�QQa� (>700A) F-P_: Sheet 2 oT 4 75C TEMPERATURE RATED CONDUCTOR AT 30C AMBIENT AND ANNEX C (LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT - LFCM) WIRE (COPPER) TOTAL NUMBER Of CONDUITS �r_�mr_�apN /. �� _ � Ftms�Ilma_rtaraTW ` I ... 3 2 lwl, sm- -- mom m ITT I SHUMT TRIP MIN LOAD: ID..WiTH 24V limm=111, ;AUX CONTACT -I A It 250 0.3A _ 6003.0A Sheet 3 of 4 3 POLE i MOUNTING HOLES FOR MS SCREW (SUPPLIED) 45 41.5 - -.- .._.._...._.._.. T IF 32 j I I I I 255 j W/0 I I 2 LUGS I 1 200 I � 1 I j I j I 60.5 j I - - ED - -- 21.5 32 WITH LUGS 60 A0 p 140 0■ ■ EI A MOUNTING HOLES M5 SCREW ISUPPL 1 32 WI1 LU( T 4 POLE OUTRUN or-M-Mr-im� mmamm�rmwm- mommm InMm or-PT-NMIRAIningnillm G2 NOTES: I. THIS PART IS VENDOR SOURCE CONTROLLED. RNS ELECTRONIC TRIP TRIP UNIT: STR235P LUGS INCLUDED ON ALl POLES UP TO 400A: I CABLE 2 AWG-600 KCNII CU 401-630A: 1 TO 2 CABLES 210 AVG TO 350 KCMIL CU EACH C8 INCLUDES MOUNTING HARDWARE: A, M5 R 85 SCREWS, NUTS R LOCKWASHERS REP ONAN NO.: 0320-1986 .. AGENCIES: 3-POLE: UL LISTED IEC 4-POLE: IEC ONLY �N. =n=- • •"Y68Z1"W'J77 UP.01W7LL "'n .latiN;P',5+1F•NSI.�9:�:r,F�F.eR'R: a.m. �� ■0 6.40 (162.61 5.66 0.20 IS, I] [ 11 143,83 (MOUNTING HOLES [18,81 J8 1.38 [JS,oI 135,01 l::d T 2.06 [52,U -l - J 4.12 (I D4,11 .44 1.36J [35,01 [II 31 1.20 1.37 130,51 [34,81 2.04 151,91 1,99 1126,11 5.20 [13t,11 S.96 1151.31 17.9° OEE I y 5• 21.5 ON TRIPPED L 1 1 B 2 1110,81 [8T,4.36 41 (Bt21] .87 (T2,91 1.91 I95�11 (I8,51 3.69 [93,51 3m 0 NOTES: I. THIS PART IS VENDOR SOURCE CONTROLLED. 2. 3 POLE THERMAL -MAGNETIC 50160 HE. 3. SUPPLIED WITH LINE 6 LOAD LUGS 11111-310 AWG AL OR CU1. 4. S. .65• WIRE STRIP LENGTH, LUG T0R0UE=R11•R10 AWG 50 L6-IN, 66.310 120 LW -I N. ti p ISOMETRIC VIEW f ..,i ®ErnTzmm ®ErnTzmm sufflEm 0nTnFlrw,mrffnFm"mffrTlnum MOTBIFJM� Munn �MOmm� WHERE lonTnUTnum MIT -TRIM �n� r � ooms�n nme� "tI:.1G N'Sl1A't107Li" e n ■o ■O] 6 6 0630-3045 D /E ProMNEER RW MC DWO ral.0 o::icnwl nl-• PCC 2100 CONTROL BASEBOARD Iiu;l• (0327-1379-02) M1i.10 1 W ri-Ipl I nit 1 W rl-101 �111:{I Ipgl F—< if wa IN L J-E [oxYpllns 10-2J1 uml 1[Jxir[.irMr C NP$$ 0p I UTSEN • A[wr[-qra luort.Kur ppyy To 51 Y.i1t[YO CYir.i Y2 Cwt-IY] ",FEN TO 0630-2415 cpsr-IX. FOR REMOTE E-SIOP NIAIN0 DETAIL au ca I-xo 0 arx-ca nrl K rl-COY CUS TOM [R W aruC. OUTPUTS Isla Mnwi Wry-cax rus II rAACXfY[![pl p..(YSCO I..rrs[D s1-n.nue MI cpe cne rp1i1 nrs rla us-s Ki-1 Ki•f Ill - [-ptp rx02 Sia2uuAl pl! A AIr0IMM1Al/it01 PTCeN�ULE K1 I Mp 2 rip 3 lifli IIenM, MA . f[IVIG[ IOW Goo LDY11004 eM p LM Ip 1 AI / 4 + 3 1 011-9 WIRING DIAGRAM PYG 3 WITH PCC2100, CM850, GFNCRATo. 2 AND CAN/J 1939 DATA LINK 10 KI-1 r0 I .f 2 M AYI .� �. IirMIrC1 esnw ro uruxA[ MIT(Ar LN1Ip[A lil 1-1 3 C� I L F7 XDoal[ Kowls gI � PI1N91 oeaA,lLa B 1 fi 14 J 3 21 1 0630.3045 D PFo/EWOIDFflt METRIC DWO N, rR aw IN I U. 11 A I PR I A A r N u A o LO DIXPD3 n 1s 1 .------• - LI LD LO m-I1- CCY CONNECTOR (Kilt IAOMfAOI co. CAx1XAFT POSITION fltlMAl IS CAMSNAFT POSITION RETURN ] NOODLE CAMSHAFT POSITION 5 VOLT SUPPLY IpI--III CAMSHAFT X SENIOR D INII[NT AIR IIES)UI[ •5 VDC EN1111 D AYOIENf A IRESSURE SIGNAL I 05 IANOMCINIC AY61[N1 A11 PR(SfYR[ R[I... ] REN30ARC 1 OIL PRESSURE 13 VDC SUPPLY )) IS OIL PRESSURE f16MAL � OIL PRESSURE' T[MI[AA IU RF OIL MEIDOR[ R[TYRN ![NfOR Se [ _ COOLAMf T[MICAATtlR[ Rf TURY COOLANT COOIAMi rCW [RATYRE INPUT LURE �S R SEM)ORA INIARE MANIFOLD PRESSURE •S VOC SUPPLY INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE $IGNAL I lA A[ NAx L, 10003T1 INCSSVNC 11 INTAKE MANIFOlO PI[SSYR[ RETURN C ][MIOR I YTAR[ WNI101O TEMPI Rf RETURN A INTAAC WMIfOLD C C) INTAAC WMIF%O IEYP(RATYRE IMIUT Y 1iMSQ^1 I T,MI[RAIUR! C NATtx IN FUEL SIGNAL It TUYX [ WATER I FUELSIDNAI O YAT[. IN fYIL SENSOR 0 GRAN —Aft SPEED SIGNAL I1 ] ERANKSNAFT CA AxISNArr III AD IITYRN 1, CRAIISNAFT SPEED S VOLT SYFPLT C f PE[0 3EX50, FUEL PRESSURE IETURN 1 FUEL PRESSURE SIGNAL FU[l [) F 1 1.13—c ] Y0.1 fYPIl1 F SEASONRE ]1 rY R HARDEN 31[[0 SI NI .1 I SPEED t1 IUIROC It. SIICD SIGNAL 1-1 SEYtORMARG[1 B f III. F ACI1A10I f 11 FUEL IUNP ACTUATOR RETURN ? fY[l LUMP C IUAIOR B CYLINDER N0.[ ACTUATOR fu1PlY 1.1 SI CVLIRDCN W.0 ACIUAfOt RETUSM 1.1 z CI = IYJ[C1DR YE CYLINDER MO.I ACTUATOR SUPPLY 141 3] CYLINDER 110.1 ACTUATOI RETURN 1-1 , C] a IYJYCTOR 11 CYLINDCR NO.1 ACTUATOR SUIPLT (.1 S, CILIIDCR 10.1 11TV1TOI IETURN 1.1 CI t INJECTOR •1 33 CYLINDER MO.) ACTUATOR SUIPLT t•1 ] I SI CYLINDER N0.) ACTUATOR R[IY RM 1.1 1 C5 C IMJ[C iOR I) CYLINDCR M0.1 ACIVATOR SUPPLY I.1 51 A CTLINDEI N0.. AGTYAl011 R[IYRY 1.1 = Cf = INJECTOR IA A IILIIIEI 10.3 ACTUATOR IUPIII 1.1 /1 ) CYLINDER M0.5 ACTUATOR RETURN t-1 IS Cl 1M J[CTOR ,S 2 C12 IS IIM IAf3 THNWGH Y PRIj: NMT,n,r AR M wrt„4 � COIN(CTOR - _ • SCALE ,,.1f I.CAAAF I[-FI -IS C �pYA71ON L_D[R[I ITil •IS • Iw .a n __�,�y� �..,I LDIDfY I2-21-05 sm DOZY WD GENSET (OSL9) ?:r".?'4'in'. 5: DODAA AO AC PGA 0630.3045 _Ea D Pro/ENIGMEN MUM DWO S PHASE RECONNECTABLE. 12 LEAD CURRENT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CONNECTION n x3 RANGE , 110-1201220-240 VOLTS cn a1n21 L 1 ( U ) unnl Ra ilul <n'cro LOIN) Rmr r8n„L3(W) rnm zeal C, r,l I L2(V) SERIES DELTA 3 PHASE 4 WIRE OUTPUT TERMINALS U. V. W. N. W2(T6 W51 T9) --SHUNT 2 ) W V6(TII) VSfV T81 U6(T 001 V2l TS) VIIT2) U5(T1) U SENTE)V U21 T4) W61 T12> SENSE U -- SHUNT 1 -01 UC GENERATORS CURRENT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CONNECTION xl x3 RAN 110.19!/IRoGE-210 VOLTS CTI L I I U I n NanaL2(V) vnrn v'.i, LOIN) nn T. cn L3(W) PARALLEL STAR 3 PHASE 4 WIRE OUTPUT TERM NAILS U, V,W,N SHUN TT 2-- Syy FSS `NSF N Uumfl W6 w (TIi3 WSI T9) WI(T3) SENSE W V5(T8) V VI(T2) U SENSE V US(T11 UIITI) SHUNT I-- SENSE U -02 ��oOO ��oeo ��000 ��oao ��000 6 NOTES CURRENT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CONNECTION xl xz 220 .21TF 3RANGE 80.480 VOLTS LI(U) III I T.I rma L 21 V ) rzl nl crz uzuv r.Irlal LOIN) nl .a rzn cu n na' L3(W) SERIES STAR 3 PHASE 1 WIRE OUTPUT TERMINALS U. V, W.N SENSE N VB SHUNT 2-- lu6'1II O), W5(T9)w W21 T6) WI(T3) V5(TB) V SENSE W V2(T5)VI(T2) U5(T1) U SENSE V UI(TI) U2(T4) SENSE U SHUNT 1-- -03 Nmm�� ®�ovo ��000 ��000 ��eoo I. UVW PHASE SEQUENCE WITH C.N. ROTATION FACING DRIVE END. 2. WHEN RECONNECTING GENERATOR LEADS. BOLTS SHOULD 8E TORQUED AT 22 0942 FT -LDS. E IN E I PHASE RECONNECTASLE. 12 LEAD CURRENT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CONNECTION xt x3 • RANGE 110-120/22R-240 VOLTS run n , I L I (U ) vsrt., ulna Ten' ua m L 0 1 N ) wrn, nrto n mz' uu nu R111.1 2 L 2 (W ) DOUBLE DELTA I PHASE 3 WIRE OUTPUT TERMINALS U.W. CENTER TAP N. SHUNT 2 UZ�T4l 1W11 [6I NTTI3)N W5(T9) W SENSEOV V5(T81 V W6(T12) W21 T6) U VIl T2) SHUNT I-- U6(TII) SENSE U -04 ��ooeooe ��ooeooe ��00000e I PHASE NON-RECONNECTASLE. 4 LEAD CURRENT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CONNECTION xl x3 • RANGE II0-12D2220-240 VOLTS UIITI) L I I W I cu U2(T2) LO(N) U5(T31 U6(T4) L2(V) cn I PHASE 3 WIRE OUTPUT TERMINALS W. V, CENTER TAP N U2(T2) —SHUNT 2 USENSE N S(T3) W SENSE W U I(TI) V SENSE U U6(T4) SENSE V U ---SHUNT I -05 ®vo ��eo ��oo /J') I LIYAt! POWESI O9E2ATION 6 wu.'%mrw 0 0630_2180 10 Pro/ENIGN ER I METRIC DWO CUMMINS POWERGENERATOR SET WITH PCC 2100 CONTROL PCC INTERCONNECTION BOX TBI REMOTE -START REMOTE -ESTOP REMOTE -RESET CUST I N I CUST 1142 CUST IN) CUST INI OUTI•XO OUT( -CON OUr2-NO OUT2-CON OUT) -NO OUTS-COM OU TI•NO OUT4-CON SPARE B. FUSED D• fUSfD SW 6• FUSED OND OMD OND DC BATTERY PCB WORN DATA 2 0 tl 8 6 d REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP SWI TCN INNER NEE) 0 WIN CHPC/OHPC UTILITY TO GENSET MOUNTED IN CHPC/OHPC CABINET REAR WALL OF CABINET T83 % IC C 11 11 FINE FAILURE XC 12 42 ^ [CM CCC NO IJ IJ HI C 14 41 ^ BAT TTE REV VOLAG xt [ CCN \ CCE O NO 46 1/ O O LON C If I1 r n D AT TERT VOLTAGE Ir L MC NO 11 49 11 u C5 ( 0 . U • 'I TWSTED 'A'sl n ACTUATOR ASSY �OA �eo 9 g LPAIR OAlA2 72 32 g RELAY MODULE J 1 4 J 15 coM-�'xc CCM CC[ coM� Nc NO I .0 ^ SONNCC 1 CONNECTED COX 2 i COX © NC 3 J NC AUTOXOTIN a r02 ILOCATED ON POWER SUPPLY MODULEI n SOURCE 2 CM 1 S / S ND COX HIYIIM I.3 I OYD CoxxECTED CNO 1 1 NC nFMu6Rl C R SOURCE I AVAILABLE No COX I COM 1 1 1 E NO COM �IIMOU(EI TAKEN I n .2D 1 1 RMT S REMOTE YL37' MC 1 R MO C TRANSFER INN161T g ^ SOU RCC 2 MO COM 10 II ID II No jI COMJ (I Ill9/D g I LWO SHED (OPTIONAL) AVAILABLE MC (2 li. XC SIlMtO1 1 1 COMMON RETRANSFER INHIBIT TEST ACTREI6[ II�_,. C ACT IS IS Yp�l(�F10 SHED REMOTE TEST 16 16 COX]IOAD 1 SWITCH 2 AXr, 12 ARP. IS ANP CNAR.ER } IWNEN USED, A IDRE 15 t1NoI1 If'ER 111 J J[YS[I IY/YI i 16 CONXDY IlxtN iIAXf% CUNIACf MIIY4 7 /MI AI !0 YDC NOTE: 1BJ.J11 AND JIS ARE O?I"'AL AND ARE OXL1 PRO Y ID[D MxEN NE[0[D TOR INS IAII[0 OPTIONS 4 n �m�ma oe�m 9 NOTES: 0 WIRE SIZES MUST BE AS FOLLOWS RUN 11-GENSET TO TRANSFER SWITCH -LEAD SIZE MUST BE INCREASED IF A BATTERY CHARGER IS INSTALLED IN THE SWITCH. WITH NO BATT CHARGER -LEADS 1.1. -2. -3, -4. -S USE COL A. WITH 2 AMP CHARGER -LEADS 1-1 B 1-3. USE COL. B WITH 10. 12, 15 AMP CHARGER -LEADS 1-1 A 1-3. USE COL. C SELECT THE APPROPRIATE OC BATTERY CABLE FOR THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE BATTERY CHARGER AND THE BATTERY. USE 12 GA OR LARGER WIRE FOR CONNECTION TO T112-11.. IF THE DISTANCE IS GREATER THAN 10 FEET SPLICE A LARGER GA PER THE TABLE. Q FOR MULTIPLE TRANSFER SWITCHES, DUPLICATE RUN 11 FOR EACH SWITCH. DAISY CHAIR CONNECTION IS ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED WIRE SIZE 3 DISTANCE TO THE LAST SWITCH MEET THE SPECS IN NOTE 1. Q1. CONNECT AN OPEN DRY CONTACT BETWEEN THE APPLICABLE TERMINAL AND COMMON (TB2-S). FOR REMOTE TEST. RETRANSFER INHIBIT, TRANSFER INHIBIT AND LOAD SHED. CLOSE TO ACTIVATE. QS CONTACTS RATED: 4 AMPS AT 30 VDC OR 240VAC MAX. Q6. REFER TO OMAN 900-0529 POWERCOMMAND NETWORK INSTALLATION 4 OPERATION MANUAL FOR WIRING INSTRUCTIONS. Q7. INPUTS FOR CUSTOMER FAULTS. GROUNDED SIGNAL REOUI RED TO ACTIVATE INPUT IMAM 50 MA.1 QB. ADD JUMPER BETWEEN TB2-1 S T02.2. 9Q. USE STRANDED TWISTED PAIR WIRES WHEN CONNECTING DATAI AN O DATA2 TO THE NETWORK. 10 TRANSFER SWITCH SHOWN CLOSED TO NORMAL II CONTACTS RATED: 2 AMPS AT 30 VDC ©OR 0.60 AMPS AT 120 VAC. OPEN CONNECTION TO INITIATE EMERGENCY STOP, THESE TERMINALS MUST BE SHORTED TOGETHER IF REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP OPTION NOT USED. I© 120VAC OR 240YAC AT SOW. 11 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED EITHER 12 OR 24VOC RELAYS OUTPUT SIGNAL 20. W 24VDC MAN. I© USE THE INVENTER REMOTE TEMPERATURE PROBE (0193-05301. 16 THE FOLLOWING FAILS WILL CAUSE A BATTERY CHARGER ALARM OUTPUT LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE, HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE, LOW AC INPUT VOLTAGE, HIGH AC INPUT VOLTAGE. 0"ERCURRENT, HIGH CHARGER TEMPERATURE. BATTERY FAILURE, HIGH BATTERY TEMPERATURE (NOT AVAILABLE ON 2 AMP CHARGER[. /jl — Cum" Pomm GENERATION E�� .M21F.!R171CHPCIOHPC I PGA 10630_2180 2 Transfer switch OHPC open or delayed transition :v F. :,� - t,y" y7t-:: ^.K i �,�+-+f�i*`'�.�z✓.y x .- t2+, y� '` L' t.F,=z s Description Features The Cummins Power Generation Series OHPC PowerCommand® automatic transfer switch monitors the primary power source, sigrals the generator to start upon loss or destabilization of utility power and then automatically transfers the load to the generator. Once the utility power source becomes available and stable, the OHPC will return the load to the primary source. Designed and constructed specifically for open transition operation, this clean sheet, revolutionary design incorporates the innovative High Endurance Mechanism (HEM) for uncompromising reliability with the proven PowerCommand Microprocessor Control. The PowerCommand control continuously monitors both power sources to ensure that all critical parameters are within acceptable range before performing an open transition transfer. Once the parameters are within range the OHPC will transfer in open transition mode. switches are UL 1008 Listed with UL Type UAll I Rated cabinets and UL Listed CU-AL 1— terminals. All switches are certified to CSA 282 S a Emergency Electrical Power Supply for Buildings, up to 600 VAC. NEC Equipment shall be suitable for use in systems compliant to 700, 701 and 702. M All switches comply with NFPA 70, 99 and 110. NFPA liia�." M All switches comply with NEMA ICS 10. IEEERecommended All switches comply with IEEE 446 Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. This transfer switch is designed and manufactured in facilities certified to IS09001. UL-listed 30-cycle ratings — OHPC is listed for short - time ratings of 25,000 amps at 10 cycles for 125-260 amps, 30,000 amps at 30 cycles for 300-600 amps, and 42,000 amps at 30 cycles for 800 amps. PowerCommand® control - A standard, fully featured microprocessor -based control. Software -enabled features, settings, and adjustments are available for ease of setup and accuracy. Optically isolated logic inputs and high isolation transformers for AC power inputs provide high voltage surge protection. Selectable transfer method - The switch automatically transfers the load back either by using the fast transfer or by using the delayed transition mode of operation. When operated in the sync -check function mode, the controller can adjust the frequency of the generator by 0.5 Hz. This avoids the long transfer times often associated with in phase monitor -based products. Manual operation - Manual operating handles and stored energy transfer mechanism allow effective, manual operation of the OHPC. An external operator is available as an option for dead front manual operation. Manual operation of the OHPC can only be performed in the open transition transfer mode. Main contacts - Heavy-duty silver allow contacts and multi -leaf arc chutes are rated for total system transfer. Easy service/access - Plug connections, door - mounted controls, ample access space, and compatible terminal markings allow for easy service. Product lines, accessories and services - Cummins Power Generation offers a wide range of accessories and services to suit your requirements. Main contacts - Heavy-duty silver allow contacts and multi -leaf are chutes are rated for total system transfer. Warranty and service - Backed by a comprehensive warranty and worldwide distributor network. C2009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. S-1502h (6/09) Transfer switch mechanism • OHPC has earned the industry's highest UL-listed short -time ratings. At 480 volts, 125-260 amp switches are rated at 25,000 for 10 cycles, 300- �I t i 600 are rated at 30,000 for 30 cycles, and 800 is rated at 42,000 amps for t ,y� 30 cycles. v Blow -on contactor allows for high survivability in fault current conditions. • Simultaneous break -before -make contactor action is used for 2-pole, 3- f , pole, and 4-pole switches. On 4-pole/switched neutral switches, this action also prevents the objectionable ground currents and nuisance ground fault tripping that can result from overlapping neutral designs. • A mechanical interlock prevents simultaneous closing of normal and -ram emergency contacts. The interlock prevents source -to -source connections if the switch is manually operated. • Electrical interlocks prevent simultaneous closing signals to normal and emergency contacts and interconnection of normal and emergency sources through the control wiring. • Long -life, high pressure, silver alloy contacts resist burning and pitting. Separate arcing surfaces further protect the main contacts. Contacts are mechanically held in both normal and emergency positions for reliable, quiet operation. • Superior arc interruption is accomplished through multiple leaf arc chutes that cool and quench the arcs. Barriers separate the phases and prevent inter -phase flashover. • OHPC transfer switches are equipped with permanently attached operating handles and quick -break, quick -make contact mechanisms that are suitable for manual operation. An external manual operator is available as an option for dead front operation Specifications Voltage rating Transfer switches up to 600 VAC. Amperage rating Transfer switches are rated from 125 to 800 amperes. Frequency rating Transfer switches are rated tooperate at 50 or 60 Hertz. Neutral bar A full current -rated neutral bar with lugs is standard on enclosed 2 and 3-pole transfer switches. Auxiliary contacts Two switch position contacts rated at 10A continuous and 250 VAC maximum (one for each source) are provided for customer use. Operating temperature -40 'F -40 'C to 140 "F 60 'C Storage temperature -40'F -40'C to 140 `F 60'C Humidity Up to 95% relative, non -condensing Altitude Up to 10,000 ft 3,000 m without de -rating Surge withstand ratings Control system surge -tested for Location Category B3, per IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45. Also meets European standard EN 61000-4-5. Total transfer time (source- to -source) Will not exceed 6 cycles at 60 Hz when operated as an in phase monitor based open transition transfer switch Our energy working for you."M www.cumminspower.com 02009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Power Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you.' are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service Generation names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Iftle S-1502h (6109) HEM power cassette rr;_X --I- Jul a Cassette design ensures that all phases and neutral are switched at the same speed, providing true four pole operation a Encapsulated contactor design increases phase to phase isolation and reduces possibility of arcing between phases a New design eliminates a common failure point in many �J� transfer switches by not using electrical connections made of braided metal in the mechanism's current path Simple design has fewer parts reducing the mechanism's potential for failure The innovative design of the High Endurance Mechanism Normal Source Contact Point I 1 I Connected state rg Moving Contactor Ann► — — - Load Stationary Contactor Arm Disconnected state D Emxgenry Source HEM Experiences a Fault Condition Normal Normal Source Source Connected Connected Slat* state Disconnected state Emergency Source Electromagnetic fields develop around moving and stationary contact arms Disconnected D stow Emergency Source HEM Utilizes the Increasing electro- magnetic forces to firmly hold the contacts together. The High Endurance Mechanism (HEM) is designed to ride through a fault condition undamaged, retaining its capability to carry 100% of its rated load. Magnetic forces developed during a fault cause a conventional transfer switch's contacts to blow open, producing destructive arcing that often results in extensive internal damage to the switch. Typically after a conventional switch experiences a fault, its contacts, arc chutes and in some cases its controller needs to be replaced. The HEM uses that same magnetic energy to hold the contacts closed during a fault, practically eliminating arcing, contact damage, and performance degradation. That means the HEM does not require contact maintenance to continue to carry rated current without overheating. The HEM can survive multiple faults of the magnitude listed on the nameplate as the Withstand and Closing Current Ratings (WCR). This novel blow -on technology means that there will be no costly repairs or inconvenient downtime after a fault. Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminsoower.com 02009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Power Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service Generation names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. S-1502h(6/09) PowerCommand microprocessor control PowerCommand controls are microprocessor based and developed specifically for automatic transfer switch operation. The control provides features and options useful for most applications. Flash memory is used to store control settings. The contents of the memory are not lost even if power to the controller is lost. There is also an on -board battery to maintain the real-time clock setting and the engine start time delay. A choice of two control packages allows flexibility for determining the most suitable level of control for a given application: Level 1 control Open transition (in -phase transition) Delayed transition (programmed transition) Utility-to-genset applications Software adjustable time delays: Engine start: 0 to 15 sec Transfer normal to emergency: 0 to 120 sec Retransfer emergency to normal: 0 to 30 min Engine stop: 0 to 30 min Programmed transition: 0 to 60 sec Undervoltage sensing - 3-phase normal, 1-phase emergency Pickup: 85% to 98% of nominal voltage Dropout: 75% to 98% of pickup setting Dropout time delay: 0.1 to 1.0 sec Overvoltage sensing - 3-phase normal, 1-phase emergency Dropout: 105% to 135% of nominal voltage Pickup: 95% to 99% of dropout setting Dropout time delay: 0.5 to 120 sec Over/under frequency sensing Pickup: ±5% to ±20% of nominal frequency Dropout: ±1 % beyond pickup Dropout time delay: 0.1 to 15.0 sec Programmable genset exerciser - One event'schedule with or w/o load Basic indicator panel Source available/connected LED indicators Test/exercise/bypass buttons Digital display - standard Analog bargraph metering - optional Date/time-stamped event recording - 50 events Load sequencing (optional with Network Communications Module) Our energy working for you.Tm www.cumminspower.com Level 2 control Open transition (in -phase transition) Delayed transition (programmed transition) Utility-to-genset applications Utility -to -utility applications Genset-to-genset applications Software adjustable time delays: Engine start: 0 to 120 sec Transfer normal to emergency: 0 to 120 sec Retransfer emergency to normal: 0 to 30 min Engine stop: 0 to 30 min Programmed transition: 0 to 60 sec Undervoltage sensing - 3-phase normal, 3-phase emergency Pickup: 85% to 98% of nominal voltage Dropout: 75% to 98% of pickup setting Dropout time delay: 0.1 to 1.0 sec Overvoltage sensing - 3-phase normal, 3-phase emergency Dropout: 105% to 135% of nominal voltage Pickup: 95% to 99% of dropout setting Dropout time delay: 0.5 to 120 sec Over/under frequency sensing Pickup: ±5% to ±20% of nominal frequency Dropout: ±1 % beyond pickup Dropout time delay: 0.1 to 15.0 sec Voltage imbalance sensing Dropout: 2% to 10% Pickup: 90% of dropout Time delay: 2.0 to 20.0 sec Phase rotation sensing Time delay: 100 msec Loss of single phase detection Time delay: 100 msec Programmable genset exerciser - Eight events/schedule with or w/o load Basic indicator panel Source available/connected LED indicators Test/exercise/bypass buttons Digital display - standard Analog bargraph metering - optional Date/time-stamped event recording - 50 events Load sequencing (optional with Network Communications Module) C2009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Power Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service Generation names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. S-1502h (6/09) Time -delay functions Engine start: Prevents nuisance genset starts in the event of momentary power system variation or loss. Not included in utility -to -utility systems. Transfer normal to emergency: Allows genset to stabilize before application of load. Prevents power interruption if normal source variation or loss is momentary. Allows staggered transfer of loads in multiple transfer switch systems. Retransfer emergency to normal: Allows the utility to stabilize before retransfer of load. Prevents needless power interruption if return of normal source is momentary. Allows staggered transfer of loads in multiple transfer switch systems. Engine stop: Maintains availability of the genset for immediate reconnection in the event that the normal source fails shortly after retransfer. Allows gradual genset cool down by running unloaded. Not included in utility -to -utility systems. Delayed (programmed) transition: Transfers load to neutral position, disconnected from sources, to allow inductive load voltages to decay. User interfaces Basic interface panel LED indicators provide at -a -glance source and transfer switch status for quick summary of system conditions. Test and Override buttons allow delays to be bypassed for rapid system checkout. Digital display (M018) The digital display provides a convenient method for monitoring load power conditions, adjusting transfer switch parameters, monitoring PowerCommand Network status, or reviewing transfer switch events. Password protection limits access to adjustments to authorized personnel. The digital display comes standard with the Level 2 PowerCommand microprocessor control, and is optional with the Level 1 Control. User interface options Front panel security key (MO17) Front panel access can be locked out using this option. Prevents unauthorized transfers or testing. Prevents unauthorized adjustments via the digital display. Analog bar graph meter (D009) An LED bar graph display provides easy to read indication for Normal and Emergency voltages and frequencies, load currents, power factor, and kilowatts. Green, amber, and red LED's provide at -a -glance indication of system acceptability. Available as an option with the Level 2 PowerCommand microprocessor control. External operation handle (N038) Dead -front manual operating handle for safe manual operation. Can be operated while the switch is energized. Manual operation of the OHPC can only be performed in the open transition transfer mode. Control options Relay signal module (IVI023) Provides an adjustable transfer pre -signal time delay of 0 to 60 seconds to prevent interruption of power during elevator operation. Relay outputs include: Source 1 Connected and Available, Source 2 Connected and Available, Not in Auto, Test/Exercise Active, Failed to Disconnect, Failed to Synchronize, Failed to Transfer/Retransfer, and Transfer pre -signal (elevator signal). Loadshed (M007) Removes the load from the emergency power source by driving the transfer switch to the neutral position when signaled remotely. Transfers load back to the emergency source when the signal contacts open. Immediate retransfer to the preferred source when it is re- established. PowerCommand network interface (M031) Provides connection to the PowerCommand network. LonWorks compatible for integration into customer monitoring strategy. Load power and load current monitoring (M022) Measures load phase and neutral, current, power factor, real power (kW) and apparent power (kVA). Warns of excessive neutral current resulting from unbalanced or nonlinear loads. Minimum detectable current level is 3%. * Note: Some options may not be available on all models - consult factory for availability. Our energy working for you.Tm www.cumminspower.com 02009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Power Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service Generation names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. S-1502h(6109) UL withstand and closing ratings The transfer switches listed below must be protected by circuit breakers or fuses. Referenced drawings include detailed listings of specific breakers or fuse types that must be used with the respective transfer switches. Consult with your distributor/dealer to obtain the necessary drawings. Withstand and Closing Ratings (WCR) are stated in symmetrical RMS amperes. UL-listed specific breaker ratings MCCB protection Current limited breaker protection WCR @ volts max with Transfer specific With specific Max switch manufacturers Max MCCB Drawing current limiting CLB ampere MCCBs ratings reference breakers (CLB) rating Drawing reference 125, 150, 42,000 @ 480 500 A 098-7898 200,000 ® 480 500 A 098-7900 30,000 @ 600 200,000 @ 600 225,260 300, 400, 600 65,000 @ 480 1200 A 098-7899 200,000 @ 480 1200 A 098-7901 50,000 @ 600 200,000 @ 600 800 85,000 @ 480 1400 A 098-8164 200,000 @480 1400 A 098-8165 65,000 @ 600 200,000 ® 600 UL-listed fuse protection ratings WCR @ volts Transfer max. with switch current limiting ampere I fuses Max fuse, size and type Drawing reference 400 A class J, T 125,150, 225, 200,000 @ 600 098-7898 200 A class RK1 260 100 A class RKS 300, 400, 6CO 120C,000 @ 600 1200 A class, L, T C98-7899 600 A class, J, RK1, RK5 800 200,000 @ 600 2000 A class L 098-8164 2000 A class T UL-listed 3 cycle and short -time ratings Transfer WCR @ volts switch max 3 cycle ampere rating Short -time ratings @ 480 volts Max MCCB rating Drawing reference 125, 150, 25.000 @ 480 25,000 for 10 cycles 500 A 0098-7898 18,000 @ 600 225,250 300, 400, 600 35,000 @ 480 30,000 for 30 cycles 1200 A 0098-7899 22,000 @ 600 800 65,OCO @ 480 42,000 for 30 cycles 1400 A 0098-8164 65,000 @ 600 Our energy working for you. rm www.cumminsDower.com C2009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Pinwer Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service Generation names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Spec cations are subject to change without notice. S-1502h (6/09) Enclosures The wall -mounted transfer switch and control are mounted in a key -locking enclosure. Wire bend space complies with 2005 NEC. Dimensions - transfer switch in UL type 1 enclosure Height Width Depth Weight 3-pole type Outline drawing Door closed Door open Amp rating in mm in mm in mm in mm lb kg 125, 150, 225, 260 49 1245 25.05 635 19.6 497 44 1118 231 105 0500-3504 300, 400, 600 60 1524 30.00 762 19.6 497 49 1245 288 131 0500-3383 800 72 1828 34.40 875 21.0 532 53 1335 411 186 0500-3826 Dimensions - transfer switch In UL type 3R, 4, 4z, or 12 enclosure Height Width Depth Weight Cabinet type Outline drawing Door closed Door open Amp rating in mm in mm in mm in mm lb k 125, 150, 225, 260 51.5 1309 25.4 645 20.1 510 44.5 1130 231 105 3R, 4, 4x, 12 0500-3724 300, 400, 600 62.5 1588 30.4 773 20.1 510 49.5 1256 288 131 3R, 4, 4x, 12 0500-3725 800 72 1828 34.4 875 21.0 532 53.0 1335 411 186 3R, 4, 4x, 12 0500-3988 Transfer switch lug capacities All lugs accept copper or aluminum wire unless indicated otherwise. Adapters that will accept compression lugs are available for 5/16", 3/8", 112" and 5/8" mounting hardware. Compression lugs are not furnished. Lugs are listed in the Installation Manual. Amp rating Cables per phase Size 125,150 1 #10 AWG-3/0 2 #10 AWG-1/0 225,260 1 #6 AWG - 400 MGM 2 #6 AWG - 4/0 300,400 1 1/0 - 750 MGM 2 #6 AWG - 400 MGM 600 2 #4 AWG - 600 MGM 800 4 #2 AWG - 600 MGM Our energy working for you.Tm www.cumminsDower.com 02009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Power Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you." are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service Generation names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. S-1502h (6M) Submittal detail - options Amperage ratings ❑ 125 ❑ 150 ❑ 225 ❑ 260 ❑ 300 ❑ 400 ❑ 600 ❑ 800 Voltage ratings ❑ R020 120 ❑ R038 190 ❑ R021 208 ❑ R022 220 ❑ R023 240 ❑ R024 380 ❑ R025 416 ❑ R035 440 ❑ R026 480 ❑ R027 600 Pole configuration ❑ A065 Poles - 2 (solid neutral) ❑ A028 Poles - 3 (solid neutral) ❑ A029 Poles - 4 (switched neutral) Frequency ❑ A044 60 Hertz ❑ A045 50 Hertz Application ❑ A035 Utility to genset ❑ A036 Utility to utility ❑ A037 Genset to genset System options ❑ A041 Single phase, 2-wire or 3-wire ❑ A042 Three phase, 3-wire or 4-wire Enclosure ❑ BC01 Type 1: general purpose indoor (similar to IEC type IP30) ❑ B002 Type 3R: intended for outdoor use (dustproof and rainproof) (similar to IEC type IP34) ❑ BC03 Type 4: indoor or outdoor use (watertight) (similar to IEC type I P65) ❑ 6004 Open construction: no enclosure - includes automatic transfer switch and controls. ❑ B010 Type 12: indoor use, dust -tight and drip -tight (similar to IEC type IP61) ❑ B025 Type 4x: stainless steel enclosure Standards ❑ A046 UL 1008/CSA certification ❑ A064 NFPA 20 compliant ❑ A080 Seismic certification Cummins Power Generation Americas 1400 73' Avenue N.E. Minneapolis, MN 55432 USA Phone: 763 574 5000 Fax: 763 574 5298 Our energy working for you.TM www.cumminspower.com Controls ❑ CO23 Switch control - Level 1 ❑ CO24 Switch control - Level 2 Control options ❑ M017 Security key - front panel ❑ M018 Display -digital ❑ M031 Communications - LonWorks network communications module ❑ M022 Load monitoring (min current level 3%) ❑ M023 Module - relay signal Meters ❑ D009 Digital bar graph meters Battery chargers ❑ K001 2 Amps, 12/24 Volts ❑ KB59 15 Amps, 12 Volts ❑ KB60 12 Amps, 24 Volts Auxiliary relays - Relays are UL Listed and factory installed. All relays provide (2) normally open and (2) normally closed isolated contacts rated 10A @ 600 VAC. Relay terminals accept (1) 18 Ga . to (2) 12 Ga. wires per terminal. ❑ L101 24 VDC coil - installed, not wired (for customer use). ❑ L102 24 VDC coil - emergency position - relay energized when ATS in source 2 (emergency) position. ❑ L103 24 VDC coil - normal position - relay energized when ATS in source 1 (normal) position ❑ L201 12 VDC coil installed, not wired ❑ L202 12 VDC coil - emergency position - relay energized when ATS in source 2 (emergency) position ❑ L2C3 12 VDC coil - normal position - relay energized when ATS in source 1 (normal) position Miscellaneous options ❑ M033 Terminal block - 30 points (not wired) ❑ M007 Load shed - from emergency - drives switch to neutral position when remote signal contact closes ❑ N038 Manual external operating handle Optional lug kits ❑ N008 Termina! !ugs - cable ❑ N030 Lug adapters - compression (5/16 Stud) ❑ N031 Lug adapters - compression (3/8 Stud) ❑ N032 Lug adapters - compression (1/2 Stud) ❑ N043 Lug adapters - compressions (5/8 Stud) Warranty ❑ G002 One yr basic ❑ G004 Two yr comprehensive ❑ G006 Five yr basic ❑ G007 Five yr comprehensive ❑ G008 Ten year major components Europe, CIS, Middle East and Africa Manston Park Columbus Ave. Manston Ramsgate Kent CT 12 513F United Kingdom Phone 44 1843 255000 Fax 44 1843 255902 Asia Pacific 10 Toh Guan Road #07-01 TT International Tradepark Singapore 608838 Phone 65 6417 2388 Fax 65 6417 2399 02009 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins AMU mower Inc. PowerCommand and "Our energy working for you.' are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product, or service Generation names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice. S-1502h(6/09) 8 1 6 4 3 2 1 0500.3826 D FAro/ElJC61PE�i BAETRIC DWO • nln r rADi{i{/ IA I IAOOU TIOX.A A �6A M DwC AI 0{Y'D DA f 595 ADI19R1 e I REVISED NOT[ IRO 4+C G IRCIA{ DADSDJ lt). 11 400 115.T1 531.3 D 12 1 C...231 N1,9 D [19] MOTES: I. UL TYPE I. A71.B BI 2. APPROX. WEIGHT: 2 POLE---116.! KGS U9) LOS1 3 POLE---113.2 LOS) IDS 1429 IDS 112f 1B51 463.POLE•--19),2 11821 I 3. DIMENSIONS IN E I ARE IN IMCNES. — 1. LUG LAPAC ITT: ALL LUGS WILL ACCEPT COPPER OR ALUMINUM CABLE. I I AMPERAGE CABLES/ CABLE S12E 600 4 600NCN-1, IJ00• 1 [25.21 I ;I C GROUND LUGS � r ' i LUG CAPACITY: 1/ WIREI WILL RANGE 600 NCM-12 IJ00- 1 O .•� 5. USE SEPERATE CONDUITS FOR CONTROL WIRING AND • POWER MIRING. DO NOT COMBINE. NORMAL 6. SHADED AREA INDICATES VIRING AND CABLE ENTRANCE SOLID NEE T A AL AAA N AREA. DO NOT INSTALL OUTSIDE OF SHADED AREA. SEE NOTE 91 A B C LOAD 7. WIRING(BENDING SPACE CONFORMS TO NEC TABLE A B C N 1628 I 373-6 B 1. o 0 0 0 [11.977 I B. REFER TO NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. ARTICLE I10-I6 1715.9 I I WHICH STATES THE REOU IN NEWTS FOA THE MINIMUM <-- -- - [68.341 CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF THIS UNIT. 9. A POLE SWITCHED NEUTRAL TRANSFER SNITCH SHOWN. THE SOLID NEUTRAL BAR IS PROVIDED ONLY WITH THE • A B C N 0 0 0 0 ( II 2 POLE 1 3 POLE TRANSFER SWITCHES. EMERGENCY W 640 [25.21 I D I I 463 --{ 50 4K I IB. 2] 11.571 0I [0.I.I 11) 2,3&4POLE BOOR A "I 115,T1 NEMA 1 A I1 595 --{ r 'G [23.0 • '" ,:• .0 COLIC N DS42-01 lIM 0 3' ® 4�3 WS 7 MORILI OS 12 01 „•i�F,��:re ;. �;. �.y�.y ...,nG eCtRAA OSQ201 iIII CDII ENCLOSURE-OUILINE IXFER SM c: .., a :In:xnaN,i .ur p._...7 N,�UTD'C7"'T(' PGA 0500-3825 I•I ••-;tt_'S�A.,..'N.. ONPUCHPC BOOR D 8 5 4 3 1 1 ______________________________________________________________________..___� CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS I I NORMAL AUXILIARY CONTACT I STANDARD CONNECTIONS NO CCNI I i AVAILABLE ON ALL UNITS NC C I CUSTOMER MAKES CONNECTIONS DIRECTLY TO SWITCH. EMERGENCY AUXILIARY CONTACT I No CCEI NC- FOR CUSTOMER USE ' TRANSFER SWITCH I ' 5W ITCH AUXILIARY CONTACTS RATED: 10 AMPS, 250 VAC L_______________________________________________________________________-__. UTILITY TO GENERATOR TO ENGINE GENERATOR CONTROL rBtl REFER TO THE INTERCONNECTION GNO DRAW 11NG 2 P2-i R-1 120_19 P20-19 127.6 i FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF WIRING To GENERATOR ANDJUHPEH LOCATION (IF NEEDED) B. P2Hi R-R - cwia! START BETWEEN I GENERATOR AND 1 P23 72-5 RO-20 P20-20 J27i SIGNAL ' i TRANSFER SWITCH RMT FOR CUSTOMER USE REMOTE TEST 1 P2'I 12-' RO.12 P20-12 127-3 REMOTE TEST ' TO USE REMOTE TEST, TRANSFER XFER INHIBIT S PE-3 12-0 J20-II40-11 J27-/ TRANSFER INHIBIT INHIBIT, RE -TRANSFER INHIBIT AND LOAD SHED CONNECT A OPEN CONTACT LOAD SHED r P2-2 12-2 JI0-17 P20-13 Jer-U LOBO SHED ' BETWEEN THE APPLICABLE TERMINAL OPTIONAL) 1 P!-I R-I RO-II P20-14 R712 ANDMON COMAl. CLOSE THE CON CONTACT TO ACTIVCTIVATE THE FIINCiION. COMMON RETRANSfER f P2H1 12-0 120-10 P20-16 COMMON R1•I RETRRNSFER i NOTE:LOAD SHED IS OPTIONAL AND INHIBIT INHIBIT i MUST BE lNSTALLEO IN ORDER TO i i lISE. DIGITAL MODULE 2 FOR LOAD SHED FROM EMERGENCY TO ' NEUTRAL, CONNECT A NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT. (CLOSE TO SHED LOAD.) 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- UTILITY TO UTILITY 1 FOR CUSTOMER USE i TO USE REMOTE TEST, RE -TRANSFER 102 o-3 1 I INHIBIT fW0 TRANSFER INHIBIT p2_P 12-1 J20-19 P20�_19 J27-R i 1 CONNECT A OPEN CONTACT BETWEEN THE APPLICABLE TERMINAL AND o3- 3 P -6 12-R P6-1 Inncn GENERATOR I COMM ITR2-B 1. CLOSE THE CONTACT [xvKMR START TO ACTIVATE THE FUNCTION. 1 P2-5_I?-S R0-2o P20-20 jjjjj SIGNAL REMOTE TEST S P2-1 12-/ R0-I2 P20-12 R73 REMOTE TEST j 1 XFIR INHIBIT 0 P2- R-] l2o-u P20-11 J21-1 tRANSFER IN i r P2- 12-2 J20-13 R0-13 R7-17 COMN011 1 P2- 12-I 120-II P20-1/ 21-12 COMMON i I RETRANSFER 0 P2-9 12-1 120-16 P20-16 J27.1 RETRANSFER INHIBIT INHIBIT . DIGI7AL MODULE 2 OPTIONS: UTILITY TO GENSET 220 VOLT 3 PHASE DISPLAY MOBILE UTILITY TO UTILITY 240 VOLT 3 PHASE NETWORK MODULE LEVEL 2 CONTROL 390 VOLT 3 PHASE RELAY MODULE 2, 3 AND / POLE 416 VOLT 3 PHASE BATTERY CHARGER /0-600 AMP IBA VOLT 3 PHASE BATTERY CHARGER ALARMS 240 VOLT I PHASE 600 VOLT 3 PHASE 190 VOLT 3 PHASE 208 VOLT 3 PHASE ----------------------------- OPTIONAL: 10 AMP BATTERY CHARGER ALARMS i0 RC I C 1 LINE WC �J I FAILURE 'I NO '7 :CONTACTS RATED: HI C a ./ AMPS AT JO VOC OR BATTERY NC 4 :120vRC MAX VOLTAGE ® 110 a C o-17 LO ' VOLTAGE NI i ® NO -- 99 L_______________________ ------ OPTIONAL: sl NETHONK MODULE HETHDRK JIATR I DATA OAT, 2 LUSE A TWISTED PAIR OF HIRE ------------------- S 130-2- ' - 1 ------------------------- ------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL: RELAY MODULE l i � I STANDARD MIRING RELAY MODULE NO 11/ 1 J15-1 NO 0—!� J1/-2 115-2 1N-3 ' 1°115 J � SOURCE I I COM CONNLCTCD COH NOT IN AUTO i ® its-1 ' NO SOJRCE 2 COM 1 CONNECTED I NO COM1 ELEVATOR f PAC-IRRNSFER 1 111 JI/-R "1 ' ® o�` ZZZ--r—JI--S0000 NC J a ' NO J144 J15;7 NO ' SOURCE I co AVAILABLE JI/-010 _p Jll 111-!ND R1115- ON FAILED TO CUM, DISCONNECT WC n9. NO JI/•10 JIS-10 Wo SOURCE 2 Con i AVAILABLE JI/ '1' ie l uJly-o2 C.� Fp'LEO TO SYNCHNONCZE NC ® J1/-120' 1-3 1H-17 115-17 NC TE91 OR ACTIVENo COM SEJNI ACTIVE rii0—� JH-H1S1CL05E � L� JH-IS10 115-IS FRILCO TO ® J14--16 X p Ld NOM� LORD SHED CON ------------------------------------------ Sheet t of D NOTES: I I I I I I I I. ALL DEVICES ARE SHORN OE-ENGERGIZED AND WITH TRANSFER SWITCH CLOSED TO SOURCE 1. 2. T82 ARE MOUNTED ON THE FRONT OF THE POWER SUPPLY MODULE LOCATED LOWER LEFT HAND CORNER OF ENCLOSURE. TERMINAL BLOCK (TB3)RELAY MODULE AND THE NE THORK CONNECTION ARE MOUNTED ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ENCLOSURE. 3 SHOWN WITH SOURCE NOT CONNECTED. SHOWN WITH SOURCE NOT AVAILABLE. © SHOWN NOT ACTIVE. CONTACTS CHANGE STATE DURING TEST OR EXERCISE PERIOD. ® SHOWN WITH CONTROL IN AUTO MODE. CONTACTS CHANGE STATE WHEN CONTROL IS NOT IN AUTO. SHOWN NOT ACTIVE. CONTACTS CHANGE STATE FOR AN ADJUSTABLE TIME BEFORE LOAD TRANSFER OCCURS. SHOWN NOT ACTIVE. CONTACTS ®CHANGE STATE DURING LORD SHED. SHOWN UNDER NORMAL BATTERY VOLTAGE CONDITION. CONTACTS TRANSFER UNDER AR HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE CONDITION. SHOWN UNDER A LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE CONDITION. 11. SEE SHEET 2 12. SEE SHEET 4 13. SEE SHEET 4 15. SEE SHEET 5 16. SEE SHEET 5 IT. SEE SHEET 5 QB THE FOLLOWING WILL CAUSE A BATTERY CHARGER ALAIN OUTPUT. LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE OVERCUiHENT HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH CHARGER TEMPERATURE LOW AC INPUT VOLTAGE BATTERY FAILURE HIGH AC INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH BATTERY TEMPERATURE. NOT AVAILABLE ON 2 AMP CHARGER 19 USE THE INVERTER REMOTE TEMPERATURE PROBE. IPART NO. 0193-0530) r--------------------------- -I OPTIONAL: DA!TERY CNARg14 ALAAM 1 1 1 2 AMP, 12 AMP, 15 AMP 1 1 1 OUTPUTS LOCATED 1 I 1 ON BOTTOM Of N 1 BATTf AY CNARGCR E l I UfNCTORT 1 1 1 1 Jj SE ONLY 1 USE 1 1 I 1 COMMON AI ARM OUTPUT I I I CONIACt RATING & I 2 AMP AT 30 VIC 1 1 j 1 1 REMOTE TEMPERATURE j SfN509 INPUT ® 1 1 1 r_____________________________ 4 D ON TWO POLE SNITCHES THIS LEAD IS REMOVED FROM 71E HNNC55 11-1 PI-1 i 1- 11—- 11-4 PI-t r TSN 700-{00 R1P MIRING ,N CR 1I111T1 T �f Tt f 11..L74J./I n f f f saI[E i r ofOl stORxl• Al2-4 P20-I 120-1 rtl i Pt•x i30-300 NIP JC ' 1{-i 1 MTigr i OMIGER tN` - ' M' ® • ¢ s[¢!1 N 11 - P20-2 120-2 'WIRING 5EE SHEET 3 FOR MIRING yPP I's ' TSN TP2 JI-7i I e _ Q iNE TRRNSFORIElxS toy SOURCE - P20-3 720-311-10 PI-10 NO PI-7 ti u TR-7 IOM{°�T� OE CUT C IN01CATaR NGo A_-__--_______� P3-5 COW It? P20-5 120-5 11-9 PI-9 10J D POWER 7 2-B P20-6 J20-6 72-11 P2-II 51 NSN 10Y MODULE 2 NOT IN to t ICE ISi111K W 112-2 J13-1113-21 2-12 TPI o< THE TF THE IT{ 13 K3 f it MSE T I b b P20-I4 J20-IA 12-I PZ-I t NE l NC Hi.t O d C _ A - P20-I8 320-10 JI-S PI-5 1 T ^ ti 11-S PI-S HYA4 EHTH. S20 Till - - - 't __ )OOi00 IBP --- I <7� AI = TSE ! 1 x s ESC Now NSE ti P20-21 J20-21 J2-12 P2-12 P3-9 J3-9 C tJC NC C K3 K3 POWR R7-5 J27-II 112-16 Utz-B CRE VPP ! MOMi2 10 JIfM;Ba Tlulau Nll -7 P20-4 J20-4JI-II PI -II NO SD iPI-B KI {OaRa N51 1 nIW 30-3DO AMP q-1 SEE SHEET 3 FOR HIRING BE CUT slwL XIRT E q-t OF THE TRANSFORMERS ! 112-IB P20-9 J20-S TPI t f PI-g I x n I I IH I I SIDE SWEET 7 FOR MIRING T2 TYL lY Yl wl !1 nl H KIf 2-17 P20-10 120-10 L_____________I OF IH TRANSFORMERS x2 11 Ax xK3 AT ON 7WD POLE SNITCHES THIS LEAD 15 REMOVED FROM THE HARNESS Sheet 2 of 8 3 SOURCE 1 HA NB NC WN ID I BATTERY CHARGER (OPTIONAL) ISM NORMAL SIDE OPEN/CLOSE SOLENOID CRN DIODE BRIDGE SOURCE I SIDE (PONERS TSN) CTC CLOSED TRANSITION COIL (OPTIOHALI FACTORY INSTALLED ONLY - SN NORMAL SIDE POSITION INDICATOR 51 MOTOR DISCONNECT SNITCH C _ MSN MOTOR SNITCH NORMAL 51DE CTI MSE MOTOR SNTCH EMERGENCY SIDE u xl It. C11, 2, 3,A CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (OPTIONAL) • C12 TI SPRING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY u 1 CIISIONER HJ HANDLE INTERLOCK NORMAL SIDE • [13 CDAD MOT SPRING REMIND MOTOR LC CABLES xl xt• C1, HE HANDLE INTERLOCK EMERGENCY SIDE I UI CI R CTC CLOSED TRANSISTION ENABLE SOLENOID [OPTIONAL) T r. Y ,. Y .. 36 ISd m IS TBK SHORTING BLOCK CURRENT TRANSFORMERS S20 IOPTIONAL) FRONT PANEL SECURITY SNITCH NSC SOURCE I SPRING CHARGED/DISCHRGED INDICATOR I _II _ I ESC SOURCE 2 SPRING [HRNGEO/DISCHRRFfD INDICATOR EHl nect, to R3 T MODULE 1�101 TSE TRANSFER SNITCH EMERGENCY OPEN/CLOSE SOLENOID SE EMERGENCY SIDE POSITION CONTACT CRE DIODE BRIDGE SOURCE 2 SIDE (POWERS TSE) T2 SOURCE SELECTOR TRANSFORMER K3 SOURCE CNWGE OVER RELAY NOTES: 11, ALL DE Y ICES ARE SHOWN OE-ENGERIZED AND WITH ER EB EC EN THE TRANSFER SWITCH CLOSED TO NORMAL. FOUL SOURCE 2 POLE TRANSFER SNITCH SHOWN. ON THREE POLE MODELS THE WITCH NEUTRAL 15 REPLACED WITH A SOLID NEUTRAL BAR. I CT N,le HHw Cuts POmist OMLlm n• Y. O150R ®� ••••L. sxlTx SCHEMATIC & WD nl. 20FF009 iH[ CON 0626-5236 2n 1 o. i m nm nm e Q LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE TRANSFOAMER T2 MITRING 240 VAC 1 PH 3 G 3 HIRE T2 N4 H] MR HI TRaNSFOBER Mp. 713-a37-W 208 VAC 3 PH 13 C 4 HIRE IN N3 N HI T2 TRAHSFOMCK N0.315-ass-a 220 VAC 3 P11 i $ 5T 4 WIRE 240 VAC HI M] 11T HI 3 PH 4 HIRE T2 TRANSFORMER NO.315-ass-92 49D vac 4 $ 3 PH 4 HIRE T2 wwMR w TRANSFORMER W. 313-14535-02 380 VAC 4 $ 3 PH 4 HIRE T2 X4 MO I¢ HI iAANYOR[A Iq. 313-a55-0] 416 VRC 3 PH S HIRE 12 $ N4 HI N2 NI T2 TRANSFORMER NO. 315-a55-03 Q $ 600 VAC 3 PH 4 HIRE T2 H9 N] N2 HI TRANSFORMER W. 315-a55-04 3 *CONNECTIONS FOR SPECIAL WYE AND DELTA APPLICATIONS APPLICATION POWER MODULE HIRING CHANGES 4-WIRE, 3-PHASE NYE WITH GROUNDED NEUTRAL NO MIRING CHANGES NECESSARY THIS IS THE FACTORY CONFIGURATION 3-HIRE, 3-PHASE DELTA OR WYE WITH NO NEUTRAL OR UNGROUNDED NEUTRAL 1. DISCONNECT THE NEUTRAL SENSING WIRES FROM 79I2-7 6 TB14-7 ON THE POWER MODULE. 1-HIRE, 7-PAPS[ DELTA WITH GROUNDED NEUTRAL OR 3-WIRE, 3-PHASE DELTA WITH R GROUNDED CORNER. I. DISCONNECT THE NEUTRAL SENSING HIRES FROM TB12-7 l TBII-7 ON THE POWER MODULE. TRANSFORMER TI WIRING T G $ T I Mn N4 nl MR NI TRANSFORMER W. 315-0036 T 1 N4 N] MR HI TRANSFORER W. 315-a3e T - 2 $ LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE POWER MODULE 2 TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS T3 — T/ — TS T2 T6 T7 TB — TI NS MN H) MR NI 240 VAC IT[ TBII 1 2 3 1 7 S 6 7 1 2 3 TBI3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 7 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TNMSTORER NO. ]t3-a3e I PHASE 3 WIRE 4 t2 300-5149-02 NA We BUN EA Ell B EN I T7 79 — — T7 15 — - T92z, ie TI 11f MS NI N] N2 XI tapFFpMMEa NO. 3IS-097B 208-240 VAC Tell 1 2 1 rBlz 6 7 1 2 7 1 s TB13 i 7 7 12 7 qb6 / 5 7 3 PHASE p y 4 WIRE 300-5149-02 NB NC BAR/ ER Ell EC BEN TI M N4 p Nz NI 71 T3 TI TS T2 T6 T7� TB TRlwsraxa MA. 71s-aIe 380-480VAC TBII TBI2 11I3 TBI4 T - 3 PHASE I 2 3 4 5 E ] 1 2 3 4 s i 7 1 2 3 1 5 6 7 12 3 4 5 6 7 � C 4 HIRE TI Me NI N] In NI 300-5149-02 1 NB NC RNN EA Ell EC BEN TRAM5FBRER WO. IIS- ale ---� T3 74 = T5= T2= T6 77 7��13 7B— G600VAC 3 PHASE TBII 4 TBI 6 ] 1 2 3 T313 IBI4 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 6 ] 12 3 1 5 T 4 WIRE TI Hz NI TRANSFORMER NO. 715-084B 300-5149-03 NA NB NC RNN EA Ell EC REN 6 4 j 3 2 Sheet 3 of 6 emm ►im OBm"m SCHEMATIC d WD un Ta» P6f p 0626-5236 I -Am lim STANDARD HIRING 720 O „ETHORK I29 BAR SERVICE T— 0 ODNLE GRAPH I22 J27-5 —O RELAY MODULE J27-11 —0 520 FRONT PANEL SECURITY SNITCH D J22 I P20-I6 P20-II + P20-12 P20-19 511-3 P20-20 m — — — P20-14 II S20-4 — — — — — + P20-13 m I— DIGITAL MODULE 2 — — — 1 2+ 2l 22 21 2 19 IB I I6 1] 1 CU RRENT + P20^ Ili POWER MODULE nEnBRANE ry m _ _ _ _ _ - - - _ _ ry �., z ODULE LOCATION Or HIRES 1N PLUG J24 ❑ISPLAY IN J20 (CAB - ry ~ O IZB J25 POL (CABINET GNO) a [BBaN Lang D—LAT GNO (DOOR) o — MODULE Ir914 P20-7— P20-2 TBI2 '- P20-I— + O P20-3 II-3 SEE SHEETS P20-6— P20-2 SEC LEE:] Pa+ IVIPEa I P20-21 FOR IurwFa LACC—T P20-14-1 II P20-5 PLACE11EWr JI PI 2 11 JI-2 TBII-5 I I P20-B — P6-4 P20-9 — x P20-10 T111 ] TB12-1 T012-4 3 ] IT111 SEE slEEn P20-L7— P20-IB JI-I TBI2-7 J20-IB L SEE SHEET 6 FOR WIRING FOR THE 30-260 AMP FOR Il31PER+SEESHEETS PG-3 TP3-2 e c1U.PER iP2-2 1 7 SWITCH OR SHEET 7 FOR THE HIRING OF THE PLACEMENT TPI-2 J2o-5 s 300-600 AMP SWITCH F u J20-3 J20-4 11 n POWER MODULE 2 11 0 d�L 11 d� T014-7 Ix Iz TB13-5 33 1 z 3 s e e _ 9 TB14-1 I x HIP., c e TB14-4 P3 J20{ rPl TZ 2 TP3 >< = — _ N < Y S2 of B !FI ^ J2 P2 I P_Ia SEE SHEET 3 x J20-14 TBZ-8 11-e FOR WIRING OF _ _ 120-13 2 TB2-7 Ii11-I TRANSFORMER ^� 12.II J20-11 3 3 TB2-6 GND C�1 TI AND T2 — 52 12 P6 J20-12 ^ + TB2-5 1 q_II 92 Q I J20-20 5 5 TB2-4 I HI H2 H3 11+ HB H6 T I BATTERY 2 l2-IB P6-1 6 6 TB2-3 _ J20-19 TB2-2 I 4 TI-x2 T2 HI H2 H3 H+ I CHARGER J20-16 TB2-9 I P' SZ T112-1 I ~ ® TB2 I CONNECTOR ] J20-IS P6-2 s D GNO GND I GNO I GND P3_1 - _ 3-21 I 6 TP4-2 11 11 51-2 I Pi-i 2 _ x3-13 %2 120V %I I J20-21 P3-9 j P2-6 3 Be P3-3 .. TI-N4 I I P2-5 4 RMT %2 24 VAL %I Tz3- W - T3 i] Y T P2-4 6 REMOTE TEST ��yy P3-2 3 K3-31 I NOTES: 1 P2-3 6 TRANSFER INHIBIT T ¢ v, I 12. CUSTOMER CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK. P3-z 7 LOAD SHED ;2 x Ti-x2 R! - Tz-XI ; SEE SHEET I FOR DETAILS. P2-I a COMMON P2-89 RE -TRANSFER INHIBIT i 13. SEE SHEET 3 FOR INSTRUCTION ON L------------------------------------------------ ---------------J INSTALLING JUMPERS ON T1311, TS12, A TB13 AND TB14. A 1 Sheet 4 of 8 fi 1 OPTIONAL WIRING PROGRAM SWITCH LEFT SIDEWALL STANDARD HIRING KEA p BAR GRAPH S20 x _ I I - CT2 CT4 TBI-1 n • TB/-B 1 • ¢ _ CUSTOMER i0 ROUTE 10A0 WIRES �• 122-5it' i22-11 a THROUGH CURRENT TRANSFORMERS TB1-5 1 I TNi a 120 123 am SCMIQ 10 TB3 GND IF - CCE- NO CT I i CT3 IKllrr m"r0 1 P5-I P5-2 TBI-2 1 • tw-c ' a I s s v 1 1 P5-/ TBI-3 a TBI- a I I I I ---------------- PS-5 gg77 II u I - TB7-52520-3 P5-2 PS-6® LA x1P20 S-9 �Jj520-I LJ TF J20 - _ - -' - - - / P5-10 1 1 PS-0 DIGITAL MODULE 2 D i NN IS USED LurKZIr r J30-1 KNA ; ON I POLE ropUE 2 J30-2 _ MODELS ONLY POWER xoDUE NSPu, 'rx Paw 123o RI lie j Jtse (CABINET LNO) O GNO (DOOR) IINNI Wi eipA,l•`I i GND a - CCN-ND i NOTES: re11 - 1't T112 1 JI PI 77 111 ill 1 ` r 15. PWIRING OWER CONNECTIONS RELAYS TOACAND KEAI IS TYPICASLILHITLY 77— TT , • I DEPENDING ON THE NUMBER OF RELAYS INSTALLED. rn zI1Pv - rn JUrO 1 ' Humdr o nmeMr I ® CAUTION: 00 NOT DISCONNECT THE CURRENT MODULE - - II rvi TP2 iP3IZED KLA, ro1aE 1 TF UNLESS WILE TTHE HE CSECOONDARIEENT I ASARE SHORTED. OERSN3RI SECONDARIES A17ACH THE SHIRTING BAR TO THE rail - t111 i i CENTER OF TBI BEING SURE TO TIGHTEN EACH 11,13 ' SCRCX. Tr TT 9¢ M,I - 1 9¢ SWIXT T' © THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER5 ARE SNORTED DURING rn zurw rT 1 r EA EB EC EN SHIPPING. TO ACTIVE, REMOVE THE SHORTING BAR nrcnl r 1/ ' i FROM THE CENTER OF 114 BY LDDSENING ALL OF 10 1N,------------------------------------ THE SCREWS AND LIFTING 11 OUT OF THE TERMINAL BLOCK. SAVE FOR REUSE., POWER MODULE 2 • I c 'Eft'" -Al ' 110-II SEE SHEET 3 I + [w9ExT - iB7-51 FOR MIRING OF ' + no1uE 0S SI TRANSlURNG ' 13 iu Lwens n AND T2 + e1411N 1R,LL[ [ pI 1 T2 iB2 NI H2 H3 HI HS H6 TI I P3 MANUAL T " " J40 CENI-COM OPERATOR - 1 I P6 1 z z 4 1 Hsi 1 z I IS PS TP4-I�TP4-2 JB 183-41 e '63-12 ___n4F,nti_ I w1TrJn T83-13 <Sbo TB3-11 B3-/S TB4 A i i iei-v 0 9 1 1 1 s l, z 1 113-40 16/15412 I SR RI ING BAR J aixSYx'rlxiPc ®® GGGGGGGG ,N•n•MhN R[I"Y, G. THOMAS H■Rr i' , Nli` m Ter .e11 rl.n • c11ell"i Pow DeWme1Yp1 NlTH S L. x11x SCHEMATIC d WD r.++u.0 ,+.,+r+.0 ••^ 20FC109 ,H1 LwT "".1'••'.LLs.'�'B'� OHP6 PGF p 0626.5236 1,7q, 0 6 4 3Hl 2 SHeel 5 of 8 A 0 NN C FN ARE V1E0 TRANSFER SNITCH ON . POLE MODELS ONLY ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------� n 1� j I NSE-ND NA N 2 ]- q, I MOT PI-1 PI-2 NB PI-3 PI-1 � I MSN-NO I I 2 HE-2 J3-6 j 13-5 � I MSN DE-C 13#.-NC I I MSE-C I cRN-Act NSC EnsN_NC I _ I u MDi I Y Y BASE PLATEMD Ic Y 3E-6MDT-2CSC-NC MSE-NO HE I I 2 MOT-2 1 2 13-1 I I JI PI I I I 1 NA Ec_7_N0_FK_j CCNI CCEI Nc No c 2 2 NB i F 3 3 NC I PI-7!gCRE-AC2 SN-1 BASE PLATE PI-B ISE-I j / 1 NN S 5 CTC-I K1EREz z CRN-RCI HN-2 ac-zCRE-RCI TSN-2sz3-c TSE-2 .-T. I V9 1 SN-C I SE E Pi-lo SN SE PI-11_C I E SN-NO IEN CAN. I PI-B c xD xc Nc No C SN-c CRE. r5NBASE PLATEI I _ 2 2 PI-I3�1-II�PI-IS�PI-12� CRN PI-S -0 I C jC 2 � ERE-AC2 CRE- CA EB C[ EN I I - I CTC• CLOSED fRAN5i57ION SOLENOID I FACTDRT INSTALLED OPTION ONLY I 1 I MIRING IS STANDARD ON ALL SNITCHES 1 I WIRING DIAGRAM FOR 300-600 AMP 3 & 4 POLE mWzii i W J3 u 2 7 1 5 6 2 B 9 P3 2 3 1I 5 6) 1 9 sheet 7 oT B e� 7 F1- ]SA. ,200KA1C— JJS-3 JJS-05 T1 150V 4BOV NS 0.6t800V AW KLDR-D.6 SEE NOTE 1 DND BM�Ill 1� 1 NOV I BUT. /00V FULL LOAD 45➢V,3P,61HZ INFORMATION HEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF SIMPLEX, INC., VOR ITS SUBSIDIARIES. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION ANY 'VINO, TRANSMITTAL TO 07HERS AND USE EXCEPT THAT FOR CH IT IS LOANED IS PROHIBITED. 201D SIMPLEX, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED *1 TEMPERATURE OPERATION CODE WIRE GAUGE INSULATION TEMPERATURE RATING WIRE COLOR SIMPLEX PART NUMBER APPLICATION AA 16 AND JOTC BUCK 255IB200 4BOV-Pq I20V-L AB 16 AW6 105'C RED 2551BIOD 4BOV-08 AC 18 AWO 105'C BLUE 2551830D 48OV-PC AD 18 AW0 IO&C WHITE 25518000 1201-N AE 111 AWO 150C BLACK 25515500 480V-0A120V-L AM 18 AWO 150E WHITE 2MI5500 450V-0%120V-N AZ 15 AWO 200C WHITE ISS1p500 12OV-L BM 14 AWO 1051C GREEN MEMOGROUND CE 12 AWO 150C BLACK 25531530 45DV-PA CF 12 AWO 150C RED 25531920 48W-PB CO 12 AWO 150'C BLUE 25531640 48OV-0C CM 12 AWO 150C WHITE 25531610 NEUTRAL KA 2 AWO lOS'C WHITE W BUCK TAPE 25541000 48DV-PA KB 2 AVID I" C WHITE W RED TAPE 255410DO 40OV-OB KC 2 AWO IOTC WHITE W BLUE TAPE 255410DO I 43W-PC NOTES, 1. UNIT MUST BE GROUNDED FOR OPERATOR'S SAFETY. 2. DASHED LINES IN0I CATE WIRES NOT SUPPLIED DY SIMPLEX. 3 ALL CONTROL WIRE R16 AUG, IDC%CEPT FOR IWACTOR COIL WIRING VHI CH iS 116 AVG, 6WV, 150'C, XLP, 4. LOAD DUMP CONTACT OPEN TO DISENGAGE THE LOAD, CLOSE TO ENERGIZE, JUMPER IF NOT USED. 5. CONTINUITY DETEEN TVA' 13 AND 14 INDICATES NORMAL OPERATI ON I] AND IS INDICATES AN OVER TEMPERATURE CONDITION. JM TOROUE 3 5 IN�LDS. ul D 15 10 n i LT �TIVE LOAD BANK LBD-75 UL�� ,48DV,3P.6DHZ CONTROL LOAD SECTION 010® W.O. A 74570-10-42 21 4B86 INSULATION SIMPLEX EXTS O O O �N-CH V V� V O O O V V V' LRI LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR7 LRB LR9 Cl Cl Cl C2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 OA OB /C PA 013 oc OA OB 0C simpL©c THE INFORMATION HEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF SIMPLEX, INC., R uc AND/OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION ANY io-77 c COPYING, TRANSMITTAL TO OTHERS AND USE EXCEPT THAT FOR RESISTIVE LOAD BANK LBD-75 UL -- WHICH IT IS LOANED IS PROHIBITED. 75KW.48DV,3060HZ LOAD STRAPPING © 2D10 SIMPLEX, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED W.O. #74570-10-42 214987 CODE WIRE CADGE TEMPERATURE RATING WIRE COLOR PART NUMBER APPLICATION 12 AWC 150'C BLACK 25531630 CF 12 AWG 150'C RED 25531620 CG 12 AWG 150'C BLUE 25531640 CH 12 AWG 150'C WHITE 25531fi10 EE B AWG BUCK 25533100 EF B AT 15150'C 0'C RED 2553320D EG B AWG 150'C BLUE 25533300 EH 6 AWG 150'C WHRE 25533350 MF1—MF3 2A,600V CT PICTORIAL c[KRA1 lao vN� iaeN' MCB 125AT, BOOV 90A O FULL LOAD I OB 0A 0 _ GEN CND (SEE NOTE 1) 4BOV,30,60HZ THE INFORMATION HEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF SIMPLEX, INC., AND OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION ANY CO ING. TRANSMITTAL TO OTHERS AND USE EXCEPT THAT FOR WHICH IT IS LOANED IS PROHIBITED. © 2010 SIMPLEX, INC., ALL RIGHTS RESERVED C00[ -E —E Y[[UU1NN T[WEMIUR[ MIINe MR[ Will1 MPLEX Puff WWeu le AWG IGe'C eVLC Ieslexco b 1e AWc 1M'L RCD LUleleG AC to Awo 1GVC ew[ xSetsxeo b to AWG 1mL WNi[ A[ to Auu 1e e4GN 2Ul5 AW to AWo SOC —1 2M!A 00 W 14 AWO 105'C OM[W riS2— N4 A AWO Iwc W1 W GREEN WE 261I000G M I ANO IDYc WIN[ W eucN IN[ ]S�IIOGG n x Aao lw•c A1r1E r Rm 1'AK xsN loco NG x Nlo —c WWIE W —E WE ]85A100G NOTES: 1. UNIT MUST BE GROUNDED FOR OPERATORS SAFETY. 2. DASHED LINES INDICATE WIRING NOT SUPPLIED BY SIMPLEX. ITEM QTY. PART B DESIG. DESCRIPTION ITEM QTY. PART N DESIG. DESCRIPTION 1 9 24329500 LR1-LR9 LOAD ELEMENTS,B333W@277V 14 5 25301000 S1-S5 SWITCH 3R (24329565) OPERATING AT 8333W@277V DPST, TOGGLE 33.75', INCOLLOY SHEATH 15 l 25309790 EXTS EXHAUST TEMP SWITCH 2 3 13027D25 Cl-C3 CONTACTOR NO,CLOSE@TEMP GREATER 35A, 60OV, 3POLE THAN 295 DEGREES F 120VAC COIL 16 1 47RD56534B [EXTS] EXTS BOX 3 2 13906500 CFI-2 FUSE 0.5A, 60OV, 200KAIC 17 1 24251500 L1 LAMP, NEON 125V, RED 4 3 14014750 MF1-3 FUSE 2. DA, 60OV, 200KAIC 1B 1 24251501 L2 LAMP, NEON 125V, GREEN 5 9 14074000 F1-F9 FUSE 35A, 600V, 200KAIC 19 3 25438100 CTI-3 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 100, 5, 1. 1' ID 6 1 150120DO CCFI,CF2I FUSEBLOCK 30A, 600V, 2 POLE 20 1 24344000 DMP DIGITAL METERING PACKAGE ION 7 1 15012250 CMFl-31 FUSEBLOCK 9-690VAC, SA, 50-60HZ 99-6 30A, 600V, 3 POLE 120V CONTROL POWER 8 3 15016000 CFI-F9I FUSEBLOCK 21 1 12046400 MCB CIRCUIT BREAKER, 3PDLE 60A, 60DV, 3 POLE 250AF, 125AT, 600V 9 1 25649500 MLB MAIN LOAD BLOCK,175A, 60OV,3POLE, LINE CONS 22 1 25678500 GRD TERMINAL BLOCK, GROUNDING 2/0-k14AWG, 1 CONN. /PH 30A, 600V 10 21 25678500 TB'A' TERMINAL BLOCK 30A, 60DV 11 2 24827030 ❑TR,CPR GENERAL PURPOSE RELAY 1DA, 3PDT, 240VAC 120VAC COIL 12 2 24BB2025 [OTR,CPRI RELAY BASE lIPIN SCREW TERMINAL 13 1 25450000 T1 TRANSFORMER, 150VA 480/24OV-240/120V THE INFORMATION HEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF SIMPLEX, INC., AND/OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION ANY COPYING, TRANSMITTAL TO OTHERS AND USE EXCEPT THAT FOR WHICH IT IS LOANED IS PROHIBITED. © 2010 SIMPLEX, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IM C•71■IC•71■l0 lol■IC•�I■IJ � • � fi_u gum � ME Ec•�lii�i■I7, � 1■IC�71■h� Om❑ 11 l.a lll� 1 �■III■III■� _ � � s 1= CONTROL END THE INI-ORMA110N HEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF SIMPLEX, INC., 'iAND/OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION ANY COPYING, TRANSMITTAL TO OTHERS AND USE EXCEPT THAT FOR WHICH IT IS LOANED IS PROHIBITED. © 2010 SIMPLEX, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED a o lZlMPL«• == =o IML.M 1 0 0 0 0 - o O O ®o ° 0 0 I e o O O o O � o 0 0 0 REMOVABLE COVER PROVIDES ACCESS TO LOAD ELEMENTS 6 TEMP. SWITCH LOAD ELEMENT _ CONNECTION BOX 4.062 EXTS BOX 35.000 LOAD ELEMENT 36.DD0 38.000 (VIEW SHOWN LESS EXHAUST SCREEN) ENTRY AREA W 5 THE PROPEFtt OF SiMPtE%, INC., S. N OUT "ffTEN PERNISSION ANY D OTHERS AND USE E%CEPL TLMT FOR PROMBRED. ALL RICMS RESEINED 2'0 CONDUIT I 10.D00 +1 24.000 0 � 40.062 0 MOUNTING ANGLE REMOVABLE PROVIDED FOR DUCT ATTACHMENT REMOVABLE COVER PROVIDES ACCESS TO CONTROL CIRCUIT COMPONENTS L LOAD SOURCE CONNECTIONS EXHAUST SCREEN —1 AIR FLOW 2.000 20.000 2.091 24.081 NOTES. 1) CONTROL 6 ELEMENT BOX MATERIAL - 14 GA. GALV. 2) DUCT FRAME MATERIAL - 12 GA. GALV. 1 3) CONDUIT - 2' ALUMINUM TUBING ' 4) NEMA 1 5) LOAD ELEMENTS. 24329565 - 8333W E 277V (TYP OF 9) iR jD IVE LOAD BANK LLD-75 (BDV,30,60HZ DUCT PICTD W.O. W.O. {� 74570-10-42 21 �y sue[ INTERSTATE 1 1$ j EVERY BATTERY FOR EVERY HEEDI a 0 2 Volt) Group CA/ RC3 Warranty Dimensions (inches) Size Interstate Type CCA1 MCA2 Min. Months L x W x H Posts` 22F MT-22F 450 565 77 75 9-3/8 x 6-7/8 x 8-1/8 To MTP-24 800 ! 1000 125 85 11 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 24 j MT-24 t 600 750 I 110 75 10-1/4 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 To I-24 530 + 665 90 65 10-1/4 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 MTP-24F 800 1000 125 85 11 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 MT-24F 600 750 110 75 10-1/4 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 24F 1-24F 530 665 90 65 10-1/4 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 To 25 ! MT-25 550 690 100 75 i 9 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 To 26 MT-26 525 655 85 75 8 x 6-3/4 x 7-3/4 To 1-26 500 625 85 65 i MT-26R 540 _ 675 _ 81 75 26R + I-26R 440 -550 i �85 65 + 8 x 6-3/4 x 7-3/4 i To 27 1 MTP-27 ( 750 940 135 I 85 12 x 6-7/8 x 8-5/8 To 27F j MTP-27F i 710 890 165 85 i 12 x 6-7/8 x 8-5/8 To 34 MT-34 700 875 1120 75 10-1/4 x 6-7/87-3/4 Top 40 1 34R MT-34R 700 _x I 120 75 10-1/4 x 6-7/8 x 7-3/4 To _875 -�—MTP-35 640 1 800 35_ . MT-35 550 690 _ 100 ! 85 100 l 75 9 x 6-7/8 x 8-3/4 To __ 815 130 85_ 10.38 x 7.25 x 8.88 1 To 36 MTP-36R '--650---- 40R MTP-40R _ 590 740 105 T^85 �. 10-7/8 x 6-7/8 x 6-7F8 To 4 1J` MT-41 650 815 110 75 11-1/2 x 6-7/8 x 6-5/8 To _ 42 MT -42____ I _ 450 565 �_ 76 I 75 9-5/8 x 7 x 6 3/4 To 4-80 600 74 65 9-3/8 x 5-1/2 x 8-3/4 To 47 '-- -MT 47 I 590 -- 740 I 85 i 75 _ 5/8 6- - _ — - - — -- - -- - - - - --- ---� --__ �9-5/8 x 718 x 7 I To 48 (91) MT-48 _550 690 96 ; 75_ 11-3/8_x_6-7/8 x 7-1/5 To i w 49 (93L1 ` MT-49 j- 750I 940 1 130 j 75 14-3/8 x 6 7/8_x 7-1/5 To 51 MT-51 500 '^ 625 i 85 i 75 9-3/8 x 5-1/8 x 8-7/8 To 1 51 R MT-51 R 500 I 625 56 MT-56 550 690 85 i 75 ! 9-3/8 x 5-1/8 x 8-7/8 + To 86 - 75 10 x 6 x 8-1/4 To 90 1 85 i 80 1 75 75_ I 65 9-1!2 x 7-1!4 x 6-7/8 To _ MTP-58 T 610 i 765 MT-58 1 540 675 58 1_ 1-58_ _ 420_; -_ 525 58R T MTP-58R_ ` T610 T 765 90 85 9-1/2 x 7-114 x 6-7/8 i To �59L_ MT-59 + 64 ; MT-64 j 590 535 t 740 1 670 100 1 75 110-1/16 x 7-5/8 x 7-3/4 100 75 12-1/4 x 6-1/4 x 8-7/8 i To I To --MTP- 55 65 MT-65 875 1 1095 165 85 12 x 7-1/2 x 7-1/2 To 675 1 845 130 + 75 70 i 1-70 . 430 i 540 80 65 , 8-1/8 x 7-1/8 x 7-1/2 Side MTP-75DT MT-75DT 75U 650 1 815 93 + 85 9-1/2 x 7-1/4 x 8-3/8 op & Side 550 690 90 75 400 500 75 65 _I-75DT iI M_TP-75 700 875_1 i MT-75 650 _ 815 75 I-75 �; 575 720 �100 85! i 9 x 7-1/4 x 7-5/8 Side 93-75 95 65 78U MTP-78DT 800 1000 110 85 0-5/16 x 6-7/8 x 7-13/16 Top& Side MT-78DT 725 905 100 75 1-78DT 550 690 100 65 78 i MTP-78 800 1000 110 85 10-1/4 x 7-1/4 x 7-3/8 Side MT-78 I 700 875 I 120 1 75 79 MTP-79 880 1100 140 85 12-1/16 x 7-1116 x 7-3/8 Side 86 I MT-86 525 655 90 75 9-1/16 x 6-7/8 x 8 To 91 48 MTP-91 700 875 120 85 11-3/8 x 6-7/8 x 7-1/5 To 93 49 MTP-93 850 1065 155 85 14-3/8 x 6-7/8 x 7-1/5 To . °. H6 48 MTP-H6 640 800 121 85 10-15/16 x 6-7/8 x 7-1/5 To H7 94R MTP-H7 640 800 135 85 12-3/8 x 6-718 x 7-1/5 To H8 49 MTP-H8 720 900 176 85 13-15/16 x 6-7/8 x 7-1/5 To U1 MT-MX5 370 465 - 45 75 7-1/2 x 5 x 6-1/2 Top j s0 { t' PJ s `ti. & i. InerGenius The Smart Choice for Mission -Critical Engine Starting • Fast, accurate, mission -critical charging — gives best starting reliability • Replace nearly any charger — without planning ahead • Industry -first battery -fault alarm - helps dispatch service early 1 million hour observed MTBF — means longest charger life Smart design — stops load dump and other damaging transients �7�� ?•}i }l� �f 4 k y{ r i Failure to start due to battery problems is the leading cause of inoperable engine generator sets. ' �)EnerGcr+k+� SENS NRG battery charger maximizes starting system reliability, while slashing_aenset servicing costs: One N4G replaces almost any charger without extra site visits. Installers can select or change at any time 120, 208 or 240 volts AC input, 12 or 24-volt battery and output settings optimized for nearly any lead -acid or nickel cadmium battery. Easy to understand user interface provides state-of-the-art system status — including digital metering, NFPA 110 alarms and a battery fault alarm that can send service personnel to the site before failure to start. Batteries charged by NRG give higher performance and last longer. In uncontrolled environments precision charging by SENS increases battery life and watering intervals 400% or more. NRG meets all relevant industry standards— including UL, NFPA 1 10 and CE. All units are either C-UL listed or C-UL recognized. 50/60 Hz units add CE marking to UL agency marks. EnerGenius reliability technology built into every charger includes: • All -electronic operation with generous component de -rating • Disconnected/reversed/incorrect voltage battery alarm and protection • Protection of connected equipment against load dump transients • Widest temperature rating, and overtemperature protection • Superior lightning and voltage transient protection • Demonstrated field MTBF > 1 million hours • Standard 3-year warranty and available reimbursement of customer field service costs Earn the best return on your charger investment — choose SENS NRG U r'ds..._J�-._ N RG Specifications AC Input Voltage 1 10-120/208-240 VAC, ±10%, single phase, switch selectable Input current 1 OA charger: 6.6/3.3 amps maximum 20A charger: 12.6/6.3 amps maximum Frequency 60 Hz ±5 % standard; 50/60 Hz ±5% optional Input protection 1-pole fuse, soft -start, transient suppression Charger Output Nominal voltage ratings 12 or 24 volt nominal Optional voltage rating 12/24 volt, field selectable Battery settings Six discrete battery voltage programs Low or high S.G. flooded Low or high S.G. VRLA Nickel cadmium 9, 10, 18, 19 or 20 cells Regulation ±0.5% (1/2%) line and load regulation Current 10 or 20 amps nominal Electronic current limit 105% rated output typical — no crank disconnect required Charge characteristic Constant voltage, current limited, 4-rate automatic equalization Temperature compensation Enable or disable anytime, remote sensor optional Output protection Current limit, 1-pole fuse, transient suppression Transition from fast charge voltage to Standard / float voltage 4-rate charging Fast volt limit Charger in "fast charge made" �( Float volt limit Charger in "float mode" -- - ----- --- .._.. � I o Transition from current limit to fast charge voltage limit m m r Current limit1 Constant current charge High -rate Finishing Maintaining taper charge charge charge User Interface, Indication and Alarms Digital meter Switch -selectable meter for output volts, amps Accuracy ±2% volts, ±5% amps Alarms LED and Form C contact(s) per table: rc V Pj A L a MT 0 WIT Front panel status display 71 # T ; Alarm code "I"' Alarm code "C" (mKr. requiiem d NFPA 110) AC good LED LED Float mode LED LED Fast charge LED LED Temp comp active LED LED AC fail LED2 LED and Form C contact Low battery volts LED and Form C contact High battery volts LED and Form C contact Charger fail LED2 LED and Form C contact Battery fault' LED2 LED and Form C contact 1. Alarms "1 " available only on l0A charger 2. Form C contact provides summary alarm of these conditions. BBHH chargers include this alarm configuration. Contacts rated 2A @ 26 VDC resistive 3. Battery fault alarm indicates these fault conditions: - Battery disconnected - Battery polarity reversed - Mismatched charger battery voltage - Open or high resistance charger to battery connection - Open battery cell or excessive internal resistance Controls AC input voltage select Optional 12/24-volt output select Battery program select Fast charger enable/disable Temp compensation enable Remote temp comp enable Environmental Operating temperature Over temperature protection Humidity Vibration (10A unit) Transient immunity Agency Standards Safety Agency marking EMI NFPA standards Optional agency compliance Ccristruction Housing/configuration Packaging Dimensions Printed circuit card Cooling Protection degree Damage prevention Electrical connections Warranty Standard warranty Optional warranty Optional features Input Remote temp comp sensor Drip shield NEMA 3R housing UL BBHH listing Field service warranty Field -selectable switch Field -selectable two -position jumper Field -selectable six -position jumper Field -selectable two -position jumper Standard. Can be disabled or re -enabled in the field Connect optional remote sensor to temp comp port -20C to +60C, meets full specification to +45C Gradual current reduction to maintain safe power device temperature 5% to 95%, non -condensing UL 991 Class B (2G sinusoidal) ANSI/IEEE C62.41, Cat. B, EN50082-2 heavy industrial C-UL listed to UL 1 236 (required for UL 2200 gensets), CSA standard 22.2 no. 107.2-.M89 CE: 5Ci60 Hz units DOC to EN 60335 60 Hz: C-UL-US listed 50/60 Hz: C-UL-US !sted plus CE marked FCC Part 15 Class B; EN 50081-2 NFPA 70, NFPA 110. (NFPA 110 requires Alarms "C") Units with Alarms "l" configuration available with additional compliance to UL category BBHH and NFPA 20 Simple field adjustments Material: Heavy clecr anodized aluminum. Configuration options: • Fully enclosed: C-UL listed enclosure • Open frame: C-UL recognized • Siimline: C-UL recognized open frame construction with remote isolation transformer Open -frame and Slimline configurations only available in bulk OEM quantities and packaging See Drawings and Dimensions page for details Surface mount technology, conformal coated Natural convection Listed housing: NEMA-1 (IP20). Optional NEMA 3R enclosure Fully recessed display and controls Compression terminal blocks Three year parts and labor warranty from date of shipment If specified at time of order, warranty coverage is increased to reimburse customer's documented field service costs up to the original charger price. Contact the factory for full details Input frequency, 50/60 Hz Recommended where battery and charger are in different locations Protects from dripping water Enables outdoor installation (remote temp sensor recommended) Available in l0A units with Alarms " 1 " Reimbursement of customer field service expenses up to charger price Drawings and Dimensions 1 OA Chargers 1 OA Chargers Enclosed and Open Frame Configurations Slimline Open Frame Configuration o e 0 ee es � se se 0 o an 00 9 p oe o0 [318 12.50 9 r 0 ® Inl ni 51imline can be mounted either flat or edgewise i6-SO 7 66 fi5`/ 7.fi6 Open -frame configuration omits front cover I Open -frame configuration omits front cover 20A Chargers Enclosed and Open Frame Configurations Amps Configuration Width Depth Height 10 Enclosed 7.66" (195 mm) 6.50" (165 mm) 12.50" (318 mm) 10 Open -frame 7.66" 195 mm 6.50" (165 mm) 12.50" 318 mm 10 Slimline - flat mount 7.00" 187 mm) 1.71" (43 mm) 8.78" (223 mm) 10 Slimline - edge mount 1.71' (43 mm) 7.00" (187 mm) 8.78" (223 mm) 20 Enclosed 13.93" 354 mm) 7.43" (189 mm) 13.10" 333 mm) 20 Open -frame 13.93" (354 mm) 7.43" (189 mm) 13.10" (333 mm) tc Output volts Output amps Model Available configurations NFPA 110 Alarms Lbs/Kg 12 10 NRG12-10-RI Enclosed Open -frame, Slimline No 19/8.7 12 10 NRG12-10-RC Enclosed, Slimline Yes 19 / 8.7 24 10 NRG24-10-R1 Enclosed Open -frame, Slimline No 24/10.9 24 10 NRG24-10-RC Enclosed Slimline Yes 24/ 10.9 12/24 10 NRG22-10-R] Enclosed Open -frame, Slimline No 24 / 10.9 12/24 10 NRG22-10-RC Enclosed Slimline Yes 24 / 10.9 12 20 NRG12-20-RC Enclosed Open -frame Yes 39 / 17.7 24 20 NRG24-20-RC Enclosed, Open -frame Yes 42 / 19.1 12/24 20 NRG22-20-RC Enclosed, Open -frame Yes 42i 19.1 All models offer field -selectable input 120/ 208-240 volts. 60 Hz input is standard with C-UL listing. Optional 50/60 Hz input includes C-UL listing and adds CE mark. Model Number Breakout l UL category code `y TY 5: UL category BBGQ (standard) H: UL category BBHH (Alarms "I only) Model Output voltage Output current AC input Alcmi system code Housing/Agency 12: 12 volts 10: 10 amps R: 120/208-240 VAC, 60 Hz 1: LED and single Form C contact L: Enclosed: C-UL listed 24: 24 volts 20: 20 amps H: 120/208-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz C: LEDs and Form C contacts to meet R: Open -frame: C-UL 22: 12124-volt NFPA 110 recognized field selectable S: Slimline open -frame: C-UL recognized (10A only) The Smart Choice for Mission -Critical Engine Starting Additioncl Information Contact SENS or your local sales representative for additional specification, engineering and installation information C UL US LISTED C M Contact Informations, For information and service on any SENS product, please contact us at: NUTTUM Sales 1.866.736.7872 • 303.678.7500 • Fax 303.678.7504 dA www.sens-uso.com • info@Sens-uso.com STORED ENERGY SYSTEMS 1840 Industrial Circle, Longmont, CO 80501 USA Our energy means business', DWGS. LA 00027 DIESEL FUEL LABEL 12.00 —i -1 \ - CP 12000 ___ 2" NPT FULL COUPLING 0.50 H i l I WF CR050OR 12.38 i �A i (%2 NPT) I I 1111 6.19 ' I 6 1 it .9 12.38 —i LA 00028 FUEL FILL WARNING LABEL C 10.08 CP 12000 FULL COUPLING DEAD BOLT LATCH i- 2"NPT X 6" NIPPLE 3/8" X 2" RODS (REF) PART NUMBER UP X SI X SF BY DRAWN uH$ BUNK SIZE CHECKED TOOLING SPECS. CONFIDENTIALAND PROPRIETARY: Thie document and the Ind —ton contained herein are the progeny of United Alloy, Incorporated. They are to be used only for the purposes for which they PROGRAM NUMBE are loaned, and this document Is to be returned to United Alloy, Inc. Immedialehy after serving such purpose. This document Is not to be copled or reproduced without the written permission of United Alloy, Inc. CPG FEATURES SB 0.50 - °Alf 0.50 REF. - 0.50 FITTING 0.56 I 12.00 I 1314414. 00 I I PPS 1500 1/2" NPT STEEL PLUG 8-�6 WELD ALL AROUNb AS SHOWN LEAK PROOF COUPLING TO BE FLUSH WITH INSIDE OF BOTTOM TANK FILL CAP NUMBER (REF) (A') —01 2' NPT LOCK FIL —r)D 0. AIMT DAB �01-- R -N-ANCES �� /t 2/04 FRACTIONAL Custom Metal Fabricated Products CTOENAAL AS ±.1�32- Jl p� 3920 Kennedy Road Phone (608) 758-4717 DECIMAL - .03 �® �II:II U l5® � Q�, ±.5 ANGULAR - Janesville, WI 53545 Fax (608) 758-1272. 'ART PART NAME: SPILL BOX, 5 GALLON MATERIAL: SEE B.O.M. FINISH: SCALE: 1:4 ORWG.NO.: SB 5GAL A ,- THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators Amber/Booth Koriunc Dynamics Vibration Mountings & conuols PROJECT: STONEGATE LS REP: Renosa ARCHITECT: ENGINEER: CUSTCMER: Cummins NW P.O. NUMBER: 143634 - COMMENTS: Installation Location: Seattle, VVA, 98225 Ss=.996 Z/h=0 F ' S/O NO.: 232417 DATE: 11/16/10 _ VMA NO.:46455SKK ; y -'vi�ab2J - a 1 _ r 22RIT The VMC Group g Headquarters: 113 Main Street, Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 •- Tel: 973-838-1780Fox:973-492-8430 Houston: 11930 Brittmoore Park Dr Houston, TX 77041 • Tel: 713-466-0003 • Fax: 713-466-1355 www.thevmcgroup.com n REV. DESCRIPTION 0 Initial Submittal ISMIC RESTRAINT S�FT AL CUSTOMER: Cummins NW 811 SW Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 JOB: Stonegate LS P.O. No: 143634 SOURCE of CHANGE DATE SKK 11/16110 The following report has been performed for compliance with the applicable building codes and job specifications. Applicable Building Code: IBC-2009 Including Drawings: VMA-46455 — pages 1 to 15 CODE 4U931 BY This report reflects information received and reviewed far SKK seismic restraint as of date shown Mark Thompson, PE License No.: 36784 State of Washington Structural Engineer The VMC Group 113 Main Street Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 SIZE DWG NO 11/16/10 VMA-46455 1 0 232417 1 2 of 15 �o THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex international Isolators ; AmbeaBooth Korfund Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. NO. SHEET NO. Stonegate LS VMA-46455 0 3 of 15 I CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Cummins NW SKK 11/16/2010 Table of Contents: I. Errors and Omissions Certificate II. Schedule 111. Summary of Critical Assumptions and Directive Statements IV. Purpose V. Scope VI. Strategy and Assumptions VI I. Allowable Loads VIII. Seismic and/or Wind Input Loads VIII-i. ASD Loadings IX. Components: IX-i. Genset IX-ii. Boltdown of Mount to Steel X. MSS-1 E Drawing Customer Supplied Genset Drawings 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 E_: 10 11 12 14 E VMCGROU-02 DAJE ACORDCERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DDIYYYY) 6/29/2010 PRODUCER (212) 488-0200 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Frenkel & Co., Inc. 350 Hudson Street, 4th Floor New York, NY 10014 ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. 1 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED The VMC Group INSURER K. Lloyd's Underwriters 113 Main St. INSURER B: Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: CnVFRAGFR THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALLTHE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ---......... _. ----- .....- - - -- -- -- INSR' OO'L,� POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LTR N Rd P ATE (MWDDIYYI DATE MMrODrYY � LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ PREMISES Ea o.'ence S COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE n OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO LOC ALn'OMOBILE LIABILITY �. ANYAUTO j ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS - COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT [Ea accident) $ BODILY INJURY (Per personl $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ I I HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ �GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC $ t ANY AUTO $ AUTO ONLY: AGG EXCESSIUMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY WCSTATU• ( OTH- TORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ ANY PROPRIETORrPARTNERIEXECIJTIVE E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOVEEL. DISEASE - EMPLOVE�S OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? It yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER A Manufacturers Engineering/ ANE1034186-10 7l1/2010 7/1/2011 Limit 1,000,000(occurence A Design Errors & Omissions ANE1034186-10 7/1/2010 7/1/2011 Deductible 15,00 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION Evidence of Insurance DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILT Y OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR ACORD 25 (2001/08) AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE © ACORD CORPORATION 1988 Section Ii. SCHEDULE F 3 Equipment Qty Equipment Tag Equipment Make/Model Ip (1) z/h (2) Attachment Method (3) Equipment Weight (#) Isolation System y (per _ genset) Seismic Restraint (per genset) Attachment System (Per Genset, By others) Qty Model Qty Model Qty System 1 1 GENSET Cummins 175 DSHAB 1.5 0.0 Steel 4395 4 MSS-1 E-1400 Same 2 per mount (8 total) 5/8" ASTM A325/SAE GRADE 5 CAP SCREWS JOB: Stonegate LS S.O. No.: 232417 CUSTOMER: Cummins NW �,� ®�� THE VMC GROUP The Power of Together The VMC Group Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 0 SK Initial Submittal 11/16/10 By SKK Date 11/16/10 Checked Date DWG. NO. VMA-46455 PAGE 5 OF 15 Rev By Description Date THE VMC GROUP Aerofler International Isolators Amber'Booth Korfund Dynamics . Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. NO. SHEET NO. Stonegate LS VMA-46455 0 6 of 15 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Cummins NW SKK 11/16/2010 III. SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ASSUMPTIONS AND DIRECTIVE STATEMENTS: 1. This analysis does not certify that the concrete housekeeping pads, building structure, isolated or restrained equipment, or any other attached equipment, such as piping or ductwork, is capable of handling the applied seismic loads. Any non-VMC Group mounting supports, brackets, or other means of attachment must be independently certified. This calculation only certifies the seismic restraint capability of the VMC Group supplied mounting equipment and the attachment of said equipment. 2. Weight and dimensional data were provided by the customer. Information not provided for in the job specification must be verified by the building engineer. The values used in this analysis should be verified. If they vary, disregard these recommendations and notify The VMC Group of the changes. 3. All accessory attachments (pipe, conduit, etc.) to the equipment shall be attached in a manner that allows relative motion (flex, swing joint/elbow, etc.) to prevent failure due to differential movement between the equipment and attached accessory caused by seismic loading on the system. 4. Unless noted on the drawings, all drawings in this report are considered not to scale. 5. All housekeeping pads must be properly dowelled and reinforced by others to carry the seismic loads. 6. When several pieces of equipment are installed identically, the most critical one is analyzed. 7. When installing concrete expansion anchors, they must be torqued to manufacturer recommended settings to ensure maximum holding capacity in the concrete. Observe concrete edge distance and anchor spacing limitations as expressed by the anchor manufacturer or ICCES rating publication. For anchors installed in the underside of the slab, embedment depth must be at least one half of the slab thickness to ensure the anchor is embedded in the compression zone of the slab. 8. For optimal vibration isolation performance, The VMC Group Company recommends the structure supporting the isolators have a minimum stiffness of ten (10) times that of the isolator spring(s) or have a natural frequency at least three (3) times the natural frequency of the isolated system. The equipment itself and any steel structure between the equipment and the isolators are considered rigid for calculation purposes. IV. PURPOSE: This report is submitted to Cummins NW for the Stonegate LS project to verify that the seismic restraints provided and/ or recommended by The VMC Group will safely accept loads resulting from seismic forces and normal operating loads. For equipment isolated by The VMC Group, this report verifies adequate isolation per the job specification. V. SCOPE: -This report covers only seismic restraints, isolators, and engineering recommendations provided by The VMC Group for use as listed in Table I. This report does not cover equipment supplied by other vendors. The structural design professional must verify the adequacy of the superstructure or substructure to which The VMC Group components or specified hardware are attached. The structure must withstand the seismic loads applied at restraint locations. The following report has been performed for compliance with the applicable building codes and job specification . If there are any specifications or information that supersede the assumptions made herein, this analysis may be invalid, and The VMC Group must be notified for review of changes. THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators % Amber,Booth Korfund Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. NO. I SHEET NO. Stonegate LS VMA-46455 0 7 of 15 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Cummins NW SKK 11/16/2010 VI. STRATEGY AND ASSUMPTIONS: For the purposes of this analysis, it must be assumed that the building and its internal structure have been designed to perform as required by the adopted building code in response to an earthquake and remain intact and functioning after such an event. Per code the equipment must be restrained and not break away from its supports during an earthquake. The forces acting on a piece of equipment are the vertical and lateral forces resulting from the earthquake, the force of gravity, and the forces at the restraints that hold the equipment in place. The analysis assumes that the equipment does not move beyond the restraints during the earthquake. The acceleration at its center of gravity generate forces that must be balanced by reactions at the restraints. The code allows equipment to be analyzed as though it were a rigid component: however, factors (ap, Rp) are applied within the computation to address flexibility issues for particular equipment types or flexible mounting arrangements. Given the above, the problem can be reduced to a static analysis. The forces acting on the restraints include both shear and tensile components. The application direction of the lateral seismic acceleration can vary and is unknown. Depending on its direction, it is likely that not all of the restraints will be affected or share the load equally. This report will determine the worst case combination of forces at all restraint points for any possible direction that the acceleration can follow to ensure that the restraints are adequate. It is assumed that the equipment is design to be strong enough to transfer the load path from its center of gravity to the restraint connection points without failure. Under some instances (particularly those relating to life support issues in hospital settings) newer code requirements indicate that critical equipment must be seismically qualified to ensure its continued operation during and after a seismic event. Special care must be taken in these situations to ensure that the equipment has been certified to meet the maximum anticipated seismic load. VII. ALLOWABLE LOADS: Unless otherwise specified, allowable bolt loads are per the Manual of Steel Construction - AISC 9th Edition. For The VMC Group products: Ratings are per test and/or analysis. For Concrete Anchors: Ratings are per ICC ESR reports. THE VMC GROUP Aero(lex international Isolators AmberlBooth :Korfund Dynamics ? Vibration Mountings & Controls J S Stonegate LS VMA-46455 0 8 of 15 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Cummins NW SKK 11 /16/2010 VIII-i. SEISMIC INPUT FORCES — ASD VALUES These calculations certify that the VMC components and specified hardware, when properly installed, are capable of safely supporting a maximum seismic load based upon the ASD load combinations from ASCE-7: 1.OD(+/-) 0.7E 0.6D(+/-) 0.7E Where: E= pQE(+/-).2Sd,D p= Reliability factor: taken as 1.0 for mechanical and electrical components QE = horizontal seismic force Fp Sds= Design spectral responce D= Dead load (0.2Sd5D is taken in the vertical direction) Final Seismic Loading Conditions: 1: Vertical Load (Pz) = (1.0 + 0.7*0.2*Sds) Horizontal Load (Ph) = 0.7*Fp 2: Vertical Load (Pz) = (0.6 - 0.7*0.2*Sds) Horizontal Load (Ph) = 0.7*Fp Horizontal Seismic Force: Fp = 0.4*ap*Sds*(1+2(z/h)) *Wp (Rp/lp) Where: ap = The attachment amplification factor Sds = Design Spectral Response Acc. at short period Sms = Max Earthquake Spectral Response Acc. for Short Period Fa = Site Coefficient from Table (Use "D" if unknown) Ss = Mapped Spectral Acc. for Short Period z = Height of the equipment attachment to structure. h = Average Roof Height Rp = Component Response Modification factor Ip = Component Importance factor Wp = The operating weight of the system And: Sds = (2/3)*Sms Sms = Fa*Ss THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators Amber/Booth Korfund Dynamics ; Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. NO. SHEET NO. Stonegate LS VMA-46455 0 9 of 15 I CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Cummins NW SKK 11/16/2010 VIII-i. SEISMIC INPUT FORCES: The building is a Seismic Use Group III Ss = 0.996 Site class = D Therefore use Seismic Design Category D From the appropriate tables: Fa = 1.10 Sds = 0.732 For: ap = 2.5 ap = 1.0 ap = 2.5 ap = 1.0 Rp= 2 Rp= 2.5 Rp= 2.5 Rp= 2.5 Ip = 1.5 Ip = 1.5 Ip = 1 Ip = 1 Table 2 Condition 1 At z/h = Ph Pz Ph Pz Ph Pz Ph Pz 0.0 0.38 g's 1.10 g's 0.23 g's 1.10 g's 0.20 g's 1.10 g's 0.15 g's 1.10 g's 0.2 0.54 g's 1.10 g's 0.23 g's 1.10 g's 0.29 g's 1.10 g's 0.15 g's 1.10 g's 0.4 0.69 g's 1.10 g's 0.23 g's 1.10 g's 0.37 g's 1.10 g's 0.15 g's 1.10 g's 0.6 0.85 g's 1.10 g's 0.27 g's 1.10 g's 0.45 g's 1.10 g's 0.18 g's 1.10 g's 0.8 1.00 g's 1.10 g's 0.32 g's 1.10 g's 0.53 g's 1.10 g's 0.21 g's 1.10 g's 1.0 1.15 g's 1.10 g's 0.37 g's 1.10 g's 0.61 g's 1.10 g's 0.25 g's 1.10 g's Condition 0.0 0.38 g's 0.50 g's 0.23 g's 0.50 g's 0.20 g's 0.50 g's 0.15 g's 0.50 g's 0.2 0.54 g's 0.50 g's 0.23 g's 0.50 g's 0.29 g's 0.50 g's 0.15 g's 0.50 g's 0.4 0.69 g's 0.50 g's 0.23 g's 0.50 g's 0.37 g's 0.50 g's 0.15 g's 0.50 g's 0.6 0.85 g's 0.50 g's 0.27 g's 0.50 g's 0.45 g's 0.50 g's 0.18 g's 0.50 g's 0.8 1.00 g's 0.50 g's 0.32 g's 0.50 g's 0.53 g's 0.50 g's 0.21 g's 0.50 g's 1.0 1.15 g's 0.50 g's 0.37 g's 0.50 g's 0.61 g's 0.50 g's 0.25 g's 0.50 g's LYS THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators Amber/Booth i Korfund Dynamics ; Vibration Mountings & Controls Stonegate LS VMA-46455 0 10 of 15 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Cummins NW SKK 11/16/2010 IX-i. Tags: Determine the maximum combined Tension and Shear Loads at a single MSS-1 E-1400 Mount location. Component: Genset Calculate the maximum loadinq at the most critical MSS-1 E-1400 Mount location. Principal Axis Calculation Input Data Calculated Loads W h o r z g's vert g's Hcg Z'gl, Ycg Ph Pz Max Pz Min 4395 # i 0.38 i 0.5 i 1.1 1 19.9" 50.4" i 0.0" 1670 # i 4835 # ! 2198 # Restraint Locations ly1 Ix1 Ixy J1 Overturning Loads (Fp Only) Rigid Weight Distribution Seismic Vertical Distribution X Y (X-Xcr)2 (Y-Ycr)2 (X-Xcr)' (Y-Ycr) r2 P of (Tens = -) Static 1.0 g Vert Max Vert Min Vert 25.00" 19.00" 630 361 361 -477 477 991 W 991 -548 # T 149 # 1086 # 1086 # 646 1343 -6 692 75.20" 75.20" 19.00" 19.00" 630 ...................... ......... ...... ..-..-..---._ 630 361 ...... ............... 361 477 ... ..._....... ................._.........._..........._._..............._._......__..... -477 991 991 149 # ... .... ...__.....-_.. 548 # 1112 # _...._..-.._...._._........._.... 1112 # 1074 ......_......._.._.. .... 1772 407 ------ ...... 1104 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Center of Restraints 50.1 " 0.0" ly total 2520.0 Ix total 1444.0 Ixy total 0.0 J total 3964.0 0 # 4395 # 1 0 1 4835 0 1 2198 0 Cx Cy 25.1 " 19.0" # Vertical Restraints 4 # Horizontal Restraints 1 4 Theta 142.9 deg 0.648 rad Tan6 1 -0.757 r max 31.5" Mx My MxIY-MYIxyMYlx-MxlxY Ixly-Ixy2 Max Loads per Location Fp Only -26499 20059 -6.7E+07 2.9E+07 3.6E+06 Comp (Max Vert) 1772 # Mz Tens. (Min Vert) 6 # Static Vert 0 1318 0.0E+00 1.9E+06 501 Shear 422 # The genset is mounted on (4) MSS-1 E-1400 series seismic spring isolators. Each seismic isolator is attached to the concrete pad with two (2) 5/8" diameter ASTM A325/SAE Grade 5 Cap Screws or equivalent. The attachment hardware is supplied by others. The equipment to be restrained must be certified by others to withstand the horizontal seismic forces. The simultaneous applied allowables for the isolator are: At Pt max = 6 # Ps Allowable = 3996 # Therefore the use of the MSS-1 E-1400 series isolator is ACCEPTABLE �fiCi►L� THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators : Amber/Booth : Korfund Dynamics : Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. NO. SHEET NO. Stonegate LS VMA-46455 0 11 of 15 I CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Cummins NW SKK 11/16/2010 IX-ii. Anchorage: Analysis of MSS-1 E-1400 (1" deflection) series base plate anchored to steel: Use 5/8" diameter ASTM A325/SAE Grade 5 bolts/cap screws or equivalent, in the two supplied mounting holes. O I Ps Psy D �IIL/�/pt_Psx� O i� A Plan View Calculate the maximum load in a single bolt: Two Point System Horiz. Force on Mount Vertical Force on Mount Moment Arm Ps = 422# Pt = 6# A = 7.25 " D = 2 1/4 H = 6 1/8 " Principal Angle Calculation 8prin - arctan(D/A) = 17.2deg Psx = 1254 Psy = 403# Mx = Psy*H = 2469 in# My = Psx*H = 766 in# Maximum tension per anchor, Pt max = Mx/D + My/A+ Pt/2= 1206# Average shear load per anchor = Fp/2 = 211# For threads included in shear lar F 2 - 4.39f 2 ^°.5 p tallow able f = l(44 � � gross bolt area for 5/8" Dia. Steel Bolt = 0.307 inA2 Tensile stress of the bolt = 1206# / 0.307inA2 = 3.9 ksi Shear stress of the bolt = 211# / 0.307inA2 = 0.7 ksi Plugging in the equation above to find allowable tensile stress at this shear: Ftallowable = 44.0 ksi Fsallowable = 17.0 ksi (Section 5-73 of AISC 9th ed.) Therefore, the 5/8" dia., ASTM A325 bolts ARE sufficient for this application --- 7/8 71 4-6 �I I I, I, �I 2 1 /4 i T 6114 �{/ I ' II Ii iI 1, 2 7/e 718 4 1/2 5/8 REMOVABLE ADJUSTING BOLT 3/8 GAP I I 6 118 FREE & OPERATING HEIGHT 3/4 DIA HOLE FOR ATTACHMENT TO CONCRETE (4 TYP) 12 (BASE PLATE) 3/4 DIA HOLE FOR ATTACHMENT TO STEEL (2 TYP) (VIEW CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY) STEEL SHIM (REMOVE AFTER SPRING ADJUSTMENT) ELASTOMERIC SNUBBER I1A _ 'AIR 1/2 LIMIT STOP (NOT SHOWN IN TOP VIEW FOR CLARITY) 1 ELASTOMERIC CUP I s 8 NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, INTERPRET PER ANSI Y14. 2. STANDARD FINISH:HOUSING- POWDER COAT OR PAINT(COLOR:BLACK), SPRING- POWDER COAT (COLOR: SEE TABLE). HARDWARE ZINC -ELECTROPLATE. 3. EQUIPMENT MUST BE BOLTED OR WELDED TO THE TOP PLATE TO MEET ALLOWABLE SEISMIC RATINGS. 4. ISOLATOR BASE PLATE MUST BE ANCHORED TO STEEL EITHER BY WELDING OR WITH MIN (2) 5/8 DU1 A325 BOLTS, OR IT MUST BE ANCHORED TO CONCRETE WITH (4) 5/0 DIA HILTI "KWIK-BOLT TZ" WEDGE ANCHORS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE VMC GROUP. 5. ALL SPRINGS ARE DESIGNED FOR 50% OVERLOAD CAPACITY. B. REFER TO FOLLOWING SHEET FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. MODEL MSS-1E VIBRATION ISOLATOR WITH INTEGRAL SEISMIC RESTRAINT AND EXTERNAL ADJUSTMENT FOR 1" DEFLECTION A P P R O V E D Flxed Equipment Anchorage OroG: of Sah-laa udlnl Planning and O-elop—t ?'m , OPA-0553-07 ("y� Pn.�a.PaP.�N.Na. ` �M1-a— , �VV hl.el.4 bml q/r5�a� All B,en—h Oat. MODEL M954 E SEISMICALLY RESTRAINED VIBRATION ISOLATOR FOR BESMAD MOUNT 6178 RATBO ILAD (LBB) RATIO DEFLECTION (IN) SPRING RATE ILBSIIN) SOLID LOAD ILBS) COLOR CODE ��®®®0041m Q Q Q 7 O O O O ISOLATOR SELECTIONS LOG 1: iLOC2: LOC 3: LOC 4: LOC 5: LOC E: LOC 7: ILOC D: CUSTOMER EQPT. TAG: NU I t: MA I tKIAL bHUYYN 15 FUK (1) WET. LNER w.TERNIa. COMPOUN09.OR PINISHE9INTH EOIr.A On SWERgR ROPERTIES MAv BE SUBSTITUTED AS TIBY BECOME —ABLE NONE NAAll -6a, RE 48OF91 THE VMC [3ROUP DRAYNING Il : ti M° w OPA-0553 HolutOn,;k 77041 HE VMC GROUPS GxNERBWPAIOAGREE TO -WI WTNSINFORMITION AID DESIGN IN STRICTCONFIOENCE c 1. READ INSTRUCTIONS IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION 2 ISOLATORS ARE SHIPPED FULLY ASSEMBLED AND ARE TO BE POSITIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS OR AS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED. 3. SET ISOLATORS ON FLOOR, HOUSEKEEPING PAD, OR SUB -BASE, ENSURING THATALL ISOLATOR CENTERUNES MATCH THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HOLES. THE VMC GROUP RECOMMENDS THAT THE ISOLATOR BASE PLATES ("B") BE INSTALLED DNA LEVEL SURFACE. SHIM OR GROUTAS REQUIRED, LEVELING ALL ISOLATOR BASE PLATES AT THE SAME ELEVATION (1144NCH MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE CAN BE TOLERATED). 4. ANCHOR ALL ISOLATORS TO THE FLOOR, HOUSEKEEPING PAD, OR SUB -BASE USING THRU HOLES 1"C") FOR CONCRETE OR ("D") FOR STEELAS REQUIRED. USE ANCHORS MEETING THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ON RELATED MOUNT STYLE TABLE. WELDING TO STEEL IS PERMITTED PROVIDING THE WELD ACHIEVES THE REQUIRED STRENGTH S. ISOLATORS ARE SHIPPED TO THE JOBSITE WITH (2) REMOVABLE SPACER SHIMS T'E'i BETWEEN THE TOP PLATE AND THE HOUSING. THESE SHIMS MUST BE IN PLACE WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS POSITIONED OVER THE ISOLATORS. B. WITH ALL SHIMS I-E") IN PLACE, REMOVE ADJUSTING SOLT "G'. AND SET ASIDE. KEEP THE NUT -Fr SCREWED ONTO THE ADJUSTING BOLT, PLACE THE MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT ONTO TOP PLATE 'A", ALIGNING THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HOLE WITH THE TAPPED HOLE IN THE TOP PLATE. REATTACH THE ADJUSTING BOLT BY BOLTING THROUGH THE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HOLE INTO THE TAPPED HOLE OF THE ISOLATOR. TURN THE ADJUSTING BOLT UNTIL IT STARTS TO COMPRESS THE SPRING. LEAVE NUT "H' AT THE TOP OF THE ADJUSTING BOLT, LEAVING ROOM FOR ADJUSTING THE ISOLATOR PER STEP 9. T. THE ADJUSTMENT PROCESS CAN ONLY BEGIN AFTER THE EQUIPMENT OR MACHINE IS AT ITS FULL OPERATING WEIGHT. B. BACK OFF EACH OF THE (2) OR (4) LIMIT STOP LOCKNUTS ("F') PER ISOLATOR 114-TO318414CH. 9. ADJUST EACH ISOLATOR IN SEQUENCE BY TURNING ADJUSTING BOLT(S) -G-ONE FULL CLOCKWISE TURN AT A TIME. REPEAT THIS PROCEDURE ON ALL ISOLATORS. ONE AT A TIME. CHECK THE LIMIT STOP LOCKNUTS CF") PERIODICALLY TO ENSURE THAT CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE WASHER AND RUBBER GROMMET IS MAINTAINED. STOP ADJUSTMENT OF AN ISOLATOR ONLY WHEN THE TOP PLATE ("A") HAS RISEN JUST ABOVE THE SHIM ("E"). 10. REMOVE ALL SPACER SHIMS ("E"). 11. FINE ADJUST ISOLATORS TO LEVEL EQUIPMENT. 12 ADJUST ALL LIMIT STOP LOCKNUTS ('F") PER ISOLATOR TO OBTAIN 318-INCH GAP. THE LIMIT STOP NUTS MUST BE KEPT AT THIS 31B4NCH GAP TO ENSURE UNIFORM BOLT LOADING DURING UPLIFT (AS IN THE CASE WHEN A COOLING TOWER IS DRAINED). 13. INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE GENERAL NOTES I I 1. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL RATINGS OF MS-1E SERIES ARE SHOWN IN FIGURE 1. ANALYSIS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2O07 CALIFORNIA BLDG. CODE CALFORNIA CODE OF REGULATION TITLE 24, PART 2 VOLUME 2 2. TO USE RATED LOAD CURVES A CALCULATE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL RESULTANT SEISMIC FORCES ACTING ON MOUNTINGS, INCLUDING TRANSLATIONS AND OVER TURNING MOMENTS. B. THE INTLRSEC'fION OF THE HORIZONTAL LOAD AND VERTICAL SEISMIC LOAD MUST FALL WITHIN THE RATING CURVE FOR THE SPECIFIED PART AND METHOD Qr ATTACHMENT. 3. THE RATED LOAD CURVES ASSUME ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS OF TIE -DOWN AT EACH MOUNT LOCATION. A FOUR (4) 5/8" DIA. HILTI "KB-TZ" WEDOF ANCHORS, WITH MINIMUM 5" EMBEDMENT INTO 4WD PSI NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE. MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE IS 8-14". ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ICCIESR-1917 SHALL BE MET. (NOTE OTHER BRANDS OF ANCHOR BOLTS MAY BE USED. PROVIDED THEY ARE OF EQUAL STRENGTH) TO ACHIEVE RATED LOAD. "SPECIAL INSPECTION" IS REQUIRED ON ALL CONCRETE ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS, AS NOTED BELOW; a) 50%OR ALTERNATE BOLTS IN A GROUP SHALL BE TESTED USING EITHER TEST VALUE SHOWN BELOW. ANCHOR DIA. WEDGE ANCHOR TENSION TORQUE LOAD (LBS.) (FT119) 518" 3893 60 ANCHOR DIA REFERS TO THREAD SIZE FOR WEDGE ANCHOR Ill APPLY PROOF T EST LOAD TO WEDGE ANCHORS WITHOUT REMOVING THE NUT, IF POSSIBLE. IF NOT, REMOVE NUT AND INSTALL A THREADED COUPLER TO THE SAML I IGHTNESS OF THE ORIGINAL NUT USING A TORQUE WRENCH AND APPLY LOAD. c) REACTION LOADS FROM TEST FIXTURE MAY BE APPLIED CLOSE TO THE ANCHOR BEING TESTED, PROVIDED THE ANCHOR IS NOT RESTRAINED FROM WITHDRAWING BY THE FIXTURE. III TEST EQUIPMENT IS TO BE CALIBRATED BY AN APPROVED TESTING LABORATORY IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD RI -COGNIZED PROCEDURE. e) TESTING SHOULD OCCUR 24 HOURS MINIMUM AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE ANCHORS. q THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA APPLY FOR 1'HE ACCEPIANCE OF INSTALLLD ANCHORS. HYDRAULIC RAM METHOD THE ANCHOR SHOUL D HAVE NO OBSERVABLE MOVEMENT AT THE SPECIFIED TEST LOAD. A PRACTICAL WAY TO DETERMINE OBSERVABLE MOVEMENT IS THAT TI IE WASHER UNDER THE NUT BECOMES LOOSE. TORQUE WRENCH METHOD THE APPLICABLE TEST TORQUE MUST BE REACHED WTHW ONE-HALF (1Q) TURN OF THE NUT. 9) IF ANY ANCHOR FAILS TESTING, TEST ALLANCHORS OF THE SAME CATEGORY NOT PREVIOUSLY TESTED UNTIL TWENTY QU) LONSECUTIVE PASS, THEN RESUME THE INITIAL TESTING FREQUENCY. B. TWO (21 513' DIA. BOLTS PERASTMA325. 4. THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE (BY OTHERS) INCLUDING FLOOR. IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR A SITE SPECIFIC PROJECT. 5. ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT FLEXIBILITY TO PERMIT ADEQUATE MOTION IN ALL DIRECTIONS. 8. HOUSEKEEPING PAD HEIGHT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF I.S. EMBEDMENT DEPTH OR B" PER TABLE 4 OF ICCIESR•1917. 7. THE SELECTION OF ISOLATORS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND STAMPED BY A CAI IFORNIA REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ANC REVIEWED BY THE MANUFAC 1 UHER OF ISOLATOR ANU APPROVED BY OSHPD. 8. THE ADEQUACY OF NEW OR EXISTING SUPPORT STRUCTURE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THE PROJECT AND SUBMITTED TO OSHPD FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SERIES MSS-1E SEISMIC ISOLATORS 5000 4000 RATED CURVE FOR i 4000 ATTACHMENT TO CONCRETE AND STEEL COMPONENTS 2400 2000 9 3 1000 4000 O 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 HOUSING HORIZONTAL LOAD (POUND) FIGURE 1 RATED LOADS FOR CONCRETE AND STEEL MSS-1E ISOLATORS TO BE SELECTED PER STATIC LAUD A DEFLECTION A P P R O V E D Fixed Equipment Anchorage U1hm o1 SI.—ft Itvltl, R.nnlny wW Uertlgm,ent >' OPA-0553-07 All B.0-1,.h lJalu OlIEN WPERVR UPER _-1 tlE BUBBTItu1E0 AB 1Ni,EY BECLME nvNLABI�E NONE TA trmb�� NI "I" 4ASGM 49OF91 THE VMC RDUP IIRAY/NY ND: 7714 }blue of 7bp�thn B1�I..�L-1-, o74D3 OPA-0553 xannrlm, TX 77041 YiHifAl�Orltmm©�oa3n fIDL1I➢OnfLFT,dII:'IfTErR `� IVEL SUPPLY 719-14 W SAfAicoao R^.�' �C•1 , F 7 ®®�=n �9T3T�+J[f31S1� [�Y�IF�7�17�1�S1Y1�yJ1r.J7�naa: iTo ��® f.II�I�3� �717Rr�n�®t>t� �s1 rp II rsJ � J Ilo.rl ---- JIJ I1/.r1 ue 1 (FAR SIDTI I L $A is II - 73 11 f 13 111 121 11 :FAR SII[I CILC 1p 1 110NS ARFA 1e0701N Slow SIGl51 :00" 1 ROTL ! G IN[IAIDII I'ICrJIC /AI tollCONNrCr 10NS X MIO INp[A0C0 5IU03 — - - ANR 16 I Ntl51 1[ C01YI[CATI[IFIJr IYoOSiAR/AlIL 1C1 IYI r0LS TRL I I t[SJEC r1Yt M ISO IIS 31 A' 'A I u l 11 t+i rn O , _ III.31 IIJ.71 -J-- I 111ALIALP CWI A11 ii°n Ala. ILE , I -1111 `� ��• .�4 I I fi SR 11 N[A I11103/, 53A �3.Orl IM LIFTING N011S SLAP 11751 — ORrwISI OII OfI IM [ACC T CS rINI ION IXINI 01 ACCESS Not[ SIOCN _ ISIA A- ISA II I SSS u� II [lei I T01 floc 115.11 — 7i11 - — — nor,el _ IS 110 SI r+ SOS — f701 ioiA — I/01 NI ORAIN COON 01 OP11011AL INOIXI tl DRAIM rITENSION rE0e51 SIDE$ HOUSIM READY SIQD BASE P13 v 1 u m au GI MSET.OUTLINf IF6191 1 PGA 0y00_p)0) I SUBN1ITT ED BY THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators Ambe EI=n (oriund Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls A MAWashingtonState Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1 1/11/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in comoletina. see Instructions and Example RAM # 19 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code HAdgtr. Code File No. 42 & 43 FRP Grating Grating Pacific 10.06600 42 & 43 Dynarail Grating Pacific 10.06600 42 & 43 Ladder System Grating Pacific 10.06600 71* 42 & 43 Support Rails Grating Pacific Per Dwg Project Engineer Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for 'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks:- SugMiT�E` of �TT�'4Cr�.Q� LAtJoe-e- .* A Nto�,, wG. 1'��ii�,j4� ikQ� -To - .a � �� ► �-� � 1 zD +rc a* -w- 5 cC A rT^cv t G�b tZIZ- V 1'c L-t Co WjM e"T'S Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Response to Contractor Submittal No.: 10.06600-1 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date: 24 January 2011 K/J Job No.: 0897003 Specification Section: Page: 06600 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 1 of 1 K/J Item Action Refer to Comment Manufacturer or Supplier Title of Submittal / Drawing 1 NET - Fibergrate Product Data — Fibergrate 2 NR 1 Fibergrate Product Data — FRP Ladders 3 NET - Fibergrate Product Data - Dynarail 4 A&R 2 Fibergrate I Product Data — Structural Shapes A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit L-;ommentisi: 1. Review of the retractable and fixed end ladders shown on C-14 and C-16 shall be provided by Roth Hill. 2. Provide layout drawings and structural calculations signed and sealed by an Engineer licensed in the State of Washington showing the fiberglass grating support system for grating platforms in the Wet Well and Overflow Storage Vault can support the loading criteria as noted in Section 06600-2.01.B. B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Eric Ta Distribution Submittal Encl. Response Owner Engineer Contractor File 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 01/11/2011 11:29 F I 4%,4P.9- 1" Deep x 2" Square Mesh Section Properties per Ft of Width: A = 1.27 IN' 1= 0.11 W 5= 0.21 IN' Micro -Mesh' 1-1/8"Deep x 1"Sq Top esh WP I .`EL Y 6 3. 5' S3% f .G34 Zoo psf 2.0,85' 1.042S- 0.75- 0.2 Flan w - ;t au,•.. xati. �•ynm�•, vi" 11, L-L IL.i lJ ILL u LJ L ."''`1,1 10DODCCGOOED 2,03000001100 N 3012000O0 ❑C 30GODr-0 ❑DC= 2; 300001--,'��000C<` 7nnnr nnnnnr ' 2.0Bs' 1.0a25 0.75' 0.265' 0.a' l.a. li it r 1 r ' L--ad data available on our "Zile. (See top �)f page 9) e,+anc n `few Section P-operties : it Ft cf width A =2.02 INz 1= 0.25 W 5=035 IN' 1-1/4"Deepx 1-1/2"Square Mesh (bteni54U54ctAvailable) 1-1/2" Deep x 1-1/2"Square Mesh 8 1A. 70% 1-;/2" 3.53psf 8 1/4• 73% 1-1/2' 3.75psf D r...�-,------^�-•--�- 1S _ lan Vf %y IL Jl_ J U U 1s j'7,-,S•, jjII r,?51jj IIjj'' 3.25' - ---1111.3125" 0.1875 Elevation View tion Properties per Ft of width: A=2.16IN' I=032 IN' 5=0.48IN' Micro-trMeshm 1-1 /2" Deep x 3/4" Sq Top Mesh (,, .. ,s _ o.zs•s � � f Elevaticn'View r Section Properties per Ft of Width: A =2.85 1142 1=051 IN' 5=0.65 1N3 2" Deep x 2" Square Mesh , OP: Section Properties per Ft of Width: A=2.85IN' I=0.51 IN' S=0.65 IN' 6 Section Properties per Ft of Width: A =2.88 IN2 1=0.96 IN' 5=0.94 IN' www.fbergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 Uniform load tables for Fibergrate 1 x1 x1 grating, Micro -Mesh 1-1/8 deep grating, and alternate thickness Fibergrate grating (3/4xix4, 3/4xt-1/2x1-1/2, 1-1/4x1-1/2xl-1/2) can be found on our website - www.fibergrate.com - under Products Molded Grating, Fibergrote Molded Gratings and click on Additional Load Tables. �� ~ �1 I ~�I 'L, f y �'. r{I• { r 1�.1 II t I ittY1 _�� 518 1 x 4 D.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.08 - - - 1270 1920 1920 7700 1 314 x 3/4 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.D1 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.12 1130 1550 4260 8880 1 1 x 4 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0-09 2360 2360 4620 10150 12 1 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 0.02 0.04 0.08 0.16 1580 1580 3080 6770 1 2 x 2 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 - - - 1140 1140 2230 4900 1-1/2' 1-1/2x1-1/2 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.07 2060 2830 7700 10420 2 2 x 2 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 2500 6260 6260 9620 5/6 1 x 4 0.05 0.07 0.11 0.16 0.22 - - - 560 850 850 3410 1 314 x 3/4 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.14 0.28 - 500 690 1890 3900 1 1 x 4 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.11 0.22 0.44 1050 1050 205 4750 18 1 1-1/2 x 1-112 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.11 0.20 0.38 - 700 700 1370 3170 1 2 x 2 0.04 0.05 0.08 0.11 - - - - 500 500 990 2290 1-112' 1-V2x 1-1/2 <.01 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.14 028 910 1250 3420 6940 2 2 x 2 <.01 <.01 0.01 0.01 0,02 0.03 0.D4 0.09 0.17 1110 2780 2780 6410 5/8 1 x 4 0.15 0.19 0.30 0.45 - - - - - 310 470 470 1920 1 3/4 x 3/4 0.04 0.05 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.24 0.41 - 280 380 1060 2200 1 1 x 4 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.11 0.15 0.22 0.37 - - 590 590 1150 2670 24 1 1-1/2 x 1-112 0.06 0.08 0.12 0.19 0.25 0.37 - - - 390 390 770 1780 1 2 x 2 D.11 0.14 0.21 0.32 - - - - 280 280 550 1280 1-1/2' 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.12 0.21 0.42 510 700 1920 4000 2 2 x 2 1 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.10 0.20 - 620 1560 1560 4810 518 1 x 4 0.32 0.41 - - - - 190 300 300 1230 1 314 x 3/4 0.10 0.13 0.20 0.29 0,39 - - - - 180 240 680 1400 1 1 x 4 0.08 0.11 0.17 0.26 0.34 - - - - 370 370 740 1710 30 1 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.14 0.18 0.27 0.41 - - 25C 250 490 1140 1 2 x 2 0.24 0.31 0.48 - - - - - - 180 180 350 820 1-1/2' 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.D5 0,06 0.09 0.14 0.18 0.27 0.46 - - 330 450 1230 2560 2 2 x 2 0. D2 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.14 0.26 0.45 - 400 1000 1000 3340 1 314 x 3/4 0.20 0.26 0.40 - - - - - 120 170 470 900 1 1 x 4 0.16 0.21 0.32 0.49 - - - - - 260 260 510 1180 36 1 1-1/2 x 1-12 0.31 0.40 - - - - - - - 170 170 340 790 1 2 x 2 0.46 - - - - - - - 120 120 240 570 1-1/2' 1-1/2x1-1/2 0.10 0.13 0.20 0.30 0.40 - - - - 230 310 850 1770 2 2 x 2 0.04 D.06 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.26 0.44 - 27C 690 690 2320 1 3/4 x 3/4 0.37 0.48 - - - - - - 90 120 340 700 1 1 x 4 0.33 0.43 - - - - - - - 190 190 370 870 42 1 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.49 - - - - - - - - 120 120 250 580 1.112' 1-1/2 x 1-112 0.17 0.22 0.34 - - - - - 160 230 620 1300 2 2 x 2 0.08 0.10 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.47 - - - 200 510 510 1700 46 1 1 x 4 0.48 - - - - - - - - 160 160 310 720 1-1/2' 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.28 0.37 - - - - - - - 120 170 480 1000 48 2 2 x 2 0.14 0.18 0.28 0.42 - - - - - 150 390 390 1300 1-1/2' 1-1/2 x 1-112 0.42 - - - - - - - - 100 140 380 790 54 2 2 x 2 0.21 0.27 0.42 - - - - - 120 300 300 1030 60 2 2 x 2 0.37 0.47 - - - - - - - 100 250 250 830 ISNOTE: (ACMA). All gratings were tested in accordance with the proposed standard of the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council of the American Composites Manufacturers Association 2 For covered grating use a multiplier of 0-5. This is limited to gratings of l'-2'depths. it is not recommended covering 3/4'or 1/2'gratings. 3. Max recommended and ultimate loads do not change as a result cladding a 1/8" deep covered plate. .an•n., S,{�r..,..�+.. �..... I OM C77 AAA7 0004/0018 �D J Concentrated line load tables for Fibergrate 1xIx1 grating, Micro -Mesh 1-1/8 deep grating, and alternate thickness Fibergrate grating (3/4x 1 x4, 3/4x1-1 /2x1-1 /2,1-1/4x1-1 /2x1-1/2) can be found on our website - www.fibergrate.com - under Products, Molded Gra ring, Fibergro re Molded Gratings and click on Additional Load Tables * Also represents load data for Micro -Mesh 1-1/2" deep x 3/4" square top mesh gratinq {4' x 12') panel. o r1; ao s .a -o T .t a • c -f r z�� -tee e, �,' F ic.�- - '(t"- - �I� S�- a t rl rt a t•.• rtI w:;,1. y r� r -h 5/8 1 x 4 0.02 0.04 0.09 0.13 - - - 630 950 950 3860 1 3/4 x 3/4 < 01 <.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.10 0.20 560 770 2130 4440 1 1 x 4 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.08 - 1180 1180 2310 5350 12 1 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 <.O1 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.13 - 790 790 1540 3560 1 2 x 2 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.09 - - - 570 570 1110 2570 1-1/2` 1-1/2x 1-1/2 <.Ct <.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.11 1030 1410 3850 8000 2 2 x 2 <.01 <.01 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.06 1250 3130 3130 9620 518 1 x 4 0.06 0.12 0.23 0.35 - - - 420 630 630 2560 1 3/4 x 3/4 0.01 0.03 0.06 0.09 0.15 0.29 - 370 510 1420 2960 1 1 x 4 O.C1 0.02 005 0.07 0.12 0.23 - 780 780 1540 3560 1 1-1/2 x 1-112 0A2 0.04 O.C8 0.12 0.20 0.41 - 520 520 1020 2370 1 2 x 2 0.04 0.08 0.16 - - - - 370 370 730 1710 1-112' 1-112 x 1-1/2 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 C 08 0.15 0-30 880 940 2560 5330 2 2 x 2 <.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 O.C5 0.09 0.18 830 2080 2080 6960 5/8 1 x 4 C.12 0.24 0.48 - - - 310 470 470 1920 1 3/4 x 314 C.03 0.07 3.13 0-20 0.33 - - 280 380 1060 2220 1 1 x 4 C.03 0.06 0.12 0.18 0.30 - - 590 590 1150 2670 24 1 1-1/2 x 1-112 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.49 - 390 390 770 1780 1 2 x 2 0.09 0.17 - - - - 280 280 550 1280 1-112' 1-1/2 x 1-112 0.02 0.03 0.07 0.10 0.17 0.33 510 700 1920 4000 2 2 x 2 001 0.02 0.03 0.05 008 0.16 620 1560 1560 5220 518 1 x 4 0.20 0.41 - - - - 250 370 370 1530 1 3/4 x 3;4 0.06 0.13 0.25 0.38 - - 220 310 850 1770 1 1 x 4 0.0E 0.11 0.22 0.32 - - 470 470 920 2140 30 1 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 C.D9 0.18 0.35 - - - 310 310 610 1420 1 2 x 2 0.15 0.31 - - - - 220 220 440 1020 1-1/2' 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.03 0.06 0.12 0.18 029 - 410 560 1640 3200 2 2 x 2 0.01 0.03 0.06 0.09 0.14 0.29 - 500 1250 1250 4180 5/8 1 x 4 0.32 - - - - - 200 310 310 1270 1 3/4 x 3/4 0.11 0.21 OA2 - - - - 180 250 710 1480 1 1 x 4 0.09 0.17 0.34 - - - - 390 390 770 1780 06 1 1-1,'2 x 1-1/2 0.16 0.33 - - - - - 260 260 510 1180 1 2 x 2 0.25 0.49 - - - 180 180 360 850 1-1/2' 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.05 0.11 0.21 0.32 - - 340 470 1280 2660 2 2 x 2 0.02 0.05 0.09 0.14 0.23 0.47 - 410 1040 1040 34-80 1 314 x 3/4 0.17 0.34 - - 160 220 600 1260 1 1 x 4 0.15 0.30 - - - - 330 330 660 1520 1 1-1/2 x 1-12 0.26 0.45 - - - 220 220 440 1010 42 1 2 x 2 0.38 - - - - 150 ISO 310 730 1-1/2' 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 0.08 0.16 0.32 0.47 - - - 290 400 1100 2280 2 2 x 2 0.04 0.07 0.14 0.22 0.36 - 350 890 890 2980 1 1 x 4 0.20 0.40 - - - - - 300 300 600 1390 46 1 1-12 x 1-1/2 0.32 - - - 200 200 400 900 1 314 x 3/4 0.25 - - - - - - 140 190 530 1110 48 1-112' 1-1/2x1-1/2 0.11 0.23 0.45 - - - 250 350 960 2000 2 2 x 2 0.06 0.11 0.22 0.33 - - - 310 7BO 780 2610 1-112' 1-1/2 x 1-12 0.15 0.30 - - - - - 230 310 850 1770 54 2 2 x 2 0.07 0.15 0.30 0.45 - - - 270 690 690 2320 60 2 2 x 2 0,12 0.23 0.47 - - - - 250 620 620 2090 NOTES: 1. All gratings were tested In accordance with the proposed standard of the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council of the American Composites Manufacturers Association (ALMA). 2. For covered grating use a muhiplier of 05. This is limited to gratings of Y- 2'depths it is not recommended covering 3/4' or 1/2' gratings. 3. Max recommended and ultimate loads do not change as a result of adding a 1/8'deep covered plate. www.flbergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 11 0005/0018 01/11/2011 11:32 FAX U See page 7 for part numbers. For installation conditions not shown, contact Fibergrate. All details are for posts 6' on center except for Drawing 1. DRAWING A - POSTTO DRAWING B - POST TO I FDRAWING C - POST TO FRP OR STEEL FRP OR STEEL CHANNEL STEE PLATE ON STE7BE CHANNEL WITH FRP{ 1/8'x 3116" 2-1/8 x 3/16' TUBE POS7i �CKPLATE SO. TUBE PO ICKPLATE KICID'L4TE ' WELD (2 PLC i ---1 112"O x 3-12• BOLT ASSE LY 12.0 BOLT ASSEMB 12•0 eoLT ASSEMBLY i CHANNEL �- WF OR I BEAM I — 3-1 /4' MIN. i 3-1/4" MIN. L-(BY EL PLATE 3-1/4' MIN. ;_ OTHERS)- 1-12 1-12" I 1-12" � 1 i DRAWING D - POSTTO STEEL ANGLE DRAWING E - REMOVABLE POST TO DRAWING - ON FRP OR STEEL BEAM FRP OR STEEL BEAM SIDE -MOUNTED POST 2-118 x 3/16' SO.;WBE POST CKPLATE `\' 2-1/8• x 3t16' SO. TUBE POST i I 12'0 BO ASSE ' WF OR I } i ® BEAM MIN. EEL ANGLE ® 1210 BOLT 1A rr k } ASSEMBLY DRAWING G - EMBEDDED POST 1' 2-18 x 3/16' SO. TUBE 1 1/8 ii RI 5' 3" i! KICKPLATE s1u" 1' 1-1l4' 0 BAR ODE' TUBE EVE END CAP sL2 mat: LxVxS/8" THICK FRP PLATE DRAWING H -TOP MOUNT STAIN- LESS STEEL 5TANCHION BASE 12"0 CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLIES - X 3/t TUBE P6OST 12'0 80' A5SEA18LIE5 KICKPLATE CONCRETE 12' ANCHOR BOLT 4' MIN. L t-t2' \WF'I WCH BEAM 2-118 x 3118" SO. TUBE SPACER (2) REQUIRED CONCRETE t 3.3/16- 3] 4 DRAWING -TOP MOUNT FRP STANCHION BASE F on center IWO CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLIES- 1-xYxV2 THICK FRP BASE PLATE I- POST IWO HEX BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-1 W x 3'16' SO, TUBE SPACER KK:KPLATE Drawing F Drawing H Drawing I OSHA (2001b) 2092 lbf 1292 lbf 1344 lbf IBC (50 Ib/ft) 3138 lbf 1938 lbf 1680 lbf www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 5 OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR LADDERS AND LADDER SYSTEMS From the Code of Federal Regulations dated July 1, 1995,Title 29, Labor,1910.27 Installer is responsible for referring to most current OSHA Code for complete information. 1. (a)(1)(i) 200 lb concentrated load (minimum at center of rung) 2. (b)(1)0i&iii) Distance between rungs maximum 12', minimum clear width between siderails of 16" 3. (c)(4) Distance from the centerline of rungs to wall in back of ladder shall be not less than 7" 4. (d)(1)(ii) Cage required on ladders of more than 20'to a maximum unbroken length of 30' 5. (d)(1)(iii) Cage to extend minimum of 42"above top of landing 6. (d)(1)(iv) Cage shall begin minimum Tto maximum 8'above base of ladder (floor) 7. (d)(1)(v) Cage shall not be less than 27" in width 8. (d)(1)(v) Cage hoop vertical bars shall be located at a maximum spacing of 400 around the circumference of the cage TECHNICAL DATA (Except where noted, all materials are yellow vinyl ester, fire retardant (VEFR)) LADDER: Maximum length without splice Maximum ladder length with cage 'Q Clear inside width (inside rail to rail) ' Outside width (outside rail to rail) Rung Spacing (center to center) 0 CAGE: 24'4" Outside Diameter of rung 1-1/4" 33'-6" Inside Diameter of rung 7/8" 18" Rail - outside width 1-3/4" 21-1/2" Rail -wall thickness 1/4" 12" Weight perfoot (approximately) 2.7 lbs. e { 27" from center line of ladder rung to inside of hoop Standard H Kit (PN 448200) 3" wide x 1/4" thick hand layup Predrilled holes (with necessary bolt as lies) 31" from center line of ladder run inside of hoop Bottom Hoop Kit 3" wide x 1/4" thick hand (PN 448000) Predrilled holes (wit ecessary bolt assemblies) Hoop Brackets 1/4" thick, "U" aped hand layup (Included with hoop kits) redr' holes (with necessary bolt assemblies) Vertical ]-Bars I -Bar, /2" deep x 5f8" flange x 1/8" thick (PN 446211 - 10 ft; PN 446210 - 20 ft) Bottom Wall Mount Bracket Kit* 3" X 7-7/8" X 3/8' le, 18" long (PN 448400 ISOM Dk Gray, PN 448401 V eige) Two per set 'with ne ry bolt assemblies} Required when ladder cannot oor mounted 3" x 7-7/8" x 3/8" angle, `6" Ion Wall Mount Brack it* 7" from wall to center of rung (PN 448500 ISOF Gray, PN 448501 VEFR Beige) Two per set `(with necessary bolt assem Floor ount Clip Kit* 4" x 4" x 3/8" angle, 2-3/4" long (P 8700 ISOFR Dk Gray, PN 448701 VEFR Beige) Two per set (with necessary bolt assemblies) *NOTE: Wall mount brackets and floor mount clips are predrilled with 9/16'dfameterholes for 1/2'diameteranchor bolts only. Anchor bolts not inclu ec�.. www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 k' 0 M Ladder with Walk-thru and Handrail Connections Ladder with 18" Ladder with 24" Walk-thru Walk-thru Ladder with Extend-O-Matic Walk-thru \ \ 1-1I4' \ \ Sq. Bar Splice \1-314'x 114' \ Sq. Tube Rail Ladder Splice Kit PN 448600 2-3/16' z 8' x 3/8' Angle, 1 B' Long (2 per kit) glib' Hole for 112' Anchor BoII —d 3111' x 3' Hex Head Bon Assembly Bottom Wall Mount Kit PN 448401 VEFR BEIGE Ladder with Walk-thru and Handrail Connections to Floor 2-3116' x 8' x 318' Angle, 6' Long (2 per kit) 9/16' Hole for 112' Anchor Bolt 318' x 3' Hex Head — Bolt Assembly Standard Walt Mount Kit PN 448501 VEFR BEIGE Aft 3/8' x 3' ,' Hex Head .:v Bolt Assembly 9116' Hole for 1/2' Anchor Bolt --� 4'x4'x3/B' Angle, 2-3/4' Long —(2 per kit) Floor Mount Kit PN 448701 VEFR BEIGE www.fibergrate.com 800-527-4043 11 r+ .�.-, ;. 4= • r►tl�_ r di Z `ati Via/•+ ii�R.s• �. ' �� i i► �q �� ►Ti.+ .+ter + .�. l+�i NOW, ' +• +� b`,y'' / " i; HR Splice ► iSpliceaPN #792611 PN #516700 j Kickplate or Fixed 90* 1 1 t ..t 3 Fitting 1' 1 I Fa ;. 4 (side •114 i Splice q ' • , . 1 1 pl1 ` l� PN #510200 a ter 1.3/4" x 1-3t4" x 118" THICK SO. TUBE RAIL PN6S110D0 O \ INCLINED RAIL POST Ad;•ustable HR Inclined PN #792 Splice Rail Post 611 PN #511000 ` PN 9513000 ' PN #511000 PN #518000 2.1 •� • AMIw•by Wnra 2-118" x 2-118" x 311 V THICK SIDE MOUNTED INCLINED STEEL SQ, TUBE POST RAIL POST STANCHION BASE 6 www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 table )lice 12611 FIXED 90' HANDRAIL FrITING 510500 Kickplate 9A6" deep x 4" high x 1/8' thick x 24' long 516600 Kickplate Splice Kit 1 ea. Splice 1-314' x 4" x 3/16" 2 ea. 1/4" x 1" x socket round head bolts, nuts and washers. 516700 Kickplate Splice Kit 90' 1 ea. Splice 2-1/8" x 1-1/8" x 3116" 2 ea. 1/4" x 1" x socket round head bolts, nuts and washers. 511000 Post Kit (Inclined Rail) 1 ea. Post 2-118" x 3/16" x 45" high sq. tube . 4 ea_ Cover Plates 2-1/8" x 3-114" 4 ea. Rivets 18-8 SS 513000 Post Kit (Horizontal Rail) Side Mount i ea. Post 2-1/8" x 3/16' x 50-1/4" high sq. tube (undrilled) 4 ea. Rivets 1/8" x 3/8" 18-8 SS 1 ea. 1" Hex Washer Head Mach Screw 517000 Post Kit (Horizontal Rail) Removable Concrete Embedded 1 ea. Post 2-1/8' x 3/16" x 46-3/4" high 1 ea. 1-3/4" sq. bar extension 5" long 1 ea_ Sleeve 2-1/8" x 3116" x 6" sq. tube (ships loose) 4 ea. Rivets 18-8 SS 1 ea. 1" Hex Washer Head Mach Screw 518000 Post Kit Rail) Top Mouuntnt (SS (B Base) 1 ea. Post 2-1..8" x 3/16" x 40-1/4" high 1 ea. Stanchion Base 316 5S 2 ea. Bolts 1/2" x 3" and nuts 316 SS 4 ea. Rivets 18-8 SS 1 ea. 1" Hex Washer Head Mach Screw 518200 Post Kit (Horizontal Rail) Top Mount (FRP Base) 1 ea. Post 2-118" x 3/16" x 40-1/4" high 1 ea. Stanchion Base FRP 1 ea 2-1i8" x 3/16' Sq. Tube Kickplate Spacer i ea_ 1/4" Hex Bolt Assembly 4 ea. Rivets 18-8 SS 510200 Rail 1-3/4" x 1i8" x 24' long sq. tube 792611 Adjustable HR Splice 1 ea. Adjustable from 39" to 180" 516100 Rail Splice Kit 1 ea. Splice 1-1/2" sq. tube 4 ea. Rivets 18-8 SS 516510 Turn Kit 2 ea. Adjustable HR Splices 8 ea. Rivets 18-8 SS 510100 Spacer Material 21' of 2-1/8" x 3/16" yellow sq. tube Bonding material should be ordered with each shipment of handrail material. Order 1 kit (# 549100) for every 15 posts SI Conversions: inch = 25.4 mm 1 foot = .305 m 1 mm = .0394 inches 1 meter = 3.28 feet PN #516100 RAIL SPLICE PN #516600 0 KICKPLATE SPLICE PN #516700 90" KICKPLATE SPLICE www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 7 Ti ?q� 't4.. 4M WIDE FLANGE SHAPES -ON RO E CTI RTIESL -x k" ir n 3 3 1/4 2.13 1.64 3.17 2.11 1.22 1.13 0.75 0.73 4 4 1/4 2.89 2.15 7.94 3.97 1.66 2.67 1.34 0.96 6 6 1/4 4.39 3.40 28.28 9.43 2.54 9.01 3.00 1.43 6 6 3/8 6.48 4.90 40.17 13.39 2.49 13.52 4.51 1.44 8 8 3/8 8.73 6.49 99.19 24.80 3.37 32.03 8.01 1.92 8 8 1/2 11-51 8.70 126.96 31.74 3.32 42.74 10.69 1.93 10 10 3418 11.06 8.74 198.53 39.71 4.24 62.54 12.51 2.38 10 10 1/2 14.51 10.90 256.20 51.24 4.21 83.42 16.68 2.40 12 12 1 /2 17.51 13.20 452.45 75.45 5.08 144.11 24.0 - - x I v 0ti11/2011 11-:37 FAX E �- t. 3 CHANNELS Ln Coll/0 M SECTION _ OIM EI'� S i ON S SECTION PROPERTIES Y y- d 7 t i 7L it 1 i7 " � 1 Sr k jft lJ.M. in1.� ni 3 :cif. J. #R 3 3 13/16 1/8 1/8 0.55 0.43 1 /16 3/16 0.64 0.43 1.08 0.03 0.04 0.22 3 1 1 /4 114 1.08 0.79 1/8 3/8 1.27 0.85 1.09 0.06 0.09 0.24 3 1-1/2 114 1 /4 1.33 1.01 118 3/8 1.75 1.16 1.15 0.26 0.25 0.44 :3-1/2 1-3/16 118 3/16 0.88 0.67 1/8 3/16 1.54 0.88 1.32 0.11 0.13 0.36 3-1/2 1-1/2 3/16 3/16 1.11 0.86 1/8 5/16 1.92 1.10 1.31 0.22 0.21 0.44 4 1-1/8 1 /4 1 /4 1.38 1.05 1/8 3/8 2.87 1.44 1.44 0.13 0.16 0.31 4 1-3/8 3/16 3/16 1.16 0.88 1/8 5/16 2.62 1.31 1.50 0.19 0.18 0.40 5-1/2 1-1 /2 114 1 /4 1.95 1.49 1/8 3/8 7.38 2.68 1.95 0.32 0.29 0.41 6 1-5/8 1 /4 1 /4 2.13 1.67 118 3/8 10.18 3.39 2.19 0.43 0.35 0.45 6 1-11 /16 3/8 3/8 3.23 2.60 1/8 1/8 14.55 4.85 2.12 0.52 0.45 0.45 8 2-3/16 3/8 3/8 4.23 3.20 3/16 9/16 35.77 8.94 2.88 1.52 0.91 0.60 10 2-3/4 1 /2 1 /2 7.02 5.30 1 /4 3/4 92.49 18.50 3.63 3.97 1.92 0.75 11-1 /2 2-3/4 1 /2 1 /2 7.78 6.07 1 /4 3/4 124.60 21.67 4.00 4.06 1.93 0.72 x -d www fiharnrata.rnm I ROO-S?7-4043 R, 9 17 _Ol%11i2011 11:35 1'.,Y � r EQUAL LEG ANGLES L4'1001), 0M C y. ! ` rJ � i 1Gik""':!!� � Y h :. �'�'^.._ '{`- gl l Y'^'x_4. i �`•^.Q".`-S,5 �� -: -a��gL,j R. F'T i* .L - • tr'( r,.-�! --y rt+q r�: ,`% ' �'•Fi`.� Y X -,'c z-^.- 'ti ^•8 w�`.i- +x - v'.^e .: ru4 r- � 1 � �, r t-- F-�' C.4 �.�A. '.is �.�rY ' Qq t"'.`Y''`Fy�'�.,,`•' ,r.' Y' ., -X'K? 2 y : iT� ^.l s_.�� - _ x Y /� r/ ,,ram "�••fi•i - ^0.02 ~! _ 1_ 1/8 0.23 0.18 0.05 0.31 0.29 0.01 0.19 1-1/4 1 /8 0.29 0.22 0.04 0.05 0.38 0.36 0.02 0.24 1-1/2 3/16 0.52 0.40 0.11 0.10 0.46 0.44 0.04 0.29 1-1/2 1/4 0.67 0.54 0.14 0.13 0.45 0.47 0.06 0.29 2 1 /4 0.92 0.70 0.33 0.23 0.59 0.59 0.14 0.38 3 1 /4 1.42 1.08 1.24 0.58 0.93 0.84 0.49 0.58 3 3/8 2.09 1.61 1.76 0.83 0.91 0.89 0.70 0.58 3 1 /2 2.70 2.11 2.22 1.07 0.91 0.93 0.94 1 0.59 4 1 /4 1.92 1.45 3.04 1.04 1.26 1.09 1.21 0.79 4 3/8 2.84 2.18 4.35 1.52 1.24 1.14 1.75 0.78 4 1 /2 3.70 2.89 5.56 1.97 1.23 1.18 2.29 0.78 6 3/ 8 4.34 3.03 15.23 3.49 1.87 1.64 6.07 1.18 6 1 /2 5.70 4.45 19.91 4.60 1.87 1.68 7.92 1.17 z x- 1 Z Y 18 www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 01/11/2011 11:38 FAX .� .F- t .� As i aiy TABLE NOTATION AW - Area of web (in2) A - Deflection (in) E - Modulus of Elasticity (psi) Fb - Maximum Allowable Flexural Stress for Laterally Supported Beam (psi) FY - Maximum Allowable Shear Stress for Laterally Supported -Beam (psi) 710013'0018 G - Shear Modulus (psi) I - Moment of Inertia (in4) L - Span Length (in) S - Section Modulus (in) V- Vertical Shear (lbs) w- Uniform Load (lbs/in) M - Maximum Moment (in -lb) The allowable uniform load tables were generated using the results from tests and the following formulas, properties and assumptions. The deflection formula reflects that the deflection is the result of both flexural and shear stresses. _ 5wL4 wL2 384Ei + 4AWG F = V Aye, Fb = MS E = 2.8 x 106 psi G = 450,000 psi F b = 10, 000 psi F = 1,500 psi Adequate lateral support is provided (full lateral support for channels). •yY f.7 t"ra � .�L'lil t[�11L�TlJ 7-i'V+�i�YCi7��pp,��,i�s� �,�."?�,'•i1G V'1'1\�7,V[1L�r .t- �:,r-;c,.�rUl ATEF SPP©'S�'`lCiIC�BEI -`�P3FT# C6" x 1/4" 48" W4" x 1/4" 60" C8" x 3/8" 60" W6" x 1/4" 84" C 10" x 1 /2" 60" W6" x 3/8" 96" 14" x 1/4" 24" W8" x 3/8" 108" I6" x 1/4" 36" W 10" x 3/8" 156" I8" x 3/8" 48" W 12" x 1 /2" 168" I10" x 3/8" 60" _ 112" x 1/2" 84" Load is applied perpendicular to major axis. Beam simply supported at both ends. The part weight has been deducted in the following tables. 014/0018 The values listed below are test results from coupon tests performed in accordance with the noted ASTM Test. :PR P TIIES > : - AS' '. lA TS = ` V U JF Tensile Stress, LW D-638 psi 30,000 Q =� x x ^ 9. - '' ': ``" `� Tensile Modulus, LUV D-638 10' psi 2.5 &n : Compressive Stress, LW D-695 psi ... 30,000 PssFve S`ressr `C -`6 .. - PSI - Compressive Modulus, LW D-695 10 psi 2.5 otpcesse, tTntifis: - _ D� :` 10' psi-_ . 1 Q := Flexural Stress, LW D-790 psi 30,000 Flexural Modulus, LW D-790 I 10' psi 1.8 Ffexuodut�ts, GV1f=79 _...:. ; 19 ps{'`; 0.8 k1odulus of Elasticity, E Full Sec'—? 10' psi 2.8 Shear ModU#us - r.' 1( psi € Q 50 xf Short Beam Shear D-2344 psi 4,500 a ;zrtch year ' D-732 pst .: Y1,0€?Q ... .... - Bearing Stress, LW D-953 psi 30,000 _ latched tzoEt lmact, Ll D-256 25 Notched lzod Impact, CW D-256 ft-Ibs/in 4 FtfYSfG1�;:PROPRT{ES ASTl1ti U} L�A1:UE Barcol Hardness D-2583 --- 45 �lihaerAbsorption Density D-792 Ibsen' .062-_070 Coeff ent.af Thermal: Expaftsion, LV�I D:=696' 10" rnftrR/'F 4 4 1~t,EG?RICAL PRO,1€TI�RTIEfi. :' ..A T- :: E]I I SF, .:.":- VA€a : Arc Resistance, LW D-495 seconds 120 Dcelecite S#rertgtfrW : ; . ,:. D-14 _ icwdm' . 3 .- Dielectric Strength, PF D_149 volts/mil 200 Dielectric Constar; PF :°: ::`:.:.... ;-150.:'.::':. 1SOFR and VEFR Fire Retardant Structural Profiles: FL4M4ABLL1.TI(..PROPERT[ES ' . ASTNf . UNITS VALUE , Tunnel Test Flarrtmabiii .... :. ;':. .. E-84 D-635 . :.: Flame Spread _ 25 max Noriburnin LW = Lengthwise CW = Crosswise PF = Perpendicular to Laminate Face 9 www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 01/11/2011 11:40 FAX --N7 To 17,77,. -7w A0018 8 x 8 x 3/8 WIDE FLANGE BEAM Laterally Supported A. = 2.719 in' lx= 99.19 in 4 Sx = 24.80 in" Wt. = 6.49 lbs./ft. SPAN FEET MAXIMUM LOAD DEFLECTION U100 L/I 50 L/1 80 W40 L/360 A w 7 1158 FY 1105 735 m F 9 899 F,, --- 815 609 404 .VR -U M-1 WNW 11 735 F 586 488 364 240 12, �- 6-737 --7 13 620 F, 565 374 311 231 152 253�,, ,57 15 537 Fv 380 251 208 154 100 3 T Tr, '-20 f 128 17 473 F, 266 175 145 107 69 W f 4 10 19 422 F,, 192 126 1 104 76 48�z 2G 11 pg 65- 21 368 Fb 143 93 76 55 35 �2- R w— 23 306 F b 108 70 57 41 25 7- 7 0 . . . . . . 25 258 F, 83 53 43 31 18 The poft weight has been deducted in the above table. LA 28 www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 F f ae `h i en ..... BEARING ON FRP Bolt Allowable for Given FRP Plate Thickness (1) MATERIAL THICKNESS 3/8" 1/2" BOLT DIAMETER 5/8" 3/4" 1" 1 /8" 469 625 781 938 1250 1/4" 938 1250 1563 1875 2500 3/8" 1406 1875 2344 2813 3750 1/2" 1875 2500 3125 3750 5000 3/4" 2813 3750 4688 5625 7500 1" 3750 5000 6250 7500 10000 ('J)1s1; 3tc11vtJ on PKP plate or web controls (Factor of -Safety = 3.0; Fp=10,000 psi) The designer must confirm that no other component of connection. controls. BOLT SHEAR Bolt Allowable for Given Bolt Diameter (2) BOLT TYPE & BOLT DIAMETER APPLICATION 318" 1l2" 518" 3/4" 1" 316SS- single shear (3) 1408 2503 3912 5633 10014 316SS- double shear 2816 5007 7823 11265 20027 FRP threaded rod (4) single shear 300 600 900 1000 2050 FRP threaded rod - double shear 600 1200 1800 2000 4100 (2) 1 he designer must confirm that no other component of connection controls. (3) SHEAR of bolt controls. Fv=0.17*FU = 0.17*75, 000 psi = 12, 750 psi (4) SHEAR of FRP threaded rod controls (Factor of Safety = 4.0). Ultimate values from Dynaform- Design Guide RATIO OF EDGE DISTANCE TO FASTENER DIAMETER RANGE Edge Distance - cl* bolt to END 2.0-4.0 °� Edge Distance - cl* bolt to SIDE 1.5-3.5 Bolt Pitch - cl* to cl* 4.0-5.0 * - "cl" is centerline RECOMMENDED 3.0 2.5 5.0 1-1... LL-- --- -- ---- i - - .-.-. Allowable Concentric Axial Stresses and Loads NOTATION 8' long - 6"x 3/8" WIDE FLANGE SHAPE ANGLE LMaximum Allowable Stress: b/t _< 8 4,862 psi b/t = 10.7 4,194 psi b/t = 12 3,620 psi b/t =16 2,758 psi SQUARE TUBE 0/4" wall) Maximum Allowable Stress: b/t 5 10 10,000 psi b/t = 12 8,880 psi b/t =16 6,595 psi A area (in') b width of flange/leg/wall (in) t thickness of flange (in) r minimum radius gyration (in) ! length (in) K effective column length factor F allowable column concentric axial stress (psi) Pa allowable column centric axial load (lbs) WIDE FLANGE & I SHAPES Maximum Allowable Stress: b/t <_ 12 10,000 psi b/t = 13.3 8,747 psi t =1 /4" b/t = 16 7,208 psi t > 1/4" b/t =16 6,233 psi b/t = 20 4,920 psi b/t = 213 4,483 psi t = 1 /4" b/t = 24 4,167 psi t > 1 /4" b/t = 24 3,608 psi b/t = 26.7 2,732 psi www.fibergrate.com 1 800-527-4043 c^ Washington State AM �A Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 2/23/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For WSDOT Use Only For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 19A - Resub Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's ProductrType Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adgt�l Code File No. 42 & 43 Support Rails Grating Pacific Per Dwg r� Project ngi er Date )) 5- L - (/ State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ Region Materials ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ State Materials Lab ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other Response to Contractor Submittal No.: 19A Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date: Specification Section: Page: 01 March 2011 K/J Job No.: 0897003 06600 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 1 of 1 K/J Refer to Item Action Comment Manufacturer_or Supplier_ Title of Submittal / Drawing Structural Calculations for FRP 1 MCN 1 Wireless Structures Consulting, PC Platform & Ladder Assembly A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit uommenus 1. Provide Special Inspections and Testing for installation of post -installed anchors in accordance with Drawing S1, Special Inspections and Testing Schedule, and Sections 10.05090-1.04C and 3.02A.1. Provide ICC Reports for anchors in accordance with Section 10.05090-1.03D prior to installation and inspection. B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. <- —� Eric / u� Distribution Submittal Encl. Resconse Owner Engineer Contractor File 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 4 STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC Structural Caiculat,`cns For FRP Platform & Ladder Assembly Located At: Stonegate Lift Station Intersection of NE26th & 148th Avenue NE Renton, Vila County of King Prepared for. - Grating Pacific vAL4 � S f f 7 ,36767 ANAL ` 2 Z.L EXPIRES 11/22/2 Dated: February 17, 2011 WSC Project No. 11-0042 P.O. Box 7203 Sw - Grew 87303 Ph. 1503)3 OW Fx (503)3MM4 w.w+wsurgneerw, com o�Customer: Grating Pacific WSC Project No.: 11-0042 eeuR' �J Project- FRP Platform & Ladder Assembly Dale 2122111 Site: Stonegate Lift Station MUCTIJUS Col'"IrPl6. PC Table Of Contents: Loading, Codes, and Materials: Design Loading Page 1 Design Criteria Codes and Specifications Materials Project Drawings: GP968, Sheets 1 - 3 Page 2 - 4 Calculations: Ladder Rungs Page 5 - 10 Ladder Posts Handrails Handrail Posts Grating Span Beams Connections Concrete Anchors Material Data & Loading Sheets: Page 11 - 15 IVA �c \PCB t 367 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL NAL I hereby certify that this structural design report was prepared by me, or under my direct supervision. and that I am a duly licensed EXPIRES 1 i 22 1 2 Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Washington Ph. (503) 587.0101; Fx (503) 316-1864 www.wscengineering.com • /� Customer: Grating Pacific wSC Project No.: 11-0042 Project: FRP Platform & Ladder Assembly Date: 212W 1 wireless Site: StonegateLift Station Page: 1 ILoading, Codes, and Materials Loading Criteria: Ladder Rung Live Load: 200 pound point load at centedine (Per OSHA 1910.27, "Fixed Ladders") Platform Live Load: 100 psf Handrail Uniform Live Load: 50 plf (any horizontal direction) Handrail Concentrated Live Load: 200 pounds (any horizontal direction) Design Codes and Specifications: Building: 2009 IBC, ASCEISEI 7-05 Steel: AISC "Steel Construction Manual", 1 P Edition Concrete: ACI318-08 FRP: Fibergrate "Dynaform® FRP Structural Shapes Design Guide" Materials: Ladder Rungs: 1 1/4" 0 x 1/4' wall Fluted Pipe Grating: 1 1/2" Square x 1 1/2" Deep Molded Grating (Fibergrate "Corvex") Shapes: Fibergrate Dynaforrr.` FRP Structural Shapes Bolts: Stainless Steel per AISI 304 or 316 Concrete Anchors: 1/2- O Hilti KS TZ (Stainless Steel) per ESR-1917 Design Constraints: Anchors: Minimum Edge Distance = 2 1/8" & 5 1/4", Minimum Embedment Depth = 3 1/4" Concrete Wall: Minimum Thickness = 6" Concrete Strength: Minimum fc = 2500 psi Reference Material: Drawings: Grating Pacific, LLC; Drawing GP968, Revision 1, dated February 8, 2011 Ph: (503) 587-0101; Fx: (503) 316-1864 www.wscengineaHng.com